McClintock First Book in Latin PDF

A first book in Latin : containing grammar, exercises, and vocabularies,
on the method of constant imitation and repetition / by John M'Clintock

and George R. Crooks.
McClintock, John, 1814-1870
New York : Harper & Brothers, 1858.
http://hdl.handle.net/2027/chi.76947778
Public Domain, Google-digitized

http://www.hathitrust.org/access_use#pd-google
We have determined this work to be in the public domain,

meaning that it is not subject to copyright. Users are
free to copy, use, and redistribute the work in part or
in whole. It is possible that current copyright holders,
heirs or the estate of the authors of individual portions
of the work, such as illustrations or photographs, assert
copyrights over these portions. Depending on the nature
of subsequent use that is made, additional rights may
need to be obtained independently of anything we can
address. The digital images and OCR of this work were
produced by Google, Inc. (indicated by a watermark
on each page in the PageTurner). Google requests that
the images and OCR not be re-hosted, redistributed
or used commercially. The images are provided for
educational, scholarly, non-commercial purposes.
CHICAGO I
university OF
#
FIRST BOOK IN LATIN;
CONTAINING
GRAMMAR, EXERCISES, AND WOCABULARIES,
ON THE METHOD OF
-
CONSTANT IMITATION AND REPETITION.
BY
* JO H. N.
M'C L IN TO C K, A.M.,
PROFESSOR OF LANGUAGEs,
* AND
GE OR GE R. C R O O KS, A. M.,
ADJUNCT PROFESSOR OF LANGUAGES IN DICKINSON COLLEGE.
EIGHTH EDITION,
N EW Y O R K :
HA RPER & B R O TH E R S, PUBLISH E R S.
1858
Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1846,
By HARPER & Brothers,

In the Clerk's Office of the Southern District of New York.
2
( LIBRARIES
SS:T 3.”
SSGoAgo, 19%
\ * \ \)
*
s
× . .
t
r- 's ". . .
3-2.
. .
** - 4 2 * *
or
1073363
P R. E. F. A. C. E.
This book is designed, as the title-page states, to

contain within itself Grammar, Exercises, Reading
all
book, and Dictionary; in short, that the pupil will
regular reading
of
need before commencing the Cae
any other easy Latin author. has been pre
or
sar
It
on
the following principles:
as
pared, possible,
as
far
The object studying languages twofold: (1),
of
1.
is
the acquisition the languages themselves; and (2),
of
the mental discipline gained acquiring them.

in
thoroughly acquired with

be
No language can
2.
All schemes
of
out the outlay much labour and time.
be
which promise dispense with such outlay must
to
pronounced visionary and chimerical.

But labour without fruit does not contribute
3.
mental cultivation. Labour and pain are not neces to

sary companions: learning should not “wrung
be
from poor striplings like blood from the nose,

or
the
plucking untimely fruit.”
of
be
The grammar language cannot

of
4.
understood
a
until the language itself least partially acquired.

be at
is
its
as
so
The vernacular may learned, far

5.
use
concerned, without grammar: foreign living lan
is
a
be
so
guage may learned, but never thoroughly,

so
rapidly,
so
with grammatical aids.

as
nor even
In
the
study language grammar indispensable.
of
dead
is
a
“A
be
grammar intended for beginners should

6.
formed altogether differently from one intended for

Milton.
*
av PREFACE.
the higher classes, both in the distribution of the mat.

ter and in the mode of presenting Those who think
it.
that the pupil should use the same grammar from the
beginning error.”
of
his course the end, are quite
to
no in
elementary books, teaching, etymo
or
In
in
7.
logical form nor grammatical principle should pre
be
an
the pupil without
immediate application
to
sented
be
thereof practice, which should kept up, both
to
orally and writing, from the very first lesson.

in
The all-important rule practice, the acqui
of
in
8.
of
sition language, imitation and repetition. This

is
new invention;
all
no
good teachers have known

is
and used it; but yet has been but slightly employ
it
ed
elementary books heretofore.

9. in
simple first, be
at
Models for imitation should
and gradually made more complicated; but they
should always
be
selected from pure authors, say,
in
Latin, from Cicero and Caesar.
be
The pupil’s ear should

trained correct
to
10.
of
ness from the beginning, and the simplest rules
as
prosody learned and applied possible.

of as
soon
For this purpose, the quantity all syllables should
elementary books, and attention
in
be marked
to
it
by
be
should strictly enforced the teacher.

11. The foreign idiom, both the use and ar
as
to
of
be
rangement words, should made familiar

to
the
Nothing can
be
pupil by constant practice. more

hurtful than exercises which foreign words are used
in
the idiom, and according the arrangement

of
to
in
the
vernacular.
How far we have carrying out
in
been successful
these principles, the book itself must show.
Kühner
*
PREFACE. v
We have aimed to combine the advantages of con

stant repetition and imitation of Latin sentences from
the beginning, with a more thorough drilling in ety
mological forms than is common. In order to effect
this combination, we have necessarily deviated from
the ordinary grammatical course to some extent; but
we trust that experienced teachers will find, from an
examination of the table of contents alone, that our
arrangement is not devoid of systematic and even
logical order.
While we have not gone out of our way to bring in
novelties, we have yet adopted every new method
which we have deemed to be an improvement. None
of the class-books of any repute in England or Ger
many have escaped our notice in the preparation of
this work; and we have made free use of them all,
without slavish adherence to any. Perhaps the most
marked peculiarity of the etymological part of the
book will be found to be the doctrine of the genders of
nouns of the third declension, which we have reduced,
for the first time, to a form at once philosophical, we
hope, and practical.”
Some steps toward the meth
od here presented have been taken by MADvig, Weis
SENBoRN, and others in Germany; but none of these
writers has bröught out a clear exposition of the doc
trine, adapted to the actual purposes of instruction.
The arrangement, also, of the verbs,f according to
the formation of the perfect-stem, founded mainly
upon theclassification of GRoteFEND (better set forth
by ALLEN), will be found, we trust, to be an improve
ment upon any yet offered.
be
all
* The summary of rules, with the exceptions, will found

to
occu.
py
two pages only, viz.,

p.
132, 133.
Lessons lxii.-lxix., and

p.
268-279.
*
*
1
V1 . -
PREFACE.
The Syntax, in
its
details, generally follows ZUMPT
the arrangement, especially Part II., we
of
but
in
of
have approached nearer the plan
to
BILLRoTH.
by
of
The admirable syntax BECKER, adopted KüHNER
his Greek and Latin Grammars, we deem too dif
in
ficult for beginners.

possible, from
as
as
The Exercises are selected, far
Caesar's Gallic War. Although we have laboured
all
do
keep out bad Latin, we not hope that
to
hard
our sentences will escape criticism. We have found,
from actual experiment our classes, that the exer
in
rendered from English into Latin are
be
to
eises
of
within the capacity any student ordinary indus
of
do
try who studies the book order; and we
in
not
of
be
any book the kind,
of
know that this can said
equal extent, among
of
as in
use us.
be
the book may not
of
A
few words
to
the use
place. Our own method has been employ
of
out to
the lessons, for least, entirely
at
considerable time
a
oral instruction, the teacher pronouncing first the

in
Latin sentences distinctly, and requiring the pupil to

give the corresponding English without book; and
then pronouncing the English sentences, and requi
ring the pupil give the corresponding Latin. At
to
the quantities are marked (in Part all syllableg

I.)
in
except those which the general rules apply, we

to
require the pupil observe quantity his pronun

to
in
he
ciation from the very beginning,

so
that learns
prosody by practice before the rules are given. For
the purpose review, the summary Etymology
of
of
(Part III.), which contains,

all
short compass,
in
that
be
be
necessary learned by heart, will found

to
is
very convenient. After the student has passed

PREFACE. vil
through Parts and II., he will find little difficulty

I.
in committing accurately the Rules of Syntax (Part
IV.), with most of which he will be already familiar.
The Reading Lessons at the end will give him easy
practice in the syntax and in word-building. For
it,
the convenience of those who may need we have
I.,
Appendix
all
of of
condensed into pages,
in
few
a
Prosody that essential for the understanding
is
hexameter verse.
this book was originally sug
of of
The preparation
gested by our sense
of
the inadequacy the ordina
ry
by the ad
of
modes instruction, and especially

vantage which we ourselves had derived from the
the Ger
of
K. of
the study
in
use OLLENDoRFF's method

Finding that Rev.
T.
man language. ARNOLD
of
on
had prepared series books the same principle,

a
we used them our own classes for some time, with

in
revising them for republication. They

to
view
a
our purpose many respects,

to
in
were found unsuited

of
and we therefore formed the design preparing an

of
entirely new series, adapted American

is to
the use
of
The first now presented

to
schools. these the

public.
April
7,
Dickinson College, 1846.

all
*."
In
the quantity syllables except those

on
Part
I,
to
marked
is
which the general rules apply. At the beginning Part II. additional
of
quantity given, subsequently

on
of
rules are and the marks are omitted

In
many syllables, afford the pupil exercise upon the rules.

in
to
order the
Syntax and Reading Lessons they are omitted almost entirely. Great pains
ensure accuracy tie marks quantity, but we can
to
of
have been taken

in
have avoided error entirely.

to
not hope
PREFACE TO SEC0ND EDITION
IN this edition, a number of errors in the marks of

quantity, which had crept into the first, are corrected.
We have also placed a series of Examination Ques.
tions at the end of the book, which will add, we hope,
practical value.
its
to
Carlisle, November 1846
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
INTRODUCTION.
Division of the Letters . - • • • •
Syllables, Quantity, Accent . . • -
|
.
. Pronunciation . - • • • - • • -
Division of Words . - - - - • •
PART I.
PARTIAL EXHIBITION OF THE FORMS OF WoRDs.
Summary of Essential Points . .
65. First Declension of Nouns—First Conjugation of Verbs. (I-V) 10
First Declension of Nouns, Nominative, Vocative, and Genitive
Cases - - - - - • -
...
10
First Conjugation Verbs, Intransitive
of of
- - 14
-
.
.
FirstDeclension Nouns, Accusative Case.—First Conjuga
tion of Verbs, Transitive. • - • - 17
.
First Declension Nouns, Dative and Ablative Cases
of of
19
.
of
(; 6. Second Declension Nouns.—Second Conjugation Verbs.
(VI.—VIII.)
22
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Second Declension, Masculine • - - - 22

-
.
Second Declension, Neuter-Second Conjugation

26
of
Verbs
.
$7. Adjectives First Class, Three Endings. (IX-X.).

of
28
.
Adjectives us,
of
a,
Forms um
in
28
•
-
.
.
.
Some forms Esse,

of
be
-
to
- - - • 30
.
Third and Fourth Conjugations (XI)

of
Verbs. 33
.
.
$ 9. Passive Verbs. (XII-XIII.) - - - 36

•
•
-
Third Declension Nouns, Partial Treatment, (XIV.—XV.).

of
40
$ 10.
§ 11. Adjectives Second Class, Two Endings.

of of
(XVI.) 44
§ 12. Adjectives Third Class, One Ending. (XVII) 46

.
.
(XVIII.)
of
§ 13. Fourth Declension Nouns.

51 48
.
.
.
$14. Fifth Declension Nouns. (XIX.)

of
- .
615. Pronouns. (XX-XXXI.) 53

•
-
-
.
.
Pronoun, Personal, 1st Person. Verb, 1st Person 53

•
.
Pronoun, Personal, 2d Person. Verb, 2d Person - 52

•
-
Pronoun, Personal, 3d Person - • - 61

•
.
.
Pronouns, Demonstrative - - 63
•
•
-
.
Pronoun, Relative - - • • - 68
•
•
-
Pronoun, Interrogative • - © • 70
•
-
x TABLE OF CONTENTS,
Page
Pronouns, Indefinite . - - . . . . . . 72
Pronouns, Correlative - - • - - - - 74
(XXXII.—XXXIII.) 77
16.
$ Numerals. •
-
Third Conjugation (XXXIV.)
of
81
io.
in
Verbs •
•
17.
S
- 83
18.
Verbs, Deponent. (XXXV.)
•
§
$19. Adverbs. (XXXVI.) 85
.
.
.
.
20. Prepositions. (XXXVII.—XXXVIII.) - 88
$
$21. Analysis (XXXIX-XLI.] 92

of
Tense formations.
.
PART II.
FULLER Exh IBITION OF THE FORMS OF WORDs.
Additional Rules of Quantity - - 99
•
2. 1.
.
-
-
$
for Completed Action,

of
Tenses Verbs Partial Treatment.

§
(XLIII.—XLVI.) 102
... .
.
.
Perfect Tenses of Esse 102
•
-
-
1st, 2d, and 4th Conjugations
...
104
of of
Perfect Tenses
.
Conjugation
3d
...
Perfect Tenses - 106
-
Nouns, (XLVII.
of
$3. Third Declension Fuller Treatment.

-LVII.) 110
.
.
.
.
.
Irregular Nouns - - - - - 129
•
-
.
.
Summary Gender, Third Declension.

of
132
of
Rules • •
.
Comparison (LVIII.—LX.)
of of
Adjectives. 134
5. 4.
•
$ $
.
Comparison Adverbs 140
•
.
-
-
Supine. (LXI.) - 141

6.
$
.
.
.
.
.
.
Verbs for Completed Action, Active

of
$7. Tenses Voice. Fuller

Treatment. (LXII.—LXIX.) - 144
•
.
.
Perfect Stem, 1st Conjugation 144

of of of of
Forms
-
*
.
Forms Perfect Stem, 2d Conjugation - - 140
•
Forms Perfect Stem, 3d Conjugation • - 149

•
Perfect Stem, 4th Conjugation

©
Forms 159
-
for Completed Action, Passive Voice. (LXX)

8.
Tenses 162
$
$9. Participles. (LXXI.—LXXV.) 165

.
Present Participle Active - • • 165

•
.
.
Future Participle Active • 168

•
.
-
.
Perfect Participle Passive • • o • • 170

•
Ablative Absolute - 172

•
•
•
.
.
-
10. Infinitive. (LXXVI.—LXXIX.) 176

$
. .
. .
. .
Forms of Infinitive 176

.
.
Accusative with Infinitive • * 178

•
11. Gerund. (LXXX.) 184

§ §
.
.
.
.
.
.
Gerundive. (LXXXI.—LXXXII.) 187

•
12.
.
.
.
.
* Gerundive used for Gerund - • - 187

•
.
.
express Duty Necessity 189

or
to
Gerundive used
.
.
.
$13. Imperative Mood. (LXXXIII.) 192

.
.
.
• .
$14. Sentences - - - • • • 194

•
*
*
-
615 Conjunctions. (LXXXIV.—LXXXV) 195

.
.
.
TABLE OF CONTENTS. X1
Pa
(Lxxxvi-xcIII).
is:
#16 subjunctive Mood . . .
Subjunctive Present • - - - - 199
.
-
.
Subjunctive Perfect - - - - 202
.
Subjunctive Imperfect and Pluperfect. Conditional Sen
tences - - - - - - • - - 205
.
Subjunctive with ut, ne (Purpose) - - - - - 209
.
Subjunctive with ut 212
of
(Consequence).
Succession Tenses
.
Subjunctive with quin, quo, quominus. Periphrastic Forms 214
Subjunctive with quum - • • • - 217
.
.
Subjunctive Relative Sentences - - - 220
in
.
.
(XCIV)
17.
Oratio Obliqua. 223

$
.
.
.
.
.
$18. Impersonal Verbs. (XCV-XCVI) 226
. .
. .
. .
. .
. .
$19. Irregular Verbs. (XCVII.—CL) 230
.
Posse • - - • • - • - - 230
.
Velle, Nolle, Malle • • • - • - 232
.
Ferre - - • • - - - 234
•
-
.
Fieri, dere - - -
E
• • 236
•
.
Ire, Quire, equire - - - - 238
N
• •
.
.
20 Defective Verbs. (CII.) - - - 241
-
-
.
-
.
PART III.
SUMMARY OF ETYMOLOGY.
Letters, Quantity, &c. • • • - • .247

1.
•
§
.
$2. Noun 248
.
.
- .
- .
.
- .
.
- .
.
$3. Adjective - - - - - 251
.
.
$4. Numerals - • • - - - - - 254

•
.
.
$5. Pronoun 255

.
.
.
.
.
- .
$6. Verb - - • • - • • 258

•
.
.
Classes of Verbs - 258

2. 1.
...
• •
•
•
•
- -
.
Parts of the Verb - 258

...
•
•
- -
- -
-
-
.
Conjugation - - - - 259
...
•
9. 8. 7. 6. 5. 4. 3.
to •
•
.
The Auxiliary Esse, - - - 260

be
.
-
.
Paradigms Regular Verbs - - 261

of
• •
•
-
.
3d
Conjugation
of
266
io
Verbs the
in
.
.
.
• .
Deponent Verbs - • • • - 266

•
•
.
.
Periphrastic Conjugation •- • • 266

•
•
-
.
.
Formation of Perfect Stem • - 267

•
•
.
-
-
.
10. Lists Verbs, with various Perfects and Supines

of
268
.
- .
.
First Conjugation - - - - 268

•
.
.
Second Conjugation • • - • • 269

•
.
.
Third Conjugation • 271

•
•
.
.
• .
.
Fourth Conjugation • • - - - 276

•
.
-
Deponent Verbs • • • - • 277

|-
•
Inchoative Verbs - • - • - - 279

•
11. Irregular Verbs, Paradigms - - 279

-
-
•
12. Defective Verbs - - - • - 282

•
•
-
.
Xil TABLE OF CONTENTS.
13. Impersonal Verbs - .#

$ 7. Adverb . - -
Preposition 288
$ 8. . . .
289
$ 9. Conjunction .
290
610. Interjection .
PART IV.
suMMARY OF SYNTAX.
PART I. SIMPLE SENTENCEs.
- . 293
I. Subject and Predicate . - - -
II. Use of Cases • - - - - • . 295
Nominative - - - - - . 295
Genitive . - - - - - - . 295
Dative - - - - - - - . 298
Accusative - - - - - - . 300
Ablative . - - - - - - . 302
UII. Use of the Indefinite Verb . - - - 306

- - - - 306
Infinitive . -
Participle . - - - 307
Gerund . - - - 308
Gerundive. 308
Supine 309
PART II. COMPOUND SENTENCEs.
I. Co-ordinate Sentences .
II. Subordinate Sentences.
A. Participial Sentences
- -
B. Accusative with Infinitive
C. Conjunctive Sentences . - - -
D. Relative Sentences . - - -
E. Interrogative Sentences . - - -
Oratio Obliqua . . . . . . .
- . 323
APPENDIx I. Prosody . - - -
APPENDIx II. Greek Nouns - • - • . 326
APPENDix III. The Calendar - - 327

...
. -
APPENDix IV. Abbreviations . - - • 329

,
WoRD-BUILDING - - • • - •
READING LEssons - - - • • • 340

,
LATIN-ENGLISH VoCABULAR • • • • 355

.
EMGLISH-LATIN VoCABULARY . - * •
INTRODUCTION."
§ 1. DIVISION OF THE LETTERS.

(1.) THE letters are the same as in English, with
the omission of w; k is used in but few words, and y
and z only in words borrowed from the Greek.
(2.) Six are vowels, viz., a, e, i, o, u,y: the remaining
nineteen are consonants.”
Sounds formed by an uninterrupted emission of the air from the throat.
Called vowels (vocales = sounding letters), because capable of being
sounded by themselves.
* Sounds formed by interrupting the emission of air from the throat.
Called consonants (con-son are = to sound together), because incapable
of being sounded by themselves.
(3.) The consonants are divided into
(a) Liquids, l, m, n, r;
(b) Spirants, h, s, j;
v;
(c)
p,
Mutes,”
k,
b,
d,
g,
#
q,
f,
c,
t,
*The Liquids are formed by partial interruption the voice; the Spi.
of
a
rants by the breath; and the Mutes by more complete interrup

a
the passage His regarded, indeed, sim

of
the air from the throat.

as of
tion
ply aspiration, though many words fills the place
an
of
conso
in
it
nant.
(d) Double consonants,

x,
z.
*X cs, gs, and (occurring only

of
of
in
compounded Greek words) ds.

is
two vowels into one syllable forms

of
(4.) The union

diphthong. These are, Latin, au, eu, ae, oe (gen
in in
a
a), and,
ae,
erally written few words, ei, oi, ui.

a
SYLLABLES, QUANTITY, ACCENT.

2.
§
(5) Every word contains many syllables vow

as
as
els; e.g., miles, one syl

soldier,
not pronounced
in
is
a
the English word miles, but two, mi-les.

as
lable,
in
is,
of
(6.) The quantity syllables (that their length

by
be
This Introduction may omitted very young pupils their first

in
*
£a the work; but the references the subsequent lessons

of
to
study
in
it
be carefully attended to.

;
A
2 QUANTITY.-ACA, ENT.
or shortness) depends upon that of the vowels which

they contain. The dash (T) placed over a vowel de
notes that it is long; the semicircle ('), that it is short.
A vowel that may be used either as long or short is
marked ( ), and
is said to be common.
(7.) The following rules for the quantity of sylla
bles must be carefully observed:
(a) All diphthongs are long ; e.g., mens-àe, tables;
a u-rum, gold.
-
(b) A vowel followed by another vowel is short;

e.g., Déus, God.
This rule applies, even though h intervene between the two vowels, as
(3,
h is not regarded as a consonant 3); e.g., träho, vého.

by b,
n.
(c)
two consonants,
or
vowel followed doub
A
a
(3,
by
d), long position; e.g., amant, the
in
one
a le
is
long by position.
nt
before
is
[* [Every syllable
of
applicable will
be
which none these three rules
is
to
its
proper quantity the following pages, until other rules are given.]
in
marked with
but one syllable called Monosyl

of
(8.) word
of A
is
a
lable; two, Dissyllable; more than two, Pol
of
a
ysyllable. Thus, lex monosyllable; legis, a a dis

is
a
syllable; cóläs, polysyllable.

in
The last syllable called the ulti

of
(9.) word
is
a
mate; the next the last, the penult; the second from
to
the last, the antepenult. Thus, the word incöläs,

in
the syllable läs the ultimate, c6, the penult, and

in
is
the antepenult.
of
syllable
or
(10.) The accent stress eleva

it. is
a
pronouncing fol
of
the voice Observe the

in
tion
lowing rules:
(a) Every dissyllable the penult;
on
accented
is
e.
g,
bánus, póno.
(b) Every polysyllable accented,
is
On long e.g.,
the penult, when the penult
1.
is
#m ré
a
-
PRON UN CIATION. 3
2. On the antepenult, when the penult is short :

*
e.g., án im is. -
§ 3. PRONUNCIATION.
its
[Almost every modern nation has own way pronouncing Lat.
in of
(11.)
all
But the vowels have nearly the same sounds
as
in. the different
Continental Europe, there something approaching uni
of
countries
to
is
formity their pronunciation; the English, however, give peculiar
in
the vowels, and they pronounce Latin, therefore, unlike

of
to
sounds some
this country two methods prevail, which, for
In
of
all the rest the world.

convenience' sake, may be called the Continental and the English. We
give them both, stating, the same time, our decided preference for the
at
first, both consistency and convenience.

on
of
In
the score both methods
the consonants are pronounced nearly English.]
as
(a) The Continental Method. in
Table of Vowel Sounds.

Short
i, é, é, a, ã,
Long
as as as as as
in in in in in
hat. as as as as as machine
in in in in in
6, i,
Long father. Short not.

Short Long
Ó,
net. no.
Long
ü, ü,
there. Short tub.

Short sit. Long full.
Diphthongs.
as
or
in
there.
ae
Ge,
e
au,
as as
ou our.
in
eu,
in
eu feud.
(rarely occurring),
as
in
nice.
ei
.
()
The English Method.

The vowels have the English long
or
short sounds
Exc.
A
final, more than one syllable.

of
in
words
has broad sound; as, fama (fame-ah).
a
Monosyllables.
In
be
monosyllables, the vowel the last letter,

if
it
long sound; mé, dó; any other letter the

as
has the
if
-
as
short sound ét. bh.

:
4 DIVISION OF WORDS.
Dissyllables and Polysyllables.
(1.) The vowel of an accented penult has the long

sound,
(a) Before another vowel; as, Déus.
(b) Before a single consonant; as, Jóvis.
It has the short sound,
(a) Before two consonants, or a double consonant;
as, mundus, réxit.
(2.) The vowel of an accented antepenult has the

short sound; as, régibus.
(3.) An accented vowel before a mute and liquid
has usually the long sound; as, sácra.
§ 4. DIVISION OF WORDS.
(12.) I. Words are divided, according to their sug
nification, into eight classes, called Parts of Speech,
viz., Noun, Adjective, Pronoun, Werb, Adverb, Prep
osition, Conjunction, Interjection.
(13.)The Noun is the name of an object (person,
or thing); e.g., John, man, house.
Nouns are divided into,
(a) Proper, denoting individual objects; e.g., John,
Caesar, Rome.
(b)
of
Common, denoting one

or
of
more class
a
objects; e.g., man, house, horses.

quality; g., goodness,
(c)
Abstract, denoting
e.
a
haste, virtue.
The Adjective expresses quality property

or
(14.)
a
an
belonging object; e.g., good, small; as, good

to
-
boy, small house.
a
(15.) The Pronoun substitute for the noun;

is
e.
a
it,
g., he, she, are substitutes for man, woman, book.

of
Verb declares something person

or
(16.) The
a
thing.
DIVISION OF WORDS. 5
E. g., the boy dances; the boy sleeps; the boy is good. (In this
last case the quality “good” is affirmed of “boy,” by means of
the verb is.)
[* Participles, Gerunds, and
meaning of the verb, and in the form of the noun.
Supines are words partaking in the
(17.) The Adverb qualifies the meaning of a verb,

adjective, or other adverb; e.g., the boy learns rapid
ly; the boy is remarkably faithful; the boy learns very
rapidly.
(18.) Prepositions express the relations of objects
simply; e.g., from me; in the house.
(19.) Conjunctions connect words and sentences;
e.g., Thomas and John went to town; Thomas went,
but John remained.
(20.) Interjections are merely signs of emotion; e.
g., alas !
II.
Words are divided, according
to
(21.) their
form, into,
(1) Four inflected, viz., Noun, Adjective, Pronoun,
Verb.
(2) Four uninflected, viz., Adverb, Preposition, Con
junction, Interjection.
express different rela
of
Rem. Inflection
to
the variation word

is
tions; e.g., boy, boys, the boy's hat; love, am loved, &c. The
in
I
called Declension; Verbs, Conjugation.

of of
of
flection Nouns The

is
Latin language makes much more use inflection than the English.
(22.) III. Words are divided, according for

to
their
mation, into,
e.,
"(1) Derivative, derived from other words.

i. i.
(2) Primitive,
e.,
not derived from other words.

g.,
E. manly, manhood, are derivatives from the primitive man.

up
by
e.,
Compound,
of
(3) made the union two

i.
or more words.
e.,
(4.) Simple,
so
not made up.

i.
up
E. g., man-kind the two simple words

of
compound, made
is
a
man and kind.

A
2
---,
P A R T I.
PARTIAL EXHIBITION OF THE FORMS OF WORDS
INCLUDING
TENSES OF VERBS FOR INCOMPLETE ACTION.

SU M M A. R. Y.
[THE rules and statements on this page and the following are to be
thoroughly learned, as they must be applied constantly.]
(23.) OF THE LETTERs.
(1) Six are vowels, a, e, i, o, u, y;

(2) Four liquids, l, m, n, r;
(3) Three c-sounds, c, g, q;
(4) Two p-sounds, b, p ;
(5) Two t-sounds, d, t,

(6) Two double consonants, x, z.
oi,
ei,
(7) The diphthongs are au, eu, ae, oe (and rarely
wi).
(24.) GENERAL RULEs of QUANTITY.

(1) vowel before another short; e.g., via.
A A
is
or
(2) vowel before two consonants, double one,

is
a
by
long position; e.g., am nt.

a
[As mute followed by liquid causes some exceptions

to
this
a
rule, we shall mark the quantity, that case, doubtful; thus,

in
gri.]
à
All diphthongs e.g., mens

àe,
(3) are long au-rum.

I., ;
all
[In the following pages the quantity syllables

of
Part
of
is
marked, except those which are covered by the above rules.]
(25.) GENERAL RULEs oF GENDER.
[In English, gender determined by sex alone; e.g., man mas

is
is
culine, woman feminine. But Latin, gender determined partly by

in
is
che meaning nouns, and partly by their endings. The general rules
of
here given from the meanings apply

of
all the declensions.]

to
nouns
SUMMARY. 9
I. MAscULINEs: Names of male beings; of most rivers,

winds, mountains, months, and nations.
II. FEMININEs: Names of female beings, cities, countries,

trees, plants, and islands.
III. NEUTERs: All indeclinable words.
IV. CoMMON: Such as have but one form for masculine
and feminine; e.g., extil, an exile (male or female).
[These four rules are contained in the following verses.]
(25. a.) Males, rivers, winds, and mountains most we find

With months and nations MASCULINE declined;
But females, cities, countries, trees we name,
As FEMININE; most islands, too, the same.
CoMMON are such as both the genders take,
And NEUTER all words undeclined we make.
[There are many exceptions from these rules, which must be learned
by observation.]
of MARKS
-
ExPLANATION AND ABBREVIATIONS.
The mark indicates a short vowel.
“ “ — indicates a long vowel.

:
44
“ = indicates that two words or phrases are equiv
alent to each other.
“ “ + between two words shows that they are com

pounded together.
e.g. means, for example (exempligratia).
Passages in brackets [ ] are not meant to be committed to
ijmemory.
| In the Exercises, words in parentheses () are not meant
to be translated.
The References are made to paragraphs, not to pages.
In a reference, R. means Remark; N. means foot-note.
§ 5.
FIRST DECLENSION OF NOUNS.–FlRST CON

JUGATION OF VERBS. (I-V.)
LESSON -.
First Declension of Nouns.—Nominative, Vocative, and
Genitive Cases.
(26.) Examples.
(a) Shade or shadow, Umbrá.
(b) Of the shade, Umbrae.
(c) The wood, Sylvá.
(d) Of the wood, Sylvae.
(27.) The Latin has no article.

its
Umbră may be a
shade, or the shade, according to connection with
other words.
(28.) The words umbră and sylvå are names
of
things belonging certain classes, and are, therefore,
to
common nouns (13, b).

English, certain words (of, with, by, &c.)
In
(29.)
are generally placed before nouns, express their re
to
other words; e.g., the wood, &c.; but

of
lations
to
in
Latin these relations are commonly indicated by dif

ferent endings the noun (21, (2), R.); e.g., sylv-ā,
of
wood; sylv-ae,
of
the the wood.

(30.) That part which the ending
of
the noun
to
of is
added called the stem; g., sylv- the stem

is
is
e.
sylv-ā; terr- terr-ā, the earth.

of
the stem
is
(31.) There are Latin six endings, which, added

in
the stem, form six cases, the Nominative, Genitive,

to
Dative, Accusative, Vocative, Ablative.

of
we may speak objects

or
as
as
(32.) And one

more, there are two numbers, the singular and plural.
FIRST DECLENSION. 11
distinguished by their endings; e.g., umbră, the shad.

ow; umbrae, the shadows.
(33.) In this lesson we shall use but three cases, the
nominative, vocative, and genitive.
(a) The nominative answers to the question who :
or what? and gives the simple name of the thing spok
en of. In the example (26, a), umbră, shade, is in the
nominative.
The same form of the noun, when spoken to, is
(b)
called the vocative; e. g., umbră, shade; O shade 1
(c) The genitive expresses, in general, those rela
tions which are expressed in English by the possessive
case, or by the preposition of,
the ques
to
and answers
g., umbră, the
of
of
tion whose whom what
e.
?
shade (of what?), sylvae (of the wood). Here sylvae ?

the genitive.
in
is
(34.) There are five declensions nouns, distin of

by
guished from each other the geni

the endings
of
tive singular. this lesson we shall use only nouns
In
of the
FIRST DECLENSION.
Case-Endings and Paradigm.—Nominative and Gen
itive.
(35.) (a) ENDINGS.
-
Sing. Plur.
Nom. and Voc. ge
ă
Gen. fe ârüm.
(b) By adding these endings sylv-,

to
the stem we
get the following
PARTIAL PARADIGM.
Sing. plur.
Nom. and ves, sylv-ā, the wood; Owood! sylv-ae, the woods; Owoods
!
|
sylv-arúm,
of
Gen.
of
|sylv-ae, the wood. the woods.
(36.) (a) Thus, nouns

of
the first declension have the nom.

3).
and voc. ending (short), and the gen. ending (long, 24,
ae
#
12 FIRST DECLENSION.
pl.
They are
(c)
The penult a of the gen, long.
of
(b) the
is
or
feminine gender, except the names beings,
of
male
or
men
rivers thus, syl v-à fem.; but ut-ā, sailor, poet-á,
is
n
a
a
:
poet, and the like, are masc.
a
[A few Greek nouns fem, and as, es, masc.
of
this declension end
in
e
See Appendix.]
E.
X
(37.)
S.
E
C
R
I
In
the Vocabularies, the nom. case always given, with the genitive
is
ending subjoined.]
Vocabulary.
I.
ae.
Galba, Galbá,
ae.
Queen, réginá, (m.)

Flight, figã,
ae.
Crown, cörönā,
ae.
Wing, Province, provincià,
ae.
ae
ală,
ae.
Memory, recollection, mémóriá,
ae. ae. ae.
Dove, cölumbá,
Feather, plumã, Gaul, Galliā,
ae
Daughter, filiá, Eagle, àquilă,
ae.
Celt, Celtà, ae.
ae.
A
Belgian, Belgä,
A
Injury, injurià,
ae.
Farmer, ägricölä,
ae
(m.)
Rose, rösā, ae.
ae.
Language, linguā,
ae.
Maid-servant, ancillā,
II. Translate into Latin.

Of crown.—Of queen.—O Galba !—Of crowns.—Of
a
a
feather.—Of eagles. –Of the Celt.—Wings.—Roses.—Of

doves.—Of injuries.—Of daughter.—O daughter!—Of the
a
province.—Languages.-Provinces.—Belgians.—Of the prov

inces.—Of the maid-servant.—O maid-servant!—The farmers.
—O farmer !—Of memory.—O Belgian!—Of Gaul.—The
eagles.
III. Answer the questions

in
the foot-note.*
[A
as
few questions are subjoined the foot-notes, merely specimens

in
to
the first lessons.]
ESSON II.
L
First Nouns.—Nominative,
of
Declension Vocative, and

Genitive Cases.
(38.) Examples.
(a) The queen's crown. Cöröná réginae.
|
What Of
2)
in 3)
the quantity sylv-ie? (24,

of
umbră? (24,
1 ae
in
in
is
*
Ofi
2.)
Of Of the penalt (9) filia

1.)
cölumbā? (24, (34,

in
in
u
linguà? Of ancillā1 (24, 2.)

in
i
FIRST DECLENSION. 13
(a) Rule of Position.—The

genitive (when unemphatic)
stands after the noun on which it depends; e.g., ré
gin ae in (a) stands after c Örön #.
‘b) The queen's crown (i.e., | Reginae côróná.
not the king's).
(b) Rule of Position. — The genitive (when emphatic)
stands before the noun on which it depends; e.g., in (b)
régin ae stands before c Örön i.
[Words in the exercises considered emphatic are in italics.]
(39.) EX E R C IS E.
I. Translate into English.
Alä cölumbae. Rösä ancillae. Fügá Belgärüm.
Plümā āquilae. Galba fügå. Plümae āquilârüm.
O regimä (voc.). Provinciá Galliae. Injüriarium mémóriá
Filiá ágricölae.
Memóriá füge. Linguà Celtârüm.
Réginae filiá. O filia |
Filiae réginärüm.
Cölumbae plümá. 21quilariim fügä. Linguá Belgärüm.
II.
Answer the questions

in
the foot-note.*
III. Translate into Latin.
The queen's dove. The wings eagles.
of
The farmer's eagle. eagle.

O
The flight
of
doves. Galba's daughter.

The girl's rose. The shades of the woods.
The queen's rose. The memory
of
the queen.
The flight
of of
the Celts. The girl's dove.

The wings the doves. The language
of
the province.
an
The injury. Belgians!

of
recollection
O
Celts!
O
of
The flight the queen.
What ancillae? Why? (24,

(9)
the quantity
of
is
1:
the ultimate
of
*
9: penult? (9.) Why? (24, Galliae? Why?

2.)
Of the penult
of
s: #
24, 1.
w" the quantity injuriarum?

b.)
is
of
memoria?
in
(36,
in
a
4. 3. 6,
a.
What the stem columba, la, ros

of
is is
&c. (30.)
a, a
a
?
What fug
the gender rosa,
of
&c. What
c.)
(36,
is
the
a
Galba, gricol
a
1
gender
of
(25, a.)
a
injuri
7
What rosa, provinciae,

of
the case rum, memo

6 a 5.
is
ri
a
What their number

7
How many cases have Latin nouns? What

7?
(31.) are the (31.)

B
I4 FIRST DECLENSION.
LESSON III.
First of Nouns.—Nominative and Genitive
Declension
Cases.—First Conjugation of Verbs.—Intransitives
(40.) Examples.
To fly, völäré.
To dance, sal tără.
(a) The eagle flies, à quilä völät.
(b) The girl dances, pü ellä saltät.
(41.) SU B.J E C T AND PRE DICATE.
(a.) Every sentence (e.g., the eagle flies) consists

of two parts:
1. The subject, i.e., that of which something is de
clared (a noun, or some word used instead of a noun)
e.g., eagle.
e.,
of
2. The predicate, i. that which declared
is
the subject (generally verb); e.g., flies.
a
Rem. The predicate frequently adjective participle connected

an
or
is
with the subject by the verb e.g., the rose sweet.

is
is
;
The verb the predicate agrees with the sub

in
(b.)
ject number and person; e.g., the eagle flies: here
is in
jlies the third person singular, agree with eagle.

to
in
(42.) ACTIVE VERBs are those which express activi

ty; e.g., the eagle flies, the boy dances. Active verbs
are either
-
e.,
an
(a) Transitive, require

as
such object
to
i.
complete their meaning; e.g., the boy killed (whom?

what?) the squirrel. Here killed
or
transitive verb.
is
a
e.,
ob
do
an
(b) Intransitive, not require

as
such
i.
ject; e.g., the birds fly; the boy dances.

[All the verbs used this lesson are intransitives.]
in
of
(43.) (a) The infinitive form verb expresses

a
its
action indefinitely, without reference person

or
to
time; e.g., dance, plough.

to
to
FIRST CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 15
its
(b) The
indicative mood of a verb expresses
he
action definitely, question; e.g., ploughs.
as
or
fact
a
Does he dance?
[The imperative and subjunctive moods are treated
of
here.
after.]
(44.) TENSEs.
(a) The present tense expresses wicomplete action

present time; e.g., am ploughing, plough.
in
I
I
(b) The imperfect tense expresses incomplete ac
tion past time; e.g., was ploughing, ploughed.
in
I
(c) The future tense expresses incomplete action
in
future time; e.g., shall ploughing, shall plough
be
I
I
As these three forms all express imperfect
or
[Rem. incomplete action.
they should
be
called Present Imperfect, Past Imperfect, Future Im.
by
perfect. But the present names are fixed
as
almost universal
usage, we retain them; advising the student fix distinctly his
in
to
mind the principle that these forms properly express action con
as
tinuing The tense-forms for completed action will be
or
incomplete.
given hereafter.]
(45.) CoNJUGATIONs.
Latin, the different moods, tenses, numbers,

In
(a)
by
of
and persons verbs are expressed various end

ings; and
of
the affixing the proper stem
of
to
these
the verb called conjugation. (21, Rem.)
is
(b) There are four conjugations verbs, distin

of
guished by their infinitive-endings.

(c) The infinitive-ending the first conjugation
of
is
ré long); e.g., völ-āré, fly; ār-āré, plough.

(a
to
to
a
(d) To find the in

of
stem any verb, strike off the

g.,
finitive-ending; völ-aré, stem völ-; ār-aré,

e.
stem ār-. To form any mood, tense, &c., verb,

of
a
affix the proper ending

to
the stem thus found.

I6 FIRST CONJUGATION.-INTRANSITIVES.
(46.) soME ENDINGs of THE FIRST conjugation.

INFINITIVE, are.
INDICATIVE.
Present. Imperfect. Future.
3d Sing. ât. ābāt. äbit.
3d Plural. ant. äbant. abunt.
(47.) By affixing these endings to the stem v Ól-,

we get the following
PARTIAL PARADIGM.
INFINITIvE, völ-aré, |
to fly.
INDICATIVE. |
Present. Imperfect. Future. |
3d Sing. völ-āt, he, she, völ-âbât, he, she, it völ-âbit, he, she, it
it flies. was flying. will fly.
3d Plur. völ-ant, they völäbant, they were völ abunt, they will ||
fly. flying. 3/.
it,
Rem. In Latin we need not use the personal pronouns he, she,
or
they, with the verb, English, because the person-endings
as
in
and
t
nt indicate the person sufficiently.”
(48.) X IS E.
E
C
R
Vocabulary.
I.
Girl, Galba, Galbá,

ae.
puellá, ae.
Forces, cópiae,f arum (pl.). To fly, völ-āré.

Sailor, nautà, To dance, salt-āré.
ae
(m.).
To cry out, exclām-āré.
ae.
Belgian, Belgä,
A
To hasten, festin-āré. To sup, coen-āré.

To watch, vigil-āré. To walk, ambul-are.
II.
Example.
The eagle flies. Aquílá völät.
Position.—The subject nominative generally pre
of
Rule
cedes the verb; e.g., the above example, āquílä
in
-
precedes völät. -
Why?
1.)
the above example, which word the subject? (41,

#
is
Which the predicate Why? (41, 2.) How does Ólāt agree with
a,
v
7
āquilä’ Why?
.
(41, b)]
III. Translate into English.

Cölumbae völant.—Ancillä saltät.--Puellae exclamant.—Ré
gină coenābāt.—Puellá ambulabat.—Copia festinant.—Aqui
festinäbit.—Regină saltät.—Nautae vigi
lae
völäbant.—Galbá
låbant.—Filiá réginae saltäbit.—Belgae festinant.—Filiá Gal
new subject introduced, emphasis required, the
or
But when
is
is
a
*
personal pronoun must be used Latin.

in
Cöpiá, the singular, means abundance the plural, forces

in
in
t
FIRñT ČoNJUGATION.—TRANSiTIvEs. 17
ba exclämät.—Puellae ambulabant.—Copiae Belgärüm festina

bunt.-Saltäbant.—Ambüläbant.—Coenābunt.—Nauta ambulā
bit.-Vigilăbunt.—Nautae saltant.—Agricölä coenābit.
IV. Answer the questions in the foot-note.*

W. Translate into Latin.
The dove flies.—The girl walks.—The maid-servant hastens.
-The sailorsdance.—The queen's maid-servantcries out.—The
farmer was supping.—The queen will sup.—The sailor was
watching.—The farmer's daughter will dance.—The girl's dove
will fly.—The queen's maid-servant will walk.—She was hast
ening-They were watching—He (or she) was supping.—
The eagles were flying—Galba was hastening.—The forces of
the Belgians will hasten.—Eagles will fly.—The sailors were
crying out.—The queen was walking.
LESSON IV.
First Declension of Nouns, Accusative Case.- First
Conjugation of Verbs, Transitives.
(49.) To love, ām-āré.
Queen, régin ä.
Daughter, filiá.
(a) The queen loves her R & g in à filián 4 m 8 t.
daughter. The queen her-daugh er loves.
Rem. The possessives, his, her, &c., are not expressed in Lc.in, except
for the sake of perspicuity or emphasis.
(50.) (a) It has been stated (41) that every sentence

consists of two parts, subject and predicate; so tne
English sentence (49,a) contains the subject, queen, and
the predicate, loves. But this predicate is limited by
* What is the quantity of the ultimate of Cölumba’ Why? (24, 3) Of
the penult? Why?
Why? #
2) Of the ultimate a of puella? (36%). Of the pe.
the antepenult? Why? (24.1.) Wlat kind
Of
2.)
nult? (24,
of
action does volant express? (44, q.).

In
what time? What kind does am.

b.)
In
what tenses may incomplete action

In
billābāt (44, what time

2
Qf
expressed? (Pres, past, and fut) What

be
of
the stem voland ex

is
by
Of
off
be
clamant canabant? [The stem may striking any

£.
found
...
tense-ending.] Why can the personal pronoun be omitted Latin? (4”

in
Rem.) When must be used? (47, Rem, N.)

it
B
2
18 OBJECT ACCUSATIV12.
the word daughter, which is called the direct object of

the verb. So, in the Latin sentence (49, a), we have,
Subject. Direct object. Predicate.
Reginá. filiam. ămăt.

(b) A verb thus
taking an object is called a Trans
be
itive verb (42, a), and direct object
its
to
said
is
English g., daughter), and
(e.
the Objective case
in in
in
the Accusative case Latin (e.g., filiam). We
in
have thus the following:
Syntax.
of
(51.) Rules
(a) The Accusative
of
the case the direct object.
is
(b) Transitive verbs govern the accusative.
(52.) The accusative-endings the first declension are,
of
Sing. ām; e.g., fili-am, régin-am, daughter, queen.
e.g., filí-às, régin-as, daughters,
as
Plur. queens.
;
(53.) EX IS E.
E
C
R
Vocabulary.
I.
Moon, lună, ae. To take possession of; w -

occuparë
up
*
To delight, délectäré. or, seize,

to
}
Ge.
Medicine, médiciná, Island, instilä, ae.
To prepare, pārāré. To call, vöcaré.

Shade or To
ge. (prep). ad. (with accus.).
{umbri,
ae.
Shadow, Poet, poétá,

To obscure, obscurüré. To praise, laudāré.
To arm, armāré. To love, àmäré.
ae.
Through (prep.), për (with acc.). Earth, terrà,

II.
Example.
The poet praises the queen. Poetá reginäm laudāt
of
Rule Position.—The object accusative stands before the

transitive verb; e.g., the above example, the object
in
reginăm stands before the transitive verb laudāt.

III.Translate into English.
Lüná nautäs dèlectät.—Agricölä filiás āmāt.—Ancillae médi
cinám pārant.—Umbră terrae (33,
c)
lünäm obscurät.—Nautae
réginäm laudant.—Galbá cöpiās armābāt.—Umbrā sylvārüm
agricöläs dèlectát.—Galbá sylvås occupāt.—Cöpiae Belgärüm
sylvås occupabant.—Cölumbae për sylvās völäbant.—Réginá
ancillas vöcăt.—Ancillae reginämämant.—Agricölä filiám vöcā
FIRST DECLENSION.-DATIVE AND ABLATIVE. 19
bát.—Reginá poétám laudābit.—Rösae ancillás delectant.—Có

pias armābunt (47, Rem.).—Sylvås occupabunt (47 Rem.).
IV. Answer the questions in the foot-note."

W. Translate into Latin.
The moon delights the farmer.—The farmer's daughter (38, b)
prepares the medicine.—The eagle's feathers delight the queen.
—The Belgians arm (their) forces.—The shade of the wood de
lights the poet.—Galba will take possession of the wood.—
(They) walk through the woods.—(They) take possession of the
island.—The farmer loves (his) daughter.—The farmer's daugh
ter praises the poet.—The queen will call the maid-servants.—
The queen loves (her) maid-servants.—The shadow of the
earth will obscure the moon.—The poet will praise the sailors.
LESSON V.
First Declension.—Dative and Ablative Cases.
(54.) THE dative case of nouns expresses the object

to or for which any thing is done; e.g., the man gives
(to) the boy a book. Here boy is in the dative case.
Rem. The accusative case, book, is the direct object of the verb gives;
the dative, boy, the remote object.
(55) (a) The ablative case of nouns expresses the

person or thing with, from, in, or by which any thing
is done; e.g., he filled the cup with wine. Here, with
wine would be expressed in Latin by one word, in the
ablative.
(b)
The ablative also governed by prepositions

is
expressing the relations with, from, by, &c.

(56.) The Dative endings are, Sing. ae: Plur.
is
(long).
£, (1.) What pronouns are not expressed Latin? (47, R.,49, R.) For what
in
*
urpose are they sometimes used? (2.) By what the transitive verb
of is
(By direct object.) What the direct object

in
the case
is
a.)a
Latin (51, What the direct object mät, laudā

t?
of
&c.
is
å
7
20 DATIVE AND ABLATIVE.
The Ablative endings are, Sing. ā (long). Plur. is

(long).
(57.) FIRST DECLENSION.
CASE-END in GS AND PARADIGM COMPLETE.
Singular. Plural,
Nom. ã. ae,
Gen. Ge. ârüm.
Dat. te, is.
Acc. âm. äs.
Voc. ă. ge.
Abl. a. is.
Singular. Plural.
Nom. sylv-ā, a wood. sylv-ae, woods.
Gen. sylvae, of a wood. sylvårum, of woods.
Dat. sylv-ae, to a wood. sylv-is, to woods.
Acc. sylv-ām, a wood. sylv-às, woods.
Voc. sylv-ā, O wood / sylv-ae, O woods !
Abl. sylv-ā, with, &c., a wood. sylv-is, with, &c., woods.
Rem. Some nouns of this declension are used only in the plural,
viz., divitiae, riches; nuptiae, a marriage; insidiae, an ambush.
(58.) IS E.
X
E
C
E
R
I. Vocabulary.
Way, viä, ae To establish,
confirmäré.
To show, monstrăré. To strengthen,
!
Ambush, or snares, insidiae, arum With (prep.), cum (governing the ab.
(used only in the pl.). lative case).
ae.
Wild beast, férá, To abound, abundāré,(with abl.).

To give, dāré.”
ae.
Deserter, perfügã,
To beseech, obsécrārē. Tear, lacrymā, ge.
Letter, littérae, àrüm.t Inhabitant, incólá, (25, IV.).
ae
Friendship, àmicitlä.
II.
Examples.
(a) The farmer Agricölä puellis
vi
shows the äm mon

way girls. stråt.
to
the
of
Rule Position.—The remote object usually precedes

the direct; e.g., example (a), puellis precedes vidm.
in
(b) The queen walks with the Régină cii ancillis ambú
m
maid-servants. lät.
its
of
Rule Position.—The preposition and noun precede

verb; e.g., example (b), the words cim ancillis
in
the
precede ambālāt.
Dārē has short before ré.

à
*
Littérá, sing, means the alphabet); littéra, olur,

of
letter (as
a
a
t
an epistle.
=
letter
FIRST DECLENSION. 3]

Galbá insidias pārāt.—Galbá Belgis (54) insidiás pārāt.—Bel
gaeāmicitiām confirmant.—Belgae cum réginá ámicitiām confir
mant.—Insula féris" abundat.—Poetá reginae (dat., 54) rösam
dābāt-Cöpiae për instiläm festinant.—Perfüge regimām obsé
cràbant.—Perfügae clim läcrymis réginäm obsécräbant.—Pêr
füga réginae (dat., 54) littérás dābāt.—Incölae réginäm obsé
cràbant.
-
IV. Translate into Latin.
The poet praises the queen.—Galba establishes friendship.–
Galba establishes friendship with the Belgians.—The Belgians
will prepare snares.—The Belgians will prepare snares for the
inhabitants (54).—The islands abound (in) herbs (58, III., note).
—Poets give roses to queens (54).—The Belgians are beseech
ing Galba.—The Belgians are beseeching Galba with tears.—
The queen will establish friendship.—The queen will establish
friendship with the Belgians.—The deserters will beseech the
queen.—The deserters will beseech the queen with tears.—
The Belgians were preparing snares.—The Belgians were
preparing snares for the deserters (54).
* Féris is the abl. Rule of Syntax.—The abl. case is used with
all
verbs and adjectives affounding and wanting.
of
§ 6.
SECOND DEC LENSION OF NOUNS.–SECOND
CONJUGATION OF VERBS. (VI.—VIII).
LESSON VI.
Nouns.—Second Declension, Masculine.
(59.) Examples.
Crassus, Crass-üs. || Of Crassus, Crass-i.
Messenger, nunti-us. || messengers, nunti-i.
To hasten, | festinâré.
The messenger of Crassus || Nunti-üs Crass-ifestinát.
hastens.
The messengers hasten. Nunti-i festinant.
all
(60.) The Second Declension comprises nouns
whose gen, sing, ending (long).
The nom. has
is
i
ús
two endings, for masc. gender, and üm for the

neut.
(61.) The case-endings for the masculine gender are
as follows:
-
Sing. Plur.
Nom. tis. Nom.
i.
Gen. Gen. örüm.

i.
.
Dat. Dat. is.

0.
Acc. üm. Acc. 6s.

Voc. à. Voc.
i.
Abl. Abl. is.

6.
this declension are the only Latin nouns

of
its
Rem. The nouns

in
in
which the vocative-ending differs from the nominative.
(62.) By adding these endings the stem serv-

of
to
slave), get
(a
the noun serv-lis we the

PARADIGM.
-
Sing. Plur.
"
Nom. serv-lis, slave. serv-i, slaves.

to of a
serv-,
or of
Gen. slave. serv-Grüm, slaves.

a
Dat. for serv-is,

or
serv-5, for slaves.

to
slave.
a
Acc. serv-ūm, s'ave. serv-6s, slaves.

a
Voc. serv-é, serv-i,

O
slave
O
slaves
-
/
Abl. serv-0, with, by, &c.,

--
slave.
- -------
serv-is, with, by, &c., slaves.
a
SECOND DECLENSION. 23
[Rem. 1. Nearly all nouns in is are masc.; but the names of trees, plants
t
&c., are fem. by the general rule (25, a). The four nouns, alvus
belly; colus, distaff; humus, ground; v annus, fan, are alsc
fem. Virus, juice; på låg üs, the sea; vulgus, the common
people, are neuter.
Rem. 2. Fili üs, son, and proper names in ius, take i for the voc.
ative-ending; e.g., fili,
O son 1 Tulli,
| O Tully
Rem. 3. D é üs, God, has de is for voc. sing.; and in the plural N.
and V. dii, G. deorum, D. and Abl. diis, Acc. deos.]
\ [For Greek nouns of this declension, see Appendix.]
(63.) EXE R C IS E.
I. Vocabulary.
Master (of a family or of slaves), dó- Captive, captiv-üs, i.
min-tis, i. A German, Germán-us, i.
Slave, serv-üs, I. To call, vöcaré.
Willage, vic-us, i. -
To recall, rêvöcārā *
Ambassador, or lieutenant, légāt-üs, I. To call together, convöcaré."
Garden, hort-us, i. An AEduan, AEdu-us, i.
To, äd (prep. with acc.). To flog, vérberàré.
In, In(prep. with abl.). To ride (on horseback), équitäré.
#" He rides to the village, ád victim équität. When to implies

motion, it must be translated by ad with the accusative.
II.
Translate into English.

Dóminus serviim vöcăt.—Servis döminö (54) médicinám pār
ât.—Crassús victim occüpät.—Nuntius Crassi vigilät.—Servi
ãd
victim festinant.—Nuntius legato (54) viám monstråt.—Servi

dominös laudant.—Agricölä advictim équität.—Captivi festinä
I.)
bunt.—Galbá copiās (48, Germánórüm convöcăt.*—Nun

titis captivös rêvöcăt.—Servi
in
hortó ambulābunt.—AEdui
Crassó (54) insidiás pārābant.—Nuntitis copiās AEduorum révö
cābāt.—Dóminis servös verbérát.
/
III.
/
Translate into Latin.

parentheses
to
[Recollect that words are not be translated.]

in
The messengers call-together the AEduans—The slaves pre

pare medicines for (their) master (dat., 54).—The AEduans take
possession ofthe woods.—The master praises (his) slaves.—The
hastening (ad, with acc.) the woods.—The ambassa
to
slave
is
village.—Crassus will prepare

an
ambush for the

to
dors ride the
The prefix con gives the verb the additional meaning together; the
of
*
prefix of back,
as
in
re
rêvöcaré and convöcaré.

24 SECOND DECLENSION.
AEduans.—The lieutenant calls together the Germans.—The

messenger will show the way to the captives (54).—The
slaves are watching.—The master flogs (his) slave.—Galba will
recall the lieutenant.—The Germans were preparing an ambush
for Galba (54).—The slave was showing the way to the mes
senger (54).—The messenger was hastening to the village.
The slaves are watching in the garden.
LESSON VII.
Nouns.—Second Declenston, Masculines continued.
(64.) ALL nouns of the second declension whose

stem ends in r reject the ending üs in the nom. and é
in the voc.; e.g., N. and V. āgér, field, instead of
àgér-üs, àgér-é. Moreover, most of those which have
e in the nominative drop it in the oblique" cases:
e.g., N. āgér, G. agri instead of āgér-i.
(65.) Learn the following
PARADIGM.
SINGULAR.
Nom. agér, field (m). puér (m.), boy. vir, man.

Gen. āgr-i, of the field. puér-i, of the boy. vir-i, of the man.
Dat. āgr-ó, to or for field. puér-ó, to or for. vir-0, to or for.
Acc. ágr-üns, field. puér-üm, boy. vir-üm, man.
Voc. àgér, O field !
Abl, ágr.ö, with, by, &c., field. |
puér, O
# vir, O man /
puer-0, with, by, &c. vir-6, with, by, &c.
PLURAL.
Nom. #gr-I, fields. puér-i, boys. vir-i, men.
Gen. àgr-örüm, offields. puér-örüm, of boys. | vir-Örüm, of men.
Dat. àgr-is, to or for fields. puér-is, to or for. vir-is, to or for.
Acc.
Voc.
Abl.
āgr-ós, fields.
àgri, O fields !
āgr-is, with fields.
puér-ös,
#
puéri, O boys 1
vir-os, men.
vir-i, O men /
puér-is, with, by, &c. vir-is, with, by, &c.
//
Rem. Only the following nouns keep the e in all the cases, viz., ádul
têr, adulterer; puér, boy; sócér, father-in-law; génér, son-in-law; ves.
pér, evening; libéri (used only in plural), children; with the com
pounds of fêr and gér; e.g., Lucifer, Lucifer; cornigér, horned.
* The oblique cases include all the cases except the nominative and
vocative.
SECOND DECLENSION. 25
(66.) EXERCISE.
I. Vocabulary.
Boy, pučr, i. Man, vir, i.
Master (of a school), mägistêr, tri(64). Game, lüd-üs, i.
Father-in-law, socér, i (65, R.). Son-in-law, génér, i (65, R.).
Herb, herbà, ae. Children, libéri, orum (rarely used in
Scholar, discipul-ūs, i. singular).
Son, fili-us, i (62, R. Field,
2).
ager, ägri (64).
II.
Example.
ris
fé
The wood abounds Sylvå
in
{a) àbundāt.
wild beasts. The wood in-wild-beasts
t-
abounds.
Syntax.—The ad
of
(a) Rule ablative case used with
is
jectives and verbs abounding and wanting.
of

Puër mägistrüm imät-Regină sócérüm imäbit.—Puéri
in
ăgrö ambulabunt.—Agri herbis (abl., 66, II., abundant–Ag
a)
ricölä për agrós (58, II., êquität.—Agricölä söcérüm vöcăt.—
b)
Püéllae mägistrüm laudant.—Viri ágris ambúlåbant.—Lüdi

in
puérôs delectant.—Régină générös āmābit.—Viri victim ad

festinabant–Agricolá libérös āmāt.—Mágistér discipúlös con
vöcăt.

The girls walk the fields.—The field abounds herbs (66,
in
in
II., a).—The sailor calls back the boys.—The queen loves (her)
son-in-law.—The queen gives (her) son-in-law (dat., 54) rose.
in a
—The scholars love (their) master.—The fields-abound herbs

(66, II., a).—The farmers were walking thfough the fields.—
Z. the master calls the boys.—The mäster walks in:
of
The son
the garden with (his) sons.—The herbs the field delight the
of
poet—Games delight girls—The farmer shows the way

to
the boy.—The master will praise (his) scholars-The master

will flog (his) seholars. Z.
26 SECOND CONJUGATION OF VERBs.
LESSON VIII.
Nouns.—Second Declension, Neuter.—Werbs, Second
- Conjugation.
(67.) Slave. servis (masc.).
Cup. póculüm (neut.).
To fill. impléré.
p6
l'ii
The slave fills his master's Servis
m
c à domini
cup. implét.
The-slave the-cup
of
his-master
fills.
(68.) The case-endings of the second declension for
the neuter gender are,
Sing. I'lur.
l
Nom. Acc., Voc. um.
a.
Gen. - orum.
6. i.
|
Dat., All.
Rem. The endings the nom., acc., and voc. are always the same is.
of
in
neuter nouns. In this declension, those dat, and abl. are al":e also.
of
(69.) By adding these endings po cul-,

to
the stem
we get the
PARADIGM.
- Sing. Plur.
Nom pčcul-ūm, cup. pöcül-ā, cups.
a a
pöcul-i,
or of
to of
Gen. cup. pöcul-Grüm, cups.

#
Dat. pöcul-o, or cup. pöcul-is, for cups.

to
a
Acc. pöcül-üm, cup. pöcül-ā, cups.

Oa
Voc. pöcül-üm, cup pöcül-ā, cups

O
/
!
Abl. pöcul-0, with, by, &c., cup. pöcul-is, with, from, &c., cups.
a
||
THE SECOND CONJUGATION OF VERBS.

all
(70.) The second conjugation comprises verbs

whose infinitive-ending eró long before ré); e.g.,
(e
is
Ön-éré, advise; doc-éré,

m
teach.
to
to
of
THE SEcond conjugAT:oN

of
(71.) soME ENDINGs vFRBs.

INFINITIVE, &ré.
INDICATIVE.
3d Sing. êt. ébât. êbit.
3d Plural. êbant. ébunt.
SECOND CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 27
(72.) By affixing these endings to the stem mon-, we

get the following
PARTIAL PARADIGM.
INFINITIVE, mon-ère, to advise.
INDICATIVE.
- Present. Imperfect. Future.
3d Sing|mönset, he, she, &c., món-ébât, he, she, &c., món-èbit, he, she, &c.,
advises. - was advising. will advise.
3d Plur.]mön-ent, they advise.]mön-ébant, they were món-ebunt, they will
advising. advise.
I. Vocabulary.
Assistance, auxilium, i (68). To fill, impléré (70).
To ask, entreat, rögåré. Danger, përiculüm, i.
Camp, casträ, örüm (pl.) To fear, timéré (70)
To move, móvéré (70). Forum, förüm, i.
Cup, pöcülüm, i. Town, oppidum, i.
Wine, vinum, i. i
*
II.
I.,
Ilêgātūs auxilium rögåt.—Galbá copiāsād (63, 13.7") castrá
révöcăt.—Servis poctilüm vinó (55, implét.—Crassús castrá
a)
ād
mövét.—Cöpiae oppidum festinabant.—Agricölä oppidum

ad
laudāt.—Cöpiae Germánórüm castră festinăbunt.—Nuntitis

përiculum timet—Pueri perförüm ambulant-Germanipëri
cülä nón timent.—Légāti për oppidum ambúlābunt -Agricölä
oppidā ĀEdüörüm laudābāt.—Crassüs oppidum occupābāt
Servi pocalá implébant.

**
The AEduans were asking assistance.—The Germans will
move (their) camp.—The Germans were praising the town.—
I.,
The ambassadors
of of
the AEduans hasten (63, [+") the

to
camp.—The forces the Belgians fear the danger.—The mes

senger will recall the ambassadors the camp.--Galbg's mes
to
senger will recall the Germans

to
the town.—The ambassadors

praise the towns
of
the Germans.—The farmers were walking

through the forum.—The boy walks through the town.--The
sailors will not fear the danger.—Crassus will not move (his)
camp.—The Germans were-taking-possession-of the town
-
The servant was filling the cup

§ 7.
ADJECTIVES OF FIRST CLASS. (IX.--X.)
LESSON IX.
Adjectives.—Class I, it s, d, it m.
(74.) THE Adjective (14), in Latin, agrees with the

shoun in gender, number, and case, and therefore has
endings to distinguish these; e. g., puér b Ó n-tís, a
good boy; pilella b Ó n-ā, a good girl; dönum b Ön
üm, a good gift.
(75.) We divide adjectives into three classes, ac
cording to their endings. Those of the first class have
the fem. ending of the first decl. of nouns, and the masc.
and neut. endings of the second. Thus,
(76.) ENDINGs. PARADIGM.
| SINGULAR.
-
M. F. N. M. F. N.
N. lis. à. üm. bón-ūs. bön-á. bón-tim.
G. i ae. i. bón-i. bön-ae. bón-i.
D. ö Be. 6. bön-ö. bón-ae. bón-ó.
A. uln âm. üm. bón-üm. bön-ám. bón-üm.
V. e ă. üm. || bön-é. bón-ā. bón-tim.
A. ö ă. ö. bón-ó. bón-ā. bon-Ö.
PLURAL.
N. i ge. ă. bón-i. bön-ae. bón-ā.
G. örum. ārum. Örüm. bön-órum. bön-ārum. bön-örüm.
D. is. is. is. bón-is. bón-is. bón-is.
A. ös. äS. ă. bön-Ös. bön-ās. bón-á.
V. i. te. ă. bón-i. bón-ae. bön-á.
A. is. is. is. bön-is. bön-is. bón-is.
(77.5 Adjectives whose stem ends in er do not

take the endings is of the nominative and é of the
vocative. - *
(a) Most of them drop the é in inflection; e.g.,

pulchér, pulchr-à, pulchr-üm, beautiful;
pulchr-I, pulchr-ae, pulchr-i, &c.
AD.JECTIVES OF FIRST CLASS. 29
(b) But as pār, rough; lác & r, torn; lib ér, free; misèr,
miserable; pro s p & r, fortunate; t én ár, tender (and the com
pounds of gér and fér; e.g., c or nigér, flammi fér), re
tain it; e.g.,
misér, misér-ā, misér-üm,
misér-i, misér-ae, misèr-i, &c.
(78.) E X E R C IS E.
I. Vocabulary.
His, hers,
its
Good, bön-üs, ä, öm. (own), su-üs,
ä,
öm.
Great, magn-üs, a, tim. To see, vidéré.
Many, mult-us, ä, öm. Master (of slaves), hêrüs,
i.
Thick, dens-üs, To
ä,
öm. have, hābéré.

Broad, wide, lät-us,
ä,
üm Example, exemplüm,
i.
My, mé-üs, River, flüvius,
ä,
öm.
i.
Thy, tü-us, To frighten,
ä,
üm. terréré.
II.
Examples.
(a) The slave fills large |Servis p5c tilüm magn
m
the
ü
cup. implét. -
Position.--(a) The adjective, unless emphatic, fol

of
Rule
lows the noun; e.g., the above example, magn
in
m
ü
follows til tim.
p
6
c
(b) The slave fills the queen's Servis magnüm réginae poc
large cup. ülüm implét.
Position.—(b) When the noun governs another
of
Rule
in
the genitive, the adjective stands first, and the genitive

noun; e.g., example (b), magn
its
between
in
and
it
réginae pācālū m.

Régină filiám suāmāmāt.—Servis pocülüm metim implét.—
Servi pocülä magná implent.—Puérimägistrümbönüm āmant.
—Belgae vicos multoshābent.—Agricölä bönüs viämmonstråt.—
Mágistér puérös bönös döcèbit.—Mágistriböni exemplä bóná
puéris (54) dant.—Légātūs magnäm réginae (78, II., cörönäm
b)
ād
vidēt.—Perfügae flüviúm lätüm festinant.—Servis magnüm

puéri (78, II., poculüm implebåt.—Sylvae densae nuntios ter
b)
rent.—Puéri sylvām densäm timebunt.—Servis bönüs hérüm

ămăt.
-

The AEduans have many villages.—The queen loves (her)
C
2
30 SOME FORMS OF ESSE.
good son.—The farmer shows the thick wood.—Good slaves

love (their) masters.—Good masters love (their) slaves.—The
Belgians have many towns.—The broad rivers frighten the de
serters.—The boy sees the large town.—Crassus recalls the good
lieutenant.—The son praises the great queen.—The Germans
have large villages.—He praises thy slave.—He loves thy daugh
ter.—He will praise his own daughter.—The deserters were
hastening to the broad river.—The slave will fill the large cup
of his master (78, II., b).—The lieutenant will see many villages
of the Belgians (78, II,
b).—The thick wood will frighten the
boys.
LESSON X.
of Esse.—Adjectives continued.
Some Forms
(79.) Learn the following forms of the irregular
verb Esse, to be:
INFINITIVE, esse, to be.
INDICATIVE.
- Present. Imperfest. Future. -
3d Sing. ëst, is. &rät, was. êrit, he, she, it will be.
3d Plur. Sunt, are. erant, were. Grunt, they will be.
Inertià vitium est.

(80.) (a) Indolence
i
vice.
is
a
Indolence a vice is.
Here inertià
is the subject of the sentence; v
titim is the predicate; both in the nominative.
Rule of Syntax.—(a) The noun in the predicate must be
in the same case as the subject, when it denotes the same
person or thing.
(81.) (b) The rose is beauti- Rösā pulchrá est.
ful.
is.
The rose beautiful

pulchrā pred
ös
Here the subject, and the

is
in à
r
icate; both nom. sing fem.

Syntax.—(b) The adjective
of
Rule the predicate agrees

in
with the subject gender, number, and case.

in
[As general rule, sentence should not end with monosyllable; but
a
a
a
short passages, such the above, especially when the word before est
is as
in
m,
or
vowel,
in
ends admissible.]
it
a
ADJECTIVES, CLASS FIRST. 3]
[Refer to Rules of Position (78, IL) and to Rem. on adjectives ending in

#r (77).]
I. Vocabulary.
Happy, beatüs, i, um.
ae.
Europe, Európa,
True, vérüs, ä, Peninsula, peninsulā,
ae.
um.
|
friendship, ämicitia,
ae.
ae.
Anger, ira,
|
Everlasting, sempiternüs, Illustrious, clārüs,
ä,
ä,
öm. öm.
-
Labienus, Läbienus, Crow, corvus,
i.
i.
|
Foolish, stultus,
a).
3,
Black, nigér,
à,
tim. üm (77,
|
Tender, ténèr, Not, non (always placed before the
ä,
öm (77, b).
|
Flame, flammā. ae. word which qualifies)
it
Red, ruddy, rubér, Always, sempér (adv.).
ä,
öm (77,
a)
ae.
leaf föliúm, Cow, vaccă,
A
i.
Bull, taurüs,
ae.
Attica, Attică,
i.
Britain, Britanniä,
ae. ae.
Horned, corniger,
ä,
öm (77, b).
Lamb, agnús, Ireland, Hiberniä,
i.
A
|
//
Miserable, miser,
a,
um (77, b).
|
In
such phrases the good, the wise, &c., the noun (inen)
as
Rem.
is
Latin, English; e.g., good ni;
as
==
=
omitted fools
in
in
men
b
5
stulti; the happy beati. Also, many things multä (neut.);
=
all things
=
omniä.
II.
Examples.
The good are always happy. Böni sempér beati sunt.
True friendships are everlast- Verae āmicitiae sempiternae
|
2ng. Sunt.
Labienus was lieutenant. Läbiêntis légātūs érát.
a
The foolish are not happy. Stultinón sunt beåti.
III.Translate into English.

Puellá pulchrá est (81, b).—Herbae āgrörüm ténérae sunt (81,
b).—Ala áquilârüm mágnae sunt.—Flammâ rubrā est.—Föliá
rösârüm pulchrä sunt.—Tauri cornigéri sunt.—Agni ténéri
in
ăgris sunt.—Réginá pulchrá hortó ambúlåbät.—Puér àgnös

in
pulchrös vidét.—Verá ámicitia sempiternå est.—Stulti miseri

sunt.—Europä peninsulá (80, est.—Attică peninsülä est.—Irá
a)
vitiúm est magnüm.—Crassús légātūs érāt.—Labientis legātūs

clärus érát.—Corvus plümās nigräs håbét.-Stulti nán Sunt
beåti.—Bönüs sempér beåtüs est.
IV. Translate into Latin. -.
The queen was beautiful.—The queen's daughter was beau
32 ADJ ECTIVES OF FIRST CLASS.
tiful.—The beautiful daughter walks in the garden.—The fields

abound in tender herbs (66, II., a).—The feathers of doves are
beautiful.—The feathers of crows are black.—The flames were
ruddy.—The leaves of roses are tender.—Cows are horned.—
The queen walks in the garden with (cim) her beautiful daugh
ters (filiabüs”).—The girl will see the tender lambs in the fields.
—The good are not always happy.—Fools are not always mis
erable.—Crassus was a great lieutenant-Britain is an island.—
Ireland is an island.—Geneva is a large town.—Anger is always
a vice.—Everlasting friendships are true.—Friendships are not
always everlasting.
Filià,
pl.
* daughter, and de ä, goddess, have abl. biis, instaad
of
in
distinguish them from filiis, sons, diis, gods.
a
is,
to
8. $
THIRD AND FOURTH CONJUGATIONS OF
VERBS.
LESSON XI.
Verbs.—Third and Fourth Conjugations.
all
(83.) THE Third Conjugation comprises verbs
whose infinitive ending éré ré);
(é
short before
is
e.g., scrib-éré, write.
to
THE THIRD conjugaTIoN.

of
(84.) soME ENDINGs

INFINITIVE, &re.
|
f |
INDICATIVE.
|
-
Singular. it. êbät. et.
Plural. unt. êbant. ent.
(85.) By affixing these endings scrib-,

to
the stem
we get the following
PARTIAL PARADIGM.
INFINITIVE, scrib-êre,
to
write.
|
INDICATIVE.
|
Future.
- - Imperfect. -
2.
...
- Present.
3d Sing...scrib-it, he, she, scrib-êbat, he, she, scrib-êt, he, she, &c.,
,
&
writes. &c., was writing. will write.

-
3d Plur.scrib-unt, they write.sc... ebant, they were scrib-ent, they will

writing.
-
write.
THE FOURTH CONJUGATION.

all
(86.) The Fourth Conjugation comprises verbs

whose infinitive-ending iré long before ré); e.g.,
is
(1
ud-iré, hear.
to
a
THE FourTH conjugaTION.

of
(87) soME ENDINGs

INFINITIVE, ire.
INDICATIVE.
Present. Imperfect.
Future.
Sing. It. iêbat.
3d
iët.
3d Plur. junt iébant. ient.
aud.
to
(88.) By affixing thes endings the stem
we have the following

34 THIRD AND FOURTH CONJUGATIONS OF VERBS.
PARTIAL PARADIGM.
1NFINITIVE, audire,to
INDICATIvE.
hear. - –
Present. Imperfect. ... Future.
he,
he,
he,
3d Sing, audit, she, &c., aud-iébat, she, &c., audièt, she, &c.,
hears. was hearing. will hear.
Plur. laud-Hunt, they hear audiébant, they were audient, they will
3d
hearing. hear.
E.
S.
E
C
R
(89.)
I
Vocabulary.
I.
Small, parvis,
ä,
To send, mittéré (83). iim.
To come, véniré (86).
In
(prep.), in.”
Roman, Römäntis,
A
To sleep, dormiré (86).
i.
Bed-chamber, cubicülüm, To lead, ducéré (83).
i.
To run, curréré (83). World, mundüs,
i.
To rule, régéré (83). To conquer, vincéré (83).
Gaul, Gallús, To fortify, muniré (86).
A
i.
Tower, castellūm, Divitiacus, Divitiãcüs,

i.
i.
II.
Example.
large Crassús magnii oppi
tid
m
Crassus comes
to
the
|
town. dim vénit.
Position.—The adjective belonging noun gov

of
Rule to
a
erned by preposition frequently placed before the
is
a
preposition, e.g., magnúm the example.

in

ād
Belgae legatósmittunt.—Belgae legatós Crassümmittunt.—

Puéri cubicülö dormiunt.—Puellae parvo (89, II.)
in
in
cubicülö
ãd
dormiébant.—Régină magnüm oppidum véniét.—Galbá cö.

piás Römånörüm ducit.—Dii (62, R., mundüm régunt.—
3)
Deûs mundüm sempêr régit.—Römäni Gallós vincébant.—Lé

gātās castellá müniébât.—AEdui nuntium
ad
Labientim mittunt
.
—Cöpiae Belgärüm oppidum vénient. — Divitiãcüs copiás

ād
AEduórüm ducébât.

The horse runs.—The boy sleeps.—The boy was running.—
The slave comes.—Crassus fortifies many towers.—The slave
I.,
was coming (63, 135°) his master.—The beautiful boy will

to
sleep little bed-chamber (89, II.).—The gods always govern

in
a
In, signifying into unto, governs the accusatire; signifying

in
or
*
governs the ablative.

THIRD AND FOURTH CONJUGATIONS OF VERBS. 35
the world.—The Romans are coming to the large town.—The

farmer was sleeping in the field.—Divitiacus was leading the
forces of the AEduans.—The Belgians send messengers to Cras
sus.—Crassus sends a messenger to the Belgians.—The girls
will sleep in a little bed-chamber.—Crassus will fortify the
towers.—The Romans take-possession-of the towers of Gaul.
$ 9.
PASSIVE VERBS. (XII-XIII.)

LESSON XII.
Verbs.—Passive Voice.—First and Second Conjuga

tions.
(90.) THE endings of the third persons of verbs, in

the tenses for incomplete or continued action (44), are
the same in the passive as in the active voice, with
the addition of the syllable ür. Thus, we have in the
(91.) FIRST CONJUGATION.
PRESENT.
Active.
Passive.
am-āt-ur, he, she,
it,
3d Sing. ām-āt, he, she, loved."

is
loves. it
3d Plur. ām-ant, they love. ām-ant-itr, they are loved.
IMPERFECT.
3d Sing. ām-ābāt, was loving. ām-ābāt-ir, he was loved.

he
3d Plur. am-ābant, they were loving. ām-âbant-ir, they were loved.

FUTURE.
or
will ām-ābit-ir,
he
he
3d Sing. ām-ābit, #ill

or
be
shall shall loved.

love.
Plur. ām-ābunt-ir, they shall will
or
or
3d ām-ābunt, they
be
shall
will love. loved.
(92.) SECOND CO NJUGATION.
PRESENT.
Active. Passive.
mön-êt-àr,
he
he
3d Sing. mön-êt, advises. advised.

is
3d Plur. mön-ent, they advise. mön-ent-itr, they are advised.

IMPERFECT.
mön-êbāt-ir,
he
3d Sing. mön-ébât, was advising.

he
was advised.
3d Plur. mön-ébant, they were advi mön-èbant-àr, they were advised.
sang.
FUTURE.
mön-êbit-ir,
he
he
3d Sing. mön-èbit, will will

be
advise. advised.
3d Plur. mön-ébunt, they will &ti mön-èbunt-àr, they will
be
advised.
vise.
The English language has the pass

no
forms for incomplete action

in
*
ive voice. He loved, was loved, &c., the house

he
built, &c., properl

is
is
express action complete. An awkward periphrasis—he being love

is
PASSIVES OF FIRST AND SECOND CONJUGATIONS. 37
I. Vocabulary.
fame, sport, lüdüs, i. To teach, döcère.
To delight, delectäré. Seize, occupāré.
II. Examples.
(a) Crassus calls the lieuten- Crass üs légātūm vöcăt
ant.
(b) The lieutenant is called Légātūs à Crassó vöcât ü1
by Crassus.
In these examples, the same action is expressed (viz., the calling of

the lieutenant)in (a) by the active form, in (b) by the passive. Ev
ery sentence in which a transitive verb occurs may thus be changed
into the passive form. The agent (Crassus) is the subject nomina
tive in (a); and in (b) is expressed by the ablative (Crassó) with the
-
preposition a, by.
Rem. If the subject be a thing, not a person, nor considered as a per
son, the preposition is omitted; e.g., Pöculüm vino impletür, the
f
cup is filled with wine. (This is the abl. of cause or means.)

Auxiliūmā légātörögātür.—Auxilitim a légātörögābātūr.—
Auxilium a legató rogabitur.–Côpiae à Galbärévöcantür.—Pöcü
lüm a servö implébâtür.—Oppidā ā Crassó occupābantür.—Mé
dicinā āb ancillis pārābitür.—Puéri böni à mägiströ laudantür.
—Cöpiae Germánórüm ä Labiénó révöcăbuntur.—Pöctilä vinó
(93, II., R.) implentür.—Puéri lüdis (93, II., R.) delectantür.

The master is loved by (his) scholars.—The master will be
loved by (his) good scholars.—The cups will be filled (with)
wine (93, II., R.).—The Germans were called together by
Crassus.—The villages were seized by the Romans.—The
towns will be seized by the #Eduans.T-Medicines are prepared
by the slaves.—Good boys will be praised by their masters.
The good boys will be advised by their masters.—The scholars
are taught by their master.—The scholar was taught by his
the house is being built—is sometimes employed, but is not to be approved.

The house is building is a form sanctioned by usage, but in many verbs it
would be ambiguous. The pupil must remember, then, that in the exer
cises in the First Part, the forms is loved, is advised, was advised, &c., are
used to express incomplete action.
3S PASSIVES OF THIRD AND FourTH CONJUGATIONs.
master.—The girls are delighted with games (93, II., R.).—

The slaves will be delighted with games.—The queen is praised
by (her) maid-servant.—The queen was praised by (her) maid
servant.—The queen will be praised by (her) maid-servant.
LESSON XIII.
Voice.—Third and Fourth Conjuga
-
Verbs.—Passive
-
tions.
(94.) ThIRD CONJ UGATION.
| PRESENT.
#
Active. Passive.
| 3d Sing. rég-it, he, she, it rules. régit-ir, he, she, it is ruled.
3d Plur. rég-unt, they rule. régunt-ir, they are ruled.
IMPERFECT.
3d he was ruling. ||régèbāt-ir, he was ruled.
3d Plur rég-êbant, they were ruling. régébant-ir, they were ruled.
FUTURE.
3d Sing. rég-êt, he shall or will rule.|régét-ür, he shall or will be ruled.
3d Plur.
*# they shall or will ||régent-ir, they shall or will be ruled.
7"tase.
(95.) FOURTH CONJUGATION.

PRESENT.
Active. Passive.
3d Sing. |aud-it, he hears. audit-itr, he is heard.
3d Plur. |audiunt, they hear. audiunt-ir, they are heard.
IMPERFECT.
3d Sing. |aud-iébât, he was hearing. audièbāt-ir, he was heard.

3d Plur |audiebant, they were hear |audiebant-ir, they were heard.
ang.
"'
FUTURE.
":
3d Sing. he shall or will||aud-iêt-àr, he shall or will be heard. ||
oft'.
3d Plur. they shall or will|audient-ir, they shallor will be heard.
7".
I. Vocabulary.
A Roman, Römänüs, i. A Gaul, Gallús, i.
To lay aside, To distribute,
deponers. dispönéré,
Garrison, praesidium, 1. arrange, }

II.
Legāti Belgis mittunttir.—Mundis Deo régittir.-Cöpia.

à
------>
-
PASSIVES OF THIRD AND FOURTH CONJUGA TIONS. 39
Römånörüm a Galbă discuntiir.—Galli a Römänis vincuntiir.—

Iră ă régină dépônitur.—Castelliim ä Labiénô münitur.—Praesi
diá á légātö dispönuntur.—Légāti ād AEduÖs mittébantür.—Có
piae AEduorum advicümducentur.—Epistölääréginăscribitur.—
Oppidá Belgärüm muniébantür.--Nuntii äd Crassüm mittentir.
Galba is conquered by th lgians.—The camp is fortified
by Crassus.—The forces of Crassus are led to the camp.—The
forces of the AEdui are sent to the village.—linger will be laid
aside by the queen.—Galba was conquered by the Gauls.—Het
ters will be written by the queen.—Letters are written to (ad)
Crassus.—The garrisons are not distributed by Crassus.—The
towers are not fortified by the Belgians.—The world is always
governed by God.—The Germans are ruled by a liantenant.—
A letter will be written by the queen,
§ 10.
THIRD DEC LENSION OF NOUNS.–PARTIAL

TREATMENT. (XIV.—XV.)
LESS XIV.
Nouns.—Third Declension.
all
THE Third Declension
(97.) comprises nouns
whose gen, sing, ends is.
in any noun
this declension, strike off
of
To find
of
Is
Rem. the stem
from the gen, sing.; e.g., gen, hóminis (of man), stem homin.
a
(98.) The case-endings are
as
follows:
-
Singular. Plural.
F. F.
–
M. Neut. M. Neut.
&
N. N. és. & (iâ).
ă
|
G. is. is. G. üm (ium). üm (ium).

D. D. ibús. ibus
i.
A. 8m (im) like N. A. es. (iâ)
ă à
V. like N like N. V. es. (iá)
A. (i). (i). A. ibús. ibüs
ë
The nom. ending not given, because the many forms

of
Rem.
in
1.
is
which that case occurs. Of the changes which the stem sub
to
-
is
ject, see hereafter (Part II.).
Of the endings im, (in acc. and abl, sing), and ia, ium (plur., see
2.
hereafter (Part II.)

The genders the vo
of
of
all nouns this declension are marked

in
3.
The general rules gender (25, course apply

of
of
a)
to
cabularies.
this declension: special rules are given (355). We give here only
Partial Rule
of
Gender.—Most nouns which adds

to
(99.)
the stem form the nominative are feminine.
to
(100.) PARADIGMs—MAsculin AND FEMININE FoRMs.

E
|_Sing: Speech (m.). Honour (m.). City (f). Nation (race), Law (£).
f
|
N. and V. sermö. hönör. urb-s. |gens (gents). lex (legs).

Gen. Isermön-is. |hönör-is. |urb-is. [gent-is. lég-Is.
Dat. sermön-i. hönör-i. urb-i. gent-i. leg-I.
Acc. sermön-êm. hônór-ém. |urb-êm. |gent-ém. leg-ăm.
Abl. sermön-é. hönöré. |urb-ê. gent-ê. lég-é.
Plur. Speeches Honours. cities. Races. Laws.
!
|
N., A., V. sermön-ès' honor-es. |urb-ês. 'gent-es. lég-és.

Gen., sermön-üm, hönör-üm. |urb-lüm. |gent-Tüm. lég-tim
sermön-ibus. hönör-ibtis.'urb-ibtis.gent-ibtis. lég-ibtis.
D
and
THIRD DECLENSION OF NOUNS. 4]
Rem. 1. Observe that d or t in the stem is dropped in the nom. before

s; and c or g combined with s to form a ; e.g., laus=l aud-s,
arx = arc-s; lex = leg-s; gens = gent-s.
2. All the endings are short but i (dat. sing.) and és (N., A., V. plur.).
(101.) EX E R C IS E.
I. Vocabulary.
{In the following vocabularies, the stem of every noun of the third de
clension is placed immediately after the nominative form, and before
the genitive ending.] f. is,
réx, (rég)
ae.
* 2ng, m. Rock, péträ,
Law, léx, (lég)
is,
Tree, arbór, (arbór)
is,
f.
To abrogate, ábrógãre. To build nest, nidificăré.
a
Just, justüs, öm.
ä,
Caesar, Caesar, (Caesar)
is.
Worthy, digntis, And, (conj.).,
ét
ä,
öm.
is,
is,
Part, pars, (part) Consul, consul, (constil) m.
f.
is,
is,
m.
Common people, plebs, (plåb) General, impérätör, (impērātār)
f
|
To leave, rélinquéré. Helvetian, Helvétius,

A
i.
II.

t
festinant.—Lég-ès
ād
Rex lég-és àbrögāt.—Cöpiae urb-êm

justae sunt.—Pars pleb-is urb-êm rélin&it.—Magná pars pleb
urb-êm relinquit.—Aquilae pétris ét'ârbör-ibtis nidificant.—
in
is
Lég-és rég-é àbrógantür.—Cöpiae

ād
urb-êm révöcantür.—
à
ād
Helvétii Caesar-ém legātös mittunt.—Nuntilís sermön-ém

consul-is laudāt.—Impérätör nuntiós rêvöcăt.—Rex dignis (54,
I.,
and 82, R.) hönör-ès dābit.—Cöpiae Belgärüm urb-êm rélin

québant.—Caesar vicös festinābāt.—Légāti äd impérätör-ém
ád
mittuntür.—Impérätör mittét.—Légātūs
ād
nuntiós urb-êm
part-ém copiârüm révöcăbit.
III.
Translate into Latin,
The laws were just.—The king will revoke the laws.—The
general will leave the village.—The consuls send ambassadors.—
in
The consuls recall the ambassadors—Doves build their nests

gardens and trees.—The consuls are praised.—The city for
is
tified.—Honours will given.—Honours given the wor

be
to
are
I.,
thy (82,
be
R.).—Ambassadors will the consuls.--

to
sent
Honours are given Caesar (54).—The speech
of
to
the consul
praised.—Honours are given the general.-A great part
to
of is
the common-people will leave the city.-The consuls will

recall the common-people.—The ambassadors will leave the
city.—The general will
be
sent.—Caesar will
be
recalled.—
The laws were unjust.
D
2
42 THIRD 10KCLENSION.
LESSON XV.
Nouns.—Third Declension, continued.
(102.)
sing:
PARADIGMS.-NEUTER
Sea (n.). song (n).
FORMS.
work (n.). Animal (n).

-
N., A., V. mar-e. carmén. öpüs. ânimal.
G. már-Is. carmin-is. öpér-is. ânimal-is.
D. mār-i. carmin-i. opér-i. ânimäl-i.
o
Abl. mār-i. carmin-è. opéré.
plur, Seas. Songs. Works Animals.
N., A., V. már-iā. carmin-à. Opér-à. ânimäl-iā.

#. mār-ium. carmin-um. opér-üm. ânimal-iùm.
D., Abl. carmin-ibus. Öpér-ibtis. ânimäl-ibüs.
mār-btis.
Rem. 1. Neuters whose nom. ends in al, ar, or e, take i for abl. sing.
ending; ia, nom. plur., and ium, gen, plur.
2. Partial Rule of Gender.—Nouns whose stems end in a l or a r are
Theuter. *
(103.) E X E R C IS E.
I. Vocabulary.
Name, nômén, (nomin) is (n.). To cure, heal, sānāré.
To enrol, conscribéré. To mitigate, mitigaré.
Treaty, foedus, (foedèr) is (n.). River, flümén, (flümin) is (n.).
To violate, viólārē. To swim across, transnäré (gov.acc.)
Spoil or booty, praedā, a. Work, öpüs, (ópér) is (n.).
Ally, sociús, i. Fish, piscis, (pisc) is (m.).
Summer, aestās, (aestat) is (f). Time, temptis, (tempór) is (n.).
Cold, frigüs, (frigór) is (n.). To change, mutaré.
Burden, Önüs, (ónër) is (n.). Man, hömö, (hömin) is (m.).
To carry, portaré. Stormy, turbid, turbidüs, 8, tim.
Wound, vulntis, (vulněr) is (n).
**
#
II.

foedus (acc.) viólābāt,
&t
Constil nominā conscribit.—Caesar

praedām söciis (54) dābāt.—AEstás frigüs (acc.) mitigat.—Per
fuge flümén (acc.) transnabant.—Magnúm öpüs est—Flümén
I.,
piscibus ābundāt (66, a).—Temptis höminés mütät.—Tem

pörä mutantür.–Frigüs aestäté (93, II., R.) mitigabitür.—
Cöpiae Belgärüm flüminā transnäbant.–Servis Önüs (acc.)
magnüm portät.—Caesar nôminā nôn conscribét—önüs mag
nüm est.—Médicinä vulnäs sānāt.—Carminā puellás délectant.
—Nöminā hömintim mutăbuntiir.—Märiä turbidi sunt.—Flü
mén magnüm erat turbidūm.—Magnä sunt Önérá captivörüm.
- -------- -----> ------->

THIRD DEC - ENSION. 43

The Germans violate treaties.—The consuls will not enrol
the names-—The slaves were carrying great burdens.--The
messenger was-swimming-across the river.—The boy swims
across the river.—Great burdens are carried.—The burden will
becarried by the slave.—The rivers abound in fish (66, II, a).—
The wounds are healed.—The burdens are great.—The lieu
tenant will not violate the treaty.—The names are enrolled by
the consuls (93, II)A The treaty is violated.—The treaty is
violated by Caesar.—The treaty will be violated, and the spoil
will be given to the allies (dat.).—The consul enrols the names
of the deserters.—The names of the deserters will be enrolled.
The Yvounds of the prisoners will be healed.
s
§ 11.
ADJECTIVES OF THE SECOND CLASS.

© LESSON XVI.
Adjectives.—Second Class.—Two Endings.
ADIECTIVEs of the Second Class have is in
(104.)
for
the nom. sing, for masc. and fem. endings, and a
the neuter. They are declined throughout like the
g., brévis, short.
of
third declension nouns;
e.
(105.) PARADIGM.
SINGULAR. PLURAL.
Masc. Fem. Neut. Masc. Fem. Neut.
N.V., brév-is. brêv-Is. brêv-é. brêv-ês. brév-ès. brév-iā.
|| ||
G. brév-is. brév-Is. brév-Is. brév-ium. brêv-Iüm. brév-iùm.

D. brév-i. brév-i. brév-i. brév-Ibüs. brév-ibüs. brév-ibtis.
Acc. brév-ém. brév-ém. brév-é. brév-ès, brév-ês. brév-iā.
||
Abl. brév-I. brév-i. brév-I. brév-ibtis. brêv-Ibüs. brêv-ibüs.

ér
Twelve adjectives" for the ending
of
of
Rem. this class take
1.
the nom. sing masc. instead Is; e.g., ácér, cris, cré; célé
of
a
bér, celébris, celèbré.
jüvén Is, youth; aedilis
of
Rem. The abl. has instead

in
2.
a
à
dile. The gen, pl. has tim instead célér, swift

offilm
a
in
E.
X
S.
(106.)
E
C
R
E
I
y.
Vocabula
I.
Father, pâtér, (patr) is. Uncertain, incertüs,

ä,
unu.
•
Noble, nobilis,
£...?"
Useful, utilis,
é.
i. é.
Every, - Iron, ferrüm,

Gold, aurüm,
*
i.
Sweet, duleis, Severe, heavy, grävis,

é,
é.
To demand, poscéré. Life, vitā, (f).

ae
Soldier, milés, (milit) Brave, fortis,

é.
(m.).
i. is
Study, zeal, stüdium, Patiently, pâtientër (adv.).
*
Kind, bénignús, Wolf, lüpus, (m.).
a,
um.
i
Dog, canis, (cán) (c., 25, IV.). Like, similis,

is
é.
To endure, toléraré chief, princeps, (princip) (c., 25.

is
A
Hostage, óbsés, (c., 25, IV.). IV.)

Acér, sharp. Célér, swift. Sălubér, salubrious.
*
Aläcér, cheerful. Equestèr, equestrian. Sylvestër, woody.

;
Campester, the plain. Păluster, marshy. Terrestër, terrestrial

of
Cèlêbér, famous. Pédestër, pedestrian. Völücér, swift.

ADJECTIVES, SECOND CLASS. 45
Examples.
II.
his
(a) The father kind Pâtér filio bénignús est.
to
is
SO72.
(b) The dog like (to) Cānis lipo similis est.
is
the
wolf.
Syntax.—The dative case adjec
of
in all
(c) Rule used with
is
Eng
by
or
tives that are followed the words for
to
lish: hence with adjectives expressing (a) advantage
or
disadvantage, (b) likeness
or
unlikeness.
ÍAdjectives unlikeness also take the gen.]
of
or
likeness

Milités omnés péricülüm timent.—Impérätör fortis militès
omnés convöcăt.—Vitā brévis est.—Wità estbrévis ét incertä.—
Vintim est dulcé.—Principés fortés oppídà omniä muniébant.—
Caesar obsidês nóbilès poscit.—Tempus brévé est.—Nön omnés
milités sunt fortés.—Ferrüm utilé est.—Aurüm ét ferrüm sunt
utiliá höminibüs (106, II., c).—Milés vulnus grävé pâtientër
tôlérât.—Constil fortis périctilä nón timébit.—Ferrüm utilé
(106, II., est.—Milités fortés vulnérá gräviä pá
c)
höminibüs
tientërtolérābunt.—Stüditim est puéris (106, II., utilé.— c)
Impérätör militibús (106, II., bénignús érát.—Cánis lüpó
c)
.
similis est.
The noble queen comes the city.—The brave lieutenant en
to
dures patiently (his) severe wound.—All the soldiers hasten

to
the camp.—The brave chiefs will fortify many towns.—The

I.,
qoble hostages come Caesar (63, [37°).—The time un

to
is
certain.—Soldiers are not always useful.—Towns are useful

for men (106, H., c).—Noble ambassadors are sent.—Many
by
hostages are demanded the consuls (93, II.).—All the

called together.—Not
be
all
soldiers will chiefs are noble.—

Wine sweet and iron useful.—The dangers are not fear
is
is
by
the brave soldiers (93, II.).—The brave lieutenant

ed
praises the noble chief—Dogs are liko wolves (106, II.).—

(106, II.).—
of
all
The study letters (littérarum) useful for

is
The soldiers are kind the prisoners (106,\II.).—Gold keavy.

to
is
—Iron not like gold (106, II.).

in is
Even these, the ending sing masc.

in
sometimes found
is
is
norm.
.
g., tamnitus equestris, Liv., xxix.,

35
e
§ 12.
ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD CLASS
LESSON XVII.
• Adjectives.—Third Class.—One Ending.
ADJECTIVEs of the Third Class have but one

(107.) all
ending in the nominative for three genders; e.g.,
felix
f,
f,
(m., n.), happy; ud (m., n.), bold:
x
a
a
f,
(m., n.), poor.

p
p
u
a
r
&
(108.) PARADIGM.—Félix, happy.
SINGULAR. PLURAL.
Masc. Fem. Neut. Masc. Fem. Neut.
N.V. felix. félix. félix. fêlic-6s. felic-Ös. felic-iā.
G. felic-Is. felic-Is. felic-Is. felic-Iüm. félic-iùm. felic-iùm.
||
D. fölic-i. fêlic-i. felic-l. felic-Ibüs. felic-ibüs. felic-ibüs.

Ac3 felic-èm. felic-&m. félix. fêlic-és. fêlic-ös. félic-iā.
|
Abl, felic-i. fêlic-i. fêlic-i. fêlic-Ibüs. félic-ibiis.

felicibus.
paupér, poor; sénex, old

of
[Rem. The abl. has instead

in
(a)
1.
&
princeps,
of,
(gen. sénis); chief; compos, possessed and most end

ing és; e.g., hosp és, guest; pub és, grown up, &c. Also
in
in
corpiis, cólór, pes.

of
the compounds and

e.g.,
as
(b) Participles ns have, participles,

i;
as
but adjectives
in
é,
flörenté rös the rose blooming; flörenti rös blooming

in
ā,
ā,
7°ose. -
e.g., sāpiens,
(c)
é;
Adjectives used wise man,

as
- nouns take
a
abl. sāpienté.
vettis, old (vétérüm):
pl.
The gen. itim

of
Rem. takes üm instead

in
2.
consors, partaking of; dégénér, degenerate; divés, rich:

Inops, helpless; mémör, mindful; immem àr, unmindful sup:
;
plex, suppliant; ubér, rich; vigil, watching. Also

all
in
whics
the abl.; e.g., princeps, principé, principiim.]
in
take
6
ADJECTIVES.—THIRD CLASS. 47
(109.) E X ER C IS E.
I. Vocabulary.
War, belliim, i. Stag, cervus, i.
Fierce, ätröx, (ätröc) Is (107). Powerful, pötens, (pötent) is (107)
To wage, carry on, géréré. Scout, explórätór, is (m).
Horse-soldier, équés, (equit) is (m.). To kill, occidéré.
Tenacious, ténax, (ténac) is (107). Battle, praelium, i.
Wise, sāpiens, (sāpient) is (107). And, ét (conj.).
Swift, velox, (vélöc)
is.
Death, mors, (mort) is (f).
To renew, rédintégräré. Horse, čquus,
i.
Rich, divés, (divit) Qitizen, civis, (civ) (c., 25, IV.).
is
is
(107).
To terrify, terréré. -
II.
Example.
The inhabitants carry trox gérunt.
on
Incölae belliim
a
a
fierce war. 78, II., a.]
to
[Refer
Ill. Translate into English.
Incölae bellă magnä étátröciàgérunt.—Nuntitis velox
ād
castrá
vénit.—Equites vélocès
ād
sylvām festinant.—Wir säpiens mor

tém nón timét.—Discipulüs mémóriám tenācém hābét.—Mé
puéris est ténax.—Impérätör nuntilim vélocém mittét.
in
móriá
—Principes fortés praelium atrox redintegräbunt.—Cervis vé
lox est.—Equis vélox currit.—Cânés sunt velócês.—Säpiens
I.,
(82, R.) non sempér divés est.—Divités nôn sempér beati

sunt.—Princeps pötens légātös mittit.—Principès pötentès
captivös occidunt.—Impérätör principes omnés convöcăt.
The thick woods terrify the swift messenger.—The fierce
the inhabitants.—The noble general was prais
all
battle terrifies
ing the swift messenger.—The illustrious consul sends ambas
I.,
(63, ET) the powerful chief—The powerful

to
sadors
the prisoners.—Rich (men)
all
chief will kill are not always

wise.—The wise (man) does not fear the fierce battle.—The
soldiers praise the rich citizen.—The memory boys al
in
is
ways tenacious.—Dogs and horses are swift.—The consul

will not renew the fierce battle.—The illustrious general will
recall the swift horse-soldiers.—Rich citizens fear fierce wars.
all
--The fierce battles were terrifying the hostages.—The

all
wise general calls-together the ambassadors.—The fierce

by
renewed,—All the prisoners will

be
be
battle will killed the

powerful chiefs (93, II.).—The swift messengers are frighten
ed.—Great wars are carried on.—Rich citizens are killed.
- § 13.
FOURTH DECLENSION OF NOUNS.
LE SSON XVIII,
Nouns.—Fourth Declension.
all
(110.) THE Fourth Declension comprises nouns
whose gen, sing. ends us (long). The nom. ending
in
u;
for masculines tis, and for neuters e.g., fruc
t
is
4s, fruit, masc.; or horn, neut.

u,
n
c
-
as
follows:
Sing. Neut. Masc. Neut.
Masc. __Plur.
.
.
.
N. and V. tis. ü. N. and V. us. üä

Gen. üs. us or Gen. üüm. üüm.
ü
Dat. ül. Dat. ibüs. ibüs.

ü.
Acc. üm. u. Acc. üs. üä.

Abl. u. ü. Abl. ibús. ibüs
By adding these endings fruct.

to
(112.) the stems

and corn-, we get the
PARADIGM.”
sing, fruit (m). Piur, fruit. sing, horn (m.). Plur., horns.
I
N. and V. fruct-tis. fruct-us.

Gen. fruct-us. fruct-utim. ||N., A., V. corn-u. corn-tíà.
Dat. fruct-lii. fruct-ibüs. corn-us,
or
ü.
Gen. corn-titim.
Acc. fruct-tim. fruct-us. Dat, Abl. corn-u. corn-ibüs.
|
Abl. fruct-u. fruct-ibús.
The following take übüs dat, and abl. plur instead

of
[Rem.
in
1.
Ibüs, viz., äctis (f), needle; arcüs (m.), bow; artiis (m.), joint,
fictis (f), fig-tree; láciis (m.), lake; partiis (m.), birth; portüs
(m.), harbor; quercüs (f), oak, spectis (m), den; tribus (f).
tribe; cu (n), cattle; ćrü (n), spit.t]
p
&
a
v
this declension are, äcüs, needle; antis

of
The feminine nouns

2.
only the third. thus,

of
The fourth declension contracted form

G. is
a
*
fruct-us.
fruct-uis, contr. fructus.
D. fruct-ul.
Acc. fructuim, contr. fructiim, &c.
The following verses embrace these
t
Arcüs, āctis, portüs, vérü,

Ficus, läcüs, artiis,
Spécils, quercüs; also, pécu,
Tribus too, and partiis
rv OUNS.-FOURTH DECLENSION. 49
old woman ; d.6m tis, house; fictis, fig ; mäntis, hand;

nürüs
daughter-in-law ; porticus, gallery; tribiis, tribe; quercüs,
oak. Also, Idüs, -üüm (used only in plural), the Ides."
3. Dömüs (f), house, is thus declined:
-
N. v. G. D. Acc. Abl.
'"
us.
Sing. -ul. -üm. -ö.
| döm
{
Plur.
w -
döm-us.
-uum. - -ós,
-örum. -ibüs. -Ibüs.
_|-us (rarely).
!
The gen, dömi used only home; e.g.,
at
4.
dömi
in
of
is
the sense
at
méae, my home, my house.
(113.) at IS E.
X
E
E
R
C
Vocabulary.
I.
To lead over, or across, transduceré. Grief luctüs, list (m.).

Approach, adventus, To lay aside, dépônéré.
üs
(m.).
To await, expectäré. Sadness, moerör, Órist (m.).
Singing, cantus,
us
ae.
(m). Tempest, procella,
Fruit, fructus,
us
(m.). To raise, tolléré.

To adorn, ornaré. Wave, fluctüs,
us
(m.).
Four, quâttuór (indeclin.). Star, sidüs, (sidér)
is is
(n.) (102).
To build, aedificăré. Shore, littus, (littör) (n) (102).
Horn, cornö,
üs
(n.). Wind, ventus, (m).

I
Army, exercitus, Moll, volvéré.

is
(m.). -
Harbour, portüs,
us
(m.). Boundary, finis, (fin) (m).

is
Enemy, hostis, (host) (c., 25, IV.). The Rhine, Rhénis,
is
i.
Bird, évis, (āv) (f). Ship, navis, (nav)

is
(f).
is
(a) II.
Examples.
The Helvetians lead Helvétil partém copiärüm
part Rhên üm transducunt.
of
their forces across

the Rhine.
(b) Caesar leads great ar Caesar magnüm Germäno
a
rüm exercitum trans

of
my Germans across the

Rhine. Rhénii transducit.
m
of
Rule Syntax.—(a) Verbs compounded with the prepo

by
sition trans are generally followed 'wo accusatives;

e.
g., partem and Rhenum (a).

in
(b) But sometimes the preposition repeated; "...g., trens

is
in
(b).
Helvétii Caesaris (38, adventiim expectābant.—Adventu
b)
£
Actis, manus, tribus, dömüs, porticus, and
by
idis. The rest are fem

•
the general rule (25, II).-

silent grief; luctus=mourning.
=
t
50 NOUNS.-FOURTH DECLENSION.
(abl., 55, a) Caesaris hostes terrentiir.—Avis puellám cantu (55,

a) delectát.—Fructus arbörés (acc. pl.) ornant.—Fructus terrae
agricöläm delectant.—Pâtér dömüs (acc. pl.) quâttüör aedifică
£
bit.—Nāves in portü sunt.—Regină luctum dépônit.—Säpientès
luctum ét maerörém dépônunt.—Prócellá magnús fluctus (acc.
pl.) tollebät.—Prócellá fluctus (acc. pl.) ād siderá tollit.—Puér
taurüm cornu (abl., 55, a) tenét.—Cornuá cervi magnâ sunt.—
Fluctus magni ventis (55, a) volvuntiir.—Légātūs exercitum du
cit.—Legātūs āb Eduis (from the AEduans; i.e., their country)
exercittim dücit—Agricolá taurüm cornibus (55, a) ténèbät.—
Adventùs patris puellám exercitiim flümén
transducit (113, II., a).—Légātūs på fines Helvétiorum exer
citim ducét.—Arióvistüs Germánös trans Rhêntim transducit
(113, II., b).
Rem. Home is translated by dom tim, the acc. of domus; thus, The
sailor leads the boy home—Nauta puérüm domiim ducit.
My father will build four houses.—The tempest is rolling
I.,
great waves to the shores (63, 37").—Vast waves are raised

by
tempests.—The rolling vast waves

to to
the stars turbid sea

is
the shores.—The farmer leads the girls home from (ab) the
city.—Caesar will lead the army over the turbid river.—Cassius
leads the army through
of
the boundaries the MEduans and

coming
of
Helvetians.—The Helvetians await the Caesar.—

by
The boy will hold the bull the horns (55, a).—The farmer
by
delighted the fruits (55, the earth.—The king lays

of
a)
is
griefs singing
of
aside his and sadness.—The the birds (āviúm)

by
will delight the soldiers.—The trees are adorned many fruits.

—There are many large ships the harbour.—The winds raise
in
the great waves the stars.—The lieutenant was leading the

to
army the AEduans across the Rhine. (Repeat trans (113,

of
II., b)).—The horns bulls are large.—The queen will lay

of
aside her grief and sadness.—The master sends his slaves home
§ 14.
FIFTH DECLENSION OF NOUNS.
LESSON XIX.
Nouns.—Fifth Declension.
is all
,114.) THE Fifth Declension comprises nouns
es.
éi.
whose gen, ending The nom. ending
is
of
(115.) There are but few nouns this declension,
and they are feminine except dies, day, and me
all
ridies, mid-day; and even dies fem. the sing.
in
|-| is
when means fixed day.
it
as
follows:
D. Ab."
N.
v.
Acc.
G.
Sing. 6s. &I. &I. €m. 6.

|
Plur. ës. ërüm. &büs. ës. &büs.

|
the gen. and dat the long when vowel stands be

ei
Rem.
In
in
is
a
e
it;
it;
fore e.g., di-éi: short when consonant stands before e.g.,
a
fid- éi.
(117.) By adding the endings
to
r-
the stems and
di-, we get the
PARADIGMS.
Thing (f). N. V. G. D. Acc. Abl.
L.
•
Singular. r-ês. r-é1. r-či. r-êm. r-ê.

Plural. r-ös. r-érüm. r-êbüs. r-êS. r-êbus.
Day (m.).
Singular. di-ás. di-è1. di-èi. di-èm. di-é.
Plural. di-és. di-érüm. di-ébùs. di-és. di-ébüs.
Rem. Only rés, diès, spéciés, have the plur, complete; the gen,
dat, and abl. plur. are wanting
C in
all others.
(118.) IS E.
X
E
E
R
Vocabulary.
I.
éi.
Hope, spés, Mid-day, méridies, (m).

ei
Day, Sixth, sextüs,

ä,
diēs, öm.
éi
(m.).
To appoint, constitüéré. Reward, praemitim,
i.
To lead out, educéré. Sun, sol, (sôl) (m.).

is
To lead back, réducéré. Setting, Óccāsūs, us.

Seventh, septimus,
of
él.
Line battle, äciés,

ä,
öm.
To draw up, instrüéré.
ex
(prep
of
Out
or
with ablative)
é
About, circitér (prep. with acc.). Faith, promise, fidès, éi.

About mid-day, circItër meridièm. The next, postérüs, öm
ä,
ae.
Victory, victóriá, To fight, pugnaré.

*2 NOUNS.-FIFTH DECLENSION.
II.
Examples.
up
(a) Caesar draws the line Caesar áciém instruit.
|
of
battle.
(b) The next day they move|Postérô die castră móvent.
the camp.
Syntax.—The point
of
which any thing
of
(c) Rule
at
time
by
expressed the ablative; e.g.,
in
occurs (b) postero
is
die.—At sun-set = solis occă su.
Spés victóriae milités delectät.—Milités spé (93, II., R.) vic
töriae délectantür.—Diés vénit.—Caesardiém constitüit.—Caesar
diêm cum légātis constitüit.—Impérátór fortis exercitüm éducit,

àciém instruit.—Circitér méridiêm pugnant.—Caesar, circitér
êt
méridiém, exercitüm castră réducit—Sexto die (118, II.,

in
c)
castris educit.—Spés praemiórüm puérös
ex
Caesar exercitüm
delectát.—Püéri spé praemiórüm delectantur.—Solis occāsū
Helvétii castră mövébant.—Septimó díé Belgae copiās omnés
ex castris éducebant.—Sölis occāsū Ariovistüs āciém instrüít.
—Circitér méridiêm proclitim rédintégräbunt.—Constil clārüs
diêm cum legātis constituit.—Principes nobiles fidêm viólant.
The h9pe victory delights the noble chiefs.—The consul
of
about mid-day leads out the army and renews the fierce battlee
—The powerful chiefs, the-setting of-the-sun (118, II., c),
at
the prisoners.—The day will come.—The consul,

all
the
at
kill
setting the sun, will renew the great battle.—At the setting
of
be
of
the sun the great battle will renewed.—On the sixth day
the camp.—The Germans ap
all
the forces will

be
to
led back
point day with Caesar.—The next day the Germans move
a
on
(their) camp.—Ariovistus, the next day, draws but the line

battle.—Caesar appoints the mid-day with the ambassadors.—
of
About mid-day the messengers come.—About mid-day the con

sul will come.—Caesar will not violate (his) promise.
§ 15.
PRONOUNS. (XK.—XXXI)
LESSON XX.
Prone uns.—Substantive-Personal and Adjective

Personal.— Verbs, First Person.
(119.) THE three pronouns égö, I; tu, thou; sui, of
himself, herself, itself, are called Substantive, because
they are used as substantives, not as adjectives; and
Personal, because they express the person speaking,
to,
the person spoken
of
and the person spoken
of
(120.) The Substantive-Personal Pronoun the
first person thus declined:
is
Norn. Gen. Dat. Acc. Abl.
Sing. ēgö, by
of
mëi, mihl, me. me, me, me, me, &c.

|
me.
I.
to to
lur.
Plur. nö we
nös, nostri, of us.indbis, us.' nós, us...inóbis,
***, by
oy us,
us, &c.
»f
nostrum,
*
,
*
(121.) Derived from the Substantive-Personal Pro

nouns are the Adjective-Personal Possessive Pro
or
nouns; called Adjective, because they agree with

nouns; and Possessive, because they express possession
(my, thy, his, &c.).
(122.) The Adjective-Personal Pronouns

of
the first
person are declined, both sing, and plur., like adjec
in
the First Class (76, 77, a). They are,

of
tives
(a) Derived from mei, N. métis, méâ, métim, my, mine.
my (voc. masc. mi).
G.
of
mêI, méae, méi,

&c. &c. (like 76.).
s,
b
n
ü
ð
* from nostri, N. nostër, nostrá, nostrum, our, ours.

(b)
G,
nostri, nostrae, nostri,

of
our.
&c. (like pulch ér, 77,
a).
- &c.
.
(123.) The following forms first per

of
in
Verbs the
son must now be learned:
E
2
54 PERSONAL PRONOUNS.
FIRST CONJ UGATION : FIRST PERSON ENDINGS.
- INFIN. Act, are. - INFIN. Pass., ari. -

| Indic present. || Imperfect. | Future.
Act. Pass. Act. IPass. Act. Pass.

1st Sing. 5, ör. abâm. äbär. ābó. ābör.
1st Plur. amus. amür || abamus. abâmür. || abimus. abimür.
(124.) Thus, from the stem ām, of ām-aré, to love,

we have :
INFIN. AcT., amaré,
- to love. INFIN. Pass., amari, to be loved.
Imperfect. Future.
Indic. P.res. |
Act. Pass. Act. Act. Pass.Pass.
ām-âbâm, ām-ābār,
I
ām-ö, ām-ör, âm-abó, ām-ābör
I love. am loved. I I
was loving.
was loved. shall love. I
shai' loved. |I
am-āmüs, amamur, lam-ābāmūs,
lam-ābāmūr, lam-abimus, lam-ābīmūr,
we love, we are loved, we were loving, we were loved. we shall love. we shall beloved.
[Rem. The student will learn the passive endings readily by observing
that r is the passive characteristic, which is added to the active; the con
sonant ending of the active, where it has one, being dropped.]
(125.) E X ER C IS E.
I. Vocabulary.
Book, libér, bri (m.), (64). All my (possessions), omniä meå
Friend, àmicüs, I (m.). (neut. pl.).
Brother, frâtér, (fratr) is (m.). Five, quinqué.
Cicero, Cicérö, (Cicérön) is (m.). Sharply, äcritér.
Sister, sorór, (sôrðr) is (f). To-morrow, cras (adv.).
e.,
With one's house), āpüd Very much, greatly, valdé (adv.)

at
(i.
(prep. acc.). To blame, vitupérāré.

Fault,
ae.
culpá, To sing, cantäré.

Yesterday, heri (adv.). Three, trés, triá (adj. II).
of
Class
II.
Examples. -
(a) book. Est mihi libér (i.e., there

is
have
a
I
to
book me).
a
Syntax.—The est sunt,

of
Rule used with

or
dative case
or is
denote the person who has possesses something."

to
The thing possessed est sunt.

or
nom.
to
is
The walking Puér mêctim hortö héri

in
(b) boy was

|
garden yes-
in
with me the ambúlābāt.

-
terday.
Rule Position.—The preposition citm
of
the
to
is
suffixed
personal pronouns; e.g., éctim, with me; nobisc tim,
m
with us, instead cūm mé, ctim nóbis.

of
Recollect that the personal and possessive pronouns are not expressed
Latin, unless emphasis perspicuity demands it.]
or
in
and should always

be
of
This called the Dative Possession, referred

is
*
such by the pupil.

as
to
PERSONAL PRONoUNs.—FIRST PERson 55

Egó cantö, ämicús audit.—Egö ét frâtér ambulāmūs."--Égi
at filiūs meus festinämüs.—Sunt mihi très libri (125, II, a).—
Sunt mihi quattuër équi ét quinquë cánes.—In horto ambula
I.,
bäm.—A bônis (82, R.) āmābör.—Cicérô me laudatür.—
a
Hostes nobiscúm (125, II, ācritër pugnant—Hérpin agris
b)
ambúlābāmūs—Pâtérád nös nuntiummittét.—Culpánosträest.
in
—Crås horto caenábímüs.—Delectäbämür.—Puéri
in
hortó
nobiscún ambulabunt.—Littérarum studium+ (38, mihi (106,
b)
II.) utilé erit.—A mägiströ laudabár—Omniä meå mecum
portö.—Egö frâtré valdé àmör.—Nös laudārgūr, puella vitü
à
pérantür.—Nös mägiströ verbérábímür.
...
à
IV. Translate into Latin. ---
We praise the beautiful girl.—We have (125, II., four large
a)
cups.—I have (= there are me) four sons and three daughters
to
(125, II., a).—We shall praise Caesar's brave soldiers.—I walk,

my friend rides.—I and my sister will ride.*—I and my brother
will walk" the king's garden.j-I and my father will sup”
in
in
the garden to-morrow.—We shall always praise the wise and
(93, II., b),
by
good.—The works
be
of
is us
Cicero will praised
by
of
the works Caesar the soldiers—The fault mine.—We

have many large cups (125, II., a).—I have three beautiful sisters.
—I have four brothers.—My father will walk with me Cae
in
sar's garden (Casárts hortö).f—The study

of
literature
in
is
II.).—To-day
us
(106, we shall sup with (apud)

to
useful
Crassus.
LESSON XXI.
-
Pronouns, Personal and Possessive, continued.—Verbs,
First Person, continued.
(126.) THE following are some the endings for
of
the first person

of
verbs
in
the
predicate have two more nominatives. connected by conjunc:
or
it If
a
*
of
tion, takes generally the plural number; and the nominatives be

if
different persons, the verb takes the first person rather than the second,
the second rather than the third. -
Litter rüm studium=the pursuit
(or
study)
of
literature (letters).
a
f
all
such cases, put the prep between the genitive and the noun
In
#
governed by the prep.

56 VERB.S.-FIRST PEksun
SECOND CONJUGATION.
|
|
STEMI.
sINGULAR ENDINGs.
Active. Passive.
PLURAL ENDINGs.
Active. Passive.
Present. món- eó. eór. emits. Gmür.
|
Imperfect. món- èbám. 6bär. ebåmus. ebäfntir. .
Future. món- ebö. ebór. ebimus. ebImür. |
[Rem. The student will learn these forms by observing that ready
they differ chiefly from those of the
#
conjugation in having & be
fore the last syllable instead of a. By adding the endings, as above
iven, to the stem mon-, which stands at the left hand, he will form
the paradigm of monéré, to advise.]
(127.) The following are some of the endings for

the
first person the third and fourth conjugations.

in
THIRD CONJUGATION.
STEM. SINGULAR ENDINGS. PLURAL ENDINGs."
|
Active. Passive. Active. Passive.
,
Present. rég- - ör. Imus. Imür.
!,
Imperfect. rég- ebäm. ebär. ébâmüs. ébâmür.
Future.
['
rég- âm. är. émüs. emur.
|
Compare these with the endings the 2d conj, and observe
of
that,
the pres, dropped the sing, and assumed the plur.
In
in
in
is
4. 3. 2. 1.
The imperfect ecisely the same.

is is
,
But the future new form.

a
By adding the endings the stem placed - the left, you form the
to
at
paradigm régéré,
of
rule.]
to
(128.) Fou RTH CONJUGATION.

STEM. SINGULAR ENDINGS. PLURAL ENDINGs.
||
Active. Passive. Active. Passive.
Present. aud- ió. iór, imüs. imür.
Imperfect. aud- iébâm. iébär. iébâmüs. iébâmür.
Future. aud- iâm. iär. iémüs. iémür.
[Rem. Observe that the endings of the 4th coni. differ from those of
st
In
the 3d simply by prefixing the letter the plur, the pre

i.
fixed combines with that the endings Imüs, Imür, and forms imús
of
imür.]
(129.) IS E.
E
X
E
R
C
Vocabulary.
I.
Fierce, férôx, (féröc) Wicked, impróbüs,

ä,
(107). üm.
is
Nothing, nihil (neut. indecl.). Garrison, praesidium,

I.
To well, väléré. Latin, Lātinús,

ä,
be
öm.
To arrange, dispönéré. Antony, Antönius,
i.
II.
Example.
*
have nothing do with Nihil est mihi clim Antönió

to
I
Antony (125, II.,

e.,
nothing
(i.
a).
to
there
is
me
with Antony).
.
- * * *
vERBs-second PERspN.
- *
- , ,
; : . 57.
•
.. .. . . *
* * * . ,
- . , ' ' ' , / *
.
. *
III. Translate into English. . . . . . . . . ...
***. *...**
2d Conjugation.—Egó ét frater vàlemüse(125, III.").—A

māgiströdöcebimur.—Linguām Låtinäm döceö.—A pătră mó
nečr-A magistra.bónó hoste timebär.—Hos.
docemürs—Ab
tium adventiim non timébö. 3d Conjugation.—Régebämür.—
Praesidiá dispönebämüs—A Deó régimür—Egú exercitüm
ducâm.—A filić með relinquir–Lüpos féröces occidimus.
4th Conjugation.—Castellá müniémüs.—Aviúm cantüm audi
müs.—Crås ād urbém véniäm.—Nihil est mihi cum
-
impróbis,
—Nihil est nóbis cum hostibús, .
IV. Translate into Latin. •
2d Conjugation.—I and my son are well (125, III.").—

We shall see the brave soldiers.—I am taught by good masters.
—We were fearing the approach of the enemy"—l was teach
ing the Latin language.—We shall be feared by the enemy.—
We shall be advised by our father. 3d Conjugation.—We
were led by a brave general.—I was killing three wolves.—We
are ruled by a good king.—We shall arrange the garrisons.—
I shall bring (dücéré) my daughter from (ab) the city.—We
shall lead the forces of the Germans. 4th Conjugation.—We
were heard by the master.—We shall sleep in the little town
(89, II.).—We shall come to the town to-morrow.—I shall be
heard by the girls.—We were fortifying the towns.—We have
nothing to do with the foolish (129, II.).—I have nothing to do
with Caesar.
LESSON XXII.
Pronouns.—Substantive-Personal and Adjective-Per
sonal.—Verbs, Second Person.
(130.) THE Substantive-Personal Pronoun of the

-
second person is thus declined:
Nonn. Gen. Dat. Acc.
tu, to
Plur. 3/ow.
of to 3/ow. by.
{
(131.) The following are some of the endings of tho

second person of verbs of the
58 PERSONAL PRONOUN.-SECOND PERSON.
:
FIRST CONJUGATION.
STEM. SINGULAR ENDINGS. PLURAL ENDINGS,
Act. Pass. Act. || Pass.
Pres. ann- aris. âtis, timini.
Imp. ann- abás. ābāris- || abâtise äbämini.
Fut. am abis. äbimini,
beris. || abits.
(132.) E X E R C I S. E.
I. Vocabulary.
Yesterday, hêri. (adv.). To wound, vulnérāré.
Today, hödie (adv.). To fight, pugnaré.
II.
Crās méctim coenäbis.—Tü mê āmās, égö ämö.—Vös
te
vöbiscum pugnâtis.—Tu cantãs, nos audimús.—In hortó ambu
lābātis.—Tü pâtré valdé àmāris.—Vös vitupérämini, nos lau
à
dāmūr.—Nihil est tibi clim Caesaré.—Crås vöbiscúm coenabó.

—Nös laudābimür, vös vitàpéräbimini.—Nihil vöbis est clim bö
nis.—Héri ambúlābātis.—Hödié pugnâbitis.—Laudābāmini.—
Vulnérabimini.—Vöcătis.—Vöcâmini.–Amātis.—Anāmini.
—Cantâbâtis.—Vöcābāmini.
To-day ye were supping with (125, II., b).—Ye love us,
us
we love you.—Ye were singing, we were hearing.—Ye have

do
nothing with the king (129, II.)—Thou wast greatly

to
loved by Caesar.—Ye shall praised by our master.—Ye shall

I., be
by
by
be
blamed the good (82, R.).—Ye are called the mes

senger.—Thou fightest with thyself” (125, II., b).—Ye shall
us
sup with to-morrow.—Thou wilt fight to-morrow.—Thou

wast loving.—Thou wast loved.—Thou wilt blame.—Thou
blamed.—Ye are praising.—Ye are praised.—Thou
be
wilt
woundest.—Thou art wounded.
LESSON XXIII.
Pronouns, Personal and Possessive, continued.— Verbs,
Co
Second Person, Second 'jugation.

THE following are some
of
(133.) the endings for

the second person,
of
verbs
in
the
Têctim.
*
VERBS.-SECOND PERSON. 59
SECOND CONJUGATION.
l STEM. H. SINGUI.AR ENDINGS. PLURAL ENDINGs.
1.
Act. Pass. Act. Pass.
-
Pres. In Oil- e.S. . eris. étis, êmini.
Imp. món-
- -
ébās.
-
€bis.
ebüris.
-* ~ *
ebëris.
€bâtis.
--
ebitis.
-
ebämini.
- - -
Fut. món- ébimini.
(134.) The Adjective-Personal (or Possessive) Pro

nouns of the Second Person are, tiiüs, ä, öm, thy;
and v e s tér, ve.st rā, we strum, your.
(a) Derived from tui, | N. tulis, ä, äm, thy, thine.
G. tui, ae, i, of thy, &c.

(b) Derived from ve stri, N. vestér, vestrá, vestrüm, your
G. vestri, vestrae, vestri, of your.
(135.) E X E R C I S. E.
I. Vocabulary.
Thou art, Čs (2d person sing ind. Of concerning, dē (prep. abl.).
pres. of esse). To laugh, ridéré.
Ye are, estis (2d person pl. of do.). To rejoice, gaudéré.
I was, érám (1st imperf do.). Safety, sälüs, (sālūt) is (f).
Cause, causā. Leader, guide, dux, (düc) is (m.).
For the sake of } causā (abl.). Why, cur (adv.).
To learn, discéré. Because, that, quðd (conj.).
II. Examples.
(a) N é is an interrogative particle used in asking questions.
It is annexed to the word to which it especially refers; e.g.,
(1) Do you teach the boy? | Tü né puérüm döces?
(2) Do you teach the boy? D 6 c e s né puérüm?
|
| Puč r u m n é döcés'
(3) Do you teach the boy?
In (1) tú has the emphasis; in (2) d 6 c e s; and in (3)
pu è r ü m. • -
(b) _Ye are warned, for the | V e s tra' sàl it is c au să

sake of your (own) safety. mönémini.
Position.–Causa, for
the
of
of
Rule of sake (the abl.

causā, cause), always placed after the genitive which
is
a
depends
on
it.
(c) was your leader. Dux égö estér éräm.

v
I
III.
Vídēsné servimemetim? (185, II., 2)—Tuae sälütis causā
(135, II., müneris.–Cur ridetis?–Vestra sälutis causa
b)
mönemini.—Gaudeb quód pâtér tuis välétis (125, III., *).

tü
ét
ot) VERB.S.-SECOND PERSON.
—Videbäsnê milites?–De culpa tua monebaris–Cur rideba

tis.—Hostiiim adventùm nón timébis.—Tuac salutis causā món
ebëris.—Nös discémüs, vös döcebímini.—Timétisné Caesaris
adventum?—Esně tu beatüs?-Culpå tuá est (the fault is thine).
—Puéri in horto vöbiscum ambulabant.—Magistér égö vestër
II.,
c).
aram (135,
IV. Translate into Latin.*
[The emphatic words are italics.]
in
Did you see your master?—Do you fear the approach
of
Caesar!—Are you happy?—You were warned (advised) for
your own safety.—Are you and your father well?
of
the sake
(125, III., *).—The fault was yours—You shall see the ene
my, but (sé shall not fear (them).—I am your friend.—I was
d)
your friend—You teach, but we learn—You shall teach, but

we shall learn.—Why
*
you not (non) fear the master?—You
do
were warned
see
your fault.—Do you your slaves?—
e)
Are you Caesar!—Why you fear the master?—You shall

do
see great cities and many men.—We shall sup with you to-mor
your own safety.—x
be
row.—You shall warned, for the sake

of
We rejoice that you and your daughter are well (125, III,
*)
LESSON XXIV.
Verbs, Second Person, Third and Fourth Conjugations
(136.) THE following are some
of
the endings
of
the second person

of
verbs
in
the
THIRD CONJUGATION.
STEM. PASSIVE ENDINGS.
AcTIvE ENDINGs.
"
2d Plur."
2d
2d Sing. Sing. Qd Plur.

Pres. reg- Is. Itis, ërise Imini.
Imper. reg- êbās. ébâtis. êbāris. ebämini.
Fut. reg- €s- étis. Gris. êmine
of
(137.) The following are some

of
the endings
of
the second person verbs

in
the
FourTH conjugaTIoN.
STEM. ACTIVE ENDING's. PASSIVE ENDINGS.
2d
2d Plur.
2d
Sing. 2d Plur. Sing.

#
Pres. audis,. iris. imini.

Imp. aud- ièbās. iébâtis. iêbāris. iébâmini.
Fut. aud- iétis- iêmini.
ićs. ieri:
--
for
When you, your occur, translate them both sing and plur,
in
*
practice.
of
the sake
PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 61
(138.) Observe,
(a) That the present endings of the 3d and 4th conjugations are nearly
alike, the vowel the fourth being long (i).
(i)
of
(b) That the imperfect and future endings the fourth conjugation
of
differ from those the third by prefixing the letter
of
i.
IS E.
X
E
C
R
(139.) Vocabulary.
Plant, plantā, ae. Whence, undé (adv.).
To plant, séréré. Long, longé (adv.).
to
sow,
To
find, inveniré. Badly, málé.

Orator, orator, (Örätör) (m.). To punish, puniré.
is So, tām (adv.).
Voice, vox, (vöc) (f).
is
To
read, légéré. Bird, ävis, (āv) (f)
Is
(140.) Translate into English.
3d Conjugation.—Cür nón scribis.—Arbörés plantás sére
ét
ád
bâtis.—Hödie Caesarém mitteris.—Cürtämmälé scribis ?--

Ād castră réducemini.—Légis-né Cicérônis Opérá 1–Scribis.
4th Conjugation.—Undé vénis?
né
ãd
épistöläm Caesarém
—Cürtâm longé dormis?—Mägistrümbönüm invéniès.—Audis
-né mägistri vöcém?—Cür nôn véniétis?—A Caesaré audiris.
—A mägiströ puniemini-Orătorém audiétis.—In hortó dor
miébâtis.–Cantüm äviúm auditis.
(141.) Translate into Latin. [Refer 135, II.]

to
3d Conjugation.—Are you writing letter?—Thou wast

a
planting treeto-day.—Were (you) reading the works

of
Cicero?
a
—Why you read badly?—Are you writing letter

do
so
to
the
a
messenger?—Thou wilt read Caesar to-day.—Thou art sent

the camp.—Thou wilt led by the ambassadors. 4th Con
be
to
jugation.—Why you not come 1–Ye shall hear the voice

do
by of
Caesar.—Thou wilt sleep the camp.—Ye shall

be
be in
heard
the master.—Thou shalt punished.—Ye are heard.—Thou
shalt hear the singing
of
the birds.
LESSON XXV.
•
Pronouns.—Substantive-Personal and Adjective-Per

sonal, Third Person.
•
third per
of
(142.) THE Substantive Pronoun the

son thus declined:
is
F
62 PERSONAL PRONOUN.-THIRD PERSON.
Gen. Acc. | Abl.
#
# Rom. Dat.
Sing. — sui, of himself, sibl, to him- |se, himself, &c.se, by himself*
&c.
Plur. – sui, of
, itself self, &c.
them-sibi, to them- sé, themselves.'sé, by them
|
selves. selves. - | selves, &c.
(143.) The Adjective Pronoun of the third person

is declined like an adjective of the first class: thus,
Derived from s tii, N. stius, ä, äm, his, hers, its, his own.
G. stii,
ae,
his, hers, its, &c.
of
i,
Rem. Observe that stii is not a regular pronoun the third person,
of
se
but reflexive; e.g., puér
it,
like the English he, she, laudāt, the
It
boy praises himself. therefore has no nom. case. [The nom.
Latin; but when
it,
pronouns he, she, are not often expressed
in
ille,
is,
they must be, demonstrative pronoun, generally hic,
or
is
-
a
employed.]
X CIS E.
E
R.
E.
(144.) Vocabulary.
,
Hand, mäntis, Among, intér (prep.).

üs
(f) (112, 2).

To love (with esteem), dilig-éré. Corn, frümentüm,
i.
To live, viv-Čré. From
or
(prep.) āb.t
a
To contend, contend-èré. legion, légiö, (légión) (f).
A
Is
To defend, defend-éré. To rule, command, impér-āré (with
To burn, incend-öré.
of
dat. person).
Townsman, oppidānis,
send away,
i.
*:
dimitt-éré.
Sequanian, Séquánus, 2sm?ss,
}
A
i.
(145.) Examples.
(a) Caesar calls Divitiacus Caesir Divitiãcüm ãd sé vöcăt.
himself.
to
(b) The girl writes the let Puellà èpistöläm mānu suá
ter with her own hand. scribit.
emphasis.]
of
[Rem. Sé often doubled, for the sake

is
(c) Men always love them Höminés sempér sésé dili

selves. gunt.
(d) The good live not for Böni nón sibi, séd omnibus
themselves, but for all. vivunt.

Hostés intérsé contendunt.—Oppidāni sé-suāqué hosti
àb
bús defendébant.—Helvétii oppídà suá onniä incendunt.—Cae

se
sâr tres légiónes sectim hābêt.—Consul legatós

āb
dimittét.
—Säpiens omniä suā' séctim portät.—Helvétii.ét Séquâni ob.
*
*
Omniä suā all his (property); the noun-being understood.

=
*
tAisused before consonants only,

ab
before either vowels orconsonants

DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 63
sides intér sésé dăbant.—Böni sésé non diligunt.—Helvétii

frümentüm omné” séctim portäbant.—Impróbi sibi sempér vi
vunt.—Säpiens sempér impérāt (147).
sis
(147.) Rule of Syntax.—The Dative is used with some
verbs signifying to command, to rule, to obey.
(148.) Translate into Latin.

Good men do not praise themselves.—The townsmen were
fighting with each other (in ter se).—The wise man always
carries all his (property) with him.—The badt always love
themselves.—The general has three legions with him.—The
townsmen will carry
do
all
their corn with them.—The bad not
rule themselves (147).—The AEduans will defend themselves
and their (property) from the soldiers.—Caesar was dismissing
the messenger from himself—The Germans will burn their vil
lages.
LESSON XXVI.
Demonstrative Pronouns.
(149.) THE Demonstrative Pronouns are called so
point e.g.,
an
they object;
to
because are used out

this, that, these, those.
Is,
he,
(150.) that (often used for she, (143, R.),

it
thus declined; also idém, the very same, com

is
of
pounded and dem.

is
Singular. Plural. Singular. Plural.

is,
il,
N. éâ, Id. éae, éâ. idém, eådém, iidém, eaedém,

Idém. eádém.
G. ejüs. eórüm, earum, |éjüsdém. eórundém, eii
eórüm. rundém, eó
rundém.
D. iis, eidém. iisdém.
or
|81. eis.
eis
Acc.
*
|&tim, àām, Id. eós, eas, ea. éundém, ean- |eósdém,
e'
-
dëm, idém. dém, eådém.
Abl."leó, eå, eó. iis, or eis. eådém, iisdem.
=== eodem.
(151.) The following forms esse,

of
the verb
to
be,
-
must now be learned.

Früment tim omné = all their corn. Improbi
*
f
* 64 DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS.
TENSEs.
1st. 2d. 3d.
sum, I am. &c.,
is.
Present. és,thou art. est, he, she,
Imperfect. erām, was. ërås. ërât.
Future. will Crit.
or
eró, shall
be
cris.
|
PLURAL.
1st. 2d. 3d.
sunt, they
ye
Present. stimús, we are. estis, are. care.
Imperfect. Gråmus, were. erätis. érant.
Future. érimus. Critis. örunt.
E.
S.
E
C
R
E
I
(152.) Vocabulary.
is.
To keep off, prohibéré. Elegant, élégans, (elegant)
To prevent, Gladly, willingly, libentér (adv.).
}
To refrain, tempérāré. Way, journey, Iter, (Itinér) (n).
Is
Merchant, mercătör, (mercătör) is Kingdom, regnüm,
i.
Flower, flös, (flor) (m.).
is
(m.).
Colour, cólór, (colôr) (m.). Writer, scriptör, (scriptór) (m.)
is
is
And, atqué (conj.). Never, nunquám (adv.).
Plato, Pläto, (Plátón)
is.
(153.) Examples.
The Helvetians contend Helvétii clim Germānis con
a)
with the Germans, and tendunt, e6s que suis fini

keep them off from their bús prohibent."
boundaries.
(b) The father calls his (own) Pâtér filiūm suim ād sé vö
him(self). căt.
to
son
filiám suám" filiūm
&t
(c) The father calls his Pâtér

daughter and her son 6jūs àd sé vöcát.
to
him(self).
[* Observe carefully, that his, hers, its, refers the principal sub
to
if
by
ject sentence, expressed (sutis, jim); but

ā,
the possessive
of
the
is
it
not, by the genitive (êjüs) the demonstrative (Is, ea, id).

of
if

(1) Is, eå, id, used for he, she, (personal).
it
injurià tempérant.—Is est

ab
provincia tuà.—Merca
in
II
véniunt.”—Ab is
I.,
tores àdeos sapé multi (82, R.) poscimis

—Belgae clim AEduis contendunt,
eastie suis finibüs
(153,
a)
pröhibent.
Is, used demonstrative, this, that; also, idem,
as
as
(2) the same
Suis finibus All verbs separating, depriving, &c.,

of
the ablative.
in
is
*
may take the ablative, with the direct object

in
the accusative
in
noun
a
DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUN. S. 65
In eó itinéré Caesar Crassüm vidét.—Dumnörix, e5 tempöré

(118, II., c) regnüm ténèbát.—Nón sempér idém flöribüs (125.
II., a) est cölör-In ea provincia sunt quáttuðr légiónés.
(3) Distinction between ejús and sutis, ä, äm.
Cicérö est scriptör clārüs; £ji's librös libentër légimüs.—
Caesar ád sé Dumnörigém atqué filiūm éjàs vöcābit.—Plátó
- est
scriptör élégans; eji's 6pérá libentór légö.
Dux égö vestër éräm.—Es-né tu Söcrátes?—Estisné beati?
—Caesar dux vestër érät.

They were walking in the garden yesterday.—The king
will give them (dat., 54) rewards.—They are in Gaul.—Mer
chants never come to them.—We were demanding rewards of
(ab) them.—In that province Caesar finds many deserters.—In
that province there are three legions.—At that time (abl., 118,
II., c) Caesar was leading the army.—Horses (125, II., a) have
not always the same colour.—Caesar calls Divitiacus and his
brothers to him (self).—Caesar is an elegant writer; we read his
works willingly.—I am your leader.—You shall be our leader.
– Caesar was our leader.—The AEduans contend with the Hel
off
vetians, and keep them their boundaries.
LESSON XXVII.
Demonstrative Pronouns, continued.
(156.) THE Demonstrative hic, haec, hoc, this,
points out
an
object which present the speaker,

to
of is
called demonstrative the first person;

g
and
is
e.
•?
this book (of mine), hic libér.

Sing. |hic, haec, höc.|hüjüs. huic, hunc, hanc, höc, hac, hóc.
höc.
Plur. |hi, hae, haec. hörüm, härüm, his. |hós, hās, his.
hörüm. haec.
Rem. Hic used also (as was stated 143, R) for he, it; e.g., hic
is
she,
dicit,
he
(this man) speaks.
(57.) Isté, istã, túd, this, that, points out

an
is
F
2
66 DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS.
to,
object which is present to the person spoken and
is
the second person; e.g.,
of
called the demonstrative
that book (of yours), liber.
té
is
Nom. Gen. Dat. Acc. Abl.
|
|
Sing. |isté, istå, istius. isti. istüm, istám,istö, istã, istó.
istud. istüd.
-
Plur. listi, istae, istortim, àrüm, istis. |istós, istãs, listis.
istā. orûm. istã.
Isté contempt; e.g., té-ne dicit?
is
Rem. often used
to
denote
is
Does that fellow speak?
Illé, illá, illud, object re
an
(158.) points out
mote from the speaker (that, the former, opposed
to
hic), and called the demonstrative the third per
of
is
son. used often for the personal pronoun he, she,

It
is
(143, R.).
it
[G’ declined throughout like té, tii, tiid.

is
is
is
It
is
tius, illius, ipsius,

In
the genitives, the penult long,

is
Rem.
is
i
contrary the general rule (24, that vowel before another
to
is
1)
short.
Ipsé, ipsii, ipsûm, adjunc

an
(159.) properly
is
tive pronoun, other pronouns; e.g.,

as
to
added
is
it
(and not another) praise myself #gö mé ipse laudö.

JI
praise myself (and not another). Egö me ipsiim laudö.
E.
E
X
S.
E
C
R
(160.) Vocabulary.
Animal, animál, (änimāl)
ae.
Opinion, sententiá, (neut.).

is
Pleasing, agreeable, grätüs,

ä,
To please, placéré. üm.

To displease, displiceré. Base, turpis, (104).
é
Soul, änimüs, Friend, amicüs,

i.
i.
Proverb, próverbiiim, To boast, praedicăré.

i.
Lazy, ignāvūs, tim, To obey, paréré (with dat., 147).

ii,
Eaccellent, Old, vetus, (vétèr) (108, R., 2).

is
praeclärtis,
ä,
üm.
Celebrated, Song, carmén, (carmin)
{
(n.).
is
Reason, rätiö, (rätiön) (f). Precept, praeceptüm,

Is
(161.) Examples.
(a) This opinion pleases me, Haec sententiá mihi placét
that displeases (me). illá displicêt.
---------
DEMONSTRATIVE 67
£
PRONOUNS.
Rule of Syntax.—Verbs of pleasing, obeying, persuading,

commanding, favouring, and the reverse, take the Dative
C8 Se.
*) That friend of yours is | Isté tu is āmicüs vir clārūs

an illustrious man. eSt.
it-|Animús ipsé
(c)
se
The soul itself moves móvêt.
self.
Turpé est de seipsö prae
of
(d)
is
to
It
base boast one's

self. dicăré.
Syntax.—The
of
Rule the subject
of
as
infinitive used
a is
verb, and then regarded the neuter gen
as
noun
in
is
a
der; e.g., praedicăré (to boast), (d), nom. est.
in
to
is
and turpé (base) agrees with the neuter.
in
(162.) Translate into English. it
(a) Hi puéri mägiströ pārent.—Hae littérae valdé mé délec
tant.—Cicérônis libri valdé míhi plâcent: eós libentër légö.—
Höc bellum grävé est.—Hic puér bönus est, illé Ignavis.
filia pulchrá est.—Istüd tulim carmén mihi (106,
(b) Istá tuá
II., grātūm est.—Praeclárá sunt istā tuà praeceptá.—Vétis
c)
illud proverbium mihi pläcét.

Omné ànimál seipsum diligit.—Impérätor ipsé militibús
(c)
(147) impérát.—Egö me ipsé non laudābām.—Tü teipsum laud

äbis.—Säpienssibi ipsi impérát.
(d) Jücundúm est àmàré.

(a) That illustrious precept was-pleasing-to (placébât) Cato.
—That brave general will command the soldiers.—The soldiers
willingly obey this brave general.—This precept pleases me,
that displeases (me).—The works Caesar please me very
of
much; read them gladly (libentér).

I
yours
of
(b) That horse beautiful animal.—I keep

in
is
a
memory (mémóriá teneč) that excellent precept yours.

of
Those songs yours are pleasing (grätä) me.-That letter

of
to
yours was delighting me very much.

of
by
bá,
The soul rules itself (161, reason (rätiöné, a).—

c)
(c)
The poet himself praises himself (159).—Caesar himself will
command the legions (161, t).--The soldiers willingly (libentër)
(58 RELATIVE PRONOUN.
obey Caesar himself—Do you (135, II., 1) praise yourself?—

Wise men themselves always rule themselves (147).
(d) It is pleasant to love (one's) friends.—It is base to boast
of (one's) friends.—It is agreeable to please (one's) father.
LESSON XXVIII.
(164.) THE Relative Pronoun (who, which), qui,
quae, qu Öd, is thus declined:
DNam_TGca. TIENE_L
cui.
Acc. Abl. |
Sing. Iqui, quae, cujus. quêm, quam, quo quâ, quo.
uöd. quðd.
Plur. |qui, quae, quðrüm, quarum, quibüs. |quos, quas, quae. quibüs,
quae. quórum.
Rem. Quicumque. quae cun qué, quod cun qué (whosoever, which
soever, whatsoever) is declined like qui, quae, quo d: cun québe
ing simply annexed to the different cases..
(165.) The Relative commonly

refers to some preceding
word, which is therefore called the antecedent; e.g., The man
who lives well, is happy. Here man is the antecedent; who,
the relative. The sentence in which the relative occurs is call
ed the relative sentence; the other the principal or antecedent
sentence; e. g. (above), the man is happy, is the principal sen
tence: who lives well, the relative sentence.
EX E R C IS E.
(166.) Vocabulary.
Poor, égens, (égent) is (108). Fountain, fons, (font) is (m.).
ae.
Enough, sätis (adv.). Water, äquâ,

to,
to,
Nearest neighbours proximus, Winter-quarters, hibernä, örüm (pl.) -

-
To winter, hiêmārē.
ă,
iim.
To dwell, incöléré (intrans.).
ae.
Arethusa, Aréthusā,
.|
To inhabit, incöléré (trans). - To return, restore, reddère.

Blood, sanguis, (sanguin) (m.). Virtue, virtus, (virtut) (f).
is
is
-
Also êtiám (cónj). To repel, propulsåré.
Heart, cór (cord) (n). To vaunt,
is
ostentaré.
ae.
To despise, contemnéré. Fame, famii,
-
Magnanimous, magnanimüs, tim. To
ä,
do, make, facéré.

to
|
Honest, honourable, hönestüs, One, untis,

ä,
iim.
ä,
äm.
(167.) Examples. -
(a) The boy, who reads, Pu èr, qui légit, discit.

learns.
- - - -
-
RELATIVE PRONOUN. 69
The girl, who reads, learns. | Puellá, quae légit, discit.

(b) The boy, whom we see, Pu è r, qué m vidémüs, est
is handsome. . pulchér.
The girl, whom we see, is | Puellá, qu ä m vidémüs, est
-
handsome. pulchrä.
Rule of Syntax.—The Relative Pronoun must agree with

its
(as
gender and number (a)), but
its
in
in
antecedent
by
of
case fixed the construction
is
the relative sentence

g., qui legit:
(e.
(a) (b) quém

in
to
in
nomin.
is
is
by
acc., governed vidémüs).
who write. Egó, qui scrib
2)
ð.
I
-
We who write. qui scribi
N
m
s,
s.
Ó
ti
of
Rule Syntax.—The verb the relative sentence agrees

with the relative number, but takes the person
in
of
in
the
antecedent.
is,
(1) igens est qui nón
sätis håbét.
qui
(2)
Is
égens est, nôn

(d) He poor who has sätis håbét.
is
not
enough. Qui nôn sätis håbét,
is
(3)
egens est.
(4) Qui nón sätis hābét,
égens est.
of
Rule Position.—The relative generally stands the be

at
ginning
its
its
sentence, and (1)

of
as
to
near antecedent
and qui are made emphatic when
Is
is as
possible. (2)
begins the principal sentence and qui the relative
sentence; (3) and still more emphatic when the relative
sentence stands first. (4) The antecedent often
is
omitted entirely.

(a) Proximi sunt Germanis, qui trans Rhenim incolunt
Omné ànimál, qu sanguiném hābét, hâbét étiãm cór.-Cae
(;
d
sār, tres légiónes, quae provincià hiémäbant, exhibernis edu

in
I.,
cit.—Omniä (82, R.) quae pulchrā sunt, honestā sunt.

(b) Felix est rex, qué âmant.—In häc insii
m
omnés cives
est fons aquae dulcia, cui nomènes: Aréthusā (125, II.,
a).
lă
70 INTERROGATIVE PRONOUN. S.
—Ariövistüs obsidès reddit, quo's hābêt àb AEduis.—Gallias

quârüm unām Belgae incölunt.
sunt partés très,
régi
ii,
quor üm vitā virtuté (abl., 55,
a)
(d) (1) Beati sunt
qui injuriám Quise
is Is
tür.—(2) fortis est, propulsät.—(3)
fool)-(4) Qui famām
(is
ostentât, stultüs dicitur called
a
contemnit, virtutém contemnit.—Fortis magnánimüs
et
bónám
est, non qui facit, séd qui propulsät injüriäm.
us
(a) The songs which we hear are pleasant (grata)
to
(106, II., c).—The king who rules wisely happy.—All animals
is
which have blood have also hearts.—Caesar leads across the
Rhine the five legions which were wintering the province.
in
(b) Happy
all
the teacher whom (his) scholars love.—In
is
that (ea) island (there) city whose name (to which the
is
is
a
name is", 125, II., Syracuse (Syracusae).—In this (hâc)

a)
city there fountain whose name Arethusa.—Of Britain

is
is
a
(there) are three parts, which (gen.) the English inhabit

of
One.
(d) (1) Happy by

he
the precepts
of
whose life ruled
is
is
virtue.—He wise who diligently serves (cólit) the gods.

is
(2) They are brave who repel injury.–(3) They who vaunt
an
injury,
an
themselves are called fools.-(4) Who repels
is
brave and magnanimous.
LESSON XXIX.
Interrogative Pronoun.
(170.) THE Interrogative Pronoun precisely like

is
the Relative form, excepting that for the nom., sing.,

in
and masc., has quis, and for the nom. and acc., neut.,
it
quid; thus, quis,quae, quid.

(171.) Quis näm, quaen m, quid năm, express more
à
emphatic interrogation than the simple quis, quae, quid, the

syllable nam answering our English “pray;” e.g.,
to
Pray, what are you doing? Quidnám #gis?

|
Sunt, plural, because Syracus plural.

ae
is
*
INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. 7]
(172.) In asking questions, the different cases of quis can be

used as substantives or as adjectives, excepting that
(1) In the nom. sing masc., quis is used as a substantive
In the nom. sing. masc., qui is used as an adjective.
(2) In the nom. and accus., neut, quid is used as a sub
stantive.
In the nom. and accus., neut., quod is used as an ad
jective
(1) Who comes? Quis vénit?
What man comes 2 Qui hömö vénit?
Who is the man 2 Quis homo est?
(2) What do you fear? Quid times?
What danger do you Q u & d péricúlüm times?
fear?
(173.) The answer yes is given by repeating the verb which
asks the question; no, by repeating the verb with n 6 n. V érè
(certainly), added to the verb in an affirmative answer, gives it
more emphasis; e.g.,
Are you writing Scribis-né !
I
2
am writing. Sc rib ð.
Are you reading? Légis-né "
I am not reading.
-
N 6n lég 5.
Will you do what I ask * Fáciés-né quae" rögö?
I will certainly do (it). Fäciām v ć r ö.
EX ER CIS E.
(174.) Vocabulary.
New, nāvūs, a, tim. Between, among, intér (prep., acc.)
ae.
News, nóvi (neut. gen, of nóvãs, used Beast, brute, bestiá,

with neut. adj. pronoun). An evil, mälüm,
or
i.
a
Nüm, interrogative particle, used Without, siné (prep, abl.).

no
an
as
when expected the Figure, figură,

ae
is
SWer Mortal, mortalis,

é.
To do, àgéré. Certainly, verö (affirmative parti

To among,
be
intéressé (inter-H cle).

-
|
esse); but quid interest? To carry, véhéré.

=
what
Immortal, immortalis,t
é.
the difference?
is
translated this, what, singular.

be
Haec, quae, plural, should

*
prefixed adjectives. Mortalis

of
Observe the force mortal

in
to
t
immortalis, immortal.
=
+
mortalis
in
72 INDEFINITE PRONOUNS.
(175.) Examples.
(a) What is the news? | Quid est n 6 vi? (=What
is there of new 2) -
(b) Is there anything new? |Nüm est quid năm nóvi?

(There is not, is there?) (Num expects the answer no.)
Quid ride
s?
Why
(c)
you laugh?
do
Quis nos vocat?–Cujūshic libér est?—Quém vides?
quid agis.—Quid intérest intér höminém
ét
bestiám ?—Quâm
dömüm invênies siné malis?—Quid légis?—Epistöläm.—Quae
ti
âmicitià est intér impróbös 1—Nüm Caesarém times?—Nön
urbé (125, IV., N.,
t)
meb.—Quâ sumüs?—Quis hömö
in
est?—Egó sum Caesar.—Nüm änimus figurám habét?—Sunt

né
hömines mortalès?—Sunt vérö.—Quid times? Caesarém

véhis.

Who calls me!—Whose are those books?—What men do
you see?—What are you writing?—A letter.—What book are
you reading?—What the difference between the good and
is
the wicked!—Who the soldier?—What the difference be

is
is
not fear the enemy?—I
do
tween wolves and dogs?—Do you
not fear (them.)—What man will you find without fault (cul
a
pā)?—In what town are we?—Whose house this?—What

is
city will you find without evils? —What the difference

is
you fear? You are car

do
between men and beasts?—What

rying the king.—Are men immortal (nüm)?—They are not.
LESSON XXX.
Indefinite Pronouns.
an
object
in
THE Indefinite Pronouns denote

(178.)
general way, without reference particular indi
to
a
a
vidual; e.g., any one, some one, &c. They are,

Quidām, certain one, &c., plural, some.
2. 1.
Quiv Is,
any
3/ou please.
Quilib ét
}
INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. "3
3. Q.uis quâm, any, any one (e.g., when it is denied that there are any).
[Neut, quic quam (subst.); quod quim (adj.). This pronoun is used
chiefly in negative sentences.]
4. Quispi äm, somebody, some (neut.).
5. Áliquis, some one, something (neut.); any (adj).
6. Quisqué, each, unus quis qué,
each one (stronger than quisqué).
Ecquis? used interrogatively, (does) any one? anything 7
£’ Observe carefully
7.
that each of the above takes quid in

neuter nom., and acc., when used substantively; and quéd
when used adjectively.
EX ER C IS E.
(179.) Vocabulary.
The tenth, décimüs, ä, äm. Art, ars, (art) is (f).
Form, formā,
ae.
A javelin, trägülä, ae.
To see, notice, conspicéré. To discover, invêniré.

to
Judgment, discretion, consilitim, For, éténim, conj (always stands

i.
|
its
Eternity, aetermitās, (aetermitat) (f). first clause).
in
is
Maker, artificer, fabér, fabri (m.). Cultivation, humanity, hūmānitãs,

Fifth, quintãs, âtis (f).
ä,
äm.
Youth, juventus, (juventut) Common, communis, is,
é.
(f).
is
Fortune, fortuna, ae. Bond, vincülüm,

i.
Forever, Dignity, dignitas, (dignität)

in
aeternüm. (f).
is
|
Belong, pertinéré. Body, corpüs, (corpór) (n.).

is
|
(180.) Examples.
(a) Something new. liquid növi.
A
Unusquisqué nostrüm.
of
Each one us.

certain thing new. Quiddim nãvi.
A
Some dignity. Aliquid dignitätis.

Syntax.—The indefinite pronouns may
be
of
Rule used
Partitively, and then govern the genitive.
militi
ex
(b)
sol- Quidām (sing.)

of
A
certain one the

diers. üs.
b
Quidám (plur.) ex militi

of
Some the soldiers.

büs.
Rem. The ablat, with ex the genitive, especially
of
used instead
is
with quid ām.

Quidam
ex
militibús decimae légionis vénièbāt-Quinto dié

#118, II., tragülä quodám milité conspicitär-Wiri,
in
c)
āliquid consilii (180, est, magnänimisunt-Templis

G a)
Tuibus
74 CORRELATIVE PRONOUNS.
est pars quaed ām acternitàtis.—Cuivís (125, II., a) ānimäli

suae.—Unicuiqué"
est
corpus est—Quilibét fabér fortuna
(125, II., (180, 120) immortalis.—
a)
nostrüm est ànimüs
Quisqué asternüm vivêt.—Animús non häbêt
in
nostrüm (180)
formām aliquim, néc figuräm.—Aliquid növi invéniès
Eténim omnes artes, quae humanitätém pertinent, hâbent
ad
quodd im communévincülüm.
[The pronouns
in
of the lesson are italicized the exercise.]
the fifth legion are wounded (pres.).
of
of
Some the soldiers
II., the enemy noticed
by
On the fifth day (118,
c)
certain
is
a
the tenth legion.—Men, some dignity
of
soldier whom there
in
is
(180), are magnanimous.—To each man (=
of
men) there
is
body.—I will give any-one-you-please
to
soul and the book
a
of the scholars. Each one of us shall live forever.—You will

discover certain thing new.—Some of the soldiers are the
in
a
city.—For
all
the arts which belong

to
cultivation have certain
a
part life.—Is not (estne)
of
common bond.—Youth certain
is
a
any man-you-please the maker

of
his own fortune?—Has the

soul (use num) any form figure?
or
LESSON XXXI.
Correlative Pronouns
as
(183.) CoRRELATIVE Pronouns are such answer

to
each other; e.g., how great great. How many?

so
2
many, &c.
so
[This correlation often expressed English by adverbs conjunc

in
or
is
as
man as: the general,

so
tions: such are the troops, &c.]

is
a
(184.) The Correlative Pronouns are

Demonstrative. Relative. Indefinite.
talis, such. qualis; as, qualiscunqué,
of
of
what whatever
kind. kind.
- quantuscunqué, however
tantüs,
so
great,
so
quantüs,
%
great.
as
much. great.
.
āliquantiis, somewhat great.

"tót, *quðt, *āliquðt, some.
as
many.
so
many.
"tötidém, just many. "quotguót, however many.
so
Unus quisqué anus quisqué Un

is
in
and are both declined

*
has gen. ni uni.

s,
dat.
ii
------ --
-
-
-
CORRELATIVE PRONOUNS. 75
Rem. 1. Qualis? of what kind? quantüs? how great 7 quot?

how many ? are also used interrogatively.
are indeclinable; the rest are declined like
(*)
2. Those marked thus
adjectives.
IS E.
E
X
E
C
R
(185.) Vocabulary.
Where, tibi (adv.). Pear, timór, (timór) (m.).
is
Toil, Or, vél (conj.).
ae.
Öpérá,
Pleasure, völuptăs, (völuptät) (f). Advantages, bonā (neut. adj.).
is
Reward, praemitim, To afford, praebéré.
i.
Gold, aurüm, To covet, expétéré. [Is (f).

i.
a.
Money, pecunia, Liberality, libéralitãs, (libéralität
(186.) Examples.
(= Tantüm öpérae.
of
(a) So much toil toil).

(= Quantiim völuptătis?
of
How much pleasure
?
pleasure
?)
No reward (= nothing re- Nihil praemii.

of
ward).
Much gold (= gold). Multiim auri. (But, much
of
money magnä pec uniä.

=
multii pecuniae.)
m
mot
pretty large piece Ali quantiim igri.
of
A
ground.
Rule Syntax.—The neuters, tantiim, quantiim,
of
āliquantiim; also, multiim, nihil, quid, äliquid,

by
and others, are used neuter nouns, and followed

as
the
b.,
genitive (Synt., 695, R.).

Obs. Tantüm, quantiim neut, with genitive
=
so
so
much,
in
many, how much, how many; but masc. and fem, agreeing with
in
great, how great; e.g., how many books? quantum

so
the noun,
librörüm; great fear, tantis timör.
so
(b) As Quâlis est mägistér, tales

so
the master, are the

is
scholars. sunt discipúli; (with

or
est
and sunt omitted), quâlis
māgistér, tâles discipúli

Quâles sunt düces, tales sunt militès-Fortūna bóná (82,
II.), quantácunqué sunt, incertà sunt.—Tantiis timôr omnēm ex
ercitüm occupabát.—Ubi tantâm virtutém invéniès!-Quan
tüm völuptatis virtus praebét!—Fratriest (125, II., āliquan
a)
76 CORRELATIVE PRONOUNS.
tüm pét aniae.—Virtus nihil praemii vél pecuniae expétit.—Pâtér

mihi magnám pécuniãm dābit.—Quantüm (186, Obs.) librörüm
häbès 1–Quðt homines, tćt sententiae.

As are the generals, so are the soldiers.—As is the king, so
are the leaders.—As are the masters (heri), so are the slaves.
—As are the fathers, so are the children.—So great an army
is coming.—The advantages of the body, however great they
may be (sunt), are uncertain.—Where will you find so great
liberality?—How many (186, Obs.) rewards does virtue afford?
—Good (men) covet no (186, a) reward.—Will your father
give (135, II.) you much money?—Has your brother much
gold?—As are the chiefs, so are the citizens.—My father has
(125, II., a) a pretty large piece of ground.
§ 16.
NUMERALS. (XXXII.—XXXIII.)
LESSON XXXII.
Numerals.—Partial Table.
(189.) NUMERALs are divided into the four classes
following, of which the first three are adjectives, the
fourth, adverbs.
CARDINAL. ORDINAL. DISTRIBUTIVE. ADVERBIAL.
by
One piece, one
a
One, two, &c. First, second, &c. one, one time, Once, twice, &c.
á. ae, at
a
&c
. |uintís, ä, öm. primús, singüli, sémél.
ä,
öm.
ä.
ae,
. duó, ae, ó. sécundis, bini, bis.
ä,
tim.
[trés, és, triá. tertiňs, terni, ae, tër.
ä,
öm.
...
à.
quattuâr. quartüs, quâternisæ, quatér.
ä, ä,
öm.
ä.
|quinqué. quintus, öm. quini, ae, à. quinquiés.
... . .
Iséx. sextus, séni, ae, sexies.

ä,
äm.
á.
ae,
septém. septimus, üm. septèni, septiés.

ä,
à. ä. à.
VIII. [6ctö. Octāvūs, öm. octoni, ae, octiés.

ä,
növém. nönüs, növéni, ae, növiés.

ä,
öm.
ae,
décém. décimus, äm. déni, déciés.

ae,à.
ä,
lundécim. undécimús, undéni, undéciés.

ä,
à.
.
um.
XII.
ae,
duðdécim. duödécimüs, duödéni, duödeciès.

ä,
ä.
üm.
JRem. For the declension of ünits and duā, see 194. Trés declined
is
like plural adjective second class, 194. The remaining cardinals

of
a
are undeclined. The ordinals and distributives are declined like

adjectives
of
the first class.

E.
X
E
C
R
S
I
(190.) Vocabulary.
In all, altogether, omninö.
R.
Another, altér,
à,
üm (194, 1.).
Multitude, multitudö, Thirty-six, sex trigintá.
et
(multitudin)
(f). To levy, conscribéré.
is
Hour, hörä,
ae.
ae. Night-watch, vigilia,

To distant, distårö. From, after,
dé
be
(with abl.).
Mile, milliá,” (mill) ium (pl. n.). To strive, hasten, contendéré.
to
Year, annüs, Italy,

ae.
Itáliá,
i.
Month, mensis, (mens) (m.).

is
Mills, plur millia=1000. Millis (passawa, paces understood,

of
a •
*= mile.
G
2
"-__
78 NUMERALS,
(191.) Examples.
(a) They fight four hours. Hörås quattu 6 r pugnant.
(b) The city is distant five Urbs distät quinqué milliá
miles.
wide. Fossä undécim pedes latā.
(c)
A
ditch eleven feet
Syntax.—The accusative answers
of
Rule the questions
to
how long
or
space), how broad? how
of
(whether
7
time
high &c.; e.g., horās; (b) milliá;
in
in
(a) (c)
in
2
péd és. -
by
(d) How long? may geni
be
expressed noun the
in
also
a
another noun; e.g.,
on
of
tive, depending ditch ten feet,
a
fossä décèm dum.
p
&

Erant omninö Itinérá duð.—Gallia sunt partes très, quarum
unäm incölunt Belge, altérām Āquitäni.—Untise multitudiné
vulnérätür.—Hörås-séx pugnâbant.—Urbs
distät décém milliá.—
annó duódécim menses sunt.—Caesar diás légiones conscri
In
bit.—Caesar très légiónés quae Galliã hiémābant éducit.—

in
Caesar très légiónès exhibernis educit.—Sunt omninö itinérá

quattuðr.—Caesar de quartà vigiliã légiónès educit.—Consul
légioném décimām cum quinqué lé
in
castră réducit.—Caesar
gionibus Itáliãm contendit.—Erāt Gallia légió
in
in
omninö
Ullma.

three ways.—There are
all
There are Gaul three parts,

of
in
which the Sequanians inhabit one.—There are the city

of
of
five parts.—Four (= out of) the multitude are wounded.—

of
The soldiers fight seven hours.—In three years are thirty-six

months.—The villages are distant nine miles.—The wood dis
is
tant four miles.—The consuls will levy six legions.—Caesar will

lead out five legions from Italy.—The general was levying two
legions Gaul.—Caesar will lead out the soldiers the second
in
in
watch-The consul, the third watch leads back the soldiers

in
into the camp.—The tenth legion fights (pugnat).—There are

altogether Gaul two legions.—Caesar brings back the fifth le
in
gion.—Caesar brings back the fifth legion after the second watch
NUMERALS. 79
LESSON XXXIII.
Mumerals, continued.
(194.) DECLENSION of ünüs, dub, and trés.

One, Sing. Two, Plur, Three, Plur.
N. intís, tim.
3, N. V. duð, duae, duð. trés, trés, triá.
G.unius, Itis, itis. |Gen. |duðrüm, duarüm, duórüm. trium, trium, tritim.
D. uni, i, i. D. Ab.duóbus, duābús, duðbüs. |tribus, tribus, tribus.
the rest regular.|Acc. duðs and duó, duas, duð... trés, trés, triá. |
Rem. (1.) Like tunits are declined

Alius, a, tid, another." Ullås, a, tim, any one.
Altér, à, üm, the one, the other (of two). Utér, tra, trüm, which of the two.
Neutér, tra, trüm, neither of the two. Utergué, traqué, trumque, each of
Nullûs, ä, um, no one. the two, both; and other compounds
|
Sölus, a, tim, alone. of zitér.
Töttis, ä, tim, the whole.
| |
ae,
Like duð is declined ambó,

5,
(2.) both.
E.
X
E
S.
E
C
R
(195.) Vocabulary.
What one, quðtüs, beam, trabs, (trāb) (f).
ä,
öm.
A
is
Most, plérusqué, aqué, timdué; e.g., Insect, insectiim, i. i.
most men, hóminés plériqué, most Horace, Höratitis,
insects, insectá plérāqué. To migrate, migraré.
Virgil, Virgilitis, Writer, scriptör, (scriptör) is (m.).
i.
More, magis (adv.). Mother, matér, (matr) (f)

is
[Refer
of
the column distributives

to
(189).]
(196.) Examples.
(a) My father will give
us
|Pâtér nobis binds librös dà

two books apiece. bit.
(b) What hour it? The Quétá horá est? Tertia.
is
third.
(c) He will come for my sake|Meä unitis causā (abl.) vé.
alone. niét.
(d) Which pleases you?|Utér tibi plácét? Neutér.
INeither.
(e) The beams are three |Trabes intérsé distant tern Ös
c).
feet distant (apart) from pédès (191,

each other.
-
*
.*.
-
When äliis repeated, means some, others.

is
it
*
we
80 NUMERALS.

Matér nobis quâternös librós dabit.—Nöbis sunt (125, II., a]
termi équi.—Binae omnibus àvibüs āla sunt.—Insectā plérāqué
sénôs, äliā octonós, pèdès häbent.—Quótá hörä est? Nöná.--
Milités utriusqué exercitus sunt fortes.—Tua unius causā vē
nient.—Virgilius atqué Horātitis poétae sunt praeclari; itér tibi
māgis placét? (161, a.) Virgilius.—Bís in anno milites véni
unt.—Septembér est nóniis anni mensis.—Trabès intérsé dis
c).
tant binós pédés (191,
be
1.]
R.
the words will
&f
[Some
in
found 194,
We have (125, II., four dogs apiece (196, a).—The mas

a)
time.—All men have (125, II.,

us
gives
a)
ter
at
five books
a
two eyes apiece. — Most insects have six (se nos) feet; some
(194*) nine, others (194*) ten, others (194*) twelve.—What
o'clock (hour) it?—The fifth.—The eighth.—The eleventh.
is
each army are brave.—Why

of
—The twelfth.—The generals

you come? For your sake alone (196, c).—Cicero and
do
Caesarare excellent writers; which pleases you Neither.

—Which pleases you more? Caesar.—The birds migrate twice !
the year.—The soldiers will come eight times your.-Oc
in
the year; November the eleventh

of
tober the tenth month

is
December the twelfth.—The beams are four feet distant from

each other.—The beams are seven feet apart from each othel
$ 17.
"WERBS OF THE THIRD CONJUGATION IN
16,
LESSON XXXIV.
- **
•
the
Third Conjugation
i5.
of
in
• Verbs
the third conjugation, instead
of
(199.) Some verbs
...
"
taking the simple verb-stem for the tense-stem

of
in
}
the tenses for incomplete action, add the verb
to
i
stem in these tenses. They form the infinitive, how
ever, ëre, like other verbs of
in
the third.
(200.) INFIN. ACTIVE, cap-6 ré, take.

to
SINGULAR.
|
Present. cáp-i-ö. cáp-is, căp-it.

| |
Imperfect. cáp-i-ébâm. cáp-i-ébâs. cáp-i-ebåt.

Future. cãp-i-ām. cáp-i-és. cáp-i-èt.
PLURAL.
Present. căp-i-müs. cáp-i-tis. cáp-i-unt.
Imperfect. căp-i-ébâmüs. cáp-i-ébâtis. căp-i-ébant.
Future. căp-i-émüs. căp-i-étis. cáp-i-ént.
INFIN. PAssIVE, cip-i,

be
taken.
to
- SINGULAR.
Present. căp-i-ör. cãp-é-ris. cáp-i-tür.
|
Imperfect. cáp-i-ébär. cãp-i-ébāris. cáp-i-ébâtür.

Future. căp-i-ár. cáp-i-éris. cáp-i-étür.
PLURAL.
Present. clip-i-mür. cãp-i-mini. cáp-i-untir.
Imperfect. cáp-i-ébâmür. cáp-i-ébâmini. căp-i-ébantür.
cáp-i-émür. cáp-i-émini. cáp-i-entür.
Future.
|
IS E.
X
E
C
R
(201.) Vocabulary.
indicated
in
all
be
[In cases, verbs the class described above will

byof
iö,
the vocabularies the ending after the infinitive form; e.g.,

to
make, facéré (ió).]

82 VERBS OF THILD CONJUGATION IN IO.
And, qué."
ae.
Pandon, favour véniä,
Excuse, excusätiö, (excusätiön) Ship, nävis, (nāv) (f).
is
is
To repair, rebuild, réfi.
to
(f). renew,
to
To receive, accept, accipéré (ió). céré (ió).
Way, road, itér, (itinër) Long, longüs,
i. a,
(neut.). tim.
is
To undertake, suscipéré (ió). Wall, murus, •
To Harbour, portús,
üs
make, facéré (ió). (m.).
(202.) Example.
Willingly Caesar gives par- Libentër Caesar dāt véniäm,
don and receives the excuse. excusationemqué" accipit.
Labiéntis multà Germánórüm (78, II., oppida câpiébât.—s.
b)
Helvéti për provinciàm nostrám itér faciunt.—Vulnérá gräviä
militibus accipiuntiir.—AEdui bellūm magnüm suscipiébant.
à
—Libentër Cesár nuntiós accipit, iisque (201, N.) véniäm dät.

—Impérätör obsidès civitatis libentër accipiét.—Nuntitim
a
patré crås accipies.—Crassús nãvés longas, portü sunt,
in
quae
réficit.—Consul muros urbis réficit.

The enemy were making (their) way through our province.—
The Romans were rapidly (céléritér) making their way through
Gaul.—We shall receive messenger from the city to-day.—
a
The Helvetians were undertaking severe and great war.—

a
The soldiers receive many and severe wounds.—We shall make

(our) way through Britain.—Caesar will willingly receive the
the AEduans, and grant them (iisque) favour.—The
of
excuse
gifts father are gladly (libentër) received.—The long ships
of
a
by
are repaired Caesar.—The general was rebuilding the old

(vétérês) ships which were the harbour.—We shall re
in
build the old walls.
following
of
(205.) Observe the formation the

words:
Accipéré (to receive), (to)+cápéré (to take).
#d
=
Suscipéré (to undertake), sub (under)+cápéré.

=
Réficéré (to rebuild), ré+facéré (to make again).

=
the composition verbs with prepositions, frequently passes

In
of
[3G"
à
as
into these examples.

in
i
Ét joins words sentences which are considered independent and

or
*
equal importance with each other; qué joir's

lyof
word sentence close

or
a
an appendage
to
as
another,
it.
to
§ 18.
DEPONENT VERBS.
LESSON XXXV
Deponent Verbs.
(206.) DEFoNENT verbs are such as have the pass

we form, but an active meaning; e.g., hortór, ex I
hort (not I
am exhorted).
(207.) The forms of deponents in the tenses for
incomplete action of the indicative mood are precisely
the same as those of passive verbs (Lessons XII.,
XIII.); we therefore need only give the first persons.
(208.) DEPONENT FORMS.
INDICATIVE.
1st conj. hortör, I exhort. [hortābār, I was exhorting. hortābör, I will exhort.
2d conj. fateor, I fatébâr, I was confessing. |fätèbör, will confess.I
I
confess
3d conj. sèquór, I follow. |séquébâr, I was following. Isèquár, will follow.
4th conj. metiór, I measure, metièbār, I
was measuring.]metiár, I
will measure.
*-
INFINITIVE.
1. hort-āri, 2. fat-êri, 3. Sèqu-i, 4. mêt-iri,
to exhort. to confess. to follow. to measure.
[[35". In the vocabularies deponent verbs are always given by the in.
finitive forms. Observe that the ending -ari shows that the verb is of
-ëri, -iri,
-i,
the 1st conj.; the 2d; the 3d; the 4th.]
X E.
E
S.
C
R
E
(209.) Vocabulary.
[Transitive deponents govern the accusative, unless otherwise
it
is
mentioned the vocabularies.]

in
To embrace, amplect-i. To strive after, pursue, persèqui

To gain, pāt- (pêr séqui, follow through).
+
to
possess one's self

of
to
abl.; general- Glory, glóriá,

ly iri
ae.
(with gen,
or
All, totiis, äm (194, R.,

1).
gen.
in
ä,
Caes.).
To endeavour, cón-āri. Bravery, virtue, virtus, (virtut) (f).
is
To follow, séqu-I. Long, did (adv.).

Sin, fault, peccatüm,
as
4s, tanquam (adv.).

if
i.
84 DEPONENT VERBS.
(210.) Example.
The Helvetians endeavour to Helvétii pér provinciám nos.
Pass (= to make way) trâmitër fåcéré con antúr.
through our province.
Rule of Syntax.—The infinitive is used in Latin (as in

English) to complete the imperfect ideas expressed by
certain verbs; e.g., I wish, I I
can, I hasten, endeavour,
&c., as fäcéré in the above example.*

Pâtér filiūm et filiám amplectitur.—Impérätör milités diu hor
täbätür.—Dumnörix totius (194, R. 1) Galliae pötitür.—Peccā
tà meå fåtébör.—Principës totius Galliae pötiri conäbantür.—
Römāni per Britanniam itér facéré conantür.—Glóriá virtutém
tanquám umbră séquitür.—Magnús hómines virtuté (55) méti
mür, non fortünā.—Milités sempér glóriám perséquuntúr.—
Milités ducém libentér séquébantür.
The father will embrace (his) sons and daughters.—The chiefs
the province.—Do you confess (135,
all
possess themselves of
II.) your fault?—The Helvetians were endeavouring
to
pass
through Gaul.—Glory will follow bravery shadow.—We
as
a
were exhorting the soldiers yesterday.—We shall gladly follow

Caesar.—They are rapidly making their way through our prov
by
by
ince.—You measure men (their) fortune, not (their)

bravery.—The chiefs will endeavour army
to
lead the across the

Rhine (113, II., a).—Generals always strive after glory.—Are
you exhorting (135, II.) your son?—The Romans always fol
lowed glory.
Observe carefully that purpose never expressed by the simple

is
a
*
cérévénit,
be
say
he
Latin
to
is
infinitive Latin. would not

in
It
comes
i
learn.
to
§ 19.
ADVERBS.
LESSON XXXVI.
'
Adverbs.
UTH is section need not be learned heart in the first course but the
distinction of primitive and derivative
should be acquired; and the section
should be afterward referred to whenever examples occur.]
(213.) Adverbs (17) are either Primitive or Deriva

tive.
[We give but a few here; a fuller list will be given hereafter-See
Summary of Etymology, 680.]
(214) Primitive Adverbs:

1. Negative.—Nön, not; haud, not; ne (interrog. or imper.), not; n é
quidém (always separated by some word), not even.
2. Of Place.—Ubi, where; ibi, there; qu 6 whither? huc, hither,
illic, thither; undé, whence; indé, thence, &c.
3. Of Time.—Nunc, now; tum or tunc, then; nüper, lately; cras,
to-morrow; ho die, to-day; héri, yesterday, &c. .. . .
4. Of Quality, &c.—Adm öd üm, very; án, whether; cur, why (in
terrog.); étiám, also; féré, almost, &c.
or all
(215.) Derivative Adverbs are nearly formed

from adjectives participles by adding itér
or
to
é
their stems.
adjectives the first class; e.g.,
of
of
Add
to
the stem
1.
Adjectives. Adverbs.
Alt-is, high. Alt-é, high.
Libér, free. Libér-é, freely.
Clàr-üs illustrious. Clär-è, illustriously.
&c. &c.
Rem. Önüs makes bêné, well, and mälüs (bad), mälé, badly. All
B
(long).
in
others end
to é
(a) Additër adjectives

of
of
the stem the second and third class.

2.
es; g.,
e.
Adjectives. Adverbs.
Célér, swift. Celeritér, swiftly.

Brévis, brief. Brev-itér, briefly.
ns
do
(b) But those which end not take the connecting voweli
in
&.,
€.
-
H
86 ADVERBS.
Prüdems, prudent. Prüden-tér, prudently.

Sápiens, wise. Sápien-tér, wisely.
Rem. Audax, bold, makes audac-tér, boldly..
3. Some are derived from nouns by adding tiis or tim to the stem
by means of a connecting vowel, e.g., coelitis, from heaven; fund.
itüs, from the ground, totally ; grég-a-tim, by flocks, &c.
Cases of adjectives, especially in the neuter

(216.)
gender, are often used as adverbs; e.g., dulcé, sweet
!y; primüm, first; falso, falsely, &c.
EX E R CIS E.
. (217.) Vocabulary.
Well, béné, derived irregularly from Almost, féré.
bönüs, good. * Rightly, recte, derived regularly
Bravely, fortitér, derived regularly from rectüs, right.
(215, 2, a) from fortis, brave. Impiously, impié, derived regularly
Sharply, spiritedly, acritér, derived from impius, impious.
regularly from äcér (acr-is), sharp. In flocks, grégatim.
Swiftly, céléritér, derived regularly To labour, lábórārē.
from célér, swift. To blame, to accuse, find fault with,
Happily, beaté, derived regularly incusaré.
Socrates, Socrátēs, (Söcrát)
is.
(215, 1) from beatüs, happy.
Honestly, hönesté, derived regularly Not even, néquidem (always sépara.
from hönestüs, honest. ted by one
or
more words).
(218.) Examples.
(a) To live honestly and Hön esté et rect vivéré est
&
rightly is to live well and né et be tê vivéré.

à
b
&
happily.
of
Rule Position.—The adverb generally placed before the

is
word which qualifies.

it
(b) Almost all men love them- Omnés féré höminës sësé dili
selves. gunt.
Fère generally placed between the adjective and noun.

is
(c) He does not praise even Sócrátēm quidém laudāt

N
é
Socrates.

Hostes nôbiscúm (125, II., acritér pugnabant—Equi
in
b)
ăgris céleritér currëbant.—Bénévivéré est beaté vivéré.—Cer

vigrégatim sempér currunt.—Sempér säpiens recte vivít.—Diu
ADVERBS. 87
et acritér milités pugnâbant.—Omnés féré höminés impié vivunt.

—Omnés féré àves bis in annómigrant.—Né Cicérôném quidém
laudābit.—Né höc quidém (not even with this) delectäbitür.
The AEduans were fighting long and bravely.—Caesar sharply
accuses the Helvetians.—Horses and stags run swiftly.—The
all
farmers were labouring long in the fields.—Almost men love
all
their (own) children.—Caesar led almost the Germans across
II., you long—The bad
do
the Rhine (113, a).—I waited for
not live happily.—To live happily live rightly.—You will
to
is
delighted
be
not even with this.—Not even this will delight (my)

praised.—Almost
be
father.—Not even Caesar will birds fly
all
in
flocks.—They Virgil.—Almost
do
praise
all
not even wise (men)
live happily.—Almost men strive-after glory.—To live pru
all
dently live happily.—The commander will blame the

to
is
-
--
lieutenant sharply.
$ 20.
PREPOSITIONS. (XXXVII.--XXXVIII.)
LESSON XXXVII.
Prepositions.
[THIS section (221) need not be learned by heart in the first course, but
should be constantly referred to whenever examples occur.]
(221) The following prepositions govern the ac

cusative case:
Ād, Juxtà,
d, to.
near to, beside.

Āpà öb, on account
at.
of
Anté, before (of time and place). Pénés, power
of
in
the
Advers üs, advers üm, against. Për, through:
Cis, citra, on this side. né, behind.
P
6
Circă and circiim, around, about. Post, after time and space).
of
(both
Circitér, about, towards (indefi. Praetër,beside.
nitely Pröp near.
of
é,
or
time number).
Contra, against. Proptèr, near, on account of
Ergä, towards. Sécundum, after, accordance
in
Extra, beyond, without. with.
-
Infra, beneath, below (the contrary Süpra, above.

Trans, on the other side.
|
stip ra).
of
Intér, between, among. Vers üs (is put after its noun), to.
Intra, within (the contrary ex- place.
of
wards
a
tra). Ultra, beyond.
(222.) The following govern the ablative case:

A, ab, from, by.
to.
Prae, before, owing

Clam, without the knowledge Pró, before, for.
of
Córám, Sin without.

of
&,
in
the presence
Cú m, with.
its
Ténus
as
put after far

(is
noun),
Dè, down from, concerning. as, up to.
E,
ex only,
(é
before consonants
ex before both consonants and
vowels), out
of
from.
The following lines contain the prepositions governing the ablative, and
can be readily learned by heart
a, :
Absqué, āb, abs, and dé,

Cöräm, clam, cum, ex, and
ê,
Téniás, siné, pró, and prae.

or
(223.) The following govern the accusative

ablative
:
In,
(1)
(a)
(to
with the accus, into, on, the question whither?)

(2)
to
1.
in,
(b)
against. ablative, question

on
With the (to the where?)

Süb, (a) with the accus, under (to the question whither?) (2) about
(1)
2.
------------- **
*
PREPOSITIONS. 89
or towards (indefinitely of time).
(b)
With the ablative, under (to the
question where ?)
3. Süp ér, (a) with the accus, above, over.
(b)
With the ablative, upon,
concerning.
Subt ér, under, beneath (but li:tle used).
4
IS E.
X
E
C
R
(224.) Vocabulary.
History, históriá,
ae.
ae.
The Garonne (river), Gârumná,
An Aquitanian, Aquitantis,
ae.
Rable, fabūlā,
i.
Aquitania, Aquitaniá,
ae.
To bound (limit), continéré (con-i-te
The Leman, Geneva (lake), Lé
or
néré).
mannús, Part side, pars, (part)
or
(f).
i.
is
Jura (mountain), Jürä, (m. 25, a). On one side, una ex parté.
ae
carry, perdücéré (pêr The Rhone (river), Rhödánüs,

or
To extend
i.
+dücéré). To divide, dividéré.
State, civitas, (civität)
R.
(f). Lake, lacüs,
üs
(m.), (112,
is
1)
Royal power (kingdom), regnüm, To remain, mánéré.
i.
(225.) Examples.
(a) The river Garonne sepa Gallos Āquitānis Gärum
āb
rates the Gauls from the nă flü mén divid it.

Aquitanians.
Syntax.—Two nouns expressing the same person
of
Rule
thing take the same case, and are said appo
be
or
in
to
sition with each other; e.g., the above example, Gä

in
rumn flü mén.

à
(c) (b)
Cesar hastens into Gaul. Caesar Galliām contendit.

in
Galliā légió
in
There was altogether Erät omninö

in
Gaul one legion. ünā.

Caesar alācu äd montém, mürüm perdücit.—Apüd" Hörödö
tüm, pâtrém históriae, sunt multae fabulae.—Caesar läcu Lé
à
montém Jürām, mürüm perdücit.—Mercătör

ãd
in
mannö urbé
mänét.—Puéri dömö sunt.—Princeps regnüm civitäté oc
in
in
cüpät.—Constil exercitüm fines Séquánórüm ducit.—Hel

in
parté (125, IV., N.t) fluminé Rhénó;

ex
vétii continentür ună

parté monté Jürā, tertià
ex
ex
parté läcu Lémannö

ét
altéra
flüminé Rhödánó.
in in,
Apud used with the names with the

of
of
authors (instead
is
name
*
their works), e.g., ápüd Cicérôném légimüs, we read

of
Cicero.
H
2
90 PREPOSITIONS.

was extending walls and ditches (fossasque) from the
Caesar
river to the camp.—The soldiers remain in the camp.—Caesar
will seize the royal power in the state.—The river Rhine sep
arates the Gauls from the Germans.—Caesar hastens into Italy
and levies (conscribéré) five legions.—The deserters remain in
the town.—The general will lead the soldiers into Italy.—Aqui
tania is bounded on one side by the river Garumna; on another
side by mountains; on the third side by the river Rhone.—
You will find (invenies) many fine (prae clārā) precepts
in (apud) Cicero.—You will find many fables in Herodotus,
- the
father of history.
LESSON XXXVIII.
Prepositions in Composition.
(228.) Most of the prepositions given in Lesson

XXXVII. are used as prefixes in composition with
verbs, and modify their signification; e.g., pónéré,
to place; post-pönéré, to place after.
(229.) The following prepositions are never used

alone, but always as prefixes in composition:
1. Amb, round, about (from ambo, both); ambiré (from amb+Iré, to
go round), to walk round, to canvass for votes.
2. Con, together (a variation of cum, with); con-jung éré (con-Hjun

géré), to join together, to unite.
3. Di or dis, asunder (a variation of dé, from); dis-cédéré (dis-Hcé.

déré, to give place asunder), to depart.
In, with adjectives, means not; in-doctüs, unlearned; with
verbs, means in, into; e. g., ir-rump & ré (in-Hrump & ré), to
burst into.
4. Re, back, again; ré-fic&ré (ré+f äcéré, to make again), to refit

5. Sè, aside, sé-duce ré (sê-Há úcéré, to lead astray), to seduce.
PREPOSITIONS. 91
EX ER C IS E.
(230.) Vocabulary.
Again (adv.), rurstis. Cohort, cóhors, (cöhort) is (f)
To join together, conjungéré. To station, collócăré (con-Höcaré).
To burst invo, irrumpéré. To distribute, distribuéré (dis-Hiri
To burst into the camp, in castră -
ir-
buéré).
rumpéré. Africa, Africa,
ae.
Mediterranean, Méditerråneüs, Europe, Europä,
ae.
ä,
um. Horseman, êqués, (équit)
is
(m.)
To separate, sépārārē (sé+pārāré).

Consul rursus légionés hibernå réducit.—Légātūs quinqué
in
cöhortes cum exercitu conjungit.—Milités omnés oppidum
in
irrumpunt.—Märé Méditerráneum Africam Európa sepārāt.
ab
—Belgae
sé
clim Germānis conjungébant.—Impérätör exercitim

in
hibernis collöcăt.—Germāni équités casträ (223,
a)
in
1,
irrumpéré conantür.—Galbá hibernis collócăt,
in
exercitüm
légiónesqué
in
civitätés distribuit.

will lead the cohorts back again into winter-quarters
Caesar
—All the Germans were bursting into the camp.—The Belgi
ans will unite themselves with Caesar.—The brave soldiers were
trying burst into the town.—The illustrious general was sta
to
tioning the soldiers winter-quarters.—The legions are distrib

in
uted among (in, with accus.) the states.—The legions are led
back into winter-quarters.—The Mediterranean Sea separates
Spain (Hispaniá) from Africa.—Caesar will join
all
the horsemen
with the army.
§ 21.
ANALYSIS OF TENSE-FORMATIONS. (XXXIX

—XLI.)
L E S S ON XXXIX.
Active Voice.
(233.) (a) THE student must have observed that in

all the tenses for incomplete action in the active voice
the person-endings are as follows:
Sing. 1st person, o or m. 2d person, s. 3d person, t.
Plur. 1st person, mits. 2d person, tis. 3d person, nt.
(b) He must have observed, also, that these end

ings are added to the proper tense-stem in each tense.
We take up the tenses in order.
(234.) PRESENT TENSE.
(a) Person-endings, o, s, t, m tis, t is, nt.

(b) The Tense-stem is the simple verb-stem.
(c)
To connect the person-endings with the tense

In
stems, certain connecting vowels are used. the
present tense these are, for
(1.) First conjugation, e.g., ám-a-t.

i; i; e; a;
(2.) Second g., mon-e-t.

e.
“
(3.) Third
66
e.g., rég-i-t.
(4.) Fourth e.g., aud-i-t.*
“
o 3d
the 1st person conjugations

of
in
Rem. Observe that the 1st and

1.
the connecting vowel does not appear; m-o, reg. (not am-a-o,
a
reg-i-o).
3d
person plural, the third conjugation uses

In
2.
Rem. the instead

w
e.g., reg-u-nt; w; e.g., d-i- unt.

of
the fourth inserts

u
i;
Ama, mone, audi, are the proper crude forms these verbs re
of
*
spectively. They are classed together, philosophical treatment

of
the
in
a
pure verbs; while those

as
language, one conjugation

of
the third con

ofof
jugation form the conjugation consonant verbs.

(235.)
1.
2.
3.
|
i
'
Tense
ām-
mön-
reg-
' ANALYSIS OF TENSE-FORMATIONS.
a.
e.
i
'.
Connect. | Person
O.
8.
t.
TABLE.
l.
FORMS COMPLETE.
*
âmo (ama-o).|möné-o.
āmā-S.
ămă-t.
mus. ||aimā-mus.
tis. ||āmā-tis.
moné-s.
moné-t.
2.
||rég-o.
rég-is.
rég-i-t.
3.
audi-o.
audi-s.
audi-t. "
möné-müs.|rég-i-müs.|audi-müs.
möné-tis. rég-i-tis. |audi-tis.
4.
93
4. | aud- i(u). nt. ||āmā-nt. möné-nt. ||rég-u-nt. |audi-unt.
Rem. Observe that the vowels are long before the person-endings in
1st, 2d, and 4th conjugations, except where they come before o or
t. In those before o, the general rule (24, 1) prevails; and it is also
an invariable rule, in Latin, that no vowel in a final syllable can be
long before t.
(236.) EX E R C IS E.
[The pupil should hereafter analyze the tense-forms, as they occur, some.
what as follows:]
A mas: verb-stem, am-; pres, tense-stem, àm-; connecting

vowel, a ; 2d pers. ending, s.
Möné m is: verb-stem, mon-; pres. tense-stem, mān-; con
e.;
necting vowel, plur. ending, tis.

m
1st
Régitis: verb-stem, rég-; pres. tense-stem, rég-; connect
i.;
ing vowel, 2d plur. ending, tis.

Audi unt verb-stem, aud-; pres. tense-stem, aud-; con
:
u;
plur. ending, nt.

3d
necting vowels, and

i
manner, analyze
In
like
Festinäs, hābét, vidétis, convöcö, festinâtis,
Vigilämüs, prohibent, légit, hābétis, pugnât,
Wöcătis, poscimús, dormimiis, müniunt, laudant,
Rāvöcânt, véniunt, auditis, ambúlāmüs, vulnérämüs.
LESSON XL.
Analysis
of
Tense-Formations, continued.
Active.
(237.) IMPERFECT TENSE.
(a) Person-endings, m, mtis, tis, nt.

s,
t,
(b) The tense-stem,

ab
the verb-stem; e.g., ám-āb.

In In In In
(1.) 1st conj. adds

to
e.g.,
&
6n-éb.
3d 2d
conj.
m
s
(2.) eb
“ “
conj.
44
e.g., rég-éb.
éb
(3.)
(4.) 4th conj. ièb
66
e.g., aud-féb.
“
94 ANALYSIS OF TENSE-FORMATIONS.
' '.
join the tense
(c)
The connecting vowel
to
used
is
a
stems and person-endings; e.g., ámab-à-m.
£,
1.
– FoRMS COMPLETE.
2.
3.
4.
1.
m. ||amābā-m. Imönebä-m. ||régébā-m. |audièbā-m.
läm-āb- régeba.s. laudieba.s.
1.
|amaba's moneba's
t. s.
āmābā-t. Imönèbā-t. régébât. audièbā-t.
moneb.
a.
4. 3.2
Irèg-éb. mus. āmābā-müs.|mönebä-müs. Irègebä-müs.laudièbā-müs.

laud-iêb- tis. |amabā-tis. Imöneba-tis. Irègebä-tis. |audièbā-tis.
nt. ||amābā-nt. öneba-nt. Irégébā-nt. |audièbā-nt.
FUTURE TENSE.
2d
(238.) We treat the 1st and conjugations first.
I.
these,
In
(a) The person-endings are, mùs, tis, nt.
o,
s,
t,
(b)
The tense-stems, precisely like the imperf
in
the same conjugations,
the verb-stem; e.g., ám-āb.
In In
1st conj., add ab

to
(1.)
“eb 44
e.g.,
2d
(2.) conj., n-éb.
m
6
(c) The connecting vowel join the tense
used to
is
i
stems and person-endings; e.g., ámab-i-t; mone
b
i-t. But the third person plural, used instead
in
is
u
i;
e.g., ámab-u-nt.
of
- "'" .
the 1st person the connecting vowel dropped (as
In
234
in
is
Rem.
R.
1); thus, imab-o (not àmab-i-o).

c,
-
(239.) TABLE.
Tense stem.
FoRMS CoMPLETE.
1.
2.
O. āmāb-o. möneb-o.
1. im-āb- S. ămâbi-s. mönebi-s.
- ămâbi-t. mönebi-t.
f t.
1.
2. mön-êb- Inus āmābi-müs. mónèbi-müs.

\tis. timábí-tis. mönebi-tis.
Ul. nt. ümābū-nt. mönébù-nt.
and 4th conjugations present some

3d
II.
(240.) The
irregularity the future.
in
(a) The person-endings are, m, mus, tis, nt.

t,
s,
(b) The tense-stem,

conj., the simple verb-stem; e.g., rég.
In In
3d
(1) the
it is
(2) the 4th conj, the verb-stem; e.g., aud-1.

to
adds
i
//
f-
ANALYSIS OF TENSE-FORMATIONS. 95
join the
(c)
The connecting vowel
to
used
is
e
and person-endings; rég-é-müs, aud-i
tense-stem
ë-müs. But the first person substituted for
in
is
a
e
both conjugations; g., rég-ā-m, aud-i-ā-m,
e.
in
not reg-é-m, audi-é-m.

(241.) TABLE.
Tense-Stem. Cong. Vowel. Pers. Endings. FORMS COMPLETE.
| |
-
3. 4.
|
rég- a. Ill. régā-m. audiá-m.
(s. régé-s. audié-s.
- t. régé-t. audié-t.
audi- e. 4< mtis. régè-müs. audiè-müs.
tis. régè-tis. audiè-tis.
*
Unt. régé-nt. audiè-nt.
(242.) (a) M S.
A
X.
E
E
L
P
verb-stem, äm-; tense-stem, ämäb-; imperf con

Amābātis:
plur.
2d
vowel, ending, -tís.

a
;
Amäbitis: verb-stem, äm-: tense-stem, àmāb-; fut. con.

plur. ending, -tis.
2d
i.;
vowel,
Audiémüs: verb-stem, aud-, fut, tense-stem, audi-; con

e;
necting vowel, 1st plur. ending, -m is.

up
pupil should keep finding any tense-form

of
[35. The the habit
g.
which he may need use, by putting together its proper parts;
to
e.
stem, ending, &c., rather than by recurring the paradigms.]
to
(b) Analyze the following:

Laudābām, laudābö, laudābitis,
Döcébâmüs, muniébâmüs, légâm,
Occidébant, dormiébâtis, scribémüs,
Dormiâm, audiét, döcébunt,
&c. &c. &c.
RESSON XLI.
Analysis
of
Tense-Formations, continued.
PASSIVE VOICE.
(243.) THE passive-endings are,

ré;
r,
Sing, 1st person, person, ris person, túr.

2d
3d
or
Plur. 1st person, mùr; mini; tir.

2d
person, person,
3d
(244.) These endings are affixed

to
the tense-stems
as
the active voice, and with the same con

in
formed
96 ANALYSIS OF TENSE-FORMATIONS.
necting vowels. Only the following apparent irregu.

larities are to be noticed.
(a) In the 1st pers. pres. indic. the ending r is added to the
full present active form; e.g., ámo, ä mo-r; d6 ceo, döce o-r.
&c.
(b) In the 3d conj., 2d pers, sing., pres., e is used for con
necting vowel instead of i ; e.g., rég-é-ris, rég-é-ré, in
stead of rég-i-ris, &c.
(c) In the 1st and 2d conj., future, 2d pers. sing, e is used
for connecting vowel instead of i ; e.g., m 6 neb-ê-ris, āmāb
é-ris, instead of āmāb-i-ris, mán eb-i-ris. ,
(245). EX E RC IS E.
Examples.—Döcent tir: verb-stem, döc-; pres. tense-stem,
dó c-; connecting vowel, e; 3d plur. pass. ending, -nt tir.
Āmābām tir: verb-stem, am-; imperf tense-stem, àmàb-;
imperf conn. vowel, a ; 1st plur. pass. ending, -m tir.
Audientir: verb-stem, aud-; fut, tense-stem, audi-; fut
conn. vowel, e; 3d plur. pass. ending, -nt tir.
Régör: verb-stem, rég-; pres. act. 1st pers., rego-; 1st
pers. pass. ending, -r.
(246.) Analyze
Régébâmür, occidémür, laudantür,
Döcébimür, audiémini, vidébímür,
Timébâris, döcébéris, döcébuntiir,
Döcébâmini, ămătür, régittir,
P A R T I I.
FULLER EXHIBITION OF THE FORMS OF WORDS

§ 1.
ADDITIONAL RULES OF QUANTITY.
LESSON XLII.
|THE student should now learn thoroughly the following rules of
quantity, most of which he has seen illustrated frequently already.]
GENERAL RULES.
(246.) (1) vowel before another is short; e.g., vi-a.
A
(2)
long
or
vowel before two consonants, double one,
A
is
a
position; e.g., éllum.
by
mute followed by liquid the same syllable renders the

A
Rem.
in in
a
preceding short vowel common verse; e.g., volti-cris. (In

prose, the short vowel remains short.)
(3) Ali diphthongs and contracted syllables are long; e.g.,

äu-rüm, Ó-go (for co-Hago).
c
SPECIAL RULES.
(1.) Final Syllables.
Monosyllables.
1.
(247.) (a) Most monosyllables ending vowel are long;

in
a
but the particles qué, vé, né, pté, &c., attached other words,
to
are short.
(b) Most monosyllables ending consonant are long; but

in
a
él, vir, (ossis); the pronouns quis,

fé
Ör,
m
the nouns Ös
l,
c
quid, qu éc, in,

t,
and the particles äd, éd, with

n,
(,
s
2d
are short; also ês,

aff
ending person
of
in
sūm.
t,
Dissyllables and Polysyllables.

2.
(A) Final Vowels.

nouns, except the abl. the 1st de
of
in
(248.) final short

is
a
clension; long verbs, and

in
in
indeclinable words.
except qui öjä.
ä,
it
ā,
(249.) nouns (except 5th declension) and

in
final short
is
e
verbs (except imperatives); long adverbs de

in
rived from adjectives

of
the first class, with

ferm fer oh
é,
é,
é.
final long; but mihi, tibi, sibi, ibi, bi, are

ü
(250
is
)
i
cummon visi, quasi, short,

100 ADDITIONAL RULES OF QUANTITY
(251.) o final is common; but long in dat. and abl. cases of

nouns and adjs. used as adverbs (e.g., falls ö,
&c.); e.g6, du 6, Ó c tö, are short.
(252.) u final is always long; e.g., diu.
(B) Final Consonants.
(253.) All final syllables ending in a consonant (excepts) are

short.
Rules for s final.
(254.) Final ās, és, Ós, are generally long; e.g., amas,
doc & s, equ Ös
Rem. 1. & s s short (1) in nouns which have short penult in the gen.,
e.g., milös (milit-is).
2, 6 s is short in comp Ös, imp Ös.
(255.) Final is and ü s are generally short; e.g., reg-ís,

domin-ii s.
per
(1)
of (2)
Rem. 1. is is long dat, and abl. plural nouns;
2d
of
in
in
vis;
(3)
son sing 4th conjugation; e.g.,
of
compounds
of
verbs
mavis, quam vis, &c.
(1)
is
long long the penult

3d
of
decl. which have

in
in
2.
nouns
is
gen.; e.g., virt üs (titis), palus (údis); (2) a

sing,
of
in
gen, and
N., A., V. plur.
of
4th declension.
(2.) Derivation and Composition.

(256.) Derivative and compound words generally retain the
quantity the primitive and simple words; e.g., mo,
p of
á
micus; no, imp no.
#
Ó
5
(3.) Increase.
[A has more syllables the gen
in
to
said when
it
noun increase
is
the nom. (e.g., mil-ćs, mil-it-is; here the increase);

it
than
in
is
verb, when has more syllables than the 2d pers. sing. indic.
it
a
(e.g., ám-às, im-at-is; here

àt
the increase.]
is
long;
In
nouns, are generally

of
(257.) the increase and

a
o
u,
e,
y,
i,
short.
In
verbs,
a,
are generally
of
e,
(258.) the increase and

o
-
long;
u,
short.
i,
(4.) Penults.
(259.) Every perfect tense two syllables has the first long
of
fas vidi), except bibi, fidi, tüli, dédi, st&ti, and sci di.
adjectives, idus, us, short
ic
of
(260.) Penults (1) (2)

ADDITIONAL RULES OF QUANTITY. 10]
In us, doubtful (often long); (3) ilis and bilis, derived from
verbs, short; from nouns, long.
[All exceptions to the above rules that are not stated will be marked
in the vocabularies.]
(261.) ExERCISE ON QUANTITIES.

[Give the quantity of the unmarked
- syllables of the following words.
with the rule for each.]
1. Final Vowels.
Ipse, agmine, die, régère, rége, döcébére, re, móve, móvère, bêne (adv.
from bonus), Caesare, optime (adv., from optimús), me, dómini, vigilia, audi,
adventu, ire, hi, consilio, constile, de, tertia, vigiliae, contra, röga, móneo,
:ta, fructu, ämo.
2. Final Consonants.
Obsides, bönas, vigilias,āmat, miles (militis), milites, rögavéras, has,
bönum, lampas pedes (péditis), pédites, illas, adventus (gen.).
(lampádis),
régis, simul, audis, linter, auditis, vigiliis, caput, virtus (virtutis), döminis,
mânus, régitur, régitis, munis, münivéras.
©
3. Increase.
Amatis, militis, audiris, obsidem, ménemus, monebatis, itineris, rögabas
mönebamur, audimus, mónebimini, völuptatis, sermonis, murmure, pédites,
clamorem, milites, vulturem, àmatis, monebatis, mónetote, audite, légimus
pedem, sègetis (from séges).
4. Penults.
Málédicus, mirificus, bénéficus, facilis (from făcio), puérilis (from puer),
imabilis (from amo), servilis (from servus).
§ 2.
TENSES OF VERBS FOR COMPLETED AC.

TION.—PARTIAL STATEMENT. (XLIII.—
XLVI.)
LESSON XLIII.
Tense Forms for Completed Action.—Indicative.
IN Part I. we made use only of those tenses
(262.)
of the verb which express action as continuing or
incomplete, viz., the present, imperfect, and future.
There are three tenses also for completed action, viz.,
perfect (I have written), pluperfect (I had written), fu
ture perfect (I shall have written). The stem for all
these is the same.
:
(263.) The endings for these three tenses are,
SINGULAR. PLURAL.
1st. 2d. 3d. 1st. 2d. 3d.
or
Perfect. i. isti. it imüs. istis.
Pluperf. Gråm. Grås. Grât. Grāmūs. érătis. &rant
Fut.Perf. Örö. Gris. &rit. ërimüs. éritis. Brint.
(264.) By adding these endings to the perfect-stem

fu- of the verb essé, to be, we obtain the forms per
fect (I have been), pluperfect (I had been), future per
fect (I shall have been).
| Tense-Stem. Perfect. Pluperfect. Future Perfect.
i. ërām. ärö.
isti. &rás. *| &ris.
it. Grât. &rit.
Fu- imús. ërāmūs. Grimús.
istis. ërătis. Britis.
Grunt, or ëre. &rant. &rint.
(265.) of the Perfect.—It must be carefully ob.

Double use
served that the Latin perfect has two uses, one answering to
the English perfect, and the other to the English imperfect
TENSES FOR COMPLETED ACTION. 103
Thus, means not only

ful have been, but I
was. We cali I
the former the perfect present; the latter the perfect aorist,”
which expresses momentary action in past time; e.g., Crassus
was chief of the embassy—Crassús princeps légätiönis fuit.
IE X E R C IS E.
(266.) Vocabulary.
To be over, to preside over, to com Praise, laus, (laud) (f).
is
mand, praeessé (prae-Hesse, to be After, post (prep. acc.).
before). Before, ante (prep. acc.).
To be wanting, de-esse (dé-Hessé, Because, quiá (conj., 248).
to be from). How long quamdia (adv.).
7
at,
To be in, to be present interessé Afterward, posteå.

(inter-Hessé, among). Virtuous, probús,
ä,
be
um
to
ae,
Sick, aeger, gra, grum (77, a). School, schol-a,
f.
(267.) Examples.
al ri
Si
fu
we shall have been vitā sempér probi
If
(a)
m in
&
ways virtuous life, after tis, étiám post mortém
in
death also we shall be beati érim is.

happy.
(b) The Roman soldiers Milités Römāni praeliis multis
were present many bat interfu runt.
at
tles.
Syntax.—The compounds
of
Rule essé with the prepo

of
ter, ob, pro, de,

in
sitions prae, take the dative case.

Thémistöclés vir magnús clārüs fuit.—Cür höri
in
ét
schölä
nön fuisti ?—Quiā clim patre hortö ful.—Quamdiu
in
urbé
in
fuistis ?—Sex diès (191, c).—Anté belliim

in
urbé fuerämüs.
—Crassús légātūs (225, cópiis Românorum praefuérát.—
a)
Nunquám dećrit tibi laus hominum, sempér pröbüs fueris.

si
—AEgerné (135, II., fuisti héri ?—Anté Cicerónis

a)
actâtém
clāri fuerant, néc posteå défuêrunt.—Caesar
ét
oratórés multi
praeliis multis interfuit.
(269). Translate into Latin.

the perfect (present and aorist, 265).]
of
[Recollect the double use
Divitiacus commanded (praefuit) the forces

of
the Æduans
The aorist use the perfect Latin than the

in
of
more common
is
*
present.
104 TENSES FOR COMPLETED ACTION.
—lf you shall have been always virtuous in life, after death
also you shall be happy.—If we are always virtuous, the praise
of men shall never be wanting to us.—We were not in school
yesterday, because we had been in the garden with (our) fa
ther.—Had you been (135, II, a) in our garden?—Have you
been sick?—How long have you been in the city ? Four
days (191, c).—The lieutenant had been in the city before the
war.—Before the age of Caesar there had been many and
great generals; nor were they wanting afterward.—Caesar and
the Roman soldiers were present at many battles.
*
LESSON XLIV.
Tenses of Verbs for Completed Action, continued.
(270.)THE tense-stem of the perfect tense is form

ed in most verbs as follows:
(1) In 1st conj. by adding av to the verb-stem; e.g., ám-āv.

(2) In 2d conj. “ ü &9
e.g., m Ön-ti.
44
(4) In 4th conj. “ iv. e.g., aud-iv
[The third conjugation is treated in the next lesson.]
(271.) By adding the perfect-endings (263) to the

tense-stems formed (as in 270), we obtain the follow
ing perfect-tense forms of āmāré, to love; monéré,
to advise; audiré, to hear."
PRF.-STEMS. RNDINGs.
I, thou, he, we, ye, they,
1st conj. Émav -
have loved.
It,
2d conj. mónü- i, isti, imús, istis, érunt, or |have advised.

<
4th conj. audiv- Gré, have heard.
the first, second, and fourth conjugations,it obvious that the per
is In
is
*
the verb and fui; e.g., ama-fui=

up
of
=of
fect made the crudeform

imavi; mone-fui monui; audi fui audivi.
=
PERFECT TENSE. z. 105
EX ERC IS E.
(272.) Vocabulary.
Preceptor, praeceptör, (praeceptor) is Pleasant, jucundus, k, tim.
(m.). All night, për totám noctèm.

Tribune, tribunās, Diligently, diligentér (215, 2,
b).
1 (m.).
Sister, sGrör, (sôrðr) (f). From every side, undiqué
is
(adv.).
Disgrace, ignominiä, (f). To excite, excitäré.
ae
(273.) Examples.
Puérüm
(i. m
(a) loved the boy.
I.
#
ä
ä e., v
I
my
(b)
|A
From boyhood have puerö from boy)
a
I matrém m wi.
loved my mother.
#
In
(b)
(a)
used; the perfect present.]
in
[Obs. the perfect aorist is

Caesar omnés undiqué mercătórés àd
a)
se
(145, convöcavit.
puérô fratrém sororém ämävi.—Cür per totám noctem
et
—A
vigilävisti ?–Quiā pâtér aegér fuit.—Milités diu àcritër pug
et
nāvérunt.—Hös puerós" magistér diligentër docuit linguám
Latinäm."—Tuá ipsius (159) causā (135, II.,
b)
saepé monui. té
ad
—Timör ignominiae Germänös virtutem excitävit.—Jücun

dim avium (78, II., cantüm audiwimüs.—Dormivistiné?—
b)
Nön dormivi.—Caesaris adventiis oppidānos terruit.

[Inflect all the verbs this lesson through- the perfect tense, and
in
form the perfect according

to
(270).]

all
Caesar called together the lieutenants from every side

to
himself (145, a).—From my boyhood have loved my precep

I
tors.—The good preceptor taught me" the Greek language.—

all
Caesar called-together the lieutenants and tribunes (tribunds

qué, 202, N.)
of
the soldiers himself—The slaves have

to
night.—(Your) father has often advised you for

all
watched
your own sake (135, II., b).—The Gauls took-possession-of
Rome.—The love glory has always
of
to
excited the Romans

bravery.—We have diligently taught the boys.—Why did you
not sleep? Because my mother was sick.—They have heard
all
the pleasant singing

of
the birds.—We have fortified the
teaching take two accusatives, one the person, the other

of
of
Verbs
*
the thing.
of
106 PERFECT TENSE.
towers of Gaul.—The coming of Caesar terrified the Eduans

and Helvetians.—I have often walked in Caesar's garden, on
the-other-side-of the Tiber (trans Tibérim).
*
LESSON XLV.
Tenses for Completed Action, continued. — Perfect
Tense, Third Conjugation.
(276.) THE perfect tense-stem of most verbs of the

third conjugation is formed by adding s to the verb
stem; e.g.,
Perfect-stem.
rég-éré, to rule, rég-s = rex
scrib-êré, to write, scrib-s = scrips
lüd-éré, to play, lüd-s = lus
(277.) Rules of Euphony.
(1) A c-sound before s forms x; du c-s=d üx; rég-s=
I e X.
Rem. c, g, h, gu, qu, are classed among k-sounds. v also (generally)

before s forms x; viv-s=vix.
(2) b before s is changed into p; e.g., scrib-s= scrips;

n ü b-s = n ups.
(3) A t-sound is (generally) dropped befores; 1 ud-s=l us;
claud-s = claus.
Rem. t and d are the t-sounds.
(278.) By adding the perfect-endings (263) to Xthe .

stems of rég-éré, scrib-êré, lu d-éré, we obtain
the perfect tense-forms (have ruled, have written, have
played).
PERFECT-STEMs. ENDINGS.
I, thou,* **** we,
he, **** ye,y they* |
rég-s==) rex- have ruled.
it,
scrib-s=) scrips- |} i, isti, imüs, istis, érunt,

or
have written.
X
lüd-s=) lüs- Grê. { have played.

PERFECT TENSE. 107
EX ER C I S. E.
(279.) Vocabulary.
Suddenly, sübitó. To divide, dividéré.
ae.
To say, dicéré. Household, familiá,
To draw (as sword), stringéré. Orgetoria, Orgétörix, (Orgétörig)
is
a
Sword, glāditis, dependent, cliens, (client)
i. i.
A
(c.).
is
Trial, judiciúm,
ae.
Nature, natürá,
To lead together, conduceré. Stoic, stoicus,
i.
(280.) Examples.
(a) Did not Caesar say these on dixit?
N
Caesar haec
n
&
things? (Nonné used asking ques
in
is
tions when the answer yes
is
expected.)
(b) Did Caesar say this (i.e., um Caesar haec dixit!
N
|
possible that did)?|

he
(Num
is
used when the answer

it
is
no expected.)
is
perfect (265).]
of
[Recollect double use
Caesar duás legiónés conscripsit; très exhibernis éduxit.—

Principés Germánórüm omnés suās cöpiás Rhenum (113, II.,
transduxèrunt.—Constil glädiäm strinxit.—Nonné (280,
a)
a)
gládiós strinxistis ?–Nüm impératór glädium strinxit?—Or
gétörix ād judiciúm omnēm suám fămiliām
et
omnés clientès
conduxit.—Caesar exercitüm duäs partés divisit.—Nonné
in
ãd
epistöläm patrém scripsisti ?–Stoici divisèrunt nātūrām

corpüs.—Multās littérás hödié scrip
ét
hominis
in
änimüm
simiis.
of
of
of
[What
in
the force eduxit conduxit trans

in
in
is
con
7
1
é
the perfect, and the euphonic

of
transduxit Describe the formation

7
all
changes,
of
in
the verbs this lesson.]

The soldiers suddenly drew their swords.—Caesar levied five
legions Italy.—Caesar levied six legions Italy, and led out
in
in
four from (their) winter-quarters Gaul.—The AEduans en

in
lead (113, II.,

all
a)
their forces across the Rhine.

to
deavour
-The general divided the army into five parts-Did Caesar
say these (things) yesterday (280, b)?–Did you not write let
a
your brother?—Have you written king

to
to to
ter letter the

a
b)?–Orgetorix led-together
all
"280, his household the trial

I08 PLUPERFECT AND FUTURE PERFECT.
-Orgetorix led-together to the trial
all
al.
his household and
(his) dependents.—Why have you drawn (your) sword!—Why
have you not written (your) father?—The AEduans levied
to
many soldiers.—We have divided the nature
of
man into soul
and body.
LESSON XLVI.
Tenses for Completed Action, continued.—Pluperfect

and Future Perfect Tenses.
(283.) (a) THE pluperfect tense simply the perfect
to
adds
esse be); viz., rām,
(to
tense-stem the imperfect of
é
ër &c.
s,
à
The future perfect simply the perfect tense-stem

to
(b) adds
esse; viz., ris, &c.;
in ér
3d
plural
of
the future
t, ö,
but
in
it
ä
i;
ér
changes into viz., instead of ér unt.

u
Thus, from ām-are, mon-éré, rég-éré

(284.)
aud-iré, we have,
PRF.-STEM. PLUPERFECT-ENDING.
**
thou, he, we,
I.
ge, they,
w
#:
#māv-
1.
had loved.
##".
-
-
&rås, &rät, &ramüs, érătis,
{erim,
audiv- had heard.
4.
FUTURE PERFECT.
shall
# #.
2. 1.
#māv-
mónu- - ¥4 x**** --- • shall have advis
3. rex- }*. Eris, érit, &rimüs, éritis, érint, hall have ruled.
||
4
audiv- shall have heard.

4.
X IS E.
E
C
R
(285.) Vocabulary.
Defiles, angustiae, arum (pl.). To attack, oppugnaré.
To err, errarê. Near, juxtà (prep. acc.).
To draw, ducéré. Already, jām (adv.).
by
principle, principium, To take storm, expugnâré

A
i.

(a) Pluperfect.—Milités diu acritër pugnâvérant.—Pâtér
et
filiūm saepé móntiérát.—Duās légiónés Italià conscripserä

in
miis.—Helvétiijäm për angustiãs cöpiás suās transduxérant.--

PLUPERFECT AND FUTURE PERFECT. 109
Caesar castellá Galliae munivérát ét très legiónes exhibernis

ăduxérät.
(b) Future Perfect.

Rem. The future perfect is sometimes used in Latin, when in Eng
lish we should use the simple perfect or future; e.g.,
When I (shall) have written the Quum épistöläm scrips &r 5, ad tâ
letter, Ishall come to you. vêniäm.
Quum timicüm in hortüm duxérö, äd tò véniãm.—Haud

errãvérö, si à Platöné principiùm duxérö.—Quum hostes cas
tellà expugnâvérint, urbém ipsám (159) oppugnâbunt.—Haud
errãvéris, si à Cicérône principiä. duxéris.

(a) Pluperfect.—The general had drawn his sword.—Near
the city the soldiers had fought long and spiritedly.—Caesar had
levied one legion in Italy, and led-out seven from (their) win
ter-quarters in Gaul.—The Helvetians had already led their
forces across the Rhine (113, II., a), through the boundaries
of the Sequanians.—I had often advised you for your own
sake (135, II., b).
(b) Future Perfect (R., 286, b).—When we have written
the letters, we shall come to the city.—We shall not have err
ed, if we shall have drawn (ducéré) our principes from Plato.
—When Caesar shall have taken-by-storm the city, he will at
tack the tower itself (159).
§ 3.
NOUNS OF THIRD DECLENSION.—FULLER

TREATMENT. (XLVII.—LVII)
all
[THE third declension contains more nouns than the others togeth.
er. also involves greater difficulties; and we therefore give
It
it
a
be
the following section, which should carefully
in
full treatment
studied.]
LESSON XLVII.
of
(288.) THE genitive-ending the third declension
is.
is
any noun this declension, strike off

of
of
Rem. To find the stem
is
from the gen.; e.g., G., nominis (of name), stem, nomin.
a
(289.) ENDINGS FOR ALL THE CASES.
- -
-
SINGULAR. PLURAL.
M. and F. N. M. and F. N.
N. N.
*
és. à (iá).
|
G. is. is.
G.
tim (ium). üm (iâm).

:
D. D. ibüs. ibus.
i.
i.
A. like Nom. A. és.

à à
#
&m (im).
, A
V. like Nom. like Nom. V. 6s. (iá).

A. (i). (i). A. ibús Ibüs.
&
6
|
(290.) The nom.-ending not given, because the many

of
is
which that case occurs. The most common nom.-end

s; in
forms
ing often employed
as
but the stem itself the nom.

is is
is
and often, again, changed. We make six classes, which

carefully distinguished, viz.:
be
must
(291.) CLASSES.
Nouns which add the nominative with
in
to
the stem
I.
out any vowel change. (Feminines.)

II.
Nouns which insert connecting vowel

or
(e
before
i)
a
adding (Feminines.)
s.
III. Nouns which change the stem-vowel

e)
into before
(i
addings. (Masculines.)
IV. Nouns which add
to
the stem. (Neuters.)

&
NOUNS, THIRD DECLENSION, CLASS 1. i 11
V. Nouns which present the unchanged stem in the nom

inative without adding s. (Masculines, except -al,
-ar, -ur, which are Neuter.)
VI. Nouns which present the stem changed in the nomina
tive without adding s. (Masculines, Feminines, and
Neuters.)
(292.) [Before entering upon the paradigms, the student should learn
thoroughly the following rules of euphony, which prevail generally
in Latin nouns and verbs.]
(1) c or g before s unites with it to form x; e.g., leg-s is
written lex; arc-s= arx; v oc-s = vox, &c.
(2) d or t before s is dropped; e. g., laud-s=l a us;
lui e t-s= quies; p are n t-s= p are n s.
(293.) CLAss I.—The Nominative adds s to the

Stem, without any Vowel change. (Feminines.)
|, Sing. City (f). Citadel (f). Praise (f). Race (nation), f|
(E)
Quiet
|N. and V. urb-s. |arx (arc-s).|laus (laud-s), gens(gent-s).|quies.
|
Gen. |urb-Is. arc-is. laud-Is. gent-is. quiét-is.
Dat. |urb-I. arc-i. laud-I. gent-i. quiet-i.
Acc. |urb-êm. |arc-èm. laud-ém. gent-êm. quiêt-ém.
Abl, urb-ê. arc-á. laud-6. gent-é. quiét-é.
Plur. Cities. Citadels. Praises.
Races (nations).
N., A., V. urb-ês. arc-às. laud-es. gent-ês. quiét-és.
Gen. |urb-Iüm. |arc-Rūm. laud-tim. gent-Iüm. quiét-üm.
D. and A. |urb-Ibüs. |arc-ibās. laud-ibtis. gent-ibüs. quiét-ibüs.
On this class, observe carefully that,

(294.) As the case-endings, the gen. plur. ending
to
m
is
ü
in i
consonants; e.g., urb-s,

of
those nouns whose stems end two

urb -ís, urb-ium nox, noct-is, noct-iù m; cöhors, cohort
;
is, cöhort-i m.
ü
As gender, they are mostly feminine. Hence,

to
(295.)
of
Rule Gender.—Nouns which adds the stem, without

to
changing the stem-vowel, form the nom., are feminine,

to
[Rem. Exceptions. The following are masculines:

dens (dent-is), tooth. *bidens (bident-is), hoe.
1.
mons (mont-Is), mountain. *torrens (torrent-is, torrent.

fons (font-Is), fountain. *tridens (trident-is), trident.
pons (pont-is), bridge. *öriens (órient-is), east.
rüdens (rudent-is), rope. *occidens (occident-Is), west.
These nouns ens are properly adjectives, with

in
masc.noun under
*
stood; e.g., oriens sol, torrens amnis,

I 12 NOUNS, THIRD DECLENSION, CLASS I.
is,
Grex (grég) flock;
ix
few nouns and ax.
in
2. also
is, a
a
wall; foot; läpis, (lapid)
Is,
Påriés, (pāriet) pès (péd-Is), stone,
3.
väs (vād-is), surety.]
[5" gender should learned by heart; the lists ex
be
The rules
of
of
ceptions need not be, unless they are very short. All exceptions are
the vocabularies; and the lists should be referred
to
marked whenever
cases occur.]in
belong the nouns the following endings,
of
of
To Class I. which the
pupil has had frequent examples:
Libertà libert t-is, liberty; dignitas, dign Ität-is, dig

s,
a
nity; and, short, all nouns äs, tis.
in
in
à
Virt virtu t-is, virtue; and all others tis, utis.
in
s,
ü
Pål us, palud-Is, swamp; and others us, tidis.
in
In
the following exercise several
of
the exceptions will be found.
E.
X
E
S.
R
C
(296.) Vocabulary. I
Highest (the top), summus, Romulus, Römülus,
ä,
öm.
i.
Middle, médiiis, Hercynian, Hercynius,
ä,
ä,
tim.
To leave, relinquéré (perf-stem, ré-| Senate, sénatus,
üs
(m.).
liqu-). Agrippa, Agrippá,
ae
(m.).
To secede, sécèdéré (perf-stem, sé- Where, ubinäm ?
cess-). The common people, plebs, (pléb)
is
Patricians (of Rome), patrés, (patr)
of
To take care curare.

To touch upon, reach, attingéré. üm (pl.).
to
To seek, aim at, pétéré. An interreign, interregnüm,

to
i.
To cut down, rescindéré. Speedy, citãs,
ii,
tim.
[The nouns which occur the preceding lesson are not named the
in
in
vocabulary: the learner will find them, and observe their gender.]
(297.) Examples.
sum mo
of
on té.
In
(a) On the top mount-

m
the
ain.
um is rb rib
m
of
s.
(b) On the tops

à
ü
ð
s
the trees.
In In
(c)
the city. media urb

of
In
middle
é.
the
(d) Where world? Ubin äm genti tim?
in
the

Magná pars plebis urbëm réliquit,
R.
montém (295,
in
ét
b) 1)
secessit.—Tüm patrés Agrippämäd plebém misèrunt (401,

3,
--Hercyniä sylvá finés multârüm gentium attingit.—Cassiús,

a),
legatus (225, arcém oppidi duxit.—Ubi

in
tres cohortes
näm gentium stimús?–Delis curät gentes.—Aquilae sum
in
NOUNS, THIRD DECLENSION, CLASS II. 113
mis montibús nidificant—Magnús (78, II,

b) āvium grex
(295, R., 2) summām arcém pétunt.—Milites pontém (295, R.,
1)rescindunt.-Légès Römänórum justae fuérunt.—Summiis
mons (295, R., 1) ab hostibus ténètür.—Caesar ad utramqué
(194, R. 1) partém pontis praesidium réliquit —Post Römüli
mortém unius (194) anni interregnüni fuit.—Säpientès mortem
nön timent.—Mors citā véniét.
[All the nouns should be declined, the rule of gender given, and the ex
ceptions referred to if necessary. The formations of the verbs should be
carefully analyzed.]

The laws were just.—The fountain was beautiful.—The
Hercynian forest touches the boundaries of five nations.—The
common-people left the city, and seceded to the mountain.—
The doves built-their-nest in the top of the citadel (297, a).—A
large flock of birds flew over the city.—The soldiers fought
song on the middle of the bridge (297, c).—Then the senate sent
an ambassador to the common-people.—God takes care of cities
and nations.—The Belgians inhabit one part of Gaul, the Aqui
tanians another.—Where in the world (297, d) are we? in
what city do we live?—Caesar fortified each part of the bridge.
LESSON XLVIII.
(300.) CLAss II.—The Nominative inserts a Con
necting-vowel (é or 1) before adding s to the Stem.
(Feminines.)
e inserted. i inserted.
Singular. Cloud (f). Ship (f).
N. and V. nüb-é-s. nav-i-s.

Gen. nüb-is. navis.
Dat. nüb-i. nāV-1.
Acc. nüb-êm. nāv-êm or Im.
Abl. nub-ê. nāv-ê ori.
Plural. Clouds. Ships.
N. A. V. nüb-ês. naves.
Gen. nüb-iùm. naV-1unn.
D. and Abl. nub-ibús. nāv-ibüs.
K 2
I 14 Nou NS, THIRD DECLENSION, CLASS II
On this class, observe carefully,

(301.) As to the case-endings: [(1) The acc-ending im
instead of ē m is used : 1. sometimes (but rarely) in the words
clavis, key; mess is, vis, ship : 2. commonly
harvest; n à
in febris, fever; pelvis, basin; puppis, stern; restis,
rope; sécuris, are; turris, tower: 3. always in amussís,
a rule; thirst; t us sis, cough ; vis, force.]
sit is,
[(2) The abl.-ending i instead of ê is used (not, however, to
those words which take im
all
the
in
the exclusion of e) in
g., turris, tur rim, turri: vis, vim, (al
vi
acc.;
e.
ways). Also ignis, fire; civis, citizen.]

in
(3) The gen. plur. ending üm
in
of
used
is
instead
ü
or i before adding
to
most nouns which insert the stem.
s
e
[Proles, can is, panis, i

atés, juvén
is
have tim.]
v
or
(e
Gender.—Nouns which insert vowel
of
Rule
i)
(302.)
a
addings
in
before the nominative are feminines.

[Rem. Exceptions:
Amnis (m.), river. fascis (m.), bundle. pānis (m.), bread.
Axis (m.), axle. follis (m.), bellows. piscis (m.), fish.
Callis (m.), path. fünis (m), rope. postis (m.), post.
Cânalis (m.), canal. fustis (m.), club. sentis (m.), bramble.
Collis (m.), hill. ignis (m.), fire. unguis (m.), finger navt.
Crinis (m.), hair. mensis (m.) month. vectis (m.), lever.
Ensis (m.), sword. orbis (m.), circle. vermis (m.), worm.]
EXERCISE.
II,
I,
[In the vocabularies, the Roman numerals &c., placed after

which they belong.]
to
to
nouns, refer the class

(303.) Vocabulary.
(f,
To dread, formidārē. fleet, classis, II.).

A
Is
Pilot, gübernatör, (m.). And, ac.

is
To bring, àgéré (perf-stem, eg.). Twenty, viginti (indecl.).

To procure, compārare. Lofty, altüs, öm.
ä,
Carthaginian, Carthaginiensis, Thirteen, trédécim (indecl).

is.
A
To raise, kindle, excitaré. The Druids, Druides, tim (m., pl.).

to
(f,
II).
(f,
Power, pötestäs, (pótestät) I.). Thirst, sitis, (sit)

is
is
Barbarian, barbārüs, To relieve, lèvārē.

i.
Vehemently, greatly, véhémentër To dispute disputaré.

To terrify, terréré (perfect-stem
2,
(215, b).
To build, aedificăre. terrü-).

Nübès saepé lunăm obscurant.—Civös class&m hostitín for
NOUNS, THIRD DECLENSION, CLASS III. 115
midant.—Caesar nåvés longas aedificăvit, ét nautäs gübernátó

resque (202, N.) compārāvit.—Crassús ād oppidum turrës
altās egit.—Vétérés Români vim Carthåginiensium non formi
dāvèrunt.—Caesar turrës trédécim excitävit.—Milités ignés
magnós in summö monté (297, a) excitãverünt.—Druides dé
deórüm immortalitim vi äc potestäté disputant.—Classis adven
tüs cives terruit.—Aquà sitim (301, 1) lévät.—Növä navium
figură véhémentér (215, 2, b) barbärös terruit.

Lofty towers are raised by Caesar.—The general prepared
twenty long ships.—The lieutenant brought the towers to the
wall of the city.—The power of the Romans terrified the Gauls.
—Wine does not relieve thirst.—The sun is often obscured
by the clouds.—The approach of the fleet and the soldiers ter
rified the citizens.—A great fire is kindled on the top of the
mountain by the AEduans.—The general stationed the ships
near the wall of the city.—The clouds are black.—The coming
of our fleet and the strange (n 6 va) figure of the ships terrified
all the barbarians.
LESSON XLIX.
(306.) CLAss III.—The Nominative changes the
Stem-vowel (1 into é) before adding s to the Stem.
Vowel i changed into e.
singular. Soldier (m.). Book (m.).
M. and V. milë-s (milet-s). cödéx (codecs).
Gen. milit-is. cödic-Is.
Dat. milit-i. cödic-i.
Acc. milit-êm. cödic-èm.
Abl. milit-ê. cödic-è.
Plural. Soldiers. Books.
N. A. V. milit-ês. cödic-és.
Gen. milit-tim. cödic-tim.
D. and A. milit-ibtis. cödic-ibüs.
On this class, observe that,

all
(307.) As to the case-endings, they are regular

(308.) As gender, they are masculine. Hence,
to
116 NOUNS, THIRD DECLENSION, ELASS III.
Rule of Gender.—Nouns which change the stem-vowe
f into è before adding s in the nominative are masculine.
Exc, Mergés (f), (mergitis), a sheaf.
EX E R C IS E.
(309.) Vocabulary.
To double, dūplicaré. At his own expense, sumptu suð.
Brutus, Brütüs, i. (abl.).
Sharp, spirited, ücér, acris, acré Expense, sumptiis, ús.
1).
(105, R. To support, aléré (perf-stem, alu)

Defender, vindex, (vindic) (m., Greatness, magnitudö, (magnitudin)
Is
III.). (f).
Is
Liberty, libertas, (libertät) (f, I.). Briton, Britanniis,
A
is
i.
Foot-soldier, footman, pédés, (pédit) Guest, hospés, (hospit) (m. and
f.
Is
(m., III.). 25, a).
Is
Embark upon, conscendéré, To injure, maltreat, viólaré.
to
con-H
scandere (perf-stem, conscend), Companion, cömés, (cömit)
is
(m.
f,
in
(for upon, with the accusative). and 25, a).

To depart, discédéré. Narrow, angustüs,
ä,
tim.
began, coepi. Perfect, defective. Place, löcüs, (nom. pl., löci and
I
To sustain, sustinërë (sub and té löcă). i

nërë), perf-stem, sustinu. Conspiracy, conjuratio (nis) (f)

obsidii duplicabit.—Brütüs érät acé,
m
Caesar nümérüm
,
libertatis vindex.—E quites édités näves con
in
ét
p
ciim équi discédéré coepit.--

ti
scendérunt.—Dumnörix
b
m ü
s
Dumnorix magnúm nümérüm quit suð sumptu äluit.—

e
Milités omnés magnitudiném sylvärüm timuêrunt.—Bri

tanni antiqui hospités nunquám viólávèrunt. — Cömités
princip quit
is
angustö
in
löcö noströrüm vim diu

é
ii
sustinuérunt.

go
all
The chiefs began away with the horsemen.—The

to
of
horse-soldiers and foot-soldiers did not sustain the attack (vim)

the enemy.—The general supported the soldiers
at
his own
expense.—The companions bravely
of
Dumnorix sustained the

attack of our footmen.—The Germans maltreated the ambas
sadors.—The companions the lieutenant are embarking-upon
of of
the ships.—The greatness the woods terrifies the horsemen

footmen.—Dumnorix always maltreats (his) guests.—
and the
the guests.--Brutus,
all
The messenger began depart with

to
NOUNS, THIRD DECLENSION, CLASS IV. 117
the defender of liberty, made (fé cit) a conspiracy.—The

townsmen for a long time supported a large number of footmen
at their own expense.—The chiefs doubled the number of
horsemen.
LESSON L.
(312.) CLAss IV.—The Nominative adds é to the

Stem.
Sea (n.).
| Seas. Net (n.). Nets. |
N., A., V. már-ö. mār-iā. rêt-ê. rêt-iá. |
Gen. mār-is. már-iùm. rêt-is, rêt-ltim. |
Dat., Abl. már-i. már-ibús. rêt-i. rêt-Ibus. ||
On this class, observe that,

(313.) As to the case-endings, the abl. is always i, the nom.
plur. iá, and the gen. plur. i ü m.
all
(314.) As to gender, they are neuter. Hence,

of
Rule Gender.—Nouns which add

to
the stem (instead

e
of
in
the nom. are neuter.

s)
EXERCISE.
(315.) Vocabulary.
By But, autém (not
so
sea and land, terrå märique, abl. strongly advers.

|
sèd, and always placed

af.
et
as
(not mari terra). ative

To wash, alluère (ad-Huére). ter one rr more words of the sen
To use, titi (dep. —
governs abl.). tence)."
R.
To accustomed, consuescère (per- Other, different, àlius (194,

be
1)
|
fect-stem, consuév). Bed, cubilé, (cubil) (IV).

is
Navigation, navigatio, (navigation) Splendid, splendidis,

ä,
äm.
|
(f). dock-yard, navalé, (naval) (IV.)

Is
is
A
Vast, vastūs, To join

ä,
commit, (as battle), com

to
äm.
Open, äpertüs, mittéré (perf-stem, commis)
ä,
öm.
Ocean, Öceánus, Inthe mcan time, intérim (adv.).
i.
Vénéti, orum
m.
The Venetians, (pl.). Huntsman, vénator (is),

Broad, latus, Far, longe (adv.).
8,
tim.
118 NoUNS, THIRD DECLENSION, CLASS IV
(316) Examples.
(a) Fr Marseilles is washea [Massilia énim tribus ex parti
on three sides by the sea. bus mári (abl., 93, II., b,
R.) allúitür.
(b) In our sea (i.e., the Med-|Noströ mári (55) longis nāvī
iterranean) we were accus- bus uti consuévimiis.
tomed to use long ships.
Rule of Syntax.—The deponent verb ü ti, to use, governs

the ablative; e.g., n a vib us, in (b).

Longé àliá navigatić est in angustom äri atqué in vastó
atqué àpertö Oceanö.—Longae fuérunt navés quibus (abl., 316,
b) nostro mari (55) uti (infin.) consuévimus.—Veneti autem
lâtis navibus uti consuevèrunt.—Mihi (125, II., a) cubilé est
terrá.—Römånörüm cubiliá magnä fuerunt et splendida.—
Imperätör quinqué náves ex n a v à li eduxit et praelium com
misit.—Turris érät proximá portui (106, II., c) n ävälib ü s
que.—Caesar, intérim, omnés nãvés quae erant in n a v à lib üs
incendit.—Venātór rété diligentër pārābāt.—Vénätores rétiá
cervis (54) pārābant.

The farmers were preparing nets for the (54) doves.—Cor
inth is washed on two sides by the sea.—The ships which (316
b) the Venetians were accustomed to use in our sea were long.
—In the vast and we use broad ships.—Navigation
open ocean
is far different (long é aliá) in
a narrow river and in the open
sea.—I had (125, II., a) a high tree (for my) bed.—Caesar was
pursuing Pompey by sea and land.—The tower was very near
to the dockyard.—The general, in the mean time, was rebuild
all
ing the old ships the port and dockyards.

in
NOUNS THIRD DECLENSION, CLASS V. 119
LESSON LI.
Nouns --Third Declension, continued.
(319.) CLAss W. – The Nominative presents the
Stem unchanged.
1. Masculine Forms.
Singular. Honour (m.) | Consul (m.). Goose (m.). Brother (m.).
N. and V. hönör. consul. ansér. fratēr.
Gen. hönör-is. consul-is. ansèr-is. fratr-is.
Dat. hönör-I. consul-i. ansér-i. fratr-i.
Acc. hönör-êm. consul-èm. ansèr-êm. fratr-êm.
Abl. hönör-ê. consul-ć. ansér-é. frâtr-ö.
Plural. Honours. Consuls. Geese. Brothers.
N., A., V. hönör-ès. consul-és. ansér-és. frâtr-és.
Gen. hönör-üm. constil-tim. ansér-um. fratr-üm.
| D. and Abl. hönör-ibtis. consul-ibüs. ansér-ibus. fratr-ibús.
On these, observe,
take the regular
all
(320.) As to case-endings, they nearly
endings throughout; but those whose stem ends ter
or
ber
in
but the nom.; e.g., frät frātris;
all
drop the
r,
in
cases
(a e
6
imb ér shower) imb ris. pl.
Rem. Imbér, lintér, ventér, take füm for gen. ending.
As gender,
of to
(321.)
Rule Gender.—Nouns which present the unchanged
the nom. (except those whose stems end al,
in
stem
in
ar, ur, Ör) are masculine.
[Exception (1.) or: arb ðr, Óris (tree), feminine; and ăd ör, Öris,
In
is
(pure wheat), aequor, öris (sea), marm Ör, öris (marble), are neut. (Obs.,
masculines have (long) the stem; neuters (short)). The ending
in
to ul
Ó
generally belongs beings (e.g., consul): applied

of
to
names male
if
females, may feminine also (e.g., exul,

be
female exile).
it
Exception ār: linter fem.: the following are

or
(2.) (boat) masc.

is
neuter: cădăver (corpse), uber (teat), ver (the spring), verber (lash)
piper zing Iber (ginger),
all
also, plants er: e.g., (pepper),

of
names
in
Arc.
]
IS E.
X
E
R
C
E
(322.) Vocabulary
Noise, clämör (Öris, V., Continuance, continúatić, (continúa.
1).
Cassius, Cassius, tión) (f).

is
i.
Skin, skins, pellis, (pell)

of
Yoke, jūgüm, tent made

i.
Archer, sågittariús, II.).

(f.
is
-
i.
Slinger, funditor (oris, V., Desert, désertüm,

1).
i.
Shepherd, pastör (oris, V.,

1).
Succour, subsidium,
i.
Rain, imbér (is, 320).

Hunter, venator (óris, V., 1).
120 NOUNS, THIRD DECLENSION, CLASS v.

Im p 6 rāt or ad se mercă to re's undique convöcavit.--
Milites omnes māgno cum clá m öre in oppidum irrupérunt.
—Helvétii Cassium cons à l'em occidunt, exercitumque éjus
(153, c) sub jügum" mittunt.—Caesar sagittāriös et fundi
to res subsidiół (dat.) oppidānist (dat.) misit.—Milités con
tinuatione imbrium (320, R.) sub pellibus continentur.—
Incölae desertörum sunt past Öres, ven at öre s, et mer
c à to res.-Divitiae mercă to rum sunt incertae. — Caesār
omnem équitätum fund it or e s sågittāriosque pontem (113

II., a) transduxit et ad hostes contendit.
(324.) Translate into Latin. ©
all
The Britons slew the general, and sent the soldiers under
the yoke.—The archers and slingers killed the chief—By the
the rains, the merchants are kept
of
continuance the town.—
in
The townsmen burst into the tents (pelles) with great noise.
a
—The archers and the slingers hasten the town.—The con
to
bridge.—The
all
sul Cassius led the slingers over the Britons

killed the scouts (exploratores), and sent the archers and sling
ers under the yoke.—The scouts hasten the consul.—The
to
general sent twenty soldiers for succourt (dat.) the mer

to
a
chants.f-The inhabitants
of
the town are merchants.—The

merchants, however great (184) they are, are uncer
of
riches
tain.—The soldiers slew all the inhabitants of the desert.—The
all
illustrious consuls led the footmen over the bridge (113,

II., a).
conquered army was made yoke gallows

or
to
of
A
march under sort

*
a
as
disgrace.
of
mark
a
Syntax-Double Dative. Two datives, one the person, the

of
of
Rule
t
the thing, may used with esse, and with verbs giving
be
of
of
other
coming, sending, &c.
|
NOUNS, THIRD DECLENSION, CLASS v. 12]
LESSON LII.
Nouns.—Third Declension. continued.
(325.) CLAss W.—The Nominative presents the

Stem unchanged.
2. Neuter Forms.
Singular. Animal (n.). Spur (n.). Lightning (n.). Marble (n.).
N., A., V. ānimál. calcár. fulgür. marmör.
Gen. ânimal-is. calcâr-is. fulgür-is. marmör-Is.
Dat. ânimal-i. calcãr-i. fulgür-i. marmör-i.
Abl. ânimal-i. calcár-i. fulgür-é. marmör-è.
Plural. Animals. Spurs. Lightnings. Marbles.
N., A., V. ānimal-iā. calcár-iā. fulgir-á. marmör-à.
Gen. ânimalilim. calcar-üm. fulgür-um. marmör-üm.
D. and Abl. ānimal-ibús. calcar-ibús. fulgür-ibüs. marmör-ibüs.
On these, observe,
(326.) (a) As to case-endings, those in al, ar, make abl. i.
nom. plur. iá, gen. plur. iiim.
(b) As to gender, they are neuter. Hence,
Rule of Gender.—Nouns which present in the nom. the
unchanged stem in al, ar, tir, and ör (short), are neuter.
Exceptions in al: Săl (salt) is masc. and neut. in the sing., and masc.,
sälés, in plur. L ar, läris (household god), masc.
Exceptions in ur: Für (thief), furfür (bran), turtur (turtle-dove),
vultur (vulture), are masc.
Exceptions in Ör. (Recollect that ör, Öris (with o long), is a mase
ending (321); and that ārbór, Öris (tree), is fem.)
Rem. Ös, oss Is (bone), is neut.

EX ER C I S. E.
(327.) Vocabulary.
Level, plain, plantis, a, tim. Temple, templum, i.
2),
A plain, the sea, aequër, is (V., To place, pönéré.

(derived from aequus, plain: see Abode, dömicilitim,
i.
below, 328). To goad, concitaré:

Frugality, parsimóniá,
68.
Revenue, tax, vectigal, (vectigal)

is
(V., 2). Indeed, quidém (adv.).

To create, crearé. Placid, plácidūs,
a,
tim.
Hatred, odium, Öditim,
of
marble temple, temple

A
marble.
a
i.
Many, very many, complürés, templüm de marm Öré.

in or
à
(gen. iim ium), used only Sharp, äcütüs,

or
ä,
iá
öm.
plural. Glare, splendör, (splendör) (V.,
is
1)
To farm, rédimére
Is,
Class, géntis, (génér) neut. (rédém-).

L
122 NOUNS, THIRD DECLENSION, CLASS V.
(328.) Example.
The sea is level, from which Märé plântim est; ex quo
also the poets call it étiãm a quor illiid poétat
ae quor (the sea). vöcant.

[+" Here the antecedent of quo is the sentence märé plan üm e st

Magnúm höc fuit vec tigäl, séd magnüm creavit Ödium.
Dumnorix, complürés annós (191, a, Rule) omniä AEduorum
vec tigali ä rédémérát.—Complüră (or complüriä) sunt géné
rá an im āli ü m.—Templüm de m arm Ó ré in
förö pönäm.
Crassús dömüm magnäm de m arm Ör é splendido aedificăvit.
—Fulg ür à milites véhémentér terruêrunt.—Terrá est döm
icilium höminim ét à ni mãli ü m.—Milités subító equós cal
c à rib ü s (abl., 55, a) concitäré coeperunt.—Calc à ria aciltà
©unt.

Glory is a great spur to brave men.—The horses fear the
sharp spurs.—The g'are of the lightnings terrified the horses.
—Almost (fere, 218, b)
all
animals are useful men.—These to

were great revenues indeed, but they created great has reds.—
The seas were level and placid.—Frugality great revenue.

is
a
—We shall place temple splendid marble

of
the midst (in

in
c) a
medió förö, 297, poets

of
the forum.—The call (märé) the

sea aequor, because (quiā) level.—The woods are the
is
it
many animals.—Pompey for many years had farmed

of
abode
Asia.—The cavalry (êquités) began put
of
to
the revenues
spurs their horses (= with spurs).
to
to
goad the horses

NOUNS, THIRD DECLENSION, CLASS VI. . ] 33
LESSON LIII.
Nouns.--Third Declension, continued.
(331.) CLAss VI.—The Nominative presents the

Stem changed.
1. Masculine Forms.
(a) n of the Stem dropped.|(b) rof theStem changed to s. (c) Verbals in io (all fem.).
Singular. Speech (m.). Dust (m.). |Flower(m.) Reason (f).
N. and V. sermö. pulvis. flös. rätiö.
Gen. sermön-is. pulvér-is. |flör-is. rätiön-is.
Dat. sermön-i. pulvér-i. |flör-i. rätiön-i.
Acc. sermön-ém. pulvér-ém. |flör-èm. rätiön-ém.
Abl. sermön-é. pulvér-é. |flör-é. rätiön-é.
Plural. Speeches. Flowers. Reasons.
N., A., V. Sermön-öS. pulvér-ès. |flör-és. rätiön-ès.
en. sermön-üm. pulvér-üm. |flör-üm. rätiön-üm.
D. & Abl. sermön-ibús. pulvér-ibüs.|flör-ibüs. rätiön-ibús.
On this class, observe,

(332.) As to case-endings : 1. Final n of the stem is gener
ally dropped in Latin nouns in the nominative. (In -sanguis,
sanguin-is (blood), it is changed into
s.)
Final often changed into pulvis,

of
as
2.
the stem
s,
in
is
r
flós, 5s, &c.

m
of
Gender.—Nouns which simply drop

of
(333.) Rule the
n
stem the nom. are masculine (except abstract nouns

in
o).
in
i
Special Rem.—Abstract nouns (onis) are feminine; e.g., ratio,

in
io
by
reason; ultio, revenge. (They are very large class, formed add
a
ing the supine-stem

of
verbs.)
io
to
ér
of
Gender.—Nouns which change

of
(334.) Rule the

stem into is, e.g., pulvis
òr
into Ös, are masculine;

(pulvér), flös (flör).
E.
E
X
S.
E
C
R
(335.) Vocabulary.
Manner, custom, mos, (mör) (VI, Speech, language, sermö, (sermon)
is
(VI.,
1,
a).
1,
is
b).
(VI,
is a). a).
Robber, latro, (latrón) Surrender, déditić, (dedition)

1,
is
is
Pirate, (VI, (VI,

c).
1,
praedö, (praedón)
1,
is
Centurion, centuriö, (centurión) Rebellion, rebelliö, (rébellión)

is
|
(VI., (VI,
c).
1,
a).
1,
(VI., The Sacred Way, Viā Sacrá.

a).
Lion, leó, (león)

1,
is
124 no UriS, THIRD DECLENSION, CLASS VI.
(in
To slay, trücidäré.
an
the abstract), ora
or
Speech
tion, oratić, (oration) (VI, Nurse, nutrix, (nutric)
c).
(I.).
is
1,
is
(VI,
b).
Dust, pulvis, (pulvér) expers, (expert)
of
Devoid
1,
i. is
Is
(107).
Egyptian, AEgyptius,
1).
To draw, trähéré (trax-; 277,
Eloquent, disertüs,
is,
Sweet, pleasant, suavis,
ä,
tim.
é.
To wander, errãré. Adorned, ornatüs,
ä,
tim.
b).
To employ, uti (with abl., 316, To go, iré.
To finish, conficéré (io). By chance, forté (adv.).
The rest, the -remaining, réliquus, As, sicüt.
ä,
tim. Kind, blandüs, äm.
ä,
(336.) Examples.
rob Möré latrón m.
of
(a) After the manner
ü
bers.
(b) After his (her Mör sub.
or
their)
é
o?07, 77.0707267".
expers.
is
of
R
ti
(c) Devoid reason. Ön
à
Syntax.—Adjectives signifying abounding, want,
of
Rule
privation, &c., govern the genitive (sometimes abl.).
of
(d) We say, dust; the Latin says,
of
cloud power
a
a
dust—vis pulvéris.
/
(Masculines, Class VI, dropped.)—Centuriónés
1,
1.
militäm Labiénüm libentér séquébantür.—Légātūs sermö

nem longüm conficit.—Multi AEdui Caesaris sermoni (dat.,
267, interfuêrunt.—Impérätór réliquos latrónés praedo
b)
nësque trücidavit.—Africa nutrix est león üm féröciúm.

ion, all Feminine.)—Helvétii legatós
in
(Verbal Nouns
2.
dë
(concerning) déditione
ad
Caesarém misèrunt.—Barbäri
ré bellión ém turpém fecerunt.—Legātūs, örätiön acri
é
(abl., 55, a), barbärös deditioné traxit.—Orätiö disertà

ad
ornatá omnibüs (161, plácêt.—Férae sunt rätiön

ät
a)
et
is
-
ärätiön expertes.
is
is,
changing 5s; all

et ér
òr
of
3.
(Nouns the Stem into into

Masculines.)—Pulvis umbră sūmùs.—Milites, eódém tem
pöré (118, II,
magnäm vim pulvéris videbant.—Ibám
c)
(abl., 55, sicut metis est mos.—AEgyptii,

a)
forté via sacrā

möré praedoniim (336, a), näves incendère (infin., 210) con
tui morès mihi (161, valdé plácent.—
a)
suévèrunt.—Suáves
Praedonés, móré suö, oppidá incendéré coeperunt
NOUNS, THIRD DECLENSION, CLASS VI. I25

Class VI, 1, n dropped.)—Caesar employs
1. (Masculines,
kind language" (abl., 316, b), and draws the barbarians to a sur
render.—Many of the Helvetians heard the severe speech (78,
II., of Caesar.—The bands of robbers and pirates wander by
b)
the wicked pirates.—Is
all
sea and land.—The general slew
(135, II., lions?—Is Europe (num, 280,
of
Africa the nurse
a)
of
fierce lions?
b)
the nurse
(Verbals io, all Feminine.)—Caesar drew-out from
in
2.
he
(their) winter-quarters the four legions which had levied
(conscrips érāt) Italy.—The eloquent oration pleased all.
in
—The barbarians made base rebellion after (their) surrender.

a
—Lions are devoid reason and speech.

of
(Nouns changing ér the Stem into is, into Ös; Mas
Ör
of
3.
of
culines.)—The flowers are beautiful.—The customs the
good.—Death turns (vertit)
all
Germans were things into
dust.—At the same time (118, II., b), great cloud dust (336,
of
a
by
the soldiers.—I was sleeping the garden,

is d)
was seen
as
in
my custom.—The AEduans, after the manner pirates, slew of
the ambassadors.
LESSON LIV.
(339.) CLAss VI.—The Nominative presents the

Stem changed.
2.
Feminine Forms.
of
the Stem dropped, and changed into

5.
n
I
| |
Singular. Image (f). Hail (f).

N. and V. imagö. grandö.
Gen. imagin-is. grandin-is.
Dat. imägin-i. grandin-i.
Acc. Imagin-èm. grandin-èm.
Abl. imagin-é. grandin-é.
Plural. Images. Hail.
N., A., V. Imagin-ès. grandin-ès.

Gen. imägin-tim. grandin-tim.
D. and Abl. imagin-ibtis. grandin-ibüs.
Sermo.
*
L
2
126 NOUNS, THIRD DECLENSION, CLASS VI.
On these, observe,
(340.) Rule of Gender.—Nouns which drop n, and change
i into o in the nom., are feminine.
Exceptions. O-d6 (order), cardó (hinge), turbó (whirlwind), are
masculine. Nem 5 (nobody), marg 6 (margin), are common
(Homo, man, is masc. by the general rule, 25, a.)
Rem. Cärö (flesh) makes gen, carnis, dat. carni, &c., contracted
from car Inis, carini, &c.
EX E R C I S. E.
(341.) Vocabulary.
Sleep, somnus, i. Lily, lilitim, i.
Virgin, virgö, (virgin) Is (VI,
2).
Same, idém, esdém, idém (150).
Multitude, multitudö, (multitudin) Prayer, prex, nom. not used, (préc)
(VI., is
(I.).
is
2).
set forth, expónéré. To celebrate,
to
To extol, célebrăré.
(VI., Origin, origö, (origin) (VI,
2).
Swallow, hirundö, (hirundin)
is
is
|
2). To collect, cogéré, cón-Hägéré (perf.

Harbinger, praenuntiá,
ae.
stem, coèg).
Spring, vér, (VI.,
2).
(321, exc. Order, rank, ordö, (ordin)
2)
is
is
Resemblance, similitüdö, (similitā- (m.).
din) (VI, 2).” Whirlwind, turbö, (turbin) (VI.,
is
is
2,
To preserve, keep, serväré. 340, exc.).
To call (name), appelläré. Safe, salvās,

ä,
tim.
Council, concilium,
i.

Somnus imägö mortis est.—Légāti eidém quae Caesar
1.
dixérät multitudini expönunt.—Hirundinés praenuntiae

similitudiné flóris Lilium
ex
véris sunt.—Galli oppidum

appellābant.—Constil mātrüm virginum-que précibüs exci
tätur –Poeta celebrant Römülüm, Öriginém gentis.
Principes HEduórüm magnäm multitudiném hömi
2.
agris coégèrunt.—Milités ordinés nôn servant.—

ex
nii
m
Caesar centuriónés primörüm ordin üm

ãd
concilitim convöcat.
turbinib
is
3)
magnis nåvém reipublicae (351,

in
—Cicérô
gübernăvit, portü collócăvit.
in
ét
salvām

Speech (sermö) the image the mind.—Sleep
of
often
is
1.
is
of
the harbinger
of
death.—The soldiers feared the force the

=
Similitudó flóris flower.

to
resemblance
a
*
Nouns, THIRD DECLENSION, CLASS VI. 127
nai–The centurions were setting-forth the same (things)

which the general had commanded.—The brave soldiers are
moved by the prayers of the mothers and the virgins.
2. The consuls collect a great multitude of men from the
towns.—Caesar dismisses from (ab) the council the centurions
of the first ranks—The archers and the slingers did not keep
their ranks.—Caesar calls (vöcăré) to the council the centuri
all
ons of the ranks.—The brave consul the great whirlwinds
in
will govern ship (351, 3).—Caesar will place the
of
the state
ship the port.
of
in
state safe
LESSON LV.
(344.) CLAss WI.—The Nominative presents the
Stem changed.
Neuter Forms.
3.
(a) Vowel changed. (b) Vowel and Cons. changed. ||(c) Cons. changed.
|
Singular. Song (n.). Strength (n.). Work (n.). Body (n.). Law (n.).
N., A., V. carmen. röbür. āpús. corpüs. jus.
Gen. carmin-is. ||robór-is. ||öpér-is. corpār-Is. jür-is.
Dat. Icarmini. röbör-i. Opér-i. corpor-i. jør-I.
Abl. carmin-è. Iröbör-é. öpér-é. corpor-é. jūr-é.
Plural. Songs. Works. Bodies. Laws.
N., A., V.carmin-á. röbör-á. opér-á. corpör-à. jur-á.
Gen. carmin-tim. ||röbör-üm. ||öpér-tim. corpór-üm. jūr-üm.
D., Abl. carmin-ibüs.|röbör-ibüs.|öpér-ibüs. corpār-ibüs. jur-ibüs.
On this class, observe,

Hence,
all
As gender, they are

to
(345.) neuter.
Rule Gender.—Nouns which, the nominative, change
of
in
èn, ör into tir, and êr, Ör, ür into

in
or
the stems into

us, are neuter.
r In
Exceptions. (1) én: only pectèn, pectinis (masc.), comb.

a
(2.) into tir: none.

5
(3.) ér into tis: none.

ur 5r
(4.) intous: only lépüs, lépöris (masc.), hare.

a
(5) into us: müs, muris (masc.), mouse; tellus, iris

(fem.), earth
128 NOUNS, THIRD DECLENSION, CLASS VI.
(346.) Under this head may be classed the follow

ing nouns of rare endings: *
1. Poemä, ätis (neuter), a poem. Nouns of this form are

derived from the Greek, and are They prefer the
all
neuters.
ending the dat. and abl. plur.
ib
is
to
in
ü
s
Hålec (neuter), hâlècís, brine, and låc (neuter), lactis,
2.
milk, are the only Latin nouns ending the nom.
in
in
c
Cäpät, capitis, head, the only Latin noun ending
in
3.
is
in the nom. neuter.
It
is
t
IS E.
X
E
C
R
(347.) Vocabulary.
To delay, tardäré.
ae.
Arrogance, arrógantiá,
(VI, Gift, munis, (munër) (VI,
b).
3,
Crime, crimen, (crimin)
3,
is
is
a). Quickly, citó (adv.).
free from, ca-| Hare, lépus, (lepör)
4).
To want (lack), (m., 345,
be
is
to
réré (with abl.). Milk, läc, (lact) (n., 346, 2).
is
Folly, stultitiá. Plesh, cârö, (carn) (f, 340, R.).
is
Wonderful, mirificüs, Young man, juvénis, (m.): gen
ä,
öm (mirus
is
|
+facio). pl., üm.

Naked, nüdüs, Danube, Dānūbitis,
ä,
öm. (m.).
I
Strong, validus, Jugurtha, Jugurthá, ae.
ä,
tim.
The whole affair, omnis rés. If, (conj).
si
(348.) Examples.
-
!
(a) To condemn death. Căpitis (or cápité) condem

to
(=
of
näré condemn
to
the
head).
Syntax.—With verbs
of
condemning, the punish

of
Rule
ment (if capital) put the gen,
or
in
is
abl.
To Criminé cáréré (=
be
want
to
(b) free from crime.

a
crime).
Syntax.—The ablative case
of
Rule used with verbs (and

is
adjectives) abounding and wanting.

of

stultitia crimine cărébât.—Rhêntis
ét
Söcrátēs arrögantiae
Rhödäntis magnâ sunt fluminā.—Magnâ
et
mirifică sunt
et
omniä Dei öpérá.—Galli sempér corpèrè (synt.,716,

2)
nüdo
pugnâbant.—Corpörä mirifică fuêrunt.
et
Germánörüm välídà
Magnitudö rim omném rém tardābat.—SI munérü
p
(;
&
IRREGULAR NOUNS. 129
tardās, nih I das; bis dāt, qui citó dat.—Vénātór lépörés timi
dos in sylvis perséquitür.—Athéniensés Socratém capité con
demnărunt.*–Cür tālém virüm câpitis condemnàstis?–
Britanni lacté et carné vivunt.

The bodies of the young men were strong.—The man (vir)
was free from the crime of folly.—The Danube and the Rhine
are great rivers.—Do the Gauls (num, 280, b) fight with naked
body?—The works of Cicero are excellent: I
read them (ea)
with pleasure (libentér).—The Romans condemned Jugurtha
to death (348, a).—Did the Athenians (280, b) condemn Socra.
tes to death?—The captives were condemned (imperf. pass.) to
death.—The timid hare was wandering in the woods and fields
—Is-it-possible-that (280, b) the Britons live (on) (abl.) milk
and flesh?—Your pleasant songs (161, b) delighted (delec
täre) me.
LESSON LVI.
Irregular Nouns.
(351.) WE give here the declension of a few irreg

ular nouns. -
1. Jupiter.
Nom. Jüpitér.
Gen. Jövis.
Dat Jövi.
Acc. Jövém.
Abl. Jövé.
for
* The perf and plup tenses are often thus contracted: amārāt
dmăvărat *vigilastis for vigilavistis.
130 IRREGULAR NOUNS,
2. Bós, an ox or cow.
Singular. Plural.
Nom. Bös. Bövés.
Gen. Bövis. Boüm.
Dat. Bövi. Böbiis or Bübiis
Acc. Bövém. Bövés.
Voc. Bös. Bövés.
Abl, Bövé. Böbiis or bübüs.
[In double nouns, each roun is inflected; e.g.,i
3 Rés publică (rés--publică), a republic, state

Singular. Plural.
Nom. Respublică. Respublicae.
Gen. Reipublicae. Rérumpublicărüm.

Dat. Reipublicae. Rebuspublicis.
Acc. Rempublicăm. Respublicăs.
Voc. Respublică. Respublicae.
Abl. Républică. Rébuspublicis.
4. Jusjür and üm (jus+jurandüm), an oath.

Singular. Plural.
Nom. Jusjürandüm. Jürajürandā.

Gen. Jürisjurandi.
Dat. Jürijürandö.
Acc. Jusjürandüm. Jürajürandā.
Abl, Jüréjurandö.
plural are not used.
Rem. The genitive, dative, and ablative
EX ER C IS E.
(352.) Vocabulary.
Apis, Apis,
el.
Faith, promise, fidès, (m).

is
Sacred, sanctus,
8,
iim.
To bind, obstringéré, (6b+stringéré)
(perf-stem, obstrinx). Formerly, Ölim.
Guardian, (m
Is
custós, (custód)
of
To take care cūrāré. -

f).
ae.
Folly, stultitià, and

lose, àmittéré, (ä+mittéré) (perf- Juno, Jünö, (Jünön) (f).
is
To
wife, conjux, (conjūg)
or
stem, àmis). Husband

To intrust, committéré, (con-Hmit (m. and f).
is
Nation, nätiö, (nàtión) (f).

Is
téré) commis (with dat).

Especially, maximé (adv.). An AEgyptian, AEgyptius,
i.
To worship, cöléré (perf-stem, c6 But especially, maximé autém.

ae.
lū-). Minerva, Minervā,

"
-
IRREGULAR NOUNS. 131

Principës intér sé fidém et jusjurand üm dăbant.—Ario
vistüs civitätém jürejüran dö (55) ét obsidibüs obstrinxit.—
Apüd Römänós, constiles rem publicăm curāverunt.—Multae
nätiönés për stultitiām respublicãs suāsāmisèrunt.—Vété- -
res maximé Jövém cöluêrunt.—AEgyptii Apim, sanctum
bövém (225, a), Ólim cöluèrunt.—Jüpitér est hujüs urbis
custós.—Jünö érät Jóvis conjux.—Civés iräm Jóvis timent.
-Cornuá boim sunt magnä.

The robbers will give an oath among themselves.—Caesar
by by
all
promise and
an
binds the Germans oath.—Caesar bound
a
by
hostages.—The senate
an
of
the chiefs the state oath and

(committit) the whole republic Cicero.—The
to
Intrusts
republic.—The ancients worship
of
consuls will take care our

ped many gods, but especially Jupiter.—We have lost the re
by
public (per) our own folly.—Jupiter the guardian
of
our
is
house.—Apis, the sacred ox, guardian city.
of
the this
is
Jupiter.—Good men
do
Minerva was the daughter
of
not fear
the anger Jupiter.
of
132 RULES OF GENDER, THIRD DECLENSION,
(355.) LESSON LVII.
Summary of Rules Gender from the Nominative

#ormation.*
I. MAsCULINEs either
it;
Add s, and change the stem-vowel before e.g.,
gurgés, gurgit-is, whirlpool; milés, milit-is, sol
dier; codex, códic-is, book.
{
s;
Present the stem er, ul, or, without adding e.g.,
2.
ans ér, an sér-is, goose; consul, constil-is, consul
;
hönör, honor-is, honour.
Drop without adding s; sermo, sermön-ís,

3.
e.
n
#"
speech; carbo, carbón-is, coal.
the stem into is, e.g.,
ér
into Ös;
òr
Change
of
4.
cínis, cinér-ís, ashes; pulvis, pulvér-is, dust;

flös, flör-is, flower.
II. FEMININEs either
Add without changing the stem-vowel; e.g., urb-s,
1.
urb-is, city; nox (no ct-s), noct-is, night; vox

(vöc-s), vöc-is, voice; quies, quiet-is, quiet.
ori) before addings; e.g., nub-e-s.

(e
Insert
2.
vowel
a
nub-is, cloud; nāv-i-s, nav-is, ship

o,
Drop g., imägo, imägin-is.

n,
and change into

3.
e.
i
image; grando, grandín-is, hail.

III. NEUTERs either
Adde the stem; e.g., märe, mār-is, the sea.
to
2. 1.
Present the unchanged stem al, ar, ur, ör; e.g., áni
mål, animäl-ís, animal; calcár, calcãr-is, spur;
fulgür, fulgiir-is, lightning; aequêr, aequêr-is, sea.
the stem into én, into tir, and ér, Ör,
Ör
Change
in
of
3.
ür into us; e.g., arm én, carmin-ís, song; ébür,

or
ébór-is, ivory; 6ptis, pår-is, work; corpiis, cor

6
pör-is, body; crus, crür-is, leg.
"Abundant illustrations of these rules have been given. The student

by
should now learn them thoroughly heart, -and apply them the sub
in
sequent lessons
EXCEPTIONs. |33
Exceptions.
I. 1. Only mergès, mergitis (f), sheaf.
er, feminine: lintér, boat.

er, neuter: cădăvér, ubér, verbër, vär, tübér, spin
all
ther, with plants ër.
of
in
the names
6r, feminine arbór, tree.
2.
I.
:
ör, neuter: cör, àdör, aequðr, marmör.
Rem. The neuters have the stem; the mas
in
(short)
culines, (long).
5
io
all
The abstract nouns Jeminine; e.g., rätio
in
are
3.
l.
(f), rationis, reason.

}
Ös,
öris (n.), mouth.

I.
4.
Masculines. Viz., fons, mons, pons, dens and its

compounds; with rudens, torrens, occidens.
II. öriens.
1.
Grex, Greek nouns ax, and few ix.; lä

in
in
pis, väs, påriés, pès.*

Masculines. Latin nouns ending nis; e.g., ignis
in
(m.), fire; with

Piscis, orbis, callis, and canălis;
II. "eve
2
•
Unguís, caulis, axis, and annälis;

Fascis, sentis, fustis, collis, ensis;
Vectis, vermis, postis follis, mensis.
;
Ordo, cardo, homo, turbo.

II. -/- Masculines.
3
•
Common. Nemo, margo.

}
III. None.
1.
Säl, masculine and neuter singular; masculine

in
in
III. Lär, lâris, masculine.

2.
plural.
Für, furfür, turtür, vultur, masculine.
into én, only pectén, comb;
in
-
Masculine: changing
into tis, only lépús, hare; chang
Ör
III. -/*
changing
3
•
ing ür into us, only müs, mouse. Feminine

]
:
tellus, earth.
There are also few Greek words that are masculine. As, assis
a
*
coin, masculine; väs, väsis, vase, neuter.

is
is
M
§ 4. *
COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. (LVIII.—Lx.)
(356.) ADIECTIVEs are inflected both in English

and Latin to express degrees of quality; e.g.,
Positive. Comparative. Superlative
Brave, braver, bravest.
Fort-is, fort-iör, fort-is simiis.
LESSON LVIII.
The Comparative Degree.

(357.) The comparative has the ending i ör for
the masculine, and ius for neuter. These endings
are added directly to the stem of the adjective; e.g.,
Masculine.
Brave, fort-is; braver, fort-i or ; fort-ius.
Hard, dur-us; harder, dur-ior; dür-ius.
Beautiful, pulch-er
more beautiful, pulchr-ior; pulchr-i
As.
(stem, pulchr-); :
by
vowel, the comparative

If
Rem. the stem ends formed the

in
is
a
mägis, the ending; e.g.,

of
of
use more, instead

pious, pi-us; more pious, mägis pius.
Jit, idöne-us; more fit, māgis idóneus.
(358.) DECLENSION OF COMPARATIVES.
SINGULAR. PLURAL.
Masc. and Fem. Neut. Masc. and Fem. Neut.
N. and V. dur-iör. dür-iùs. dür-iörés. dir-iörå.
Gen. dür-iöris. dür-iöris. dür-iörüm. dür-iörüm.
Dat. dür-iöri. dür-iöri. dür-iöribüs. dür-iöribüs.
Acc. dür-iörém. dür-iùs. dir-iörés. duriðrá
-
Abl. dür-iöré. dür-iörö. dür-iöribús. dir-iöribús.

In
Rem. the later writers, used for abl. sing. ending frequently
is
1
instead of
é.
C DMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 135
EX E R C I S E.
(359.) Vocabulary.
to,
Like, similar similis (takes dat., Dear, precious, cãrŭs, ŭm.
ă,
II.,
c).
Few, paucī, (used only pl.).
æ,
sometimes gen., 106,
in
ă
Amiable, ămābilis, is, Indeed, quidem (adv.; always stands
č.
Eloquent, ēlčquens.
to
next after the word which
it
Eaccellent, præstans. refers).
Swift, cělěr (105,
1).
R.
Ignorance, īgnõrātio, (ignoration)
is.
Knowledge, scientia, Than, quăm (conj.).
æ.
Silver, argentum, ī. To seek, quærěrě.
Vile, paltry, vīlis, Antonine, Antõnīnus,
is,
ě.
ī.
Justice, justitiă, Future, fŭtūrŭs,
ă,
æ.
ŭm.
(360.) Evamples.
(a) pirate more like Prædo fěræ (106, II., est
A
b)
is
a
wild beast than man. milior
sï
quam hömini
a
(dat.).
(b) Nothing Nihil est ămā lius qua
bi
more amiable
ni
is
than virtue. vir tūs,
or
Nihil est vir tūtě
m
(c)
ā
bí lius.
Syntar.–The conjunction quam (than)
of
(c) Rule fre
is
quently omitted, and then the noun with the compara
put
be
tive must the ablative case.

in
Cicero was more eloquent Cícero fuit să lö

C
æ
ē
e
r
|
than Cæsar. qu
ti
r.
n
e

Nihil est vir tūte præ stantius.–Virtus est præ stantior
1uam rõbur (344).–Ignõrātio mălõrum ūtïlior est quam sci
entiă.–Aurŭm grăvius est argentõ.–Argentům vīlius est
aurõ, virtūtibus aurum.–Lŭpī fěrõ ciõres sunt quam
cănes.–Tullus Hostīlius fěrõ cior erat Rõ lõ.–Justitiam
m
b) a) ŭ
quærimus; rem (app., with justitiam, 225, aurõ carið

cārior, 106, II.,
by
rem.–Paucīs (dat. gov. cãrior fides

est, quam pecunia.–Mihi (dat.) ămīcŭs fuit mē ipsõ cārið
r.
his
e.,
–Omnēs suõs friends) cārõs hăbet (he holds); mē

sē (i.
(acc.) quidem ipsõ cāriõrěm.–Nēmo Romanōrum (par

titive gen.) ēlö quentior fuit Cícerõne.
With quam.–The horse swifter than the dog-Igno
is
1
136 COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES.
rance of future evils is better than knowledge (of the m).—Lions

are fiercer than wolves.—Antonine was more pious (357, R.)
than Caesar.—The son was more amiable than the father.—A
robber is more like a wolf (dat., 106, II., b) than a man.
2. Without quam (with ablative).—Justice is a thing more
precious than gold.—Gold is more paltry than virtue.—Nothing
is more amiable than virtue.—To Crassus his friends were
all
dearer than himself—He (had) held his own (friends)
dear, but Cicero even dearer than himself—What (170)
is
heavier than water Gold.—What more excellent than
is
?
strength? Virtue.
LESSON LIX.
Superlative Degree.
(363.) THE superlative ending
is sim is, which
is
the adjective.
of
to
added the stem

is
Positive. Comparative. Superlative.

Dear, câr-us; dearer, câr-ior; dearest, câr-issimis.
Brave, fort-is; braver, fort-ior; bravest, fort-issimiis.
Happy, more happy, most happy,
felix (felic-s); félic-ior; felic-issimiis.
(364.) But adjectives whose stems end er add
in
the ending rim us.

Unhappy, miser; miser-rim is.
most unhappy,
Swift, célér; céler-rim tis.
swiftest,
Beautiful, pulcher; most beautiful, pulcher-rim is.
(365.) Several adjectives whose stems end add
in
l
lim is.
Easy, fäcil-is; easiest, facil-limiis.
IS E.
E
X
E
C
R
(366.) Vocabulary.
Cyrus, Cyrtis, To preserve moderation, módüm hā
i.
Hannibal, Hannibál, (Hannibal) béré (=

is
to
have moderation).
Difficult, difficilis (di-Häcilis). Carthage, Carthågo, (Carthågin)
is
IModeration, módüs, Metal, métallum,

i.
i.
Darius, Dārius, To stain, mäcüläré.

i.
COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 137
(367.) Examples.
(a) Socrates was very wise. Söcrates săpient is simus
fuit.
A high degree of quality (very good, very wise, &c.) is expressed in
Latin by the superlative.
(b) Of all these, the Bel Hörum omnium for t is simi
gians are the bravest. sunt Belgae.
Rule of Syntax.—The genitive plural is used with the
superlative degree : the most learned of the Romans;
Roman Örum (partitive gen, synt, 697).
doctissimis
pud Helvétios bi
|A
the
no
(c)
Among Helvetians
the noblest was Orgetorix. lis simus fuit Orgétörix.
(368.) Translate into English
Urbs Syracusae (app., 225, Graecărum urbium est pul
a)
cherrimä.—Praestantissimi Persärum réges fuêrunt Cyrus
et
Darius.—Pompeius magnam belli glóriam morté (55, tur
a)
pissim mācālāvit.—Hannibal for tissim
is
erat omnium
ä
Carthåginiensium.—Gallórum omnium for tissimi sunt Bel

gae.—Cicéro elöquentissimus fuit Românórum.—Difficilli
mum est módum hāberé (161, d).—Apud AEduos nobilissi
mus et fortis simus fuit Divitiãcus.
Plato was very wise (367, a).—Plato was the wisest all
of
the Greeks (367, b).—The city Rome was the most beautiful
of all the Roman cities.—Of all these, the Britons are the bra
vest.—The most excellent leaders of the Romans were Caesar
and Pompey.—Carthage was very beautiful city.—Of
all all
a
things, the most difficult preserve moderation.—Of

to
is
(men), the most happy (beatus) the wise (man).—The hard

is
all
iron.—Among the Greeks Themistocles

of
est metals
is
was the noblest.—Caesar led the bravest soldiers across the

very broad river.
M
2
I38 IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES.
LESSON LX.
Irregular Comparison of Adjectives.
(370.) SEVERAL adjectives are quite irregular in
heir comparison. The following are the most im
*: '
|- "F.
portant.
Comparat." Superlative,
-
ood, bonus. better, méliór. best, optimús.
ad, mälüs. worse, pejor. worst, pessimäs.
great, magnús. greatest, maximis.
- plus (n. sing.).
) most, ---
much, multiis. more, plürimús.
} plürés, a very many, !
small, parvus. less, minör. least, minimus.
old, sénex. older, séniör. wanting.
goung, juvenis. 3/ounger, jūniór. wanting.
outward, extérus more outward, extérior. outermost, extrêmüs.
below, inférus. lower, inférior. lowest, infimus, or
imús.
above, süpérüs. higher, supériðr. highest, suprémüs, or
summus.
hind, postérüs. hinder, postériðr. hind most, postrémüs.
(371.) Several adjectives have no positive, but form

the comparative and superlative from a preposition,
adverb, or obsolete word.
Comparative. Superlative.
(on this side, citra.) nearer, citériór. nearest, citimus.

(within, intra.) inner, intériór. inmost, intimus.
(beyond, ultra.) farther, ultériðr. #hest, ? ultimüs.
nearest,
(near, prope.) nearer, própiór. proximüs.
meat, {
(bad, deter.) worse, détériör. worst, déterrimus.
former, priór. first, primüs.
Rem. 1. Divés, rich; richer, ditior, divitior; richest, ditissimus, divi.

tissimus. (Cicero uses the longer form, Caesar the shorter.)
2. Compound adjectives in dicus, ficus, völus, add entior for the

comp., and entissimus for the superl.; e.g., béné-völus (benevolent), ,
bénévöl-entior, bénévöl-entis simus,
EX ERCISE.
(372.) Vocabulary.
Disgraceful, unworthy, indignüs, ä, The Suevians, Suévi, örum.
üm (in-i-dignus). Warlike, bellicösüs, ä, tim.
flägi Condition, conditio, (condition)
is.
Infamy, disgraceful crime,

tiiim, i. America, América, me.
Wisdom, sāprentiá, a. Emperor, impérātór, öris (355,
I.,
2)
IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 139
(373.) Examples.
(a) It is disgraceful to be Indignum est à stip & riore
conquered by a superior; vinci; indignius ab inféri
or
(to
disgraceful atque humiliore.
be
more
e
by
conquered) one inferior
and lower.
[Here the infin. pass, vinci est,
as
used neut. noun, nom.
to
and
is
a
dignum agrees with the predicate.]
in
it
n
'b) What for man Quid est höminim élius så

is
better
|
than wisdom pientiã (360, c)?
*
the dat. (advantage disadvantage, 106, II, b).]
or
[Here hömini
in
is

Nihil est mélius quam (360, sāpientiá.—Hibernia
b)
minor est quam Britanniä.—Nihil est pejtis flägitió.—Hos
tes céleritér löcá (309) stiperiöra occupabant.—Maximä
ad
pars Aquitaniae obsidés Caesarem misit.—Suevörum gens

est longé maxim
et
bellicosissimä Germánórum omnium

i
(367, b).—Ariovistus agrum Sequānum, qui optimus érat

tötius Galliae occupavit.—Infim ser
et
est conditio fortünā
i
vörum.—Primus maximus régum Romanórum fuit

et
Römülus.

disgraceful conquered by
junior, more disgrace
be
to
It
by is
ful senior.—What better than virtue? what worse than

is
a
vice 7–What better for man than honour? Wisdom.—Eu

is
rope less than Asia; Asia than America.—The bravest

of
is
the Belgians were seizing the higher grounds (lö ä).—The

c
greatest part Gaul made (fe cit)

of of
surrender.—The first
a
and greatest the Roman emperors was Caesar.—The poor

than (quam) the rich.
R.
are often more benevolent (371,

2)
—The worst (men) are often more-happy than (quam) the

best.—Among the Helvetians (by) far the richest and noblest
was Orgetorix.
§ 5.
COMPARISON OF ADVERBS.
1876.) Adverbs derived from adjectives admit of
comparison. The comp. is the neuter form of the
comparative of the adjective: the superlative substi
tutes é for us.
Learnedly, more learnedly, most learnedly,
doct-ê; doct-i ü s; doct-is sim é.
oyfully, more joyfully, most joyfully,
laet-ê; laet-i ü s; laet-is sim é.
Happily, more happily, most happily,
félic-itór; fêlic-i ü s; felic-is sim e.
Well, béné; better, mélitis; best, optimè.
[No separate exercise upon these is necessary.]

§ 6.
SUPINE.
(377.) THE Supine presents the action of the verb
under the form of a noun in two cases, the accusative
and ablative. The former supine ends in tim, the lat
ter in u; which endings are added to the supine-stem
of the verb.
LESSON LXI.
Supines.
(378.) THE SUPINE-STEM is formed by adding to
the verb-stem,
(1) In 1st conj., . . . . . . āt; e.g., ām-āt-.
(2) In 2d conj., . . . . . . it; e.g., mán-it-.
(3) In 3d conj., . . . . . t , e.g., reg-t=rect
(4) In 4th conj., . . . . . . it; e.g., aud-it-.
[Rem. Many supines, however, use different connecting vowels, or
take s (and not t) before um and u. For this reason, therefore, all
supine-stems will be given in the following vocabularies. Where
no supine-stem is given, it is to be understood that the verb has no
supine.]
(379.) The supine in tim is a verbal noun of the accusative

case, and is put after verbs of motion to express the design of
that motion; e.g.,
(a) Ambassadors come to Légāti ād Caesarém véniunt
Caesar to ask assistance. rögåt tim" auxiliūm.
go
(b)
To
Iré dormitti
m.
sleep-
(to
sleep
to
ing).
The supine
or of
in
(380.) verbal noun the ablative case,

is
a
u
or
and used after adjectives signifying good bad, easy diffi

is
cult, pleasant unpleasant, &c.

or
Róg atüm accus. answering the question whither

=
to
*
-
142 SUPINE.
(a) It is (a thing) easy to do|Est facilé factu."

(or, to be done).
(b) It is (a thing) wonderful Est mirabilè dictu.
to tell (or, to be told).
all
(381.) The following are nearly the supines which
in
u
use dict auditti, cognit factu, ent
ti,
u,
u,
in
are
in
v
:
m ém örå tu.
E.
E
X
S.
E
C
R
I
(382.) Vocabulary.
To ask, demand, postulārē (postü To besiege, oppugnâré (oppugnât).
Hand, band
of
lāt). men, mänus, tis.
To congratulate, gratulari (grätü Wonderful, mirabilis, (104).
é
lāt), dep. Very easy, perfäcilis, (104).
é
To come together, convêniré (con-H To do, facéré (fact).
véniré, convén-, convent-). To say, tell, dicéré (dict).
To complain, quérôr (quest). Best, optimús,
ä,
öm (370).
Custom, consuëtudö, (consuetudin) To find, invêniré (in-Hvěniré), in
(f, 355, II, 3). Vent.
Is
To collect corn, frümentari (frümen To happen, accidéré.

tät). To endure, têléraré (tólērāt).
Trevirian, Trévir Senate, sénātūs, us.
A
(65).
i
(383.) Example.
Divitiacus came Rome Divitiãcüs
m
R. m vénit
to
til ä
Ó
post
at
ask assistance.
to
auxiliūm tim.
Syntax.—The
of
Rule accusative used with the names

is
towns and small islands, the question

of
to
to
answer
whither; e.g.,
in
(a) Römäm.

Supine tim.—Principés civitätisCaesarem grât
ād
in
1.
lât üm convénérunt.—Trêviri magnä månu (55, castră op

a)
pugnât üm venèrunt.—Légāti questim.

äb
AEduis vénérunt,
früm entā
ex
—Caesar consuêtüdiné ünäm légióném misit

tüm.—Légāti Röm äm pos.
ād
sénātüm vénérunt auxilium

tülât m.
ü
u.—Est perfácilé factu.—Est jücundüm au

Supine
in
2.
ditu.—Quaedam (178, sunt turpiã dictu.—Quéd optimúm

1)
factu, ventii.—Multà
in
est fäciām.—Virtus difficilis est

accidunt dürá têlérātū.
Factú= respect, wherein.
of
ablative
*
SUPINE. 143
(385.) Translate wato Lati -

[Words in Italic to be re wered by supines.]
1. Supine in um.—The consuls, according to (ex) custom,
sent a large band to collect corn.—All the chiefs of the AEduans
were coming to Rome the ambassadors,
to ask assistance.—All
according to custom," came-together to Caesar to congratulate
(him).—The soldiers of the tenth legion came to the general to
complain.—The Germans came (in) a large band to attack the
*
toWn.
2. Supine inu.—It is (a thing) wonderful to be heard.—

What (quod) is base to be said, I will not say.—What is diffi
cult to be done, I will do.—A true (verus) friend is difficult to
be found.—Some-things are very easy to be aone.
* According to custom = ex consuetudine.

§ 7.
fi'NSES OF VERBS FOR COMPLETED AC

TION.—PERFECT, PLUPERFECT, AND FU.
TURE PERFECT. FULLER STATEMENT, -
(LXII.—LXIX.)
(386.) It
has been stated (262) that the tense-stem of the
perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect tenses is the same. In
Lessons XLIV., XLV. we gave one mode of forming this
tense-stem for each conjugation. There are several other
modes, which we now proceed to state, taking up the conjuga
tions separately. To make the tables complete, we shall repeat
the first method at the head of each.
LESSON LXII.
Forms of Perfect-stem.—First Conjugation.

(387.) THERE are four ways of forming the per
fect-stem in the first conjugation.
I. By adding àv to the verb-stem; ām-āré, àm-āv
II. 44 ií 64
s(5 n-āré, s5n-tí
III. first con-
reduplicating" the
d-āré, déd
sonant with é ; !
IV. lengthening the stem-vowel; Jüv-āré, juv
On this table, observe that Class
I. contains most of the verbs of the first conjugation.
II. contains eleven simple verbs (of which a list may be found, 664/
III. contains but two simple verbs, viz., dāré, to give, and staré, to
stand.
IV. contains but two simple verbs, viz., jüvaré, to assist, and låvaré
to wash.
(388.) To form the perfect, pluperfect, or future perfect of a
*To reduplicate a consonant is to prefix it to a stem with some con

necting-vowel; thus, mord-, reduplicate with o, mom ord; st-are, re
duplicate with e, ste st-, but the second s is dropped, ste
t-.
PERFECT-STEM, FIRST CONJUGATION. 145
verb of any of the above classes, simply add the endings of those
tenses respectively to the perfect-stem; thus:
Infinitive. Perfect-stem. Perect tense. Pluperfect. Future Perfect
i. &räm. &rö.
- - listi. &rās. &ris.
To forbid, vét-aré, véti- it
To give, dare, ded. A 1Irius. ". &råt
rat .
(śrāmūs.
&rit
rt
Grimús.
To help,p juv-āré,* jüv. istis. Grătis. Britis.
ârunt, or öre. ërānt. tärint.
EX E R C IS E.
(389.) [35" Hereafter, in all the vocabularies, the perfect and supine
stems of verbs will be given in parentheses, immediately after the infini
tive. When no perfect or supine stem is given, it will be understood that
those forms of the verb are wanting; and where two are given, that the
verb uses both. Thus: to help, juvaré (juv-, jüt.); to glitter, micaré
(micü-); to fold, plicăré (plicav-, plicii-, plicat-, plicit-). In these exam.
ples micäré has no supine; plicãré has two perfect and two supine forms.]
(390.) Vocabulary.
To demand (command), impérare Door, föris, (för) is (300).
(āv-, at-). To creak, crêpāré (crepü-, crepit-).
To give, dàre (déd, dāt-, 387, III.). To chide, reprove, incrépare (in-i
Hunger, famés (is), (300). creparé, crêpü-, crêpit-).
To tame, dömäre (dömü-, dömit-, A little while, paullispér (adv.).
387, II.). To withstand, résistéré (restit-,
To shine, or flash forth, émicare ré+stare).
(êmicü-, é-Hmicăre, 387, II.). To halt, conståré (constit-, con-i
To surround, circumstäre (stit- and stäre).
stêt-). As soon as, simulataue (adv.).
The sand, dry ground, aridum, i To slay, kill, interficère (interfec
(neut. of aridus, dry). interfect-).
An attack, impétus, is (110). To make, facére, iö (féc-, fact
To assist, adjuvâré (juv-, jūt-, ad-H 199).
juväre).
(391.) Examples.
(1) Stär e = to stand; con stäre, to stand together, to
halt; circum-stā re, to stand-around, to surround.
(The compounds of stāre, with prepositions of one sylla
ble, have stit- for perfect-stem; those with two, stét-.)
To
Alic
(2)
résistére.
ui
or
resist withstand
any one.
Syntax.—Many verbs compounded with

of
Partial Rule
nrepositions govern the dative.
N
146 PERFECT-STEM, FIRST CONJUGATION.
flight. Aliquem in fügam dire

(3) To put any one to
(= to give unto flight).
(4) To make an attack. Im p 6 tum făc ér e.
following exercises which illustrate the les
[The Latin words in the
sons are spaced.]
(392.) Translate into

English.
Oppidani, obsides quos Caesar impérāv-èrät, déd-erunt.—
55, a) lipos döm u-erunt.—Ex monte
Vénātöres fämé (abl.,
subító (adv.) flammae
émicu-erunt.—Impérätor oppidános
crêpu-erunt föres?—Cae
frumentó (55) adjuv-it.—Num
2, b) milités incrépu-it.—Hostes
sär véhémenter (215,
militibus (391, 2)
nostris paullisper restit-erunt.—Hostes
in
circumstét-erunt, multosque interféc-èrunt.—Nostri
atque eós (391, 3) in fügam déd
hostes impétum fec-èrunt,
in àridö constit-êrunt, in hostes
erunt.—Nostri similataue
impétum fec-èrunt atque eós in fügam déd-èrunt.
the-top-of the mountain
The flame shone-forth.—From (ex)
huntsman had
(297, a) the flame suddenly shone-forth.—The
had given the hostages.—
tamed the wolf—The townsmen
pron.) Caesar had
the hostages that (rel.
all
The Belgians gave

reproved the lieutenant and
demanded.—The general had
the enemy
(que) the soldiers.—Our (men) were-withstanding
the enemy, and (que)
(dat.)—Our (men) bravely withstood
our (men) (dat., 391,
killed many.—The Belgians surrounded
to
put the Belgians
2), and killed many.—The Romans often
dry-ground.—As-soon-as
flight.—Our men halted upon (in) the
dry-ground, they bravely withstood the
our men halted upon
enemy whom
—Our men put-to-flight the
2)
enemy (391,
(dat., 391, they had bravely withstood.
2)
LESSON LXIII.
Conjugation.
Perfect-stem.—Second
second conjugation
is
(394.) THE perfect-stem

in
five ways.
in
formed
*-
s
PERFECT-STEM, SECOND CONJUGATION. I47
I. By adding ü to the verb-stem. ; m 6 n-öré, m 5 n-ti-.

II. 44 6V 44 dél-éré, d & 1-6 v-.
III. 4& S 46
m ä n-éré, man-s-.
IV.
the
reduplicating first con
sonant and vowel;
mord-éré, mê-m ord
:
W. lengthening the stem-vowel; vid-éré, vid-.
(395.) On this table, observe that Class
the second conjugation.”
of
of
contains most the verbs
II, I.
contains only fléré, spin; déléré, destroy,

weep; néré,
to
to
to
the obsolete words pleré, fill;
of
whh the
to
compounds
bléré,t grow; su &re,t [For list,
to
be
to
accustomed. see
a
665, II.]
III.
be
contains many verbs, which list mayof found (665, III.).
a
euphony applied
of
The rules must be here.

(a) before sometimes passes into
s.
b
Infinitive. Perfect. Supine.

To command, jub-ère, jub-si=jussi, jussim (jub-sum).
dropped.
(b)
t-sound before
s

rid-ere, risi,
=
To laugh, rid-si ristim (rid-sum).

Any
(c)
+s
=
x.
c-sound c-sound before =

c.
t

To increase, aug-ere, aug-si= aux-i, auctim (aug-tum).
dropped before
or
(d) c-sound after

s.
r
1

To glitter, fulg-ère, ful-si (ful(g)s-i), ful-sum (ful(g)sum).
IV. contains four simple verbs. See list (665, IV.).
To bite, champ, mord-ere, mó-mord-i, morsum (mord-sum).
To vow, promise, spond-ere, spö-pondi, sponsiim (spond-sum)
[The compounds these verbs drop the reduplication; e.g.,

of
Infinitive. Perfect Supine.

-
To answer, respondere, réspond-i, responsum (respond-sum).]

V.
contains eight simple verbs, for which see list (665, V.).
To favour, fav-éré, fāv-i, fautum.
To move, móv-éré, möv-i, mötum.
X IS E.
E
R
C
to E
[Refer 386 and 389.]
(396.) Vocabulary.
Carthage, Carthago, (Carthågin) To fill up, complère (complév-, com
is
.
(339). plet-, 395, II.) [con-Hplêre].

To destroy, déléré (délév-, delet-, Good will, völuntãs, (voluntat)
is
395, II.). (293).
Many examples this class have already occurred,

of
*
present indicative: adolesco, consues,

of
Some these have sco

in
t
a
148 PERFECT-STEM, SECOND CONJUGATION.
To remain, mänéré (mans-, mans-, Scipio Scipio, nis.

394, III.). (surnamed)
To come, véniré (vén-, vent-). Africanus, Africantis,
1.
{
ae.
A slayer, interfector, Óris (319). Numantia, Nümantia,
To see, videre (vid., vis-, 395, V.). defence, fortification, münitio (nis),
A
To open, äpériré (apérü-, apert-). (f, 333, R.).
to,
Even up far
ae.
Gate, portà,
as
as, usqué (adv.).
To flee, figère (io), (fug-, fugit). Great, ingens, (ingent) (107).
is
Bit, bridle, fraenum, Standard, signum,
ă).
(plur. and
I.
I
is,
Saguntum, Ságuntum, Tooth, dens, (dent) (m., 295, R.)
i.
Hill, collis, (m., 302, R.).
is
(397.) Example.
ar dem quo vé
at
On the very day ér
of
his
E
6
d
&
1
rival. (= the very day
on
which
day
he
had come).

Hannibal Ságuntum délévit, Scipio Carthåginem.—Scipio
Africanus urbes duas pötentissimas, Carthåginem Nüman
ét
tiam délevit.—Caesar hās münitiones diligentér auxit.—
àd
Galli partem collis, usque mürum oppidi, castris (55,
a)
complévérant.—Adventiis légāti summâ spé
et
völuntāté
urbém comple vit.—Diu barbāri fide man's érant.—Itá
in
complüres diēs (191, mans érant castrá.—Caesar eódém

a)
(118, II., AEduos castră movit.—Imperator, eodem

c)
die
in
quó vénérat die (397) castră movit.—Brutus Cassius, in

et
(225, Caesaris, ingens move runt."—

a)
terfectöres bellum
Légiónes, similattie nostrá signá vider unt, portās āpérué
runt.—Equus dit.—Spöp on distiné pro am
or
m
m
fraenös
6
icö Spö pondi.

Scipio destroyed Carthage, most powerful city.—God has
a
all
blessings on
a,
filled the world with

(b
neut.).—Socrates
laughed.—The
of
never forces the Gauls had filled the whole

m) place, even-up
of
(om the wall the town.—The Gauls

(s to
n
e
had filled-up the higher tip érior) part

of
the hill with

(their) very-crowded (dens simus) camp.—The coming
is
Caesar filled the army with the highest hope and good-will.
of
For many years the barbarians had remained friendship and

in
"In excited, stirred up.

of
the sense
-
ss'
*
PERFECT-STEM, THIRD CONJUGATION. 149
fidelity (fide que).—Caesar moved (his) camp into the (terri

tory of the) AEduans on the very day of his arrival.—The ene
my saw our soldiers, and fled.—The horses were champing the
bits.—The wolf bit the dog with his teeth (55, a).
LESSON 'LXIV.
Perfect-stems.—Third Conjugation.
(400.) THE perfect-stem in the third conjugation is

formed in six ways.
I. By adding s to the verb-stem ; scrib-eré, scrip-s.
II. 44
ü 64
c Öl-éré, c l-ā-.
Ó
III. 44
v, or 1v “ - p & t-éré, pet-iv-.
{V. reduplication; curr-éré, c ti curr
V. lengthening the stem-vowel; füg-éré, füg-.
VI. taking the simple verb-stem; vol v-éré, vol v-.
We shall take up these separately, treating in this lesson
>nly the first.
(401.) CLAss I.—Perfect-stem formed by adding s

to the Verb-stem.
Most verbs of the third conjugation come under this class.

It has already been illustrated, but we here give a fuller ac
count of the rules of euphony, in connexion with the various
stem-endings.
1. b before s or t passes into p.

To write, scrib-êré, scrips-i (scrib-s-i), scriptum (scrib-tum).
To marry, nüb-éré, nups-i (nub-s-i), nuptum (nub-tum).
A
(c,
+s=x gu, qu are classed with c-sounds.

h,
v,
If
g,
2. c-sound
a
stem ends ct, the dropped, and the unites with form
in
to
is
s
t
Any
=
x). c-sound before

c.
t
To lead, duc-èré, dux-I (duc-s-i), duc-tum.

To cover, tég-éré, tex-i (teg-s-i), tec-tum (teg-tum).
To draw. trāh-öré, trax-i (trah-s-i), trac-tum (trah-tum).
N
2
150 PERFECT-STEM, THIRD CONJUGATION.
To live, viv-Čré, vix-1 (viv-s-i),

vic-tum (viv-tum).
- - - - -, * extinc-tum
To quench, extingu-áré, extinx-i(extingu-s-i), ! (extingu-tum).
To boil, cöqu-éré, cox-i (coqu-s-i), coc-tum (coqu-tum).
We class here also,

To flow, flu-éré (fluv.), flux-i (fluv-s-i), flux-um (fluv-sum).
To build, stru-öré (struc-), strux-i (struc-s-1), struc-tum.
3. d or t before s either (a) is dropped, or (b) passes into s.

(a) To divide, divid-Gré, divis-i (divid-s-i), divi-sum £idsum).

(b) To yield, go, céd-éré, cess-i (ced-s-i), ces-sum (ced-sum).
To send, mitt-éré, mis-i (mit-s-i), mis-sum (mit-sum).
4. (a) m or r before s sometimes passes into s.

To press, prém-éré, press-i (prem-s-i), pres-sum (prem-sum).
To bear, gér-éré, gess-I (ger-s-i), ges-tum (ger-tum).
But if m be retained, it assumes p before
it.
(b.)
To take, süm-éré, sum-ps-I (sum-s-i), sump-tum (sum-tum)
rg, the dropped before
If
the stem ends

in
5.
g
is
s.
To scatter, sow, sparg-èré, spars-i (sparg—s-i), spar-sum.
EX IS E.
R
E
(402.) Vocabulary.
Io bind, surround, cingère (cinx-, Rampart, vallúm,
i.
cinct-, 401, 2). Triple, triplex, (triplic) (107).

is
To draw up, instrüere (instrux-, in Janus, Janus,

i.
ae.
struct-, 401, 2). Numa, Numã,

To shut, claudére (claus-, claus-, Veteran, véterånus,
ä,
tim.
In three divisions, tripartitó (adv.).
3,
401, a).
To retreat,
récèdère (re-Hcédère, Suddenly, répenté (adv.).
By-night, noctu (adv.).
3,
cess-, cess-, 401, b).

To approach, accédère (ad+cèdere, There, ibi (adv.).
Dragon, dràco, (drácön)
3,
cess-, cess-, 401,

is
b). (333).
To grant, Arms, armä, örum (used only plu
in
concédère (con-Hcédère,
cess, cess-, 401,
3,
b). ral).
carry
a).
To on, gérére (401, Neighbouring, finitimus,

4,
bear,
ä,
äm.
To spend, consumere (con-Hsümère, State, civitas, (civitat)
is
(293).
sumps-, sumpt., 401,
4,
b).
(403.) Examples.
all directions. In om artes.
In
(a)
p
p n
e
s
Upon an expedition. In ex édition

(b.
em.

In tuà épistölä nihil mihi scrip sisti de tuis rebus.—Bar
bäri valló et fossä (55, a) hibernă cinxerunt.—Casir tripli
cem äciem instruxit légiónum vétéránārum.—Rörnäni tem
plum Jāni bis post Numae regnum claus érumt.—Impérātor
exercitum divisit.—Caesar tripartitó milites
in duas partes
equitesquein expéditionem misit.— Principes répenté ex
oppidó cum copiis récess ér unt.—Milites noctu usqué ad
castrá access ér unt.—Caesar obsidibus (54) libertätem con
cessit.—Germāni cum Helvétiis bellum gesser unt.—Mäg
num et grävé Önüs armörum milités press it.—Exploråtor ad
castrá hostium accessit, atque ibi mágnam partem dièi con
sumpsit.—Cadmus dentés dräcönis sparsit.
The ambassador wrote nothing concerning his own affairs.
The scout approached even-up to the walls of the town.—The
all
lieutenant sent-away messengers in directions.—Caesar sent

away the horsemen divisions into the neighbouring
three
in
slew (inter cit) the dragon and sowed

fê
states.—Cadmus
his (e.jus) teeth.—Caesar drew up the veteran legions (abl.)
in
triple line.—The soldiers spent great part the day
of
the
in
a
camp. —The enemy approached the town by-night.—The

townsmen shut the gates.—The Helvetians retreated by night
all
with (their) forces.—Caesar sent-away the scouts

in
three
upon expedition.—The general sent-away the mes
an
divisions
by
all
sengers night directions.—The soldiers approached

in
even-up-to the rampart, and there spent great part the day
of
a
LESSON LXV.
Perfect-stem.—Third Conjugation, continued.
(406.) CLAss II.—Perfect-stem Verb
to
adds the
ti
Stem.
II., a),
of
(a) Without change the verb-stem (see list, 666,

&.,
2.
To nourish, maintain, al-éré, āl-à-i, al-tum.
To honour, cultivate, cöl-èrt cöl-ū-i, cul-tum

II.,
b).
(b) With change of verb-stem (666,
To place, pön-èré, pös-ü-i,” pós-I tum
To beget, gign-èré, gén-à-i, gén-i-tum.
iv
CLAss III.—Perfect stem adds
or
Verb
to
the
v
Stem.
(a) Adds (and lengthens stem-vowel, short). (List, 666,
if
v
MII., a.)
[These generally drop sc,f change the crder of the letters.
n,
or
or
r,
They must
be
carefully observed, they occur
as
the vocabularies.]
in
To despise, spern-èré, sprêv-i, spré-tum (spern-tum).
be
To accustomed, suesc-àré, suév-i, suë-tum.
III.,
iv
(b) Adds (list, 666, b).

To seek, strive after, pët-éré, pêt-iv-i, pet-i-tum.
X E.
E
S.
E
C
R
(407.) Vocabulary.
Spaniard, Hispanus,
ae.
Property, familia,
i.
Command, jussiis, üs. To cross over, transir (trans-Hiré.

Against, contra (prep, acc.). Iv-, it-).
People, pöpülüs, To decrec, determine,
décernërë
i.
Immediately, stätim. (décrév-, decret, de-Hcernéré).

Avienus, Avientis, To discourse, disséréré (disseru-,
I.
To instigate, stir up, instigăre dissert-, dis-Hséréré).

(āv-, at-). To plunder, diripéré (ripu-, rept
To place in, put into, impönéré di+râpére):
to
(in-Hpönéré, 406, b). burden, jumentum,

of
A
beast
i.
To remove, rémövéré (rémöv-, ré Sacred rites, sacrā, orum (n., pl.).

pró (prep., abl.).
of
mót-, re-Himóvère). Instead

To arrange, distribute, dispönéré Advice, counsel, consiliiim,
i.
(prep, acc.).
b).
(dis-Hpónéré, 406, On account

Öb
of
To relate, commêmöräré (av-, at-, To despise, spernère (406, III., a).

con-Hmémöråré). Winter, hiems, (hiém)
is
(293).
(408.) Examples.
(a) By Juss (abl., 55,
a)
of
the command Cae Caesaris.

ü
Súr.
Pönö= sino; pösui pos-iv-i.

sc=
p
t *
6
In
does not properly belong

or
these verbs the

to
the root, but

to is
n
employed simply strengthen the present indicative and infinitive;

to
know, nā-ere, strengthened no sc-ere, &c.

Observe that the compounds rāp ré, fåcéré, câpéré, with prep
of
#".
#
&
change the infinitive; dirip ré, conficeré acci.

in
into
a
&
pere.
i
(b) To place on shipboard. In näves impo n & ré (put

into ships).
(c)
With (near) the army. Ad exercitum.
fines
AE
du rum.
of
On the borders
A
the
6
d
AEduans.
by
Ad with (i.e., along
of
in
or
is often used Caesar the sense near
with).

Hispáni, Jussu Caesaris, eos exercitus quðs (165) contră pâp
ülum Römänum multos jam annos (191, ālue rant, stätim
a)
dimisèrunt.—Aviéné (voc.), quód (because) Itália milites
in
et,
pöpüli Römäni contrà rempublicam instigasti (349, N.)4
pro militibus, tuam fămiliam näves impõ suisti;
6b
in
eas
āb
res, rémóveo.—Caesar légiones quas

te
exercitu með
de se in
Itáliá, hibernörum causā (135, II., b), dispostièrat,
ad
révöcăvit.—Cür consilium meum spré visti ?—Caesar, his
causis quas commémöråvi, Rhénum transire décrévérat.—
Multi sãlütem sibi (dat.) fugā pétivérunt (or petièrunt, 349,
in
N.).—Caesar totam hiémem (191, ipse exercitum (408,

ad
a)
c)
mänére decrèvit.—Caesar duās légiones
ad
fines AEduórum
pö suit.
The Spaniards had maintained army (for) many years
an
(191, a).—Orgetorix maintained, at-his-own-expense (sumptu

suo),
of
large number soldiers.—Caesar placed the camp on

a
the-borders-of (408, the Sequanians.—Socrates discoursed

c)
concerning (de) the immortality the soul.—The pirates

of
plundered many towns.—Caesar distributed three legions

in
Italy,
—
for-the-sake-of winter-quarters. Thou-hast-despised

my counsels; thou-hast-instigated the soldiers against the re
public; thou hast put beasts-of-burden instead
of
soldiers into
the ships: on-account-of these things, remove thee from my
I
army.—The Romans honoured most-religiously (maxim

a
religion the sacred-rites Jupiter.—Caesar, for (de)

of
e)
these reasons, had determined Rhine-Many

to
cross the sol

diers sought safety for themselves (by) flight-The inhabitants
sought peace from (a) the Romans.
LESSON LXVI.
tae
(411) CLAss IV.—Perfect-stem reduplicates
first Consonant.
is ob.
be
these present vowel-changes, carefully
of
[Some which must
served. (a) When the first vowel the first, consonant
or
u,
inis
i
(c)
reduplicated with that vowel; other verbs, with The
ē.
'
compounds dāré, give, with
to
Í.]
of
or
(a) First vowel o,
u.
i,
Infinitive, Perfect. Supine,

To learn, disc-öré, di-dic-i dropped), (no supine).
(s
To demand, posc-ere, pö-posc-i, (no supine).
To beat, tund-öré, tü-tüd-i, tu-sum (tud-sum).
(b) Other verbs reduplicate with (note vowel-changes
in
e
stems).
To fall, cād-öre, cé-cid-I short), ca-sum (cad-sum).
(i
To drive, repel, pell-ćré, pé-pül-I, pul-sum.

To fell, kill, caed-öre, cé-cid-I long), coes-unn.
(i
(c) Compounds dār

of
é.

To add, ad-déré, ad-did-i, ad-di-tum.
To lose, per-déré, per-did-i, per-di-tum.
E.
X
E
S.
E
C
R
(412.) Vocabulary.
2).
T#e whole, iniversus, To surround, cingére (401,

ä,
üm.
Duty, service, mùnus, Nobody, némo, (nemin)
is
(münér) (m. and

is
f,
(345). 25, a).

Walls, maeniä, ium (pl., neut.). Woman, milier, (f, 25, a).
is
Coming together, conflict, congres Child, infant, infans, (infant)

(c.
is
sús, us. 25, a).

Seventy, septuaginta (indecl.). Thirty, triginta.
To touch, tangéré (tétig, tact-, 411, Eighty, octoginta.
Immense, immensus, lim.
ä,
b).
To parcéré (pêperc-,
spare, parcit-, Sum-of-money, pécunia,
ae
pars-; governs dative). To add, addère (411,

c).
(413.) Examples.
(a) Caesarém påcém pos
of
(1) To demand peace

Caesar. céré; (b) pācém Cae
or
sårö poscéré.
Rule of Syntax.—Verbs of demanding (a) govern two ac

cusatives, one of the person, the other of the thing;
but (b) the person may be put in the ablative with the
preposition à or āb.
(2) About twenty. Circ iter vig in ti,
(3) To give one's self wholly | Tö tum sé dāré (= to give
up.
one's self whole up).
(4) The leader spared wom-| Dux milieri bus p & per
67?. cit.
Rule of Syntax.—Verbs of sparing govern the dative.
[3’ Observe, the perfect of cadéré, to fall, is cécidi; of caede ré,
to fell or kill, cécidi.
Légāti ad Caesarem vénérunt, eumque pâcem (413, 1, a)
põpos cérunt.—Höc à me (413, 1, b) münus universä pro
vincià pâposcit.—Puerilinguam Latinam didicérant.—A
Graecis Galli urbes maenibus cingéré didic eru nt.—Nostri, in
primö circíter septuaginta cécider unt; in his
congressü,
Quintus Fulginius.—Arbór vētus cécidit, quam (165) ferrö
(55, a) némo cecidit.—Légātus, similac provinciam tătigit,
inertiae (dat.) totum se dédit.—Postguam Caesar vénit, obsides,
armă, servos p 5 pos cit.—Milites nôn muliéribus,
non infanti
bus, pë perce runt.—Caesar légiónibus cohortés circiter tri
gintaaddid it.—Mors nulli (194, R. 1) hominum (partit. gen.)
pé per cit (413, 4).

The AEduans demanded peace of Caesar (413, 1, b).—The
whole province demanded peace of the Romans (413, 1, a).—
Of-our-men (no stri, nom., pl.) about eighty fell; among
them, Labienus.—Have you (135, II., a) learned
the Latin
language 1—The farmer felled very-many (plurim
as) trees
in the wood.—As soon as the lieutenant touched the province,
he plundered many towns.—The general demanded seventy
hostages, and an immense sum of money.—The old
trees fell.
—This service the general demanded of me.-The leader
all
spared the gods; but the soldiers spared not

of
the temples
(non) women nor (non) children.—Caesar added
to
the foot
soldiers about twenty cohorts.—Caesar added
to
the foot-soldiers
thirty horse-soldiers.
56 PERFECT-STEM. THIRD CONJUGATION.
LESSON LXVII.
(416.) CLAss W.--Perfec t-stem lengthens the Stem

vowel of the Verb.
(a) Without vowel-change.

lég-éré, lég-i, lec-tum.
To read, gather,
vinc-èré, vic-i, vic-tum.
To conquer,
(b) With vowel-change.

èg-i, ac-tum.
To drive, ag-éré,
To break, frang-èré, frég-i, frac-tum.
(c) io verbs (199).

To fly, füg-iö, füg-éré, füg-i, füg-i-tum.
To take, căp-iö, cãp-éré, cép-i, cap-tum.
To cast, jäc-iö, jäc-éré, jec-i, jac-tum.
föd-iö, föd-éré, föd-i, fos-sum.
To dig,
To make, do, fäc-iö, fäc-éré, fêc-1, fac-tum.
EX E R C IS E.
(417.) Vocabulary.
Remains, remnant, réliquiae, ärum To hurl, conjicéré (jéc-, ject-, con-f
(pl.) (57, R.). jäcéré).
To collect, colligéré (lég-, lect-, con-H To undertake, suscipéré (cép-, cept,
légéré). sub-Hcâpéré).
To receive, take back, récipërë (cép-, To finish, conficéré (féc-, fect-, con-H
cept-, ré+câpéré). facéré).
Headlong, praeceps, (praecipit) is To begin, incipéré (incép-, incept
(adj., 107). in-Hcâpéré).
To receive, accipère (cép-, cept-, ad-H Safe, tütus, ä, öm.
ae.
câpére). Cappadocia, Cappādöcia,

To bring-together, to compel, cógéré district, pagus,
A
i.
(coèg-, coact-, cont-àgéré). AEgypt, AEgyptus, (f).

i
To break through, perfringéré (frég-,

Easily, facilé (adv.).
fract-, per+frangéré). Trial, judicium,
i.
ae,
Pamily slaves, familia,

of
Dart, javelin, télum, i.
(418.) Examples.
Sé réci ré
p
(a) To betake one's selfback.

&
-
He went back to his house. tim pit.
m
S
6
d
c
e
r
é
Patrum noströrum m
é
(b) Within the memory of our

fathers. riā (abl., 55, a).
m
6
(c) Lucius Cassius, the con- L. Cassius, consul.

sul.
The (praenomen) first name is rarely written out. L. stands for Lucius
T for Titus, &c. Consul is in apposition (225, a) with L. Cassius.
II,
c).
(d) In mid-summer. | Mé di ä aestà tê (118,
-

carmina legit.—Lé
et
et
Servus meus órätiönes histórias
gātus réliquias exercitus collégit, itinéribusque tútis per Cap
Asiam récepit.—Nostri acriter impetum
fe
pādóciam
se
in
cérunt atque praecipites hostes égérunt.—Läbiénus, cum

his copiis quas Caesare accépérat, fines AEduðrum con
àd
à
tendit.—Pompeius magnäm AEgyptó classem coé
ex
Asia
et
gerat.—Milites facilé (adv.) hostium aciem perfrégèrunt
atque eós impétum fécèrunt.—Hic pågus unus, patrum
in
L.
noströrum mémória, Cassium constilem (418, interfects
c)
rat, éjus exercitum sub jūgum (323, N.) misérat.—Hostes
et
conjécèrunt.—Pompeius bellum véré

in
subító tela nostros

(in spring, 118, II., suscè pit, média aestäté confé cit.
c)
the
The general had collected gé re) great forces.—Pompey
(c
6
brought-together great army from Asia and Egypt.—Have

a
you read the books Cicero !—The general collected the

of
his army, and betook himself into Gaul. — Our

of
remnant
(men) drove the enemy headlong, and slew many.—Labienus
had received four legions from Caesar.—Labienus, with the
legions which he had received from Caesar, hastened
to to
the
AEduans.—Orgetorix brought-together
of
confines the the

all
trial his family-of-slaves from every side.—The enemy

(their) ships into one place.—The Romans
all
brought-together
easily broke-through
of
the line-of-battle the AEduans.—Caesar

he
d)
finished the great war in-mid-summer (418, which hal

begun in-the-spring (118, II., c).
O
PERFECT-STEM, THIRD CONJUGATION.
LESSON LXVIII.
Perfect-stem. – Third Conjugation, concluded.
(421.) CLAss VI.—Perfect-stem = simple Verb-stem.

(a) Stems ending in u or v (list, 666, WI., a).
To sharpen, äcü-čré, - äcü-1, acu-tum.
To roll, volv-èrö, volv-i, volti-tum.
(b) Consonant-stems (list, 666, WI., b).

To turn, vert-éré, Vert-1, Ver-surn.
(c)
Compounds can do and fend (obs.) belong here

of
o
&
,
•
To burn, incend-éré, incend-i, incen-sum.

To defend, ward off, defend-éré, défend-i, défen-sum.
IS E.
X
E
E
C
R
(422.) Vocabulary.
back, tergum,
he
To appoint, station,
to
to determine,
i.
v-/low together, confluêre (conflux-, constituéré (stitu-, stitüt-, con-Hstá.

T
conflux-, con-Hiluéré, 401, 2). tuéré).

To divide, distribute, distribuéré
ae.
Discipline, disciplinä,
to
Austerity, severity, sévéritas, (seve (bü-, but-, dis-Hiribuéré).

Desirous, covetous, cupidus,
ä,
ritat) öm
is
(293).
To dissolve, dissolvéré (solv-, sólüt-, (governs genitive).
dis-Hsolvéré). To know, learn, cognoscéré (cognóv-,
To return, révertéré (révert-, re cognit-, con--noscéré).
vers-, ré+-vertéré). To turn, vertéré (421, b).
(423.) Examples.
(a) The general appointed Impérätor diem concil
ö
i
day for the council. (dat.) constituit.

a
(b) What (number of) long Quidquid năvium (180) lon

ships gārum
he
had. hābébat.
Distribué re
(c)
of
To divide (with acc.

or
distribute
among. thing, and dat. person).
of

Hostes tergä verté runt.—Divitiae (57, R.)
ad
quae Römam
unt, mórum disciplinam sévéritätemque dissol
ér
conflux
unt.—Caesar diem cum légātis constituit.—Dies, quam
ér
v
légāti
ad
Caesar constit "erat cum legātis, vénit,

et
eum
FERFECT-STEM, FourTH CONJUGATION. 159
(150) réverter unt.—Milites sese (145, c) fortiter (215, 2)

defenderunt.—Hostes copias suas in tres partes distribu
erant.—Caesar, quidquid năvium longārum hābébat, legātis
praefectisque (423, c) distribuit.—Prócellae fluctus vastos ad
littörä volvérant.—Caesar exercitum flümen (113, II., a)
transducere constituit.—Caesar Dumnórigem AEduum sé
cum (125, II., b) ducére constituit, quod (conj.) eum cupi
dum impérii (synt., 698, b, 1) cognóvérat.—AEdui ex itinäre
dömum (113, III., R.) reverté runt.
(425) Translate into Latin.
The soldiers defended the city very bravely (376).— The
general stationed the foot-soldiers near (ad, 408, c) the wall of
town.—On-the-next-day II., c) Caesar stationed
of all
the (118,
the horse-soldiers in-front-of (pro) the camp.—The chiefs
Caesar.—The day which Caesar had ap
to
the states returned

pointed for the council came, and the chiefs re
of
the states
him.—Our (men) turned their backs.—The riches
to
turned
of
the Romans had dissolved (their) discipline and austerity
of
manners.—What money (423, he had he distributed among
b)
(423, the lieutenants and soldiers.—The AEduans divided

c)
their forces into two parts.—The tempests rolled vast waves
to
the stars.—The general determined take (duce re) the
to
lieutenant with him.—The seas were rolling great waves
to
tha shores.
LESSON LXIX.
Perfect-stem.—Fourth Conjugation.
(426) THE perfect-stem fourth conjugation
in
the
formed five ways.
in
in
By adding ud-iré, d-iv-.

p u
à a
iv
verb-stem;
to
I.
à a
II. 44 44 r-iré, r-ü-.

ü
&
&
III. $4. p-iré, se p-s-.

&
4
é
s
IV. lengthening stem-vowel; én-iré, n-.

V
6
-
V. taking simple verb-stem: compèr-iré, compér

160 PERFECT-STEM, FOURTH CONJUGATION.
(427.) On this table, observe that Class

I. contains most of the verbs of the fourth conjugation.
[Numerous examples have already occurred. Any peculiar supines

are given in the vocabularies.]
II).
II.
contains four simple verbs (see list, 667,
Infinitive. Perfect. Supine
J
To open, uncover, äpér-iré, âpér-ü-i, āper-tum.
To leap, säl-Iré, säl-ü-i, sal-tum.
III. contains nine simple verbs (see list, 667, III.).

Infinitive, - Perfect. Supine.
To band, vinc-iré, vinx-i (vinc-s-i), vinc-tum.
- - Sen-Sum
-,
-
(
To think, sent-iré. sens-i (sent-s-i),
(sent-sum)
}
IV. contains but one verb.
To come, vén-ire, vén-i, Ven-tum.
V. contains two verbs.

- Infinitive. Perfect. Supine.
To ascertain, find, compér-iré, compèr-i, comper-tum.
To discover, répêr-ire, répér-i, rêper-tum.
E.
X
E
S.
E
C
R
(428.) Vocabulary.
To leap down, desilire (désilü- and To come together, assemble, conve
désili-, désult-, dé+sälire). nire (cön+venire, 427, IV.).
To come near, approach, apprö To find, invênire (in-Hvénire, 427.
to
pinquáre (ād-H propinquáre, av-, IV.).

Thither,
ed
at-), with dat. that place,

to
(adv.).
To agree, consentire (con-Hsentire, To open, äperire (427, II.). -
427, III). When, quum.
To disagree, dissentire (dis-Hsentire, Youth, juventus, (júventit) (f).
is
427, III.). To lay waste, pöpulari, dep. (pöpii.

to,
To come reach, arrive at, pervé lāt-).

nire (pêr-i-vénire,427, IV.). After that, postguam (adv.).
Example.
cavalry. Eque stri praeliö.
of
(a)
In
battle
a
Syntax.—The ablative used

of of
Rule express the man

to
is
action, especially with adjective.

an
an
ner

nãvibus desiliërunt appro
ex
et
Milites
2)
hostibus (391.
pinquàrunt (349, N.).—Oppidāni portas āpāručrunt,
et
se.
dissensé
a) se
atque oppidum Caesari dédérunt.—Hostes inter

-
runt. Omnes cives una menté (abl., 428, consensa

PERFECT-STEM, FOURTH CONJUGATION. 16|
runt.—Helvétii jam per angustias copias suas transduxérant,

et in AEduorum fines pervénérant, eórumque agros pöpüla
bantur.—Caesar cumLäbiéno Nümantiam (713) pervénit,
ibique constiles invénit. — Quum milites eó convéné
runt, näves ünum in löcum coe gèrunt.—Eö postguam Cae
sār pervénit, obsides et arma pöposcit.

After-that the townsmen saw the standards, they opened the
gates, and gave themselves (up) to Caesar.—The Germans, in the
cavalry battle (428, a), leaped-down from (their) horses.—The
general led the army through the straits, and on the seventh
day arrived at the boundaries of the Germans.—The towns
men leaped-down from the wall. —All the soldiers agreed
(with) one mind and voice (vox).—When Caesar arrived-at the
town, the townsmen opened the gates.—When the general
reached Numantia, he called together the citizens.—When the
horsemen reached the town, the townsmen opened the gates.
--The lieutenant led-back the soldiers to the town, and there
found the general.
Q 9
$ 8.
FORMS OF TENSES FOR COMPLETED AC

TION, PASSIVE.
LESSON LXX.
Tenses of Verbs for Completed Action.—Indicative

Passive.
(431.) THE tenses for completed action, passive

(perfect, pluperfect, future perfect), are compounded
of the perfect participle passive and of the tenses of
the verb esse, to be: thus, āmātūs sum, have been I
loved; āmātūs es, thou hast been loved, &c.
(432.) (a) The perfect participle of any verb is the form of

which the supine is the accusative, and is inflected (like an ad
jective of three terminations) with the endings tis, à tim;
thus:
Supines. Perf. Part.
māt-tim, āmāt- tis, ä, äm, loved.
Mönit-üm, mönit-tis, ä, tim, advised.
Rect-tim. rect-tis, ä, tim, ruled.
Audit-tim, audit-is, ä, tim, heard.
(b). The perfect participle, then, of any verb, is formed by

adding the inflection-endings tis, ä, öm to the supine-stem.
PERFECT FORMS, PASSIVE. 163
PARADIGM
PERFECT PASSIVE.
I
Singular.
süm, have been loved.
āmātūs, a, tin, 8s, thow hast been loved.
est, he, she, it,has been loved.
Plural.
stimús, we have been loved.
āmāti, ae, à, estis, ye or you have been loved.
lsunt, they have been loved.
PLUPERFECT.
singular.
&rām, I
had been loved.
amātūs, tim, eras, thou hadst been loved.
a,
it,
ërät, he, she, had been loved.
|
Plural.
ārāmūs, we had been loved.
āmati, ae, €rätis, you had been loved.
à,
or
#
êrant, they had been loved.
FUTURE PERFECT,
Singular.
ero, shall have been loved.
#I
āmātūs, Gris, thou wilt have been loved.

a,
tim,
it,
he, she, will have been loved.

Plural.
&rimús, we shall have been loved.
āmāti, ae, &ritis, you will have been loved.
ä,
erunt, they will have been loved.
(434.) Vocabulary.
To rout, defeat, pellère (pépül, Beginning, initium,
to
i. i.
Casticus, Casticus,
b).
puls-, 411,
To divulge, &nuntiáre (ê+nuntiãre, Conference, collóquium,
I.
av-, àt-). To hold, obtinéré (obtinu-, chtent-,

Sure, certain, certus,
a,
um. ob+ténère).
To drive back, répellère (répul-, Departure, discessús,
is.
(f,
repuls-, ré+pellère). Nobility, nóbilitäs, (nobilitat)

Is
Private information, indicium, 293).

i.
(435.) Examples.
Aliqué certi
or
(a) To inform any one. ém fă.

m
ér (= make any one

to
e
c
more certain).
(b) Caesar was informed. Caes certi Ör factus
à
r
est (= Caesar was made

more certain).
All Gallia to is divis
m
Gaul
e
(c) divided into

n
a
is
part és très.
in
three parts.
164 PERFECT FORMS, PASSIVE
The perfect passive participle is sometimes used with est as an ad

jective, and is then to be rendered as a present (ense; e.g., in (c), est
div is a = is divided.

Miles vulnérātus est.—Bella gesta érant.—Exercitus Cassil
ab Helvétiis pulsus érat, et subjügum missus érat.—Ea
res Helvétiis (54) per indicium en untiata est.—Helvétii de
Caesaris adventu certiores factis unt.—Ubi de Caesaris ad
ventu Helvétii certiores factis unt, lègātos ad eum misèrunt.
—Barbāri telis (99, II., b, R.) et munitione répulsi sunt.—
Initium füge a Dumnörige et éjus équitibus factum est
Légāti a Divitiãco, AEduo (225, a) ad Caesarem missierant.
—Päter Castici regnum in Sèquānis multos annos (191, Rule)
obtinuérat et a sénātupôpuli Römäni ämicus (80, a) appellà.
tus érat.—Dies collóquio (54) constitutus est, ex eo die
quintus.

The centurions of the first ranks were wounded on the same
day (118, II.,
c).—Caesar was informed (435, a) of (de) the
approach of the enemy.—The general had been informed of
the departure (disc e s sus) of the Germans.—The beginning
of the flight had been made by the soldiers of the tenth legion.
—The tenth legion had been defeated by the Germans, and had
been sent under the yoke.—The conspiracy of the nobility was
divulged to the Helvetians through private-information.—The
war had been carried-on (for) many years (191, Rule).—The
eaemy were driven-back by the darts of the soldiers.—Ambas
sadors were sent by Cassius the consul (225, a) to the chiefs.
—The AEduans were called friends (80, a) by the senate of the
Roman people.—The townsmen were wounded by the darts
of the soldiers.—The horsemen of the enemy were driven-back
By the darts of the soldiers.—A day had been appo nted for the
ponference
§ 9.
PARTICIPLES (LXXI.—LXXV.)
(438.)THE Participle presents the idea of the verb
under the form of an adjective : (a) the rising sun;
(b) I saw the boy writing a letter. Sometimes, as
wholly adjective; again,
its
in (a),
as
(b),
in
use
is
it
its
of
governs the case verb. There are two active

Latin, the participle
of
participles the present and
in
the future; two passive, the perfect

of
the participle
and the verbal in dus.
LESSON LXXI.
Present Participle Active.

(439.) (a) THE endings the present participle
of
active for
the four conjugations are,
1. 2. 3.
e 4.
S, en ens, S.
S,
n
-
n
a
I
-
(b) By adding these endings the stems respectively

of
to
the
m-äre, n-ère, rég-éré, ud-iré, we obtain the
m
verbs
6
à
present participle active:

Loving, advising, ruling, heartmg.
m-ans, n-ens, rég-ens, ud-i ens.
A
m
6
(440.) The present participle adjective

an
of
declined like
is
the third class (108).

Singular. Plural.
N. V. Amans. N. V. Amantés, imantiá.
Gen Amantis. Gen. Amantitim.
Dat. Amanti, &c. Dat. Amantibús, &c
Rem. The abl. sing. ending when the part used strictly
an
as
is
is
i
adj.; e.g., florentiros

in
blooming rose.
ā,
in
a
166 PRESENT PARTICIPLE ACTIVE.
(a) Observe carefully that the Latin present participle ac

tive expresses incomplete or continued action; the language has
no active participle to express complete action. We cannot
translate the English having loved by any Latin active parti
ciple.
(b) But deponent verbs (206) have both participles, the pres
ent and the perfect; exhorting, h ort- ans; having exhorted,
hort-à t tis.
E X E R C IS E.
(441.) Vocabulary.
A
ae.
To rise, óriri (dep, ort-). Persian, Persä,
To desire, cupéré (Iö-, iv-, It-, 406, To doubt, dubitäré (av-, at-).
III., b). To set out, próficisci (dep, profect-l.
Labour, toil, läbör, (lābór) is (m., To sit, sédéré (sêd-, sess-, 394, V.).
319).
Firmament, heaven, caelum,
i.
Watching, watchfulness, vigilantiá, To shine, micăre (389, #").
ge. The sun, sol, (sôl) (m., 319).
is
Especially, praesertim (adv.). Full, plenus, tim (with gen.).
To depart, discédéré (dis-Hcédere, ä,
wanting, de-essé (with dat.).
be
To
Star, stellà,
ae.
401, 3, b).
To weep, fléré (flév-, flét-, 395, II).
as
To g., the heavenly bod

(e.
set
To look upon or at, intuëri (dep.). ies), occidèré (occid-, occás-, ob-H.
All, the whole, cunctus, ä, tim. cádéré).
To worship, adore, adórare. To throw before, prājicéré (jéc-,
Eye, ócülus, i. ject-, pro-Hjäcére).
form pres. part. act, you add -

to
(442.) (a) Recollect that, the stem

to
ans conj.; g., am-ans: ens 2d and 3d conjs.; e.g.,

in
in
1st
e.
mön-ens, dic-ens: i.ens 4th conj.; e.g., aud-fens. Also, add

in
iens conj.; e.g., clip-iens;

3d
of
ió
verbs (199) cup-io,

in
the
fic-io, fac-iens.
deponent verbs, the same rules apply: hort-āri, hort-ăns

In
(b)
Or-iri, ör-iens; intu-éri, in tu-ens, &c. The perf act part
deponents adds tis, iim the supine-stem: hort-ari
in
to
ä,
hortät-tis, &c.
(c) The participle abridge discourse.
to
used
is
(1) He heard me when He heard me saying that.

I
Mé dic entëm audivit.

id
said that
=
all
(2) God, who governs all God, governing things.

things= Deûs, omniä gubernäns.
To (The man) desiring.

$
C3) him that desires=

Cüpienti.
PRESENT PARTICIPLE ACTIVE. 167
(d) He threw himself at

He threw himself before Caesar, a
his feet.
Caesar’s feet,
! Sé Caesari àd p & dés projöcit.
(e) Can enim, vero, or autem stand first in a clause or sen
tence? (No.)

Mé id dice n tem audivistine ! — Persae solem örie n
tem (442, c) ādörant.—Läbienus, suos (his men) h or tā tu s,
c tipientibus signum dat.—Nön énim lábor aut vigilantia,
c tipienti praesertimãliquid (178, 5), Cassio dečrat (267, b).
—Caesar ab hibernis in Itáliam disc é dens,
legatos convöcat.
—Mülieres flentes sëse Caesari (442, d) ad pèdes projecè
runt.—Némo, cunctam in tie
n's terram, dé divină providen
tiã dübitäbit. — Caesar, in Italiam p r öfic is cens, lègātos
omnes ad sé révöcăvit. — DIvitiãcus, fle ns, à Caesaré haec
(these things) pétébat. — Cicéro Cátonem vidit in hortó sé
den tem. –
gii be r n antis'
Quantá (184, R. 1) est säpientia Dei, omniä

[The words which illustrate the lesson are in Italic.]
The firmament is full of shining (438, a) stars.—No one,

when he looks at (= looking,
442, c, 1) the firmament and stars,
will doubt respecting (de) the wisdom of God.—Did they hear
me (135, II., a) when I
said (= saying) that (id)?—The bar
barians were-worshipping the setting sun.-Labienus, having
exhorted (440, b) his men, made an attack upon the enemy
(in hostes).—Caesar willingly gave the signal to the soldiers
when they desired it (= desiring).—To him that desires (= de
siring) anything, no labour will-be-wanting (267, b).—Caesar,
departing from winter-quarters, gives rewards to the soldiers.
—The eye, not seeing itself (se, acc.), sees other-things
(āli ä).—The AEduans, weeping, threw themselves at the feet
of Caesar (442, d).—I saw my brother sitting in the garden
yesterday. — How-great is the power of God, who governs
(= governing) the world?
168 PARTICIPLE FUTURE ACTIVE.
• LESSON LXXII.
Participle Future Active.
(445.) THE ending of the future participle active is
urūs, which, added to the supine-stem, forms the
participle; e.g.,
About to love, or one who will love, à m āt- ur ü s.
About to advise, or one who will advise, m 6 nit-ur ü s.
(446.) PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATION

joined with the participle
(to
The different tenses of esse be),
future active, form what is called the periphrastic conjugation.
stim, will love, am about love, intend
to
to
āmātūrūs love.
I
Pres. ămătürüs és, thou, &c., 8tc.

So through all the persons.
}
āmātūrūs érām, was about love, intended love, &c.

to
to
I
Past. ămăturüs &rás, thou, &c., &c.

|
" ima: on
the point
of
éro, love, shall
be
shall about be lov.

to
amatürüs
I
ing, &c.
thou, &c., &c.
E.
X
E
S.
E
R
C
I
(447.) Vocabulary.
To call upon, invöcare (in-Hvöcăre, Alone, sólus,
ä,
üm (194, 1).
āv-, at-). To cross over, trăjicere (trajëc-, tra
To collect into flock, congrégare ject-, trans-Hjácere).t
a
(āv-, at-). Ammon, surname Jupiter, Ham

of
a
Foreign, äliênus, mön, Is.

ä,
äm.
To procure, compārare (āv-, ät-, con To behold, spectare (āv-, at).
+-pārare). To proceed, pergère (perrex-, per
To last, durăre (dürav, durat)." rect-).
To implore, implórare (in-Hploråre, To consult, constilère (constilu-, con
av-, āt-). sult-).
(448.) Example.
The Athenians sent ambas Athéniensés légätos misèrunt,
sadors consult the oracle. consult tir ös.
to
öråcülum
Dürare, transitive, harden; intrans, become hard, i.e.,

=
to
to
to
*
last.
Transjícere, transit, convey over; intrans.,
=
=
to
to
cross over.
f
PARTICIPLE FUTURE ACTIVE. 169
Rule of Syntax.—The future active participle is used after

a verb of motion to express the design of that motion.

1. Aves, in älienas terras migratura, congregantur—
Caesar, in Galliam prê fecturus, centuriónes convöcat.—
Germäni, bellum gest uri, Deos invöcăvèrunt. — Sapiens
bóná (neut. pl.) comparat semper du rātūrā.
2. Periphrastic Conjugation.—Caesar de quartà vigiliã castrá
m ö tur us est.—Scripturus sum.—Dumnörix impérium
suae civitätis ob tent à r us e rat. — Impérätor, cum sölä
décimā légióne p r Öfect urus e rat. — AEdui auxilium ä
pöpülo Römano implór à tur i s unt. — Germāni bellum
gest uri e ran t.
3. Future Participle used to express a purpose (448).—Scipio
in Africam trăjécit, Carthåginem de l'étur us.—Ingens höm
inum multitudo in urben congrégatur, lüdos spect à tur à.—
Alexander in Asiam contendit, regnum Persârum occ tip à
tü rus.—Alexander ad Jövem Hammönem pergit, consul
tür us de órigine suā.

1. The soldiers, when-about-to-set-out for (in) Spain, called
upon the gods. — Many (men) have procured possessions
(b ð n ä) which-will-not-last (= not about-to-last).—The gen
eral, when-about-to-cross the river, sends-away the horse-sol
diers.—Caesar, int”ding-to-send a messenger, calls together
the centurions.
2. Periphrastic Conjugation.—Dumnorix was about-to-seize

upon the royal-power.—The general is about-to-set-out from the
camp with five legions.—The AEduans are about-to-carry-on a
fierce war.—The hostages were intending-to-implore aid from
the general.
3. Future Participle to express a purpose.—The AEduans
sent ambassadors to-implore help from Caesar.—The enemy
crossed the river in-order-to-besiege the town.—The men flock
(congregor) from-every-side to the town, to-behold the
games.
P
170 PERFECT PARTICIPLE PASSIVE.
LESSUDN LXXIII.
Perfect Participle Passive.
(451.) (a) THE perfect passive participle is formed (as stated
432, b) by adding the adjective-endings tis, ä, äm to the su.
pine-stem; e.g.,
Inf Supine-stem. Perf. Part.
āmāré, amāt-, āmāt-tis, ä, äm, loved, or having been loved.
conquered, or having been
vincéré, vict-, vict-tis, ä, üm,
! conquered.
(b) Itis declined throughout like an adjective of the first

class (76), and must agree with the substantive in gender, num
ber, and case; e.g., puer laud at ü s, puellá la u dátā.
(c) The deponent verbs use the perfect participle form ac

tively; e.g., h or tā tu s, having exhorted.
EX ER C IS E.
(452.) Vocabulary.
Sudden, répentinús, wagon, carris,
A
ä, äm.
I.
To alarm, perturbāré (āv-, àt-). To buy up, coéméré (êm-, empt.

To seize, snatch up, arripërë (arrip con-Héméré).
io, arripú-, arrept-, ad-i-râpéré). Aristides, Aristides (Aristid) is.
Auxiliaries, auxilia, örum.” Pharsalus, Pharsalus, (f, 25, a).
i
To put-to-flight, liscomfit, fügåré. To depart-out-of, excédéré (excess

To drive-on or together, compelléré excess-, ex-Hcédéré).
ae.
(compül-, compuls-, con-Hpelléré). Rhetoric, rhètorica,

ex
To induce, adducére (dux-, duct-, To expel, expellère (exptil-,

ad-Hducéré). puls-).
Influence, auctor tas, (auctorität)
is.
To stimulate, indúcéré (dux-, duct

To prevail upon, permövéré (möv-, Strong-desire, cupiditas, (tät)
*
mót-, per-Hmövéré, i.e., move

to
(293).
thoroughly).
(453.) Examples.
At Corinth. or in thi.
C
(a)
At Rome. R
m
ae.
6
At Carthage. Carth āg
in
é.
At Athens. the nis.

A
Syntax-The put
of
Rule place where the ablative

in
is
"Auxilium sing. aid, assistance plur. troop

=
auxilia
in
in
y
:
PERFECT PARTICIPLE PASSIVE. 171
if thename be of the third declension or plural number:

otherwise in the genitive.
(b) From Rome. Româ.
From Carthage. Carth āg in é.
Rule of Syntax.—The place whence is put in the ablative.
R
m
m.
(c)
To Rome.
i
To Athens. th
s.
à
n
ē
Syntax.—The place whither put
if of
the accusa
in
Rule
is
tive be town or small island.
it
in
With the of large islands, the prep.
or
or
Rem. names countries
Italy, Itáliam; Egypt, ad AEgyptum.
in
ad employed:
to
to
is
pulsi, fügam
sö
(d) The soldiers, having been Milités,
in
defeated, took flight. conjë cérunt.
to
(Lat. The soldiers, defeat

ed, threw themselves into
flight.) -
patrià expulsiis,
(e)
The chief, when Princeps,

he
was
expelled from his country, Römam fügit.
fled Rome.
to
(f) As large Quam maximus niimér

as
number
a
possible. ll.S.
(g) Répentinä rés.
A
sudden occurrence.

per turbāti, armá
ré
Nostri (our men), répentinä (55,

a)
arripiunt.—Auxiliá per turb tií, fügam conjécèrunt.—

in
sé
à
fügå compülérunt.—Helvétii,
to
Milites hostes his

in
flümen
s
adducti, légātos
ad
rébus Caesarem dé déditione mittunt.—

Galli, his rebus adducti, per auctöritäté Orgetorigis
et
öti, jümentórum
et
carrörum quam maximum numérum

m
coèmèrunt.—Principès, adventù Romanórum perm ti, légå

Ó
déditioné mittunt.—Aristides, patria ex

de
ad
tos Caesarem
puls is, Läcédaemönem fugit.—Diónysius, Syracusis expul
sus, Cörinthi pueros döcébat.—Principes, oppidó expulsi,
Römam (453, venèrunt.—Légātus, répentina pertur
ré
c)
bā tus, centuriónes convöcat.

of
The Helvetians, prevailed upon by the influence Caesar,

by
led (their) army across the Rhine—The chiefs, induced

172 ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE.
these considerations (= things), give hostages and an immense

sum-of-money to the lieutenant.—Pompey, when he had been
defeated (= defeated, 453, d) at Pharsalus, fled to Alexandria
—Jugurtha, when he was expelled from Africa, came to kome
—The soldiers, alarmed by the sudden occurrence (453, g)
take to flight (453, d).—For (enim) Pompey, although-he-had.
been-defeated (nullo) battle, departed-out
(= defeated) (in) no
of Italy.—Our (men) drove on the alarmed and discomfited
enemy into the River Rhine.—The Helvetians, induced by
these considerations (= things), bought-up as large a number as
possible (453, f)of horses and beasts-of-burden.—The orator,
having-been-expelled from Athens, taught rhetoric at Carthage
(453, a, R.).—The general, induced by these considerations,
gave great rewards to the soldiers.—Orgetorix, stimulated by a
strong-desire of royal-power, made a conspiracy of the nobility
LESSON LXXIV.
Participles.—Ablative Absolute.
[THE ablative absolute is a very important part of Latin construction,
and should be thoroughly learned.]
(456.) The participle is used in the ablative with a

moun, when it is independent of the subject and object
of the sentence.
(a) When Tarquin was Pythagóras, Tarquinio

reig n i ng, Pythagoras regnant e, in Itáliam vé
came into Italy. nit.
Here Tarquin is independent of Pythagoras, the subject of the sen.
tence.
(457.) The want of a perfect active participle in

Latin is frequently supplied by the ablative absolute
with a passive participle.
(b) Labienus, having ta- Läbiénus, mont é o cc tip a.
ken possession of the to, noströs expectäbat.
mountain, was waiting
for our men.
ABLATIV - ABSOLUTE. 173
Here it would be impossible to say Läbiénus, occipátus mon

tem, as occupatus is passive, not active.
(458.) A noun may be put in the ablative absolute

with another noun without a participle.
(a)
In
the practorship Cae- Caes are praetóré (= Caesar
of
SO!?".
being praetor).
In
Mar- M. Messälä
of
the consulship
et
(b) M. Pison
&
cus Messala and Marcus cons tilibus (= Messala and
Piso.
Piso being consuls).
used mostly
an
1This construction designate the time
to
is
of
event.]
X IS E.
E
C
R
(459.) Vocabulary.
To avail, valéré (vālū-). To finish, perficere (per+facere,
Tiberius, Tibérius (i). perféc-, perfect-); also, conficére
To die, māriri and möri (mortü), dep, (féc-, fect-).
pleading, dictio, (diction) To reign, regnäre
A
is
(333). (av-, at-).

Catiline, Cătilinā, ae. Night, nox, (noct)
is
(294).
Christ, Christüs, Territories, fines (pl. finis, 300).
of
i.
.
(460.)Translate into English.
Nihil praeceptå välent, nisi adjúvante nātūrā (456, a).—
De jivante, fäcilis est låbor.—Tibério regnante, Chris
6
tus mortuus est.—Concilio dimis so, principes

ad
Caesarem
revertèrunt.—Dié constitütā causae dictionis, Orgetorix
ad
Judicium omnem suam familiam,
ad
hominum millia decem,

undique coegit.—Caesar, opere perfecto, praesidiá disposuit.
—Caesar, hostibus pulsis (457, finés AEduorum pervé
b)
in
nit.—Caesar, duobus bellis confectis, hibernå exerci

in
tum duxit.—Belló confectö, principés civitätum

ad
Caesa
rem, gratülatum (379), convénérunt.—Câtiliná, Cicerón
é
cons tilé (458), conjurätiönem fecit.—Nätürà di cé, nun

quam errabimüs.—Orgetorix, Marcö Messälä
et
Marcö
Pisoné consulibus, conjurätiönem nóbilitätis fécit.
Our precepts will
avail, when nature assists (= nature assist
ing).—When the sun rises (= the sun rising), the night flees.
—When the council was dismissed (= the council being dis
missed), the chiefs began
to
beseech Caesar.—When the coun

cil was dismissed, Caesar called the lieutenants himself--
to
P
2
174 ABLAT IVE ABSOLUTE,
Caesar, when the work was finished (= the

work being finished)
fortified the towers.—Caesar, having defeated Pompey (= Pom
pey being defeated), returned to Rome.—Caesar, having finish
ed the war, led-back his army into the territories of the AEdu
ans.—In the consulship of Cicero, Catiline was expelled from
Rome.—When God assists (= God assisting), it is not difficult
to labour.—With God for our guide (= God leader), we shall
never err.
LESSON LXXV.
Ablative Absolute, continued.
EX E R C I S. E.
(462.) Vocabulary.
To abstain from, abstinëre (absti Phalanx, phälanx, (phälang) (293).
Is
nü-, abstent-, abs-Hénéré),- with To hinder, prohibère (hibü-, hibit
abl. pro-Hbābère).
A plan, purpose, consilium, i (not Cnaeus Pompey, Cnoetis Pompéilís.
concilium). Of one's own accord, ultrö (adv.).
To harass, läcessère (iv., it-, 406, To change, commutare (av-, at-)
III., born, nasci (nātus), dep.
b).
To
be
From higher ground, locö supe Senate-house, curia, ae.

é
riöré. Augustus, Augustus,

i.
dart, pilüm,
A
i.

Läbiénus, monté occi pāto, noströs expectābat, praeliöque
abstinébat.—Barbāri, consilio commutätö, noströs läcessère
coeperunt.—Milites, löcö supériöre pil missis, fäcile hos
is
é
tium phālangem perfregèrunt (416, b).—Cognitó Caesaris ad

ventu, Árióvistus legatos Pompeið
ad
eum mittit.—Cnoe
6
Marcó Crassó constilibus, Germani flümen Rhenum

et
transiverunt.—Nullo hoste prohib ente, Crassus legiönem

Helvétios perduxit, ibique hiemävit.—His rebus cognitis,
in
exercitum contendit.—Häc audità pugna,

ad
impérator ipsé
magna pars Aquitaniae obsides ultrö misit.—Belgae, omnibus
vicis oppidisque censis,
in
ad
castră Caesaris contendé

"unt.--Augustó regnante, Christus nātus est
ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE. 175.

The barbarians, having changed their plan (= plan being
changed), made an attack upon our men.—The soldiers, hav
ing-broken-through the phalanx, began to harass the enemy.—
The Belgians, having heard of this battle, sent ambassadors to
Caesar.—The soldiers, having taken-possession-of the mountain,
easily put the enemy to flight (391, 3).—Cicero, when he knew
of the conspiracy, went to the Senate-house.—As no enemy
hindered (= no enemy hindering), the lieutenant led the army
across the Rhine.—When this battle was heard (of), the Bel
gians, of-their-own-accord, sent hostages and ambassadors to
Caesar.—In the consulship of Cicero and Antony, Augustus
was born.
§ 10.
INFINITIVE.—(LXXVI.—LXXIX.)
L E S S ON L XXVI.
Infinitive Forms.
(465.) THE infinitive expresses action as complete
or incomplete, but without reference to person o.
time; e.g.,
ACTIVE.
Action Incomplete, 4 to love, or to be loving, loving,
(Inf. Pres. Act.) àm-a re.
Action Complete", to have loved,
(Inf. Perf. Act.) | à m äv - is s é.

PASSIVE.
Action Incomplete, to be loved, -
(Inf. Pres. Pass.) àm-a ri.
Action Completed, to have been loved,
(Inf. Perf. Pass.) | ămât ü s, ä, tim, esse or fuisse.
£
[Rem. The names present and perfect do not distinguish properly the
two forms of the infinitive, but, as they are in universal use, we
have to adopt them. The student must remember that the present
expresses action incomplete, and the perfect action complete; but
that the time of the action must depend upon the verb with which
the infinitive is connected in the
(466.) FORMS OF THE INFINITIVE.

| PRESENT. PERFECT.
Active. Passive. Passive.
___Active.
1. &m-āré. âm-āri. āmāv- āmātūs, #, um,
2. món-èré. món-èri. || monui- : mönitus, ä, um, -
issé. essé (or fuissé).
3. rég-éré. rég-i. rex- rect is, tim,
ti,
aud-iri. audiv- auditus,

a,
tim,
||
4.
aud-iré.
Rem. Observe that perf inf act. simply adds the ending -iss
to
é
by
the perf-stem the verb; and perf inf. pass.

of
the
is
formed
perf. pass part the verb, combined with essé (sometimes
of
fuissé).
INFINITIVE. 177
IE X E R C I S. E.
(467.) Vocabulary.
To lay waste, vastare (āv-, at-). Peace, pax, (pâc) is (293).
ae,
Ought, débére (débu-, débit.). Avery few, perpauci,
a.
To vacant, väcăre (intransit.).
be
Evil deed, maléficium,
i.
am able, possum; was able, To break through, perrumpere (per
I
I
pötui. rüp-, perrupt-).
(468.) Examples.
(a) wishlearn.
to Cúpio disc re.
I
é
The enemy began Hostes flümen tran sire coe
to
cross
|
the river. pèrunt.
Syntax.—The English,
of
Rule used,
as
infinitive
in
is
by
complete the imperfect ideas expressed many
to
words.
G” be
able, ought,
to
to
to
Such words are, wish, accustomed,
be
to
hasten, determine, &c.; also, the adjectives dignus, indignus,
to
-
audax, &c.
(b) The Helvetians intend. ànimó (=
in
Helvétiis est
it
w
|
the Helvetigns).
in
mind to
day, often- Nonnunquám interdi
by
(c)
ü,
Sometimes sae
by
night. piús no til.

er
(d) To keep-off:from the road. Itinéré próhibère (153, a).

In
conspectü.
of
sight
In
(e)

hiém är constituit.—AEduise suaque ab
in
Caesar Galliã
e
re non pötuêrunt. —Agri tãri

as
Helvétiis défend non

é
débent.—Hostes per munitiones per rump re conāti sunt.

&
—Agri Suêvorum är dicuntur.—Milites incölas expel

à
c
v
1ére non potuêrunt. — Multitudo puérorum müliérumque

füg ér coepit.—Helvétii maximum numérum jümentórum
et
e
carrörum co ér constituérunt. — Germāni cópias suas

m
è
Rhénum trans du ér cônāti sunt.—Helvétii cum proximis

e
c
civitatibus pâcem
et
ämicitiam confirmāre constituérunt.

depends.]
on
[Place the infinitive before the verb which

it
Our towns ought not to-be-taken-by-storm.–In sight

of
our
army, the fields ought not laid-waste.—The enemy en
be
to
deavoured sometimes-during-the-day, oftener by-night,

to
burst
I78 ACCUSATIVE WITH INFINITIVE.
through the fortifications.—The AEduans were not able to expel

the enemy from (their) territories (153, a). On one side," the
lands are said to be vacant.—The boys and the women began
to fly-in-every-direction (passim, adv).—The Helvetians intend
to make (their) way through our province.—A very few are
able to keep-off the Helvetians from the road.—The Helvetians
ought to cross-over without any (ullo) evil-deed.—The remain
ing multitude of boys and women began to fly in-every-direc
tion.
LESSON LXXVII.
Accusative with Infinitive.
(471.) VERBs signifying to know, to see, to feel, to

think, to say, with some others, have frequently a
sentence depending on them, the subject of which is
in the accusative, and the verb in the infinitive.
He #w that war was prepa- Undique bellum pārāri vi
ring on all sides. débat.
Here bellum, the subject, is accusative before the infinitive parari,
after the verb vide bat, he saw.
(472.) Many dependent sentences which are introduced in

English by the conjunction that, are expressed in Latin by the
accusative and infinitive. To translate such sentences into
Iatin, observe the following method:
1. Omit the word that.
2. Change the nominative following that into the Latin
accusative.
3. Change the English verb into the Latin infinitive.
The messenger says that Nuntius dicit, équites télà
the horsemen are hurling conjicére.
darts.
(473.) If the predicate of the sentence containing the accu

sative and infinitive be an adjective, it must agree with the
accusative subject in gender, number, and case.
"Una ex parts.
-
ACCUSATIVE WITH INFINITIVE. 179
He knows that Cicero is elo Scit Cicérönem essé lö
à
quent. que tem.
n
I perceive that the water is Sentio quam frigid
m
à
a
cold. ess e.
EX E. R. CIS E.
(474.) Vocabulary.
To think, existimare (av-, at-). To favour, favère (fav-, faut-, 395,
To encamp, considére (conséd-, con V.), (governs dat.).
sess-, con-Hsidère). While, dum (adv.).
To know, scire (sciv-, scit-). To lose, amittére (à-Hmittere, 401,
Stone, làpis, (lapid) is (m.).
3,
b).
Nearer, propius (adv., 376).
(475.) Examples.
(a) The messenger says that
l dic
it
Nuntius équites télà
the horsemen a re h u r conjic re.
ē
in g darts.
(b) The messenger said that Nuntius dixit équites télá
the horsemen were hurl conjic re.
ē
* ng darts.
dixit-Q
(c)
The messenger said that Nuntius tëlä

the horsemen had hurl conjë
is
se.
c
ed darts.
(d) Word brought Caesari nuntiâtum (=
is
to
Cae est
2s
it
sar. told
to
Caesar).
(e) To have about himself. Circum āb re.
h
é
é
s

Helvétii existimant, Român o's disc dére.—Explorator
e
dixit, host disse.—Caesar scit, Dumn rig em

cons
e
é
s
fä ér Hel étiis.—Helvétii dicunt, se én

m
ä
v
o
v
n
e
mis se.—Caesari nuntiātum est, milites magnitu

is
tum
a
dinem sylvărum time re.—Nuntius dixit, quites téla

é
conjic ér e.—Galba certior factus est, all os omnes dis

G
cess se. — Explórátóres dicunt, oppidum

is
ab
hostibus
té
éri.—Dum haec collóquio gèruntur, Caesari nuntiātum

in
n
est, équites Ariovisti prôpius acc d'ére, låpides télaque

et
é
nostros conjic ér
in
e.
[Be careful, translating the following English into Latin,

in
write
to
first the leading sentence, and after the accusative and the infin
it
itive, observing the rules (472), and following the order

of
in
words
in
the examples given above.]

180 ACCUSAT1VE WITH INFINIT1WE.

Caesar knows that this (thing) is true (473).-The scouts
say that the horsemen of Ariovistus are approaching (475, a).
—The ambassadors said that the Helvetians had lost all their
all
cavalry and their senate. —Word was brought
to
Caesar
Ariovistus were hurling stones against
of
that the horsemen
(in, with accus.) our (men).—Word-was-brought
to
Caesar
that Ariovistus had-departed from the camp.—Caesar was in
the
by
formed the scouts that enemy had encamped under

(süb, with abl.) the mountain.—The lieutenant says that the
mountain held by the enemy.—The general thinks that our
is
plans are told the enemy.—Word was brought the gen

to
to
by
eral that all the Gauls had departed night.—The chiefs say
always has great number
of
that Divitiacus horse-soldiers
a
about himself.
©
.
-
LESSON LXXVIII.
Accusative with Infinitive.—Perfect Infinitive Passive.
IT
(478.) has been stated (466, R.) that the perfect infinitive
by
passive formed the perfect participle passive, combined

is
with esse (sometimes fuisse).

When the accusative used with this infinitive, the participle
is
must agree with the accusative gender, number, and case;

in
e.g.,
AE
(a) The messenger says that |Nuntius dicit, duo's victos

-
AEduans ess
e.
the have been

conquered.
all Arióvistus dixit,
6
(b) Ariovistus said that

m
e
n
o
c
s
pias no praelio
as
fü
the forces had been routed

u
s
|
in one battle. e.
e
S
S
Equites rénuntiãverant, op
(c)
The horsemen brought-

back-word that the town pidum ex pugn tum
a
|
had been taken-by-storm. e.

6
S
S
Ü" Observe that in(a) the part victos agrees with the accus. duos,
AE
fū pias; expugn tum with oppidum.

in
(b), with (c),

in
Ó
a
a
s
s
ACCUSATIVE WITH INFINITIVE. 181
EX ER C IS E.
(479.) Vocabulary.
To find-out, répérire (427, V.). To rout, fundére (füd-, füs, 416, a)
To frighten completely, perterrére | To overcome, supérare (āv., át).
(perterru-, perterrit-, per + ter. Bond, chain, vinculum, i.
rère). To hold in memory, to remember
Tributary, stipendiárius, ä, äm. mêmöria ténère.
To bring back word, rénuntiáre (āv-, To put (or cast) in chains, in vincü.
āt-). la conjicére.

Caesar répérièbat initium fügae a Dumnörige factum esse.
—Impérätor dixit, equitätum esse per terri tum.—Caesar
mémörià tênébat, L. Cassium constilem occi sum esse ab
Helvetiis. — Arióvistus dicit, AEduos sibi (54), stipendiários

esse factos. –
Caesar certior factus est, légätos in vincúla
conjectos esse.—Equites rénuntiãverunt, c as tra esse
m unita.—Dixit bella gesta esse.—Répérièbat étiam Cae
sar, initium fügae a Dumnörige atque éjus équitibus factum
esse;eorumque fügā (55, a) réliquum équità e r-
ritum ess e. — Arióvistus dixit omnes Gallo iino
a sé praelio (55, a), fü s as ac stip ér at as e

Caesar found-out that the cavalry had been complete
ened by the flight of Dumnorix.—The MEduans say that they
(se) have been routed by the Germans.—Caesar remembered
= held in memory) that the consul's army had been defeated
oy the Helvetians.—Caesar remembered that the consul had
been slain, and his (éjus) army sent under the yoke (323, N.).
—Caesar was informed by the chiefs that hostages had been
given.—The lieutenant said that the ambassador had been cast
into chains.—Ariovistus said that all the forces had been over
come by himself—Ariovistus said that the Gauls had been
overcome by himself in one battle.—The AEduans say that they
se) have been made tributary to Ar ovistus (dat.).
Q
|82 INFINITIVE FUTURE.
LESSON LXXIX.
*
Infinitive Future Active and Passive.
By the combination of the future par...ciple
(482.)
active with ess é (or ful ss é), an infinitive future
active is formed; e.g.,
ämät ürüs, ä, äm, ess é, to be about to love, to intend loving.
to have been about to love, to
àmà til riis, ä, tim,
faisse,' have intended loving.
Finally, by combining the supine with the
(483.)
verb iri," we form the infinitive future passive; e.g.,
ämät ü m iri, to be about to be loved.
doc tú m iri, to be about to be taught.
Rem. 1. This form, being derived from the supine, is applied alike to
nouns of all genders and of both numbers.
here is no future infinitive in English, we must translate the
infinitive by a periphrasis, as above.
X, X E R C I S. E.
(484.)/Vocabulary.
Topvr persuadère (par-3-sua- || To restore, reddere (reddid, reddit-,
ré+dáre, 411,
c).
dère, suās-, suās-); governs dat.

To refrain, tempérare (āv-, ät-, fol- Unfriendly, inimicus,
ä,
öm (In-H
lowed by äb with abl.). âmicus).
To neglect, negligere (neglex-, nég- To demand-back, répétére (répétiv-.
||
lect-, néc+légère). répétit, ré+pétère).

To compel, cogére (coég-, To
at
coact-, refuse, récisare (av-,

).
cön+ägère).
a.)
(484, Example.
The general said that [Impérätor dixit sé cum solā
he
would come with the tenth décimā légione venturum.

legion alone.
The ess the future infinitive frequently omitted; e.g.,
in
is
Rem.
é
the above, vent tirum.

in
Iri the infinitive passive form iré, go.

of
in
the verb not

is
is
to
It
*
use, except
as
combination
in
above.
INFINITIVE FUTURE. 183

Future Infinitive Active.
Dumnérix existimat sé regnum obte nturum esse.—
Helvétii existimabant sé finitimis (dat.) per suás uros.—
Caesar existimäbat, finitimos temp & rat ü ros ab injuriä.—
Caesar dicit, se AEduorum injürias non neglect u rum.—
Helvetii existimabant, sé AEduos vi (301) co act uros.
—Arióvistus dixit, AEduis (54) sé obsides red dit u rum
ess e.—Caesar dicit sé, proximä nocté (118, II.,
c),
de
quartà
vigilià, castră moturum.—Impérätor, hómines inimicö ānimö
(428, tempéräturos injürià mäléficio, non existi
et
ab
a)
mabat.

Future Infinitive Active.
Caesar said that he would move his camp.—Dumnorix thought
of
that he would-hold the military-command his own state.—
The general says that he is-about-to-demand-back the host
ages.—The AEduans say that they-are-about-to-implog-assist
ance from (a) the Roman people.—Dumnorix assures (them)
that he is-about-to-seize the royal-power with his own (sub)
army.—Ariovistus said that he would not restore the hostages.
—Caesar did not think that the allies would-refrain from injury
—Caesar thought that he would-compel the Germans by force.
—Ariovistus said that he would-refuse the friendship
of
the
Roman people.
§ 11.
THE GERUND,
LESSON LXXX.
(487.) (a) THE gerund expresses the action of the
verb under the form of a noun of the second declen
sion, in the genitive, dative, accusative, and abative
tim,
(i,
Ó,
cases Ö).
-
(b)
The gerund-stem formed by adding the
to
is
verb-stem,
and e.g., and
In
the 1st conjugation,
-.
m á
;
-
-
2d 49.
end; e.g., n-end
**
-.
Ó
-
64
end; g., rég en d-.
“ .#
3d
e.
-
-
4th -iend;" e.g., d-i end
&
4
-.
u
a
formed by annexing the case

of
(c) The gerund any case

e. is
ending the gerund-stem; g., gen., and dat., -i;

to
m
á
and -ó; acc., and -um abl., and -ó.

m
m
ă
á
;
(488.) As the infinitive the nomi

in
as
used verbal noun

is
cases, gerund the re

so
native and accusative the used

in
is
maining cases; e.g.,

-
Nom. Scrib ré, writing.

é
Scribe di, writing.

of
Gen.
n
Dat. Scrib end for writing.

or
Ö,
to
Scrib ré,
&
Acc. writing.
Scrib end m,
Ö, ü
{
Abl. Scrib end with writing.

(489.) The rules for the use nouns apply also
of
of
the cases
gerund; e.g.,
of
to
the cases the infinitive and

Nom. Writing useful, scrib re est utile.
is
&
ars scribe diest uti

n
writing useful,
of
Gen. The art

is
lis
!
Also verbs (199); e.g., cap-io, cap-iendi.

in
io
the
*
THE GERUND. 185
sc rib end 5 est

Dat. Paper is useful for writing, chart:
{ ütilis.
I learn writing, scrib ér e disco.
Acc. 3 I learn during writing, inter scrib endum
disco.
Abl. We learn by writing, scribe n dö discimus.
Rem. With a preposition, the accusative gerund must be used, and

not the infinitive; ad (inter, ob) scrib endum, not ad (inter, ob)
scrib & re.
(490.) The gerund governs the same case as the verb from
which it is derived; e.g.,
The art of training boys is |Ars puer ös é du candi

difficult. difficilis est.
E XE R C I S. E.
(491.) Vocabulary.
To make war, bellare (av-, at-). To deliberate,
déliberăre (av-, at-).
To plunder, to obtain-booty, praedari To take, sümére(sumps-, sumpt-).
(praedat-), dep. Agriculture, ágricultura, ae
Wearied, défessus, ä, öm. Desire, stüdium, i.
Sufficiently, sátis (adv.). Life, age, aetas, (aetat) is (293).
To think, cogitare. Mind, mens, (ment) Is (355, II.,
Opportunity, time for, spätium, i.
(492.) Examples.
(a) Time was given for Spätium armä cà pie n di
(= opportunity was given dātum est.
of) taking-up arms.
(b) For the sake of collect-|Frümer tandi causā (ab
ing-corn. lat.).

Spes praed and I hömines ābāgricultură rêvöcăbat.—Spa
tium défessis ex pugnâ exced endi nón dätum est.--Bréve
tempus aetätis sätis est longum ad bené beåtéque viv endum.
–Höminis mens disc end 6 álitur.—Pars équitätüs, prae
dandi causā, missa est.—Nox finem oppugnandi fecit
Magna pars équitatus, frü men tandi causã, missa èrat
Cognóvérat enim Caesar, magnam partem équitätus, praedandi
frum en tandique causā, trans Rhenum missam fuisse (471).
Q 2
186 GERUND.
—Impérätor diem ad délib ér and um sumit. — Impérätor

dixit, sé diem ad de lib ér and um sumpturum (484, a).—
Spes praed and i, stüdiumqué bell and i incölas ab agricul
türâ et låböre révöcăbat.—D 5 c end Ödöcémur.

The desire of plundering and making-war has recalled the
farmers from (their) fields.—Time for (492, a) hurling the
darts was not given to the soldiers.—Time for (of) fighting
was not given to the horsemen.—The horsemen were sent into
the territories of the AEduans for the sake of collecting-corn.—
The mind of man is nourished by thinking.—Time for depart
ing-out-of the town was not given to the wearied citizens.—
The citizens ask time for (of) deliberating.—Wisdom is the
art of living well.—Caesar recalled the tenth legion into Gaul,
for-the-sake-of wintering.—We learn by teaching.—Oppor
tunityof attacking the town was not given to the soldiers,
though they desired it (= desiring it).
§ 12.
THE GERUNDIVE, OR, VERBAL ADJECTIVE
IN DUS, DA, DUM.
(495) (a) THE gerundive expresses the action of

the verb (generally with the additional idea of ne
cessity or continuance) under the form of an adjec
tive of the first class (76).
(b) The gerundive-stem is precisely the same as
the gerund-stem. The cases are formed by adding
the endings of the adjective; e.g.,
N. ii m and - is, ä, ä m.
-i, &c.,
ae,
G. ii m and
i,
through all cases and both numbers.

so
and
LESSON LXXXI.
of
The Gerundive used instead the Gerund.

(496.) THE gerundive used (to express contin
is
verbal adjective, agreeing with the

as
ued action)
a
the gerund governing the noun; e.g.,

of
noun, instead
Gen. Of writing letter. Scribe dae pist lae, in
a
di 6
scribe pis
of
stead
n
la m.
ö
t
Dat. To for writing let-|Scribe dis pistólis, in

or
pis
n
&
scribe nd
s. of
ters. stead
o
è
to la
Acc. To write scrib end épistö
m
A
letter.
a
lam, instead scri

of
d
a
be du épisté
la
m
m.
n
Ahl. By writing Scrib end pist Öla, in

à
letter.
è
pis
a
scribe
of
stead do
n
töl am.
188 GERUNDIVE.
*
for
The gerundive must be used
of
or
Wem. the dative accusative the
it
be
gerund when active government. may
an
It
has used for
it
the gerund neuter ad
of
any other case, unless the object
is
in
a
jective pronoun; e.g., learning the true era disc endi,
of
=
or
v
not vérorum discendorum; hearing this, hoc audien di, not
of
hūjus audiendi.
IS E.
X
E
C
E
R
(497.) Vocabulary.
To choose, déligère (délég-, delect-, To reckon, decm, dūcère (dux-,
dé+légere). duct-).
To pursue, consequi (consécut), dep, To discern, cernère (406, Cl. III, a).
To fail, insufficient, deficére Care, cura,
be
ae.
to
(defec-, defect, de-i-facére). To apply, adhibère (adhibü-, adhib

To form design, consilium capére It-).
a
Negligent, negligens, (negligent)
is
(io).
Space-of-two-years, biennium, (107).
i.
(498.) Example
(a) The Helvetians reckoned Helvétii bien nium sibi
that the space-of-two-years sät is esse duxèrunt.
was enough for themselves.

Tridu tium.
of
(b) The space three-days.

p
a
n
s
i
diri
pi
(c)
The house was given Dömus latrónibus

to
e
plunder. dā dātā est.
to
the robbers
The farmer gave his house Agricola dömum latrónibus
plunder. diripien dam dédit.
to
to
the robbers
L3’ After giving, going, sending, receiving, and the

of
verbs
like, the gerundive expresses purpose
or
object.
a
(=
Ad
(d) For completing fin- eas res conficiend às.

ishing) these things.

Urbs dice militibus diripienda dāta est.—Urb em dux
à
militibus diripien dam dédit.—Subitó Galli consilium belli

gérendi cépèrunt. — Sübitó Galli légión oppugnandae
is
consilium cépérant. — Ad eas res conficiend as Orgétorix

déligitur.—Helvétii, eas res conficiendas, biennium sibi
ad
sätis esse duxérunt.—Crassus legatos tribunosque militum

in
finitimas civitätes früm enti pā tendi causã dimisit.—Pläto

Römam (453, cognoscendas Numae leges contendit.
ad
c)
-In völuptătes pern end virtus maxime cernitur.—Multi

à
GERUNDIVE. 189
in équis pārandis, adhibent curam, sed in ämicis déli

gend is negligentes sunt.—Milites, ad urb em expugnan
dam, tridui spätium sibi sãtis esse duxèrunt.

For completing
these things (498, d) Caesar gave to the
Gauls the space of three days.—The AEduans had suddenly
formed the design of besieging the town.—Crassus is chosen
for carrying-on the war (498, d).—Pythagoras went to Sparta
(453, c) to learn (498, 3.7") the laws of Lycurgus.—Caesar
reckoned that the space of two years was enough for himself,
for overcoming the Gauls and finishing the war.—The general
the cavalry across the Rhine, for the sake
all
seeking
of
sent
re),
all
corn.—Ariovistus hastened (contendé with his forces,
attack the town (498, [+").—The Britons sent ambassadors
to to
Caesar, in-order-(ad)-to-seek (498, HT) peace.
LESSON LXXXII.
The Gerundive used express Necessity, &c.

to
THE GERUNDIVE AS SUBJECT.

(501) (a) The gerundive nominative neuter (düm)
in
the
used with esse express duty. the person
or
If
to
necessity
be is
expressed, put
be
must the dative.

in
it
One must write. Scribendüm est.

must write. Scribendüm est mihi.
I
I+" Here the gerundive the subject

of
the sentence
is
(the duty writing

of
me).
to
is
(b)
be
all
This neuter nominative may combined with the

esse; e.g.,
of
tenses
Scribendum est mihi, must write.
I I I
Scribendum erat mihi, had write.

to
Scribendum erit, must write hereafter.

&c., &c.
190 GERUN ofVE.
(c)
verb;
its
This neuter nominative may govern the case
of
e.g.,"
We must help the citizens. Civibus (dat.) subvéniendum
eSt.
One must use reason. Rätiöne utendum est.
THE GERUNDIVE AS PREDICATE.
The gerundive
also used with esse, all cases and
in
(502.)
is
genders, verbal adjective, agreeing with the noun, ex
as
to
a
press necessity worthiness; e.g., loved,

to or
be
ämandus
to
am
I
sum; thou art loved, ämandus és, &c. The person,
be
if
specified, put the dative.
in
is
must love Tullia (= Tul- Tulliá mihi ämandă est.

I
be by
lia
be
to
loved me.)
is
All things had Omniä Caesari érant àgendā.

to
done
|
by
Caesar (= Caesar had

do
all things).
to
[*Here the gerundive the predicate.

is
X E. IS E.
R.
E
(503.) Vocabulary.
Flag, vexillum, To send for, arcessère (arcessi
i.
To set-up, propónère (pró+pönère, arcessit-).

pösú-, pósit-, 406, b). To understand, perceive, intelligé1
To go forward, procédère (pró-Hcé. (intellex-, intellect-).
3,
dére, 401, b). To determine, statuére (stätü-, st’

little far, paulló longius tüt-).
A
too
(adv.). In vain, frustra.
To think, ptitäre (av-, at-). More widely, latitis (adv., 376).
(504.) Examples.
(a) bridge pontem făci endum
to
Caesar causes Caesar

a
(= takes care that

be
made (esse) curat.

bridge should
be
made).
Ia
must hear. Mihi audien dum.

Est often omitted with the gerundive, (a).
is
as
in
(b) The centurions thought Centiiriönes nihil tămére

that nothing ägen du (esse) existimã
m
be
should
done rashly. bant.
The accusative hardly ever used after the neut. gerundive.

is
*
GERUNDIVE. 19]

(1.) Gerundive in the nominative neuter (diim).
Militibus de nävibus é r at dé sí li e n d u m. — Militibus
simul et de nävibus (èrat) dé sili e n d u m, et cum hostibus
ër at pu gn a n d u m.
(2.) Gerundive as a verbal adjective, agreeing with the noun.
Cæsâri omnia üno tempöre (118, lI., c) è ra n t à ge n d a,

vexillum prò p ö n e n d u m ; r é v ö c a n d i milites ; qui paullo
longius pröcessérant a r c e s s e n d i; äcies i n s t r u e n d a; mi
lites h o rt a n d i ; signum d a n d u m. — P r δ hi b e n d a e s t
ira.—Bellum nöbis est s u s ci p i e n d u m.—Cæsär sibi lätius
di stri b u e n d u m exercitum pütat.—Impérâtor dicit, jam
sibi légàtos a u d i e n d o s.—Cæsär übi intellexit frustrâ tan
tum läbörem sümi (471), stätuit ex p e c t a n d a m classem.—
Cæsür pontem fä c i e n d u m cürat atque itä exercitum trä
dücit.

(1.) Gerundive in mominative, meuter (d ü m).
We must leap-down from the ships.—We must read.—You

must hear.—You must fight for liberty (pro libertate).—All
must hear ; we must read.—With whom (quibuscum) must I
fight ?—Ve must leap down from the walls and fight with the
horsemen.
(2.) Gerundive as a verbal adjective.
I must
all
set by
upme
once (=
all
things things must

be
at
do done
one time).—You give signal.—We had
at
to
must the
the flag.—Cæsar must send ambassadors.—The soldiers must
fortify the camp.—The general must encourage the soldiers.—
The Helvetians cause bridges made over the river.—Cæ
be be
to
sar thought that the army must led-over.—Cæsar thought

by
that the army must him (sibi), and distributed

be
divided
more-widely.—The general says that
he
must wait-for the

by
ali
fleet.—Divitiacus says that this-thing (höc)

be
must done
the Gauls.
§ 13
IMPERATIVE MOOD.
LESSON LXXXIII.
507.) THE imperative mood expresses the action
of the verb as a command, wish, entreaty, &c.; e.g.
-
Love thou ! Hear thy parents.
(508.) FORMS OF THE IMPERATIVE.
Active.
2d Sing. 3d Sing. || 2d Plur. 3d Plur.
ām- a or ato. atO. âté or ātötö. anto.
món- 6 or ēto. eto. été or etöté. ento.
rég- & or ito. ito. itë or Itôté. tinto.
aud- 1 or ito. it.0. ité or itotö. itinto.
PASSIVE.
ām- | àre or ātör. âtór. ămini or aminör. antör.
mön- erö or ötör. êtör. &mini or ēminör. entor.
reg- ërë or itór. Itör. imini or iminör. untor.
aud- iré or itór. itör. imini or iminör. iuntör.
Rem. 1. Observe that the 2d pers. sing, act. can be obtained from any
verb by striking off ré from the infinitive; e.g., inf, à maré;
tmper., ám a ; and that the 2d pers, sing. pass. is the infinitive
form precisely.
2. The longer forms of the 2d person are used especially in reference
to future time; e.g., in laws, statutes, and the like.
3. The io verbs of 3d conj. take the imperative endings of the 4th in
the 3d pers. plur.: thus, c à piunto, them take; piuntor,
let
c
à
Făcio pers. sing fäc.

2d
has
be
let them taken.
X IS E.
E
C
R
E
(509.) Vocabulary.
[Deponents take, course, the passive endings.]
of
Enmity, inimicitiá, To pursue, follow, perséqui (persé.

ae.
To despise, contemnére (con-Hem- cut.), dep.

néré, temps-, tempt-). Association, fellowship sóciétas (atis
Flecting, fügax, (fügac)
is
(107). 293).
IMPERATIVE MOOD. 193
Frail, perishable, câdācās, ä, tim | Show, spéc:3s, spéciei (117).

(from cadéré, to fall). To trust, crédére (crédid-, crédit
To shun, avoid, vitaré (āv-, at-). 411, c); governs dat.
Judge, judex, (judic) is (306). Admire, admirari (at-), dep
To revere, vénérari (vénérat.), dep.
(510) Examples.
(a) Do not hear. N é au di.
To not trust appearance ||Ne crédé c 616 ri.
(colour).
Rule.—With imperatives, né must be used for not.
(Non would be very bad Latin.)
(b) Let the judge neither give Judex praemia né dātö névé
nor take rewards. capito.
Neither – nor = n& — n é v é.
Pär entum
(c)
16
parents
of
Instead (abl.)
6
c
|

at
Pueri (voc.), pārentes 6.—Magistri puerös linguām

m
à
Lātinäm d6 cento.—Magná vis est virtutibus; éâs (150)

in
excità, — Ab stin injüriä

ét
forté dormiunt. omni

si
&
6
t
(abl.) atque inimicitiis.—Impérá irae (147). Né pers

—
é
qu ér omnia, quae spéciem gloriae häbent.—Haec omnia, quae
e
häbent spéciem gloriae conte é: breviá, fügācià, căducă

m
n
existi mã.—Né creditë omnibus.—Judices praemium

n
é
pi
un to, névé danto.—Vitā sóciétätem impróbórum.—

à
c
én rà ré Deum, én rà ré pārentes, quðs pārentum

et
V
á
á
löcö (55, tibi (54) natură dédit.—Pueri praeceptöres, qui

a)
bus docti sunt, man to ér antôr.

et
n
à
č
v

Boys, (your) parents.—Let the master teach the boys
revere
the Greek language.—Do not rouse-up (your) vices: rouse-up
(your) virtues, perchance they sleep.—Abstain
ye
from (abl.)
if
enmities.—My son, rule (your) anger (dat., 147).

all
vices and
glory.
all
—Do not admire things which have the show

of of of
glory
ye
Do not fear death.—Do not trust the show

to
Love those whom Nature has given you place parents.

to
in
–Do not seek the association

of
the wicked.—Neither take

(cápére) nor give reward.—Hear the wise and good
a
R.
§ 14.
SENTENCES.
[THE student should now be made to understand something of senten.

ces. The following simple statements can readily be understood.]
(513.) (a) The sentence, “the messenger fled,” is a simple
sentence, as it contains but one subject and predicate.
(b) The sentence, “the messenger, who saw me, fled,” is a
compound sentence, as it contains more than one subject and
predicate.
(c)
In
the last example, “the messenger fled” called the
is
PRINCIPAL SENTENCE and “who saw me,” the subordina.TE
;
Sentence.
The following are some

of
of
(514.) the classes subordinate
SentenceS
:
(a) The accusative with the infinitive; e.g., Nuntitis dixit,

quites télä conjic
ré
(The messenger said that the

&
&
horsemen were hurling darts). Here équités télä conji

céré (that the horsemen were hurling darts) the subordinate
is
sentence; untius dixit, the principal sentence.

n
Conjunctive i.e., are introduced by

as
(b) sentences, such

a
conjunction time; e.g., when he had
of
or
adverb Caesar,
crossed the river,
up
drew his army. Here, Caesar drew

.
up
his army the principal sentence; when

he
had crossed
is
the river, the subordinate sentence.

g., Nuntius, qui miss est,
us
(c) Relative sentences;

e.
dixit (The messenger, who was sent, said). Here un

n
tius dixit the principal sentence; qui miss est,

is
ü
s
the relative subordinate sentence.

(d) Interrogative sentences are introduced by
e.), such
(i.
as
interrogative word; g., Tell me what you are doing?

an
e.
Here what you are doing subordinate interrogative sen.

is
a
tence.
§ 15.
CONJUNCTIONS.—(LXXXIV.--LXXXV.)
LESSON LXXXIV.
Copulative Conjunctions.
(515.) CoPULATIVE conIUNCTIONS unite words or
sentences together. They are,
And. Ét, qué, àc, atqué.
Neither, nor. Néc, néqué.
Also. Etiäm, necnon, quéqué, itém,
itídém.
EX E R C IS E.
(516.) Vocabulary.
Only, sülüm; not only, nôn sölüm.
ae,
Some (some persons), nönnulli,
á
A debtor, Óbserātūs, i. (nón-Hnullûs).
Formerly, at one time, quðndam. Javelin, tragülä,
ae.
Rich, öpülens, (ópülent) is (107).

To hurl under, subjicéré (jéc-, ject-,
To hasten, to march rapidly, pröpé sub-Hjäcère).
rāré (av-, at-). profit, benefit, prāsām" (pró-Hsum),
I
To give largess, tobribe, largiri governs dat.

(largit-), dep. To the same place, e5dém (adv.).
Once and again, sémél atqué ité Too much, nimius,
ä,
öm.
runn. Top, summit, culmén, (culmin)
is
Estate, rés fämiliaris, e (104). (345).

A
ae.
wheel, rötá,
To pray, Örăre (āv-, āt-).
(517.) Examples.
(a) Darius equipped fleet, Dárius classem compārāvit,
a
and placed over Datis and eiqué

ét
Dātim praefécit
it
Artaphernes. Artäphernem.
E
(a) connects independent words and sentences; qu joins one

t
é
or
word
as
to
sentence another rather an appendage. Thus,

ét
(a),
in
Prós im inflected like tim, but inserts

is
before the vowels

*
d
s
g.,
prod-esse, prod-6 prod-est (not pro-es, pro-est).

s,
e
I96 COPULATIVE CONJUNCTIONS.
joins D atim and Artáphern em; and qu è joins the sentence

“placed over it,” &c., as an appendage to the equipment of the fleet.
ac
(b)
in
Fierce and barbarous men Hömines féri barbari
were coming into the prov- provinciam véniébant atqué
ince, and were hastening
in
Italiam contendébant.
into Italy.
At qué
(b)
Ac
or
used before consonants, but not before vowels
h.
is
be
may used before either vowels
or
consonants.
Caesar ét in
(c)
Cesar both had indul-|Décima legioni
ét
ged and was greatly con- dulsérat confidebat max
fident the tenth legion.
in
imé.
by
Ét ét
(c)
followed another means both—and.
(d) (1) Again and again. Etiäm at qué
ti
äm.
&
(2) And again.
E éti m.
a
t
(3) Not only—but also. |N 6ns ölü m—s éd éti am.
Orgétörix judicium omném suám fămiliam coègit,
ād
&
t
omnes clientes óbarátósqué eódém (adv.) conduxit.—Carthago
qué Numantia, ét
at
Cörinthus Öpulentissimae quðndäm

8
t
välidissimae civitätes, délétae sunt Römänis.–Caesar finem

à
própérandi (489) fäcit, pontem qué flümén Rhenum ponit.

àd
-Discipúli ét audiunt ét àmant praeceptórés.—Römäni n

n
6
lum itinérum causā (135, II., R.) séd étiam possessionis,
so
culminā montium occupāvèrunt.—N so lum virès (plural

n
Ó
vis) séd éti am telà nostris (dat.) deficiebant.—His rebus

of
Dumnörix ét suam rém fămiliãrem auxérat ét facultätes ād

largiendüm magnäs compārāvérat.—Hostes löcö supérióre
ét
é
nonnulli intér carrós rötas qué

ét
nostros téla conjiciébant

\n
trägüläs subjíciébant, nostros qué vulnéräbant.—Contemnuntiir

prosunt.—N éc mélièr
R.
qui éc sibi né alteri (194,

1)
ii
vir fuit Scipióne (360, quisquám, néc clariór.—AEdui néqué

c)
obsides répétivérunt né qué auxilium implórāvérunt.—Säpi

entëm équé paupertās équé mors équé vinctilă ter
n
rent.—Nimius somnus néqué corpèri néqué ànimó (dat., 516)

Oro; étiam atqué étiam rögo.—
ét
prodest.—Rögo té,
te
atqué itérü
sã
clim Germänis contendérant.—

él
ex m
AEdui
érüperunt (erump &re) quë omnem
at
Milites castris
spém sälütis virtuté pösuêrunt.
in
DISJUNCTIVE AND ADVERSATIVE CONJUNCTIONS. 197
LESSON LXXXV.
Disjunctive and Adversative Conjunctions.
(519.) I. THE disjunctive conjunctions (meaning

on) are a ut, v él, v é, and siv ć or se u.
Rem. 1. A ut indicates a real difference of object; e.g.,
Here, soldiers, we must conquer or Hic vincendüm autmöriendüm,
| mi
die / lités
When aut is used, but one of the conditions can be fulfilled,
as in the above example.
Rem. 2. V él (derived from vellé) means if you wish, or
rather. (Hence it is used for even.)
The nobles can either corrupt or Virinóbiles v 81 corrumpérémörés
correct the morals of the state civitatis, v čl corrigéré possunt.
e.,
they can
(i.
do
whichever
they please).
Rem.
V
always affixed
3.
another word; duó,
ve
is
très
to
é
= two or three.
Rem. These conjunctions are frequently repeated.
4.
ut- ut.
a
Either—or, él—v čl.

v
siv 6–siv
č.
Whether—or, |se u-seu.

II.
(520.) The adversative conjunctions express

opposition (but).
The most important are,
At, atqui, autém, catérüm, séd, vérüm (but).
Tämön (however); vérô (truly).
-
X E.
E
C
R
S.
I
(521.) Vocabulary.
To run up, accurrërë (accurr- and To pay up, persolvére
(solv-, só.
accucurr-, accurs-, ad-Hcurréré). lüt-). -
Wery rich, perdives, (divit) (per+| To suffer full punishment, poenas
is
divés), 107. persolvéré.

Chance, castis, tis. By chance, casu Handsome, formösús,
ä,
öm.
(abl.). Eloquent, fäcundüs,
ä,
äm.
Goodness, būnitās (ātis). Ulysses, Ulysses, (Ulyss)
is.
R
2
198 CONJUNCTIONS.
To possess, possidéré (posséd-, pos Daily, quðtidianús, 8, iim.
sess-). A living being, animans, (animant)

Weeping, flétis, üs. is (107).
Effect, effectiis, üs. Motion, mótüs, us.
Sorrow, sadness, tristitià, ae. Various, diversus, ä, öm.
Generally, plerumqué (adv.). To swim, nätaré (av-, āt-).
Joy, gaudium, I. Sometimes, interdum.
(522.) Examples.
(a) Those are Fortés sunt häbendi, nón qui
to be esteemed
brave, not who do, but who fáciunt, s é d qui propulsant
ward off injury. injuriäm.
(b) Gyges was seen by no Gygés à nullö vidébâtur, ipsé
body, but he himself saw auté m omniä vidébât.
all things.
(a) S & d indicates a strong opposition; it always stands first
-
its
in clause, (a).
in
as
(b) Autém expresses weaker opposition than séd. Au

a
tém and vero never stand first sentence, but always after
in
a
one or more words.

Nostri céléritér accurrërunt; āt Germāni fortiter impétum
per
vé
gládiórum excepèrunt.—Amici regis duó tres

R.
(519, 3)
divites sunt.—Sivé casu (55, sive consilio deorum immorta
a)
lium, poenas persolvérunt.—Nonnulli, sive felicitäte (abl.)

quadám, sivá bönitäte naturae, rectäm vitae sécuti sunt viäm.—
magnänimi sunt häbendi, nôn qui fåciunt éd qui
ét
Fortés
s
prôpulsant injüriam.—Nön formösus érat, &rat facundus

d
é
s
se
Ulysses.—Avarus nôn possidêt divitias (57, R.) divitiae

d
possident elim.—Flétüs plérumqué est effectiis tristitiae; inter

düm vero tiam (even) gaudii.—Helvétii fére quötidianis
a) è
fini
ut
praeliis (55, clim Germānis contendunt, quum suis

a
bus eós prohibent, aut ipsi eórum finibus bellum gèrunt.—

in
est; currunt,
él
ét
Animantium motiis diversus ambilant

v
nätant.—Corpüs móritúr (dcp.), vertim äni

él
völant,
él
v
müs nunquam mórietúr.—Milites nostri fortés fuêrunt,

d
é
s
äväri
§ 16.
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.—(LXXXVI—XCII)
THE subjunctive mood expresses affirma

(524.)
tion doubtfully, indefinitely, or as conceived by the
mind; e. g., I may write; might write; might I I
have written; if I should write; if I had written.
Rem.—The subjunctive has no future tense-form.
L ES SON L XXXVI.
Subjunctive Present.
be)
(to
(525) Forms of ess é subjunctive present.

in
Pres. sim, sis, sit, simus, sitis, sint,

we
may be. thou may he, she, may be...ye may belt may
it
I
est be. may be. -

of
(526.) Forms regular verbs.

(a) The subjunctive present adds the person-endings
m, mus, tis, nt, for the active, and
s,
t,
ris re, tur, mur, mini, ntur, for the passive,

r,
or
by
of
the verb-stem the following connecting vowels, viz

to
means
- - Active. Passive.
1st conj-, e; g., ām-è-m, am-è-r.
e.
2d conj., éa; e.g., mön-eå-un, mön-eå-r.

3d conj., a; g., rég-ā-m, rég-à-r.
e.
4th conj., ia; e.g., aud-Ia-m. aud-ia-r.
(b) PARADIGM.-SUBJUNCTIVE
ACTIVE.–I may
PRESENT.
love, advise, rule, hear.
-
Stem. Singular. Plural.
ām- êm. es. ët. êmüs. étis. ênt.
mön- &ám. 6as. éât. ëámùs. &âtis. ëant.
||
rég- âm. as. ât. āmūs. âtis. ant.

aud- Iäm. iás. iāt. Iāmūs. fatis. iânt.
PAssive-I may
be
loved, advised, ruled, heard.

Stem. Singular. Plural.
ām- ër. ëris or ërë. êtur. emür. emini. entur.
mön- &är. &aris or ārē. &atür. eåmür. eåmini. eantür.
rég- är. aris or ārē. ātūr. amür.
amini. antúr.
aud- Iār. Iāris or āré. iātür. iāmür. iāmini. iànttir.
200 SUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT.
EX E R CIS E.
(527.) Vocabulary.
Value, prétitim, i. To be ignorant, ignórare (āv-, at-).
To obey, paréré (parti-); governs dat. To deny, négare (av-, at-).
To despair, despèrăre (āv-, ät). To know, noscéré (nóv-, not.).
Otherwise, alitér (adv.). To afford, praebère (praebü-, praebit-)
To hinder, impédire (iv-, it-). To make one's self a judge, séjädi.
Carefully, studiósé (adv). cém praebéré.
To exercise, exercère (exercü-, ex To apply, to employ, adhibéré (u-,
ercit-). It-).
To grieve, dólère (dölü-, dólit.). Cautious, cautiis, ä, äm.
Would that, titinam (conj.). Rashly, téméré (adv.).
To fear, métuére (métu-). Ever, unquám (adv.).
Incredible, incrédibilis, e (104). Truly, obviously, prorsiis (adv.).
Mind (talent), ingénium, i. Finally, déniqué (adv.).
(528.) Examples.
[The principal use of the subjunctive in Latin is in dependent sen
tences; but in this lesson we show its uses in principal sentences, in
which it occurs only when something is said without efiniteness or cer.
fainty.]
(a) 1. No sane man can doubt Nemo sānus de virtutis prétić

about the value of virtue. d ti b it 8 t.
2. May I be safe / Sim salvis !
3. I hope you are well Salvis sis!

(=may you be safe).
May Inot be safe, if Né si m salvus, si älitér scribo
I
4.
write otherwise than ãc sentio.
I think.
5. I hope my father is ütinam pâter viv at.
alive (= would that
my father may be
alive).
6. I wish he would come. ütinam véniãt.
(a) The subjunctive present is used for the English poten
tial, may, can, &c., and also to express a wish, when the thing
wished is possible. A negative wish is expressed by n e pre
fixed, as in (4).
(b) 1. Let us believe. Crédimiis.
2. Let us obey virtue. Virtuti pāre à mus.
3. Do not despair. Né de s p & res.
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 20]
(b) The subjunctive present is used, instead of the impera

tive, to soften a command. N e is used for prohibition.
(c)
t?
Who would not love vir-| Quis virtutem nón äme
tue
2
What can do? Quid fäciam
1
Quis ign Öre
t?
Who ignorant?
is
Who can doubt Quis dubitet?
7
(c)
The subjunctive present direct questions when
in
used
is
any doubt implied. (In English, we generally use can, will,
is
would, &c., such questions.)

in

subjunctive potential, express
of
Use
or
to
as
(a) wish (the latter
a
indicated by 1).
Tempus énia — Salvis sis! àmicé. — Fä for
t.
e
à
v
t
v
tūnâl-Utinam hoc verüm sit!—Diu viv as 1–Nemo bönus
dé Prövidentiã Dei du bit ét.—M Öri är,
ác
äliter scribo
si
sentio—Utinam nemote impédiat!—Utinam dömum mean:
véris āmicis (55, imple
a)
m
a
subjunctive imperative.
of
as
(b) Use
séquāmur, eiqué påre mus. -

Sé quisqué studióse exerce at.—Nātūram, optimam ducem,
mé muspátriam, påre
ā
A
à
mus sénātui, constilāmus bönis.—Suum quisqué no scăt

vitiórum suðrüm judi
se
ingenium, äcremqué
êt
ét
bönörum
cém prae be ät.—Né àmetis impróbos.—Prüdentiam adhib
eamus.—Cautiorem adhi beamus prudentiam.–In rebus
gravióribus cautièrem ad hibe āmus prüdentiam, séd nèc
in
léviöribus téméré unquam agāmus.—Né döleás.

(c)
subjunctive
of
Use direct questions.

in
Quis höc cred 1–Quis fäbüläs istās cred 1–Quis im

at
at
probös diligat?—Quis elim diligat quém métuit?

ac
stultös
de
—Quis crê dat illud quðd prorsús incredibilé est?—Quís

Quid fäciàm us?-Quís néget
—
virtutis prétić dubite

t?
omnés lévés, omnés àvårös, omnés dénique impróbös essé

servós
:

(a)
No wise (man) can doubt concerning the benevolence

of
God.–My friends, hope you are well (= may you

be
safe).
I
202 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
—I-hope-that (utinam) the commander is alive (= may live).

I hope our friends may come !—May these things be true !--
May the citizens be wise.
(b) Let us not believe this.—Do not believe these fables.—
Let us exercise ourselves diligently.—Let us love our friends,
let us obey our parents, let us worship God.—Know your (own)
mind.—Let the soldiers take-possession-of the mountain.—Let
us not love the wicked.
(c) Who can say this?—Who can love a fool?—Who would
obey a wicked king?—What good (man) can doubt concerning
all
the value of virtue !—Who can deny that avaricious men
are slaves?
ON XXXVII.
L
L
S
E
S
Subjunctive Perfect.
(to
subjunctive perfect.
of
(531.) Form
in
esse be)
fuërim, fuëris, fuérit, fuerimus, fuéritis, fuérint,
may have thou mayest he, she, we may have|ye may have they may
it
I
been. have been.

# een.
have been. been. have been.
of
(532.) Forms regular verbs.

The subjunctive perfect active adds the endings
1.
ërim, ris, rit, &r Im is, ér Is, érint,

It
&
the indic. perf stem the verb; e.g., ám āv-ārim, &c.

of
to
by
The subjunctive perfect passive combining

2.
formed
is
perfect participle subjunctive present esse

of
the with the

:
e.g., ātā sim, &c.

m
á
[#" Deponents, course, are formed like passives.]

of
3. PARADIGM, SUBJUNCTIVE PERFECT.
Active-I may have loved, advised, ruled, heard.

timāv
'*}|
audiv
erim. aris. erit.
&rfmüs. &ritis. &rint.
:
PAssive.—I may have been loved, advised, ruled, heard.
:•
āmātūs,
a,
um, āmāti, ae,

-r
à,
.
\
*])
mönitus, öm, möniti,

ä,
ae,
Sing. Plur
s:
ae,
recti,
à,
rectus, tim, sin:

à
-
auditus,
ä,
üm, auditi,
à,
ae,
|
SUBJUNCTiVE MOOD. 203
E X E RC I S. E.
(533.) Vocabulary.
Health, våletüdö, (valetudin) is (339).
Patience pâtientia,
ae.
|
So, thus, ità (adv.)
To slay, cut
to
pieces, caedèré (cé.
Kindness, pardon, véniä,
ae.
cid-, caes-, 413, [+").
To take captive, câpéré (io, cep-,
no
It
makes difference,
it
matters
capt-, 199). mot, nihil réfert.
DC" Form the subjunctive perfect active and pass

of
ive the following verbs:

Abstim,
be
to to to to
absent (no passive). Invénire,
to to
find (invén-, invent-).
Pröstim, profit (do.). Scribéré, write.
be
Désium, wanting (do.). Fäcéré (io-, fec-, fact-),
to
do.
Vöcăré, call. Löqui (löcut-),
to
speak (dep.).
Confirmāré,
to
assert. Censéré (censii-, cens-),
to
think.
Dicéré, say (dix-, dict.).
to
Oppriméré (press-, press-), re
to
Tradéré,
to
assert, deliver (tradid-, press, crush.

tradit-).
Constituère (stitü-, stitüt-),
to
place.
Laudare, praise.
to
Oppugnaré, assault. to
Vidére,
to
see. Révöcāré, recall, restore

to
(534.) Examples.
do
(a) Do not
it.
fé
Ne ris.
c
&
|
(a) The subjunctive perfect (as well
be
the present) may
as
prohibitions, with hil, instead

in
used
ni
é,
or
the imper
of
n
ative.
(b) By your leave

or,
would Pacé tua dixérim;

I
Vénia
say. tuä dix rim.
é
Epicurus may have said. Dix rit Epicurus.

é
Perchance some one may say. Forsitän äliquis dix rit.

é
|
(b) The subjunctive perfect may

be
or
an
used with without

adverb,
to
express supposed case (that may

be
true).
a
(c)
think can assert this. Höc confirmävérim.

I
You will scarcely find man |Vix ullius gentis

in.
a
höminem
any nation. vénéris.
of
(c)
(as
The subjunctive perfect

as
well present)
to
used
is
an
as,
soften assertion. (Such phrases Probably might,

I
think can, would, perhaps, &c., can

be
I
expressed
I
in
-Latin
by
one word the perfect subjunctive,

in
as
above.)
204 SUBJUNCTIV E MOOD.
(d) (1) Why do you laugh ? | Cũr rīdēs ?

(2) Tell me why you | Dīc* mihi cũr rīdeās.
laugh.
(1) Where have you been? Übİ fuisti ?
(2) I
do not know where | Nescio ŭ bi fu ěris ?
you have been.
The sentences marked (1) are direct interrogative sentences,

and take the indicative mood; those marked (2) are indirect (or
subordinate) interrogative sentences, and take the subjunctive.
Hence,
Syntar.–The subjunctive mood
in
(e)
all
of
Rule used
in
is
direct interrogative sentences.
Rem. Such sentences are introduced by the interrogative pronouns
quis, qui, quantus, qualis, uter, &c., the adverbs ubi, unde, quan
do, quo, cur, num, utrum, an, &c. or

cěris.–Id dixěris.–Nihil
nē
nē
(a) Quốd dŭbitas,

fẽ
in
is.–Cům im
fẽ
commödõ (to the injury) văletūdínis tuæ

c
ě
r
tu
āc
sī
pröbis stultis nē
s.
ū
ð
c
s
l
(b) Făciatălíquis.–F cěrit hõc ăliquis.–Dixěrıt

hõc
ẽ
Epicũrŭs, Deum essě nullum.–Forsítan eŭm ămā věris.–

Forsítan ită censuěris.–Puerům magistrī mð nu rint.–
ě
Urběm hostes opp ugn āvě rint.

m,
(c) Frātěr (voc.), bönā tuā věniā dix

ri
meă sententıă
ě
dāv ěr (351, atque

la
měliðr est.–Pătientiam
2)
m
boum
u
r i
–
ěquõrum. Ingěniă studiăquě

is
făcilius (376)
p
p
e
ě
o
s
s
r
-
quăm āvě
ri
s.
ě
ð
v
r
rīd ās.–Dīc, cũr vēně

ăd
ri
(d) Nescio mẽ nõn

s.
ū
c
e
r
–Helvětiī ibï ěrunt, ŭbï eõs Cæsar con títů erit.–Magnõ

s
cům pěrīcŭlõ (89, II.) fēcit.–Intelligit, quantõ cům perī

ïd
cěrit.–Multī prælīo cæsī sunt.–Multī prælīo

fē
În
ïd
ïn
cŭlõ
est
sunt–Übi (when) lost) nihil rēfert,

(is
captī victõrìă āmissă

quð aptī sin t.–Dīc
sī
prælio fugā mihi

in
in
aut
æ
c
c
t
fu ris.
-
ŭ
b
ě
i

(a) Do not love the wicked.–Do not hear the foolish.
The imperative dīc, not dicě.

of
dīcěrě
is
*
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 205
(b) Some philosophers may-have-denied the soul to be im

mortal.—Perhaps-you-have-advised the young-man.
(c)
think-I-can-advise the young man.—You may easily
I
young men.—You cannot easily recall the
of
repress the minds
Industry (studium)
of
men.
(d) The mind itself knows-not what (qualis) the mind is.—
Tell me where you were.—I-do-not-know why you did not come
me.—Tell (me), were you (fuerisne) school yesterday?—
in
to
difference how many are taken-captive.—The boy

no
makes
It
will remain (erit) there, where the master may appoint him.—
will tell you what have seen.—I will tell you what have
I
I
I
heard.—Tell me what you have done.
LESSON LXXXVIII.
Subjunctive Imperfect and Pluperfect.–Conduional
Conjunctions and Sentences.
(537.) THE subjunctive imperfect simply adds the
person-endings,
m, mus, tis, nt, for the active,
s,
t,
ris (re), tur, mur, mini, tur, for the passive,

r,
Thus,
of
the present infinitive form the verb.

to
Inf. Pres. Imperf. Subj. Act. Imperf. Subj. Pass.

esse, essem,
be.
to
be. might
I
āmārā, timãre -m. timãre-r.

to to
love.
régéré, rule. régére-m. régère-r.
(538.) PARADIGM.—suBJUNCTIVE IMPERFECT.

might, could, would,
or
Essèm.—I should be.

1.
---
essèm. essés. essét. essémüs. essétis. ess.'nt.
||
|
AcTIVE.—I might, could, would, &c., love, advise, rule, hear.

2.
āmār
mönér- - -
*>
6tis. ent.
||
&m. &S. &t. emüs

-
régèr.
*
audir-
*card
PAssive-I might, could, would, &c.,
be
loved, advised, ruled.

3.
âmar-
|
emin: antür.
&r.
or
eris ërë. etür. émür.

l
}
régér
audir
S
Rem.—The vowel e of the ending is long, except where it comes before

m or t final, when it is short of necessity.
(539) (a) The subjunctive pluperfect active simply

adds the person-endings,
m, s, t, m us, tis, nt,
to the past infinitive form of the verb. Thus,
Past Infinitive. Pluperfect Subjunctive.
fu is sé, to have been. fu is s é-m, I might have been.

ămăvissé, to have loved. ămăviss é-m, I might have loved.
(b)
The subjunctive pluperfect passive

formed
is
by
combining the perfect participle with the subjunct

é;
of
ive imperfect ess

E.
ät
g., ess ém (sometimes with the subjunctive

of m
á
ü
s
é;
e.g.,
ess ém, &c.).
fü
at
pluperfect
is
m
á
ü
s
s
(c) PARADIGM.-SUBJUNCTIVE PLUPERFECT.
:
might, could, would, should have been, &c.
1.
I
|
fuissém. füissés. füissèt. fuissémüs. fuissétis. fuissént.

||
|
|
ACTIVE.—I might, could, &c., have loved, advised, ruled, heard.

2.
amav.
issèm. issés. issét. issémüs. issétis. issènt.
audiv
'.'" £, (£m.
PAssive.—I might, could, &c., have been loved, advised, ruled, heard.
3.
āmāti, -
#,
āmātūs, üm ae,
à,
-_
'',
__
montus, monit. essémis.

..
(
Sing. * ****** esses. Plur ####"

auditi, £,
w; -
essets.
&
)
&
*
*
auditt's, esset. essent.

)
|
Conditional Conjunctions and Sentences.

if,
(540.) (a) The conditional conjunctions are si, sin, but

if, nisi, ni, not, unless.
or
if
by
(b) conditional sentence one which introduced

A
is
is
be a
.
20nditional conjunction; e.g., men were good, they would

if
nappy.
Rem. The sentence introduced by

if
called the conditional sen

is
tence; the other, the consequent sentence: men were good the
is
if
-
conditional; they would happy, the consequent.
be
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 207
EX E R C IS E.
(541.) Vocabulary.
f'o diminish, minuère (mini-, mi To subdue, sübigéré (subég, sübact,
nut-). sub-Hägéré).
To cross over, transiré (irreg.). Longer, diutius (adv., compar.).

The world, orbis terrarim. wish that, itinam (conj.).
I
(542.) Examples and Rules.
ér
father ütinam pâter viv
et
(a) Would that my
!
were alive
/
wish he could come Utinam énir et

I
v
!
!
[3" these examples (which refer present time), the thing wished
In
is to
be
supposed impossible (the wish

to
vain).
is
wish he had lived Utinam vix is set

II
!
wish he had come Utinam én is set
v
!
!
[3'" these examples (which refer past time), the thing wished
In
to
is
supposed impossible (the wish
be
to
vain).
is
Syntax.—The imperfect and pluperfect sub

of
(a) Rule
or or
junctive are used express
impossible supposition,
an
to
ct,
the imperfe with reference present

to to
vain wish
a
'uture time; the plup

pluperfect, with reference past time. p
(b) Conditional Sentences.
has (any) money, Si cuniam hā bet, dāt.
he
If
(1)
&
he gives (it).
Here the man supposed have money; the condition expressed by
to
is
“if” therefore real.

is
Si hā be at,
ni
has (any) money, am

he
If
(2)
6
u
c
he will give (it). dābit.
Here the condition possible, not real. The man may have money.
is
if
Si ér et,
ni
he had any money, hā

he
am
If
(3)
p
u
6
b
c
would give dār et.

it.
supposed money: the condition

no
Here the man

to
have unreal.
is
is
present
or
to
(Observe that refers future time.)

it
Si cuniam hābuisset,
he
had had any money,

p
If
(4)
&
would have given dé is set.

he
d
it.
Here the man supposed not have had any money; the condition
to
is
is
therefore unreal (referring past time). Hence,

to
Syntax.—In conditional sentences (1),

of
(b) Rule real

a
condition is expressed by the indicative; (2) a possible

condition by the present or perfect subjunctive; (3) an
unreal or impossible condition in present time by the im
perfect subjunctive; and (4) an unreal or impossible con
dition in past time by the pluperfect subjunctive.
Rem. 1. In cases (3) and (4), the subjunctive must be used in the
consequent as well as in the conditional sentence.
2. It follows that the perfect or pluperfect indicative can never be
éniss ét, not vânérát.
si
he
If
=
si.
used with had come
si
v
is,
ütinam salvus esses.—Si hoc dic erras-S hoc
I
as, erres.—Sih Öc dic res, errãres.—S dix
ic
q
h
c
&
äb 6
i
ses, errå impérä
ād
ses.—Sivénisses exercitum,
is
s
quid
is
töre us esses.—Fräter mihi narràbat āmicus tuus

v
set (534, d).—Mémóriá minuitur, nisi exer

fe
is
eåm
à c
ce s.—S Helvétii flümen transiré entur, Caesar eós

n
Ó
c
i
pröhibëbit.—Si Helvétii flümen transire con are tur, Caesar
n
eós prohib ér et.—Si Helvétii flümen transire
ti
n
à
Ó
c
ess ent, Caesar eós prāh ibu t.—Si obsides
âb
Helvétiis
is
6
s
Caesari (54) den tur, cum
āb
is
pâcem făciet.—S obsides i

Helvétiis Caesari d'à re tur clim pâcem făc ér et.—Si
iis
n
Helvétiis Caesari diiti sent, cum pâcem

is
âb
obsides
e
s
fécis set.—Nön stip rār ém ur, civés (voc.)

si
nostri fortés
é
essent. — Nón tip ér tis, civés,

m
ti
fortiores
si
à
6
e
s
s
milites nôbis (dat., 125, II., fu sent.—Alexander totum

is
a)
diutius vix
si
is
féré orbëm terrārum subégit.—Alexander,

set, totum orbem terrārum égis set.
ti
b
s

wish my father had lived longer.—I wish you had come.—
I
Would-that the soldiers had been braver.—If you-would-read

this book (542, 2), would give (it) you.—I wish the gen
b,
to
I
eral had led the army across the Rhine.—If you had any thing
(quid), you would willingly give (it). they had had the —If
money, they would willingly have given it.—If you-had-loved
the boy, you-would-have advised him.—If you-love the boy,
you-will-advise him.—If the soldiers would come the army,
to
by
they-would-be-praised the general.—If the Germans had-led

(their) army across the Rhine, Caesar would-have-made at
an
be
tack upon (in) them.-If we-are brave, we shall not overcome

SUBJUNCTIVE witH UT, NE. 209
LESSON LXXXIX.
Subordinate Sentences expressing a Purpose.- Ut

and Né.
(545.) THE subjunctive forms of the verb poss é,

to be able, are the following:
[Observe that poss é is compounded of p 6t-, the stem of p 5 tis, able,
and ess é; thus, p 5 t-e ss é, contracted, poss é. So all similar forms
are contracted, and the t changed into s befores.]
Subj. Pres. (Pötis sim = pot-sim = possim.)

pós- sim. sis. sit. simus. sitis. sint.
Subj. Imperf. (Pötis essem = potessem = possem.)
pós- Sém. SéS. sét. sémüs. sétis. sënt.
Subj. Perf. (Pötis fuerim = pot-fuerim = potuerim.)
pötü- érim. Gris. erit. ürimüs. ëritis. &rint.
Subj. Plup. (Pötis fuissem = pot-fuissem = potuissem.)
pötü- issém. issés. issèt. Issémüs. issétis. Issent.
(546.) The final conjunctions (i.e., such as denote a purpose,

(or úti), né, quin, quo, quo minis.
tit
aim, or result) are

Ut, üti, that, that, order Quó, order that,
in
or
so
in
the end that. to

that.
- hin
Quðminiis, that (after verbs
of
Né, that not, dering).
so
that not, lest.

Quin, but that.
EX ER CIS E.
(547.) Vocabulary.
To eat, edéré (601). To resist, résistéré (restit-, restit-).
Rauracian, Raurácüs, To fix, hence
to
decide,
A A
statuére
i. i.
Tulingian, Tulingüs, (stätü-, statü-).

ex
on
To burn up, exuréré (exuss-, To decide quite

se
something
ust-). vere, äliquid gráviús stätuéré.
Together, una (adv.). To enjoin, praecipère (io, praecep
Basely, turpiter (215, 2). cept-), prae+cápéré).
To surround, circumvéniré (vén-, To join battle, praelium committére
II.
End, finis,
2).
(m., 355, Ex.

is
vent-).
expressing Purpose, End, Object.

or
Subordinate Sentences
a

(a) beseech you that you
I
do this;
Té obsécro, fäcias.
it
höc
or,
beseech you
do
this.
to
I
S
2
210 UT, NE, EXPRESSING PURPOSE.
The general commanded that

the soldiers should keep
their stations;
or, Dux impérăvit, üt milites
stätiönés suās servärent
The general commanded the
soldiers to keep their sta
tions.
(b) I
beseech you that you
do not do this;
Té obsécro né höc fäcias.
or,
1 beseech you not to do this.
The general commanded that

the soldiers should not
desert their stations; Dux impérăvit n e milites
or, stätiönes suās désér
The general commanded the č rent.
soldiers not to desert their l.
stations.
(a) These examples show that a purpose or aim may be ex

pressed in English by that, in order that, or (especially after
verbs of asking and commanding) by the infinitive. In Latin,
such sentences are expressed by ut, with the subjunctive."
(b) An object to be provided against is introduced in English
by that not, in order that not, or by not, with the infinitive. In
Latin, such sentences are always expressed by n é, with the
subjunctive.

1. Ut. -
Edimus it vivām us, non vivimus it éd ām us.—Vénio

tit disc à m.—Véni ü t dis c ér em. — Orgétörix persuádét
Casticö (dat.) it regnum occ à pet.—In eó itinére, persuasit
Casticö, cujus pâter regnum in civitäte suá multös annós (191, a)
obtinuérat, it regnum in civitäte suā occ tip are t.—Orget
örix persuadet Dumnorigi üt idém (150) cón étur-Orget
brix persuasit Dumnorigi út idém con à ré tur. — Helvétii
persuadent Rauräcis, ü ti clim proficis can tur.—Helvé
iis
Tulingis, ti, oppidis suis vicisque

tii
persuadent Rauracis
ét
Jubërë takes accusative with infinitive.

*
UT, NE, EXPRESSING PURPOSE. 211
exustis (457), ună clim is profíciscan tur.—Caesar castellä

communit, it
Helvétios prohibëre poss it. — Caesar castella
communivit it
Helvétios prohibère posse t. — Caesar rögat
Divitiãcum tit finem örandi få c i a t.—Caesar rögåvit Divitiā
cum tit finem örandi fåc ér et. — Helvétiis (147) Caesar im
pérat ü ti perfügäs ré du cant.—Helvétiis Caesar impérăvit
ü ti perfügas ré du c ér ent.
2. N 6.
Té obsécrãvin é höc fä c & res.—Päter filium obsécrat n é
quid turpiter få céret.—Milites, né àb hoste circumv én
ir entur, audāciús (376) resistère àc fortius pugnäre coepe
runt.—Divitiãcus Caesarem obsécrat, n é quid gráviús in frä
trem stā tu at.—Divitiãcus, multis cum lácrymis (89, II.)
Caesarem obsécrãre coepit, n é quid gráviús in frâtrem stā tu
8 ret.—Praeceptum est (perf pres., it has been enjoined to or
upon) Labiénö, né praelium committat, nisi Caesaris copia.
vis ae sint (542, b, 2).—Praeceptum érat Labienö, né praelium
committér et, nisi Caesaris cópiae v is ae e s sent.
[Recollect that a purpose or aim is often expressed in English by the
infinitive; but in Latin never—always by ut with the subjunctive for a
positive aim, by n e with the subjunctive for a negative aim.]

The general commands the lieutenant (147) not to do (= that
he may not do) this.—The general exhorted the soldiers to make
(= that they should make) the attack sharply.—The father be
seeches his daughter to make an end of praying.—Some-men
(quidam) live to eat, not eat to live.—He comes to see the gen
eral.—He came to see the general.-The Helvetians persuade
the Tulingians to set out together with them.—The captive
beseeches the general not to decide-on any-thing at-all-severe
against (in) him (se).—Caesar commands the Gauls (147) to
bring back (= that they should bring back) the deserters.—
The Romans, that they might not be surrounded by the Gauls,
began to fight more bravely.—The commander enjoins-it-upon
the lieutenant not to join battle.—The commander enjoined it
upon the lieutenant not to join battle.
912 SUCCESSION OF TENSES.
LESSON XC.
Succession of Tenses.—Ut expressing a Result.

(551.) (1.) We cannot say in English, “He comes, that he
might see the general;” or, “He came, that he may see the gen
eral;” but we must say, that he may see the gen
“He comes,
eral,” and,“He came, that he might
see the general.” It is
obvious that this tense of the verb in the subordinate sentence
depends upon that of the principal sentence; and this depend
ence is called the succession of tenses.
2. The tenses of the Latin verb are divided into primary
and historical.
Present. Future. Pres. Perf.
ämät, āmāb it, ämä vit,
(a) Primar * : he loves. he will love. he has loved.
Imperfect. Pluperfect. Perf. Aorist.

- - y ămâbât % tim a vć rāt * # m ti v. Ity
(b) Historico',
! he was loving. he had loved. he loved.
3. The Rute for the succession of tenses then is: If there be

a primary tense in the principal sentence, there must be a pri
mary tense in the subordinate sentence; if a historical tense in
the principal, a historical tense in the subordinate.
[The examples in the preceding lesson illustrate this rule, and those in
the present lesson will farther confirm it.]
EX E R C IS E.
(552.) Vocabulary.
To strive, contend, miti (nis- and To cut or tear down, scindéré (scid
nix.), dep. sciss-).
Despair, despérátić, (desperation) To begin, incipéré (incep-, incept,
Is (333, R.). in-Hcâpéré).
To run together, concurrère (con To afford means or facilities, dārē
curr- and concücurr-, concurs-). făcultâtem.
Storm, tempestas, (tempestat) is Deceit, dölüs, i.
(293). Rather, mägis.

To rise (as a storm), cooriri (coort-, Integrity, próbitas, (próbitat) is
con-Horiri). (293).
Palisade (rampart of stakes) val: Course, ursiís, ús.
lüm, i. Change 3ommutatio (ānis, 333, B.)
UT WITH THE SUBJUNCTIVE. 213
Subordinate Sentences expressing a Result

So great is the power of in- Tantã vis probitätis est, üt
tegrity, that we esteem it eám vél in hosté diligă
even in an enemy. In ll S.
The Helvetians have been so | Helvétii i tā ā pâtribus suis
taught by (=have so learn- didicërunt, üt mägis virtute
ed from) their fathers, that quâm dölö nitantur.
they contend (or, as to con
tend) rather with valour
than deceit.
(a) These examples show that a result (especially after the

so,
by
great, &c.) expressed English
so
words such, that
in
is
with the indicative, or, with the infinitive; Latin, by
it
as
in
to
with the subjunctive.

(b)
Syntax.—Ut, signifying that,

of
Rule and introducing

result, governs the subjunctive.
a
Rem. Út, expressing result, generally follows the correlative words

a
tal is, ta ntus great); ádéo, sic,

it
so
(such, (so); and verbs

ā
signifying bring
to
accomplish, pass, &c.

to
to

Impérätor perficit, Sèquáni dent obsides.—Dumnorix
ti
ü
perficit, Sèquâni Hel

né
dent obsides, itinére (153,

it
a) a)
i
vétios prohibeant (548, b).—Imperätor tant (55, oppi

vi
à
tip
et
it
dum oppugnat, desperatio ànimos oppidanórum occ

(551, 3).—Impérätör tant oppidum oppugnâvit despér
it
vi
à
atio ànimos oppidānörum oc cup ret.—Tantus timor om

à
omnium änimos per turb ret.

it
nem exercitum occupāvit,

à
—Tantã tempestas stibitó coortà est (perf aor.) tit näves

cursum tânéré nôn poss ent.—Impérätor tant am sibi (54)
àd
jäm Galliá auctoritätem compārāvérat, tit undique

in
eum
legationes concurrérent (551, 3).—Galli vallum scindunt
Galli vallum scindére fossam complère incipiunt.-Galli sic
ét
noströs contemnunt, tit vallum scindére fossam complère

ét
pian t.—Oppidum sic munièbätur,

ci
natură (55,
it in
löci
a)
magnam adducendum (496) bellum rét fäcultätem

d
a
Auxiliórum adventù (55) magnä rérum commutatio facta est.

-
214 quo, au1N, QuoMINUs, WITH SUBJUNCTIVE.
–Hörum adventù tant à rérum commutatio factà est, it nos

pugnâ rent rép ellé rent.
tri
fortius atque hostes
by
be
with the English infinitive must
as
Recollect that
to
translated
!
with subjunctive.]
ut
The commander brought-it-to pass that the Sequanians gave

hostages.—The Sequanians gave hostages that they would
not prohibit the Helvetians from (their) journey (153, a).—So
great-a fear suddenly seizes the whole army, that alarms the
it
all.—So great
of
minds tempest suddenly arises, that the
a
ships can not hold their course.—The commander procures for
himself great authority Italy, that even the senators run
to so
in
together him.—The Helvetians begin
cut-down the bridge.
to
—The Helvetians despised our men, that they began
so
to
cut
down the bridge.—By the approach AEduans,
of
great
so
the
a
change was made that the Helvetians began fight more
to
bravely.—The Helvetians had learned from their fathers,
so
as contend rather with valour than deceit.

to
LESSON XCI.
Periphrastic Conjugation, Subjunctive.—Use
of
quð,
quin, quominis, with the Subjunctive.
(556.) THE want
of
future subjunctive supplied

to
some
is
a
extent by the periphrastic conjugation, formed by combining

the participles tis and
is
with the subjunctive tenses

in
of
d
r
ess
é,
be.
to
ACTIVE.
JPres. ămăturüs sim, may
be
about
to
IIII
love.
Imperf. essèm, might
to
be
āmatürüs about love.

Perf. amātūrūs fuérim, may have been about
to
love.
Pluperf. fuissém, might have been about
to
āmāturus love.
PASSIVE.
Pres. timandüs sim, may
be
be
loved must love

to
I III
me).
Imperf. āmandüs essém, might £ne
be
be
to
loved.
Perf. amandüs fuérim, may have been
to
be
loved.
Pluperf. ãmandüs fuissém, might have been
be
to
loved.
Esse (to be).
Pres. fütürüs sim, may
be
about
to
II
be.
Imperf. might
be
fütürüs essém,
to
about be.
QUO, QUIN, QUOMINUS, WITH SUBJUNCTIVE. 215
EX E R C I S. E.
(557.) Vocabulary.
To hold back, restrain, retinéré (re Cowardice, ignávia, ae
tinti-, rétent-, ré+ténère). To take away from, eripéré (or,
To stand in the way, prevent, ob &ripu-, érept-); governs acc. and
staré (obstit-, obstat-, ob-Hstare). abl.
To sustain, sustinére (tinú-, tent-, To train, educate, éducaré (av, at-).
sub-Hénéré). To deceive, falléré (féfell-, fals-).
Novelty, nóvitas, (növität) is (293). It was Caesar's fault, Pér Caesa
To decree, consciscéré (consciv-, con rem stetit (=it stood through Cae.
scit-). sar).
To commit suicide, sibf mortem con To finish, perficére (perféc-, per
sciscéré (= to decree death to fect-).
one's self). Suspicion, suspicio, önis (333, R).
(a) Caesar erects forts, that Caesar castellá communit, quo
he may the more easily fäcilius Helvétios prohib
keep off the Helvetians. ère poss it.
t),
(a) Quo is used to express a purpose (instead of ü espe
cially when comparative enters the sentence.
a
poss may, &c.).

he
it
it
Caesar castellá communit (that

castellá communit quð fácilius possit (that may znore
he
Caesar
easily, &c.).
quin på tet.
no
(b)(1) There one but Nemo est

is
thinks;
Or,
There one who does
is
no
mot think.
quin
to no
(2) There
so
Nemo est tam fortis

is
one
brave as not be con per turb étur.
founded.
(3) not doubtful but Nön dübium est quin milites
is
It
that the soldiers will fortitër pugnât risint.

ü
fight bravely.
(4) did Nön dübitābam quin milites
not doubt that
I
soldiers would fight fortiter pugnât

ri
the
e
ü
s
-
bravely. ent.
S
They could not quin

be
(5) Nön pôtérant rétinëri

tëlä conjic
ér
restrained from hurl ent.

ing darts (= but that
they should hurl darts).
216 auo, QUIN, QUOMINUS, WITH SUBJUNCTIVE.
(b) Quin is used in the sense of “but,” or “as not,” after

negative sentences; and in the sense of “that not,” and “that,”
after non dubito, non dubium est, &c.; in the sense of
“from" (= but that) after verbs of restraining, &c.
(c)(1) What stands in the Quid obstat quo minus Jü
way of Julius being lius sit béatus?
happy (= what stands
in the way in order
that Julius may not be
happy)?
(2) Nothing hinders him Nihil impédit, quominus
from doing this (=no- höc fäciat.
thing impedes, in order
that he may not).
(c) Quominis
is used (in preference to né) after verbs
of,
of hindering, preventing, standing in the way &c. (It can
with partiof,
by
English from,
or
generally
be
rendered into
a
-
ciple,
as
above.)

(a) Quo (= order that, used instead tit, with comparatives).
of
in
Caesar milites hortätus est fortés essent.—Caesar milites

it
hortätus est quo fortiores essent. —Eó Öpére perfectö

(456) Caesar praesidiá dispönit, castellä communit, qué fácil
ius, Helvetii transire conentur (542, prohibère possit.
2)
b,
si
—Scripsi, auctoritätem hābèrem.—Scripsi quo

üt
in
suadendö
fi
plus auctóritätis (186, hābèrem.—Auxilium rögant,
a)
(488)
hostitim cöpias sustine ant.—Subsidium qu
it
rögant,
6
cilius hostium cópias sustine ant.

(b) Quin (= but that).
Nemo est tamfortis quin réinövitäte (55, perturbëttir.

a)
—Orgétorix mortuus est, néqué abest suspicio quin ipsé sibi

mortem consciv érit.—Helvétii nón dübitant quin Römäni
depriving) libertätem eptürisint.—
ér
of
AEduis (abl., verb

Nön dübium quin civés, übi (when) patriá péricúlö
in
est
fortiter pugnât üri sint.—Nön dübito
e),
sit
fütürá (534,
quin puérum béné educăturus sis.—Turpé estfalli.—Tur
pitis est fallère.—Nön dubium est quin turpius sit fallère.
quam falli.–Germani rétineri nôn potérant quin
in
noströs
telä conjic ér ent.
_*
QUUM WITH SUBJUNCTIVE. 217
Quo minis
(=
(c)
order that not).
in
Per Labienum stetit quo minus Römāni oppidum occupi
rent.—Noströrum ignäviä obstàbat quo minus hostés stiper
entur.—Nön mê impediés quo minus
är
faciam.—Sén.
id
ectüs nón impédit quo minus littérarum studià têne mus.
à
of
[Remember the rule for the Succession Tenses (551, 3).]
Q
Ö.
(a)
u
Caesar, having finished the work (= the work being finished),

braver spirit (fortioré ànimó).—
be
of
exhorted the soldiers
to
a
ask your assistance, that
do
may this the more easily.
I
I
(b)Quin.
There think that the wise are always
is no
one who does not

is
happy.—It not doubtful that Caesar will cross the Rhine.—I

not doubt that my father will come.—I was
do
not doubting that

gou had educated the boys well.
Quomin
(c)
üs.
Nothing hinders being happy.—It was the fault
of
me from
the commander that the soldiers did not jight bravely.—The
way our taking
of
of
in
cowardice the commander stood the

possession-of the town.
LESSON XCII.
m,
of
with the Subjunctive.

Q
Use
it
u
(561.) THE conjunction quum (sometimes written cum)

two uses: (1) denote time simply (when, while); (2)
to
to
has
The former quum
or
denote cause,
reason (since). called
is
a
temporal, the latter quum causal.
EX ER CIS E.
(562.) Vocabulary.
To contemplate, contemplari (ät), To get sight conspicére (spex
of
dep. spect.).
To perceive, änimadvertéré (vert, Incessant, conti.wuous, continens
vers-, animum-Had-Hvertere). (nent)
is
(107).
To delay (av-, at-). Of right, justly, juré (abl. jüs).
of
tardaré
T
218 QUUM WITH SUBJUNCTIVE.
To order, jüberê,does not take ut | Destruction, interitüs, tis.

with subj, but with inf; he To make-haste, mātūrare (av-, at.)
acc.
ordered them to await =jussit eós | To announce, nuntiáré (av-, at-).
expectaré. To meet, convénire (vén-, vent-).
(563) Examples and Rules.

(a) When we contemplate the Quum coelum contemplä
firmament, we wonder at mur, Dei magnitudinem
the greatness of God. admirãmur.
(a) Rule of Syntax.—Quum, when used simply to express

the time (especially with the primary tenses), is followed
by the indicative.
(b) Caesar, when he had con- Caesar, qu um Pompeium vi

quered (= having con- cisset, in Asiam trăjécit.
-
quered) Pompey, crossed
over into Asia.
(b) Rule of Syntax.—Quum temporal is followed by the

imperfect or pluperfect subjunctive, if the events de
scribed depend on each other, and especially when the
aorist perfect is used in the principal sentence.
[In the above example, the verb traje cit, of the principal sentence,
is in the aorist perfect. In all such cases, the subordinate sentence with
quum can be rendered by the English participle, as in the example
above, and in the two following.]
The praetor, having come | Praetor, quum in förum ve

(= when he had come) nisset, änimadvertit (perf)
into the forum, perceived.
The commander, having got |Impérätor, quum hostes con
sight of the enemy, or- spex is sit, jussit.
dered.
(c) Since these things are so. quum itä sin t.
Quae
Since they cannot defend |Quum sé défendère non
themselves. poss int.
Although the soldiers were | Milites, quum imbribus tar
retarded by rains, yet they dār entur, tümen omniã
overcame all (obstacles). süperāvèrunt.
(c) Rule of Syntax.—Quum causal (signifying since, or

although) is always followed by the subjunctive.
QUUM WITH SUBJUNCTIVE. 219

1. Q, uum temporal, with subjunctive (563, b).
Caesar, nun ti à tum e s set, mātüravit āb urbe

quum id
pröficisci.—Quum légio décimā constit is set, omnés hostès
ăd elim löcum contendërunt.—Quum legātus adoppidum a c
c ess is set, puéri múliérèsqué påcem äb Römänis pétivérunt.
—Quum Caesar ád oppidum access is set, oppidani pâcem
âb eó pétiérunt.—Quum imperätor signum d'éd is set, milites
in hostes impétum fécèrunt.—Caesar, quum Gallós vic is set,
in Itáliam contendit (perf).—Quum legāti Caesarém in itineré
c on v éniss ent, eós suum adventum expectäre jussit.
(since, or although), with subjunctive
c).
2. Q.uum causal (563,
Milites, quu frigöré imbribus tard ār entur, támen

ét
m
continenti labóré (55, omnia supérāverunt. — Cicéro jüré

a)
patér pâtriae dictus est, quum urbém intéritu servas set.”

—AEdui, qu um Helvétiis défendère non pos
suāque ab
ab
sé
sint, legatos
ād
Caesarem mittunt, rögātum (379) auxilium.—

Quum omnes hömines mortales sint, étiam mórieris.
tu
uum temporal, with subjunctive (563, b).
1.
Q
The ambassadors having asked (= when the ambassadors had

asked) peace await his coming.—
of
he ordered them
Caesar,
to
Caesar having ordered them (= when Caesar had ordered them)

await his coming, (they) obeyed.—The lieutenant, when that
to
was (=had been) announced, returned the citadel.—The

to
legion having halted, enemy attack upon

an
fifth the made

them.—The praetor, having come into the forum, saw the cap
tives.—The boy, having approached the wood, heard voice.
a
Quum causal, with subjunctive (563,

c).
2.
1).—Nations,
-
us
Since these things are so, let believe (528,

b,
when they cannot defend themselves, ask assistance. The

camp.
by
scout, though delayed cold,

he
to
was the came the

Since Caesar took-away (êripère) liberty from the AEduans,
they rightly feared.
Contracted from serv avis set.

*
220 RELATIVE SENTENCES.
LESSON XCIII.
Use of the Subjunctive in Relative Sentences.

(566.) THE relative pronoun often takes the place of a con
junction in introducing a sentence, and is therefore followed by
of
the subjunctive. The following examples illustrate some
these uses.
(a) You err because you think= You err who think.
They sent men who should
(b)
They sent men seek for for

to
seek
-
peace = peace.
(c)
delighted
be
he
as
be
am not such man am not who can
to
I
a
I
delighted with vices with vices.

=
IS E.
X
E
C
E
R
(567.) Vocabulary.
herald, proclaimer, praeco, (prae To present, ädessé (ad-i-esse).
be
A
cön) (333). Tobear, ferré (irreg.).

is
Nervian, Nerviús, Portunate, fortunatüs,
ä,
öm.
It A
i.
pleased, plácuit (with dat.). youth, adólescens, (cent)
is
A
(m.
f,
At length, démum. and 25, a).

Affection, affectio, (tiôn) (333, R.). Innocence, innöcentia, ae.
is
To hurt, nócéré (with dat.). Fit for, idóneüs, öm (with dat.).

ä,
(568.) Examples and Rule.

(a) Hannibal did wrong qui Ca
in
Málé fécit Hannibal,

wintering (= because hiemävérit (=
he
puae who
Capua. Capua).
at
at
wintered) wintered
Here qui introduces the ground the judgment that Hanni
of
or
cause
bal erred.
(b) They send ambassadors Légātos mittunt, qui cant.

di
say (= who may say).

to
They ambassadors Légātos misèrunt, qui dicé

to
sent
say (= who might say). rent.
qui
ii)
(=
tit
Here introduces purpose.

a
qui
és,
ne
scias
(c)
You are
is
to
not the man Nön

be
ignorant. (= you
he
are not who can

be
ignorant).
He ordered all (those) who Omnés (eos understood) qui
armā ferre possent, àdessä
be
could bear arms

to
present jussit.
RELATIVE SENTENCES. 22]
In these examples, qui introduces a nearer definition of the demon

strative, which is expressed or implied.
(d) Rule of Syntar.–The subjunctive is used in a relative

sentence to express a ground, a purpose, or to give a
nearer definition of a demonstrative expressed or implied.
Rem. 1. T a li s, tam, t a n t u s, it a, &c., may be these demonstra
tives, as well as ïs, eă, id.
2. The relative to ea press a purpose is very common, especially in

Cæsar, and should be thoroughly studied and practised.

[Remember the rule for the Succession of Tenses (551, 3).]
(a) Quī, ground, cause, or reason.
Errās quī c en se ās
quī
Deum esse injustum. – Fortůnātŭs
fuit Alexander, virtūtis suæ Hömērum præcõnem (225, a)
in v ẽ n ě rit.–O fortūnātě ădölescens, quĩ tuæ virtūtis Hổ
mērum præcõnem in v ēně r is.–Nerviī incūsāverunt rělíquõs
Belgās quĩ sẽ pöpŭlõ Rõmānõ (54) dē di di s s en t.
(b)
purpose.
Q
ī,
u
Eripiunt ăliīs (153, quð ăliīs (54) largi an r–

a)
ŭ
t
Lēgātos quī pětěrent pācem.–Cæsar
ăd
Rõmānos mīsērunt,
ěquïtātum præmittit, qui*
vi
quãs partēs hostes ítěr

in
d
n
a
e
făciant (534, d).–Impěrātor mīsit explorātõres, quī cognos

cěrent quālis esset (534,
d)
nātūră montis.– Cæsar cõpiās

proximum subduxit, ěquïtātumque, quī su
r in
suās collem
s
hostium impětum, omnes cõpias,

q tï
mīsit.–Ariõvistus
u n
ē
e
t
nt, (153, prð

a)
et
nostros mũnītiõne
p
æ
ē
r
r
r
e
ē
r
t
hĩ bēr en mīsit.–Plăcuit Cæsărī Ariõvistum lēgātos

ăd ăd
ŭt ŭt
t,
mittěret (548, a).–Plăcuit Cæsărī Ariðvistum lēgātos

quī
ŭt
mittěret, ălïquem lőcum collỗ

ăb
eõ
lā
p
t,
n
ŭ
e
o
s
r
t
quiõ (54) dicěret (548, a).–Tŭm dēmum Ariðvistus partěm

suārum cõpiārum quæ castră mīsit.
p
(ea p
g
u
n
o
or ā
n
e
r
Qui,
(c)
defining demonstrative press implied).

a
quī armă ferrě po

se
Impěrātor omnes cīves ădesse

n
s
jussit.–Lēgātus pöposcit (411, obsides, arma, servos, quĩ

ăd
–
a)
perfūgissent. impěrārentur
eă
Helvetios Mīlītes quæ
quita tum (cavalry) being multitude, the relative qui

of
noun
E
a
*
may the plural.

be
in
T
2
222 RELATIVE SENTEN DES.
libenter fécèrunt.—Nön tä l is stim quite fall a m.-Innö

centiá est affectio tál is ānimi, quae n 5 c e at némini (54).

(a) Caesar did badly in-crossing (who crossed, perf subj.) the
Rhine.—They err who think that the soul is not immortal.—
The father censured his son for setting-out" (= who had set out,
plup. subj.) from the city.
(b) Caesar sends forward scouts, to choose (= who may choose)
place for the camp.—Caesar sent ambassadors Ariovistus
fit
to
a
demand (= who should demand).—The general brings back
to
his forces the hill, and sends forward the cavalry

to
sustain
to
(= who may sustain) the attack.
Proficiacor.
*
§ 17,
ORATIO OBLIQUA. (XCIV)
LESSON XCIV.
Oratio Obliqua (Oblique Narration).

(571.) IN relating the words of another, we may either, (1)
represent him as speaking in the first person, and give his words
precisely as they were uttered; e.g., “He said, will come;’” ‘I
or, (2) we may state what he said in a narrative form; e.g.,
“He said that he would come.” The former is called Orātio
rectā (direct narration); the latter, Orătio obliqué (ob
lique narration).
Fig." The example above given shows that the moods must be different
in the two modes of narration.
(572.) The sentences introduced in the Grätio obliqua

are either principal or subordinate; e.g.,
Ariovistus said that he would not w age war up on the
AE duans, if they paid the tribute yearly.
In this example, the sentence in s p a c e d printing is the

principal sentence; the sentence in italic the subordinate
Sentence.
E X E R C I S. E.
(573.) Vocabulary.
To bring upon, to wage, inferre (il- To get, to gain for another, concm
lat-), irreg. | iáré (āv-, at-).
Tribute, stipendium, i. - To get possession of pâtiri, (pótit)
Yearly, quotannis (used as adv.). dep. (governs gen, or abl.).
To pay, pendéré (pépend-, pens.) | Very easy, perfacilis, e (with dat.).
To point (os-|Affirm,
[*
show, out, ostendéré confirmare (av-, at-).
tend-, ostens-, and ostent-). The Helvetians intend, Hel.
To excel, praestaré (praestit-, praes- vétiis est In änimo (= it is in
tit-, and praestät-). mind to the Helvetians).
Because, proptères quód.
224 ORATIO OBLIQUA.
(574) Examples and Rules.

(a) Ariovistus said that he Ariovistus dixit, se AE du is
would not wage war upon be lumn Ön åt ü rum ill
the AEduans. 6 S S 6.
(a) Rule of Syntax.–In principal sentences in oratio

obliqua, the accusative with the infinitive is used.
Rem. When they express a command or wish, the subj, is used.
(b) Ariovistus said that he | Ariovistus dixit, s é AE du is

would not wage war upon bellum n Ó n e s se ill å
the AEduans, if they paid t ü rum, si stipendium quët
the tribute yearly. annis pendërent.
(b) In subordinate sentences in or a tio obliqua, the sub
junctive is always used (e.g., pender ent).
(c)
se
The lieutenant denied Legatus négåvit Rhenum
|
that he had crossed the trans is se."

Rhine.
He denies that can give. Négat poss dăre.
he
é
s

Caesar dixit sé, post quam hostés essent, castra
fü
si
muniturum essé.—Dé décimā légione Caesar nôm dubitābat.

—Caesar dixit, se dé décimā legióne nón dübitā re.—
Caesar dixit, se cii sölä déci mã légióne esse urum.t
it
m
—Caesar dixit sé cum sölä décimā légione, de quâ Öndübi

n
tăret, ess urum.—Impérätor dixit, maxim as nätiönes

it
é
pulsas stipërātasque esse.—Helvétiis (54) perfäcilé érat

tötitis Galliae impérió (abl.) pötiri.—Dumnórix ostendit, Hel
vétiis perfäcile esse, quum virtuté (55, omnibus
a)
(dat.) praestårent, totitis Galliae impérió pötiri.—Dumnörix

ipse Casticö (54) regnum conciliatürusérat.—Dumnórix con
firmat se Castic regnüm conciliãtü rum esse.—Hel
Ó
vétiis est änimö iter pér provinciam făcére; āliud iter

in
änimo (573, G"),dicunt Hel

in
hähent nullum.—Sibi essé

větii, siné ulló mälefício iter për provinciam făcére, prop
tère āli üd iter hā be ant nullum.—Impérätor nôn
quëd
à
pötest iter Helvétiis (54) pér provinciam dāre. —Impérator
Past infin. of transiré. Fut, infin iré, go.

to
of
*
t
ORATIO OBLIQUA. 225
négat s é, moré &t exempló pöpüli Römäni, posse iter Hel
vétiis per provinciam dire.
Caesar said th a t he, after Pompey was conquered, would
cross - over in to Asia.–Caesar had full confidence in
(= did not doubt concerning) the fourth legion.—Caesar said
that he would attack the town with the fourth legion
full confidence.—Cicero said that the
alone, in which he had
gre a test cities had been attacked.—The lieutenant
affirms that he will lead the arm y a cross the
Rh in e, if the enemy attempt to hinder (them) (prolibére).—
The Helvetians say that the y in ten d (573, G") to seek
pe a ce of Caes a r.
§ 18.
IMPERSONAL VERBS. XCV.—XCVI.)
LESSON XCV.
Impersonals.—Pudet, Piget, Tadet, &c.
(577.) IMPERsonAL verbs are those which have no subject,

and take the pronoun it before them in English; e.g., pluit,
it rains.
(578.) (a) Some impersonals are never used in the personal
form; e.g., pigét, it grieves, &c.; (b) others are simply the third
person of personal verbs: e.g., plácét, it pleases (plåceó, I
please). (c) Again, the third person singular of many intran
sitive verbs is used impersonally in the passive: currit tir,
run); vide tur mihi; nun
in
(it
they run am envied,

is
cià tii est, was told.

m
it
(579.) (a) The following impersonals (which express certain

of
feelings) take the accusative the person and genitive of the

the feeling.
of
cause
Pig piguit, grieves.
t,
it
&
piidu It shames
Piid
it
2
y
,t,
&
one ashamed.
is
!
Poenitét, poe ni tuit, repents.

$t
Tae dét, pertae sum est, wearies, disgusts.

it
Misérêt, one pities.
Your folly grieves me. Mé pig ét stultitiae tuæ (=

it
your folly).
of
grieves me
object the feeling expressed

of
or
(b) Sometimes the cause

is
by
qu
of or
infinitive, sentence with

d.
the
a
(;
fê
having done Nön pudét mê

is
am not ashamed (=
it
6
h
c
é
I
s
|
this. does not shame me to have done
this).
offending you. qu 5d offen di
of
repent Poenitet mê
I
t
e
(= repents that have of:

it
me
I
fended you).
IMPERSONAL VERBS. 227
E X E R C IS E.
(580.) Vocabulary.
Indolent, ignāv-us, ä, öm. To confess, fätëri (fass-), dep
Folly, ineptiae, àrum (57, R.). Because, since, quðniäm (conj.).
To sin, peccaré (āv-, at-). Almost, paené (adv.).
Business, négötium, i. Some day, aliquandö (adv.).
Undertaken, susceptus, ä, öm (part. Innocent, innöcens, (innöcert) is
of suscipère). Lot, sors, (sort) is (293). [(107).

(a) Ign à vu m poenitebit āliquando ign à viae.—Nön poeni
tet m é hujus c on silii.—Tui" me misèret.—E Ös in ep
tiã rum poemitébat.—Poenitébat m épec c à ti.—Miséret të
äli Örum, tui" néc miseret, néc púdet.—N Ös misèret c à -
lämitätis tuæ.—Nunquam àrem suscepti negotii
Caes
pertaesum est.—M é civitätis morum piget, taedetque.
(b) Illum poenítet quðd me offendër So cråten,
—
it.
nön púduit fatéri se multas rés nescire.—Té pudui.
id
—
făcăre. vix se, quoniäm nón frustra

is
Nön poenitet me
vixi.-Qué poemitet pec asse, paene est innöcens.
m

thy folly.—He will
be
of
(a) Thou wilt repent
of
ashamed
—We — We pitied
be
of
his indolence. shall ashamed thee.

us.—We shall never repent
of
of
them.—He was ashamed our
industry.—The boy will some-day
be
of
ashamed his indolence.

—Thou wilt some-day repent thy folly.—We are weary
of
of
life,—He was ashamed you
of
of
the citizens.—I am ashamed

and your ignorance. — Many are grieved (at) their lot (gen.)
at,
(=It grieves many lot).—I am not only grieved

of
their but
my folly (=It not only grieves,
of
also (sed etiam) ashamed

my folly).
of
but also shames me

repent having-sinned.—I am ashamed doing this.
is of
of
(b)
I
—A wise man not ashamed confess that he ignoramt-of

to
is
many things.—I am weary living (vivere).—I repent

of
of
hav
ing lived in-vain.—The boy repents having offended (quod,
of
with perf subj.) the master.—The young man

of
ashamed
is
having lived in-vain.—The general repented having moved

of of
(inf) the camp.—The Helvetians repented having crossed

(inf) the river.—The barbarians repented having approached
of
ad
(inf) the rampart (use before the accusative).

Gen of tu
*
228 IMPERSONAL VERBS
LESSON XCVI.
Impersonal Verbs, continued.
(583.) Vocabulary.
Ought, it behooves, öportét, ebat, It is agreeable, fibet, or lübet (with
uit, &c. (with acc. and inf). dat.).
It is It is allowed, lawful (one must),
li.
becoming, décét (with acc. and
cet (licuit and licitum est), dat.
It pleases, placét, placuit, &c. (with happens, contingit (dat.). Accidit
It
of
dat.). (used rather evil accidents).
It is of importance, it in expédit (dat.).
It
interests, expedient,
is
tërest (with gen.). With my permission, mea völuntate
It concerns, it matters, réfert (with (abl., 55, a).
gen.).

(a) Boys ought dili Puéros or tet diligentes
be
it p
to
6
gent. esse (= behooves boys
to
diligent).
c be
young man D vérècundum essé

é
e
to
It
becomes
t
a
be modest. ādólescentem.
(a)
by
Öp
or
tet and déce are followed the accusative

t
and infinitive.
by
[[+" Óportet also followed the subjunctive.]

is
(b)(1) pleased the major- Mäjöri parti plâcuit castrá

It
ity defend the camp. défendère.

to
Plác uit Ario

àd
út
(2) determined
Caesar Caesari
(=it pleased vistum legatos mittéret.
to to
Caesar)
send ambassadors
Ariovistus.
(b) Plác
by
be
(expressing purpose) may followed the

a
&
t
or
dative, with (1) the infinitive, (2) the subjunctive with ut.
(c) may go (= allowed Mihi ire lic et.
is
it
I
go).
to
to
me
You may go. Tibi ire lice
t.
might have gone (= was Mihi ire lic uit.

it
I
go).
to
to
allowed me
may Mihi ötiósó esse lio et,
be
idle.
I I
et
(= not |Nön
do
mihi.
is
11
not choose
it
agreeable me).
to
IMPERSONAL VERBS, 229
Licét, libét,
all
(c) and, in short, imperscnals which admit
by
for after them English, are followed
or
in
the dative.
to
(d) concerns all (= In tér est omnium.
It
is
it
.
of
the interest all).
It concerns me. Meä in tér est.
your concern. Tuä fert.
It It
&
r r
is is
my business. Meä fert.
é
(d) Inté rest governs the genitive; but when personal
a
pronoun be used, the possessive ablative (meå, tuă, &c.)
to
is
the genitive (mei, tui, &c.). Refer

of
used instead
is
is
t
rarely used except with these ablative forms.

Omnium intérest vérā (accus. pl.) dicére. —Intérest
me rectefácére.—Nön libet mihi praeliùm committére.—
à
Caesari nôn placuit praelium committére. —Intérest me
à
— Légātus pétébat,
sibi discédère
ut
hóc (accus.) scribére.
lice ret.—Expédit reipublicae (dat., 584, c.).—Tibi licet
id fäcére.–Meä völuntâté tibi fäcére lic et.—Helvétii
id
rögant (548, fåcére lice at.—Caesa

ut
id
ad a)
Caesaris völuntãte
rem portet Ariovistum vénire.—Ariovistus dixit; Caesa
ö
rem portere (574, sévénire.—Plácuit Caesari

ad
ut
a)
ö
decimam legiönem mittéret.—Amicitiam immortalem esse

portet. — Mihinegligenti esse nón lice — Nobis vénire
t.
5
lícuit.—Libérörum (65, R.) intérest pårentès vivère

et
salvös esse.—Tibi ignävö esse nón lice t.—Peccare némini
ice t.—D éc
et
esse diligentem.
té

Boys ought
be
do
modest (584, a).—You ought this.—

to
to
You ought or tuit, with pres. inf,

(Ó
have done this

to
fác ré). —It becomes

us
follow nature.—It becomes

to
a
&
young man love his parents.—The general determined (=

to
de it
pleased the general) make the attack.—The Helvetians

to
Caesar. —You may

is do
to
to
termined send ambassadors this

do
(584, c).—You may not this.—I (=

do
not choose not

to it
agreeable
do
ride-on-horseback—I
to
to
me) not choose come

the city.—It every-body's interest (=it interests all)
do
to
to
is
rightly (584, d).—It my business keep (my) word (fides).

to
is
—You are not allowed come.—We ought praise the brave

to
to
U
§ 19.
[RREGUIAR, VERBS. (XCVII.—CII.)
LESSON XCVII.
Pos-sum, Pos-sé, Pöt-ui, to be able, (can).
(587.) Pos-sii m is compounded of p 6 t-ís, able, and the

verb s à m. The t before s is changed to s; e.g., pöt-súm,
pos-stim; pöt-sunt, pos-sunt.
INDICATIVE.
pöt-és. Ipöt-est. Ipêt-estis. |pos-sunt.
#
Pres. |pos-sum. pos-sumüs.
Imp., pot-érām; Perf, pöt-ui; pöt-uérām; Fut, pöt-èrö; Fut.
Perf, pot uéró:
all
regular.
SUBJUNCTIVE.
Pres. |pos-sim. |pos-sis. |pos-sit.

|pos-simus. |pos-sitis. |possint.
Imperf|possém. |posses. Ipos set. Ipos semis. |possetis. |pos-sent.
Perf, pöt-uérim; Plup, pöt-uissém: regular.
Infin. Pres, pos-sé; Perf, pót-uissé, Part, pot-ens (used only
as
an
adjective).
E.
E
X
S.
E
C
R
(588.) Vocabulary.
Laughter, risis, us, render, reddère (reddid-, red
m.
To
To sow, séréré (sêv-, sāt-). dit-).
kindness, bénéfi
of
ae.
Good deed, act Influence, gratiá,

citim, Fraud, fraus, (fraud)
Is
(293).
i.
Beap, météré (messü-, mess-). Restrain, rétinëre (rétinu-, rétent-.

good to, benefit, prodessé
do
To
to
ré+ténère).
(prófú-, pro-Hsüm); governs dat. With equanimity, aequo animó (abl.
Hang over, impendéré.
=
with equable mind).
(589.) Examples.
Plürimum posse (= very
be
very powerful.
be
(a) To
to
much able).
(b) Of the whole Gaul, the Tötius plurimum Hel
of
Galliae
Helvetians are the most vătii possunt.
powerful.
POSSE, TO BE ABLE. 231
(c) A very few can keep | Perpauci pröhibère possunt

off (many).
(d) In the rest of Gaul. In réliquà Galliã.
[What is the rule for the Succession of Tenses 7 551, 3.]
[What case do the compounds of sum (prosum, desum, &c.) govern
-
b.]
267,

Beåtus esse sine virtute némo pö test.—Per risum multum
tér cognoscère stultum.—Sére (imperative) benéficia,
is
ut
p
6
poss métère fructum.—Viri böni stimus,

is
(548, (iis)
a)
si
prostimus, quibus poss mus.—Semperita vivāmus (528,
b)
ü
reddère possimus (553, b).—Mons altissimus
ut
rätiönem
fäcile perpauci prohibère poss
in
impendet (553, b).—
ut
t
Mons altissimus impendébat fäcile perpauci pröhibère pos
ut
sent.—Sine agricultura hömines vivére non poss unt.—Nostri

hostes conséqui nón på tuérunt, quéd équites insülam câpére
nön på tuérant.—Divitiãcus plurimum dömi (at home) atque
réliquà Galliā p5térat (589, a).—Fraus est accipère quód
in
nön ris reddère.—Nön est dübium quin totius Galliae

p
&
6
t
plurimum Helvétii poss (558, b).–Germani rétineri non

in
t
pôtérant quin nostros téla conjicérent

(558,
sé b,
in
5).—Caesar
test iter Helvétiis (54) dāre.—Caesar négat posse iter
p
6
Helvétis dāre.—Caesar négat sé, more exemplo (55, pöpüli

a)
et
Römäui, posse iter ulli (194, R.) per provinciam dāre.

us be
Men cannot happy without virtue.—Without arts we can

not live.—Let always live (528, that (553, we may
b)
so
us b)
die with equanimity.—Let

be
sow good-deeds, that

to
able
reap fruit.—The chief was very powerful,
be
we may
to
able
not only (non so lim) home, but also (séd étiam) the
in
at
he
denies that (574, give

of
to
rest Gaul.—Caesar
is
c)
able
a
passage the ambassadors through the province.—Caesar finds

to
out (répérit) that the chief very powerful (accus. with inf).
is
—Caesar finds out that the chief very powerful, not only
at
is
home, but also among the neighbouring states.-The enemy

(qui hurling darts against our
be
n)
cannot restrained from

soldiers.
232 VELLE, NOLLE, MALLE.
LESSON XCVIII.
Wellé, to be willing.—Nollé, to be unwilling.—Mallé,
to be more willing, to prefer.
(592.) Nólo = non völo; malo = mägis völo.
(a)
INdic ATIVE.
völö. I
vis. vult. völümüs. vultis. völunt.
I
Pres. nölö. nonvis. nonvult. nolümüs. nonvultis. nölunt.
||
máló. mavis. măvult. mâlûmüs. māvultis. mälunt.
I
Rem. The following tenses are regular: Imperf, völébâm, no le.

bäm, malébâm; Perf, völui, no lui, malui; Fut, Ólám,
v
no lám, malām; Fut. Perf, völuer no luérö, målue rö.
ö,
(b) suBJUNCTIVE.
vél
Pres. nöl- im. is. It. imüs. itis. int.
*:
mål
- vell
noll- &m. ës. êt. &müs. &tis. ent.
mall
!
Rem. Regular are, Perf, völuérim, nôluërim, maluérim; Pluperf,

1.
völuissém, noluissém, maluissém.

Imperative, noli, nolitó; nolite, nôlitôté, noluntö. (Imperative
of
2.
völö and malö wanting.)

Participles, völ-ens, nol-ens.
4. 3.
Infinitives: Pres, vellé, nollé, mallé; Past, völuissé, nôluissé,

maluissé.
X IS E.
E
R
E
(593.) Vocabulary.
To empty, unoccupied, vácāré To seem, vidéri (pass.
of
be
vidéré).
||
(āv-, at-), intrans. To return, back, rêverti

to
come
Neighbour, finitimüs, öm (with (revers-), dep.
ä,
1).
R.
dat.). Old man, sénex, (sen) (108,

is
Attentive, attentiis, April, idüs Apri

ä,
àd
of
äm. On the Ides

April).
of
Attentively, attenté (adv.). lis (the 13th

Grant, concession, concessüs, tis. April, Aprilis, is, m. (25, a).
Content, contentiis, (with Docile, döcilis,
ä,
üm (104).
4
abl.).
(594.) Examples.
anything. quid lint.
Si
(a)
If
they wish
v
as č
(a) The verbs velle, no lle, alle, transitive verbs,

m
govern the accusative.

VELLE, NOLLE, MALLE. 233
(b) He is willing to hear. V ult audi re.

|
(b) The verbs well é, no l l é, m all é, take the infinitive

after them, as the complementary object (210).
(c) Caesar is not willing that Nön vult Caesar e iim löcum
that country should remain vä car é.
unoccupied.
(c) The verbs vell é, no llé, mall é, admit the accusative

with the infinitive after them.
[What is the rule for principal sentences in oratio obliqua 7 (574, a.)
For subordinate sentences ! (574, b).]

Ego non eidem völo, sènex (225, a) quae völui ädölescens.
–Si v is āmāri, àmà (imperative). —Nön v ult Caesar eum

löcum văcăre.—N Ól uit Caesar eum löcum, unde Helvétii
discessérant, väcăre; né Germāni finitimi Galliae (54) essent
(548, b).—Böni hömines, miséri quam impröbi esse, māl unt.
— Fére libenter hömines id quód v 61 credunt. —Idem, unt,
velle ét idém no lle, eá* firmā āmicitià est.—Döcilis est qu:
attentë vult audire. — Quém docilem v člis fäcére, simiin
attentum făciás Óportet (584, a, £").—Nisi Caesar Römänis
(147) solüs impérare völuissét (542, b), a Brutó ét Cassio nón
interfectus esset.—Ariovistus dixit sé regnum malle (574, a)
Caesaris concessü (55, a) quâm AEduorum bénéficio hābère.—
Mâlûm us, clim virtute, paucis (55, a) contenti essé, quâm
sine virtute multä hābère. — Aristidès bönüs esse m à l'è b at
quam videri.—Häbet iracundiá höc mali (186, a, R.); non vult
régi.—Caesar legatis respondet (574, a) diêm sé àd deliberan
dum (489) sumpturum (esse); si quid v élint (542, b, 2) ād
Idüs Aprilis revertantur (574, b).—Tâmén Caesar, it spätium
intercédéré possét (548, a) dum milités convênirent, legātis
respondit, diêm séad déliberandum sumpturum; si quid vel
lent, àd Idus Aprilis révertèrentur.—Caesar áb Helvétiis dis
cédère n 616 bat. — Omniä érunt fäciliā si völ és (542, b).—
Ariovistus respondét; si quid Caesar a sé v élit, illum ad se
vénire 6portère.—Ariovistus respondit, si quid Caesar a sé vel
'et, illum iid sé vénire Öportère.
* E4 is in apposition whih the clause iden velle et idem no le.

U 2
234 FERRE, TO BEAR, BRING.
LESSON XCIX.
Fero, Ferre, Tuli, L at u m, to bear, bring
(596.) (a) PARADIGM of IRREGULAR FoRMs.
INDICATIVE. |
Pres. Act. féró. fers. fert. férimús. fertis. férunt.
Pres. Pass. férôr. | ferris. | fertür. || ferimúr. férimini. I fêruntúr.
":
INFINITIVE.
Act. Pres., ferré, to bear. tulissé, to have|Fut, lätärus essé.
Orme.
Pass. Pres., ferri, to be borne. Perf, latüs essé, to Fut, férendum essé.
have been borne.
SUBJUNCTIVE.
Imperf. Act. ferr. &m. |es. *5t. &müs. étis. ent.
|
&r.
Imperf. Pass. ferr- eris (ê). etür. emür. emini. entir.
||
IMPERATIVE.
Singular. Plural.
Active. fér, ferto. ferto.
3. 3.
ferté, fertöté. fêruntö.

2. 2.
3. 3.
2. 2.
Passive. ferré, fertör. fertör. férimini. föruntör.
r-,
fé
(b) The remaining tenses are formed regularly from
the present stem; till-, the perfect stem; and låt-, the supine
stem.
From för
-,
1.
Imperfect active and passive, férébam, férebär.

Future active and passive, fêram, es; férár, éris.
Participle active and passive, férens, férendüs. Gerund,
férendi, &c.
From till-,
2.
Indicative perfect, tüli; pluperfect, tülérām; future per

fect, tülérö.
Subjunctive perfect, tülérim; pluperfect, tülissém.
From lät-,
3.
all
Participle passive, lättis: hence the passive forms, lätüs

süm, &rām, àro, sim, essem, &c.; läturús sum, sim, &c.
The compounds are inflected way; e.g.,

in
(c) the same

inferre, bring against; intüli, illātūm;* inféro, infers, in
to
fert, &c.
(d) Tollo, tolléré, perfect

its
raise, take away, forms

to
to
and supine from tili, lätüm, viz., sustüli, sublåttim.
"in 11tum=illāt im, being changed into

+
before
1.
n
1
FERRE, TO BEAR, BRING. 235
Ex E R C Is E.
(597.) Vocabulary.
Prequent, crébér, brá, brum (77, a). To bring against, inferré (tül, låt),
Rumour, rumör, (rumor) is (319). governs acc. and dat.
to,
To bring bring, afferré (attül-, To make war upon one, belliim ali
allät-, ad-Herre). cui inferrè.
To bring together, conferré (contul-, Especially, praesertim.
is,
collat-, con-Herré); Giant, gigas, (gigant)
on
to
betake one's m. (N
sé
self, conferré.
p.
133).
Poor, helpless, inops, (inöp) (in-H To conspire, plot, conjurăre (āv-, at-).
is
ops), adj., 107. Impediment, impédimentum,
i.
To prefer, praeferré (tül-, lat-, prae-H Baggage, impédimentā, Örum (pl.).
ferré); governs acc. and dat.
(n.
Whatever, quicquid quisquis).
of
Mean, sordid, sordidüs,
ä,
üm.
(598.) Examples.
the part, Est pientis (=
of
(a)
is
of is is is is
it
It
a
à
s
duty,
It It It
the wise man).

the mark,
the characteristic,
wise man.
a
(b) The poets say. Poetae fé run

t.
They say. run

F
t.
&
Fer unt used for they say, and followed by the accusative
is
with the infinitive.

-
Eäs rés Caesar grâviter fert.—Caesar dicit, eas rês segrávi

ter ferré.—Säpiens bonā suá séctim (125, II., fert.—
b)
Terrā circă sólem ità fertur üt circă eåm simul lună férä
tur.—Crebri rumöres àd Caesarem afféré bantur, omnés
Belgäs contră pöpülum Römänum conjürăre, obsides que inter
dăre.—Helvétii noströrum impétus (acc. pl.) sustinëre non
sé
possunt.—Diutius quum Helvétii noströrum impétus sustinére

äd
nön possent (563, altërisë montem récépèrunt, alteri

in
b)
se
impédimentā contà l'èrunt.—Helvétil

in
ét
carrós unum
löcum impédimentä conttile runt.—Ferté miserö (54) atque
inopi (54) auxilium.—Est säpientis (598, injurias quo ani
a)
mö ferre.—Est boni (598, a), misèris atque inöpibus auxilium

ferre.—Quid quaeque (178, férat, incertum
6)
nox aut dies

236 FIERI, EDERE,
est.—Pécaniam praeferre āmicitize sordidum est.—Amicit.

am praeferre pécuniae hönestum est.--Ariovistus pöpülö Rö.
månö bellum intúlit.—Caesari nunciatum est (578, c) Ariovis
tum pöpülö Römånö bellum in tilisse.—AEquó animó fé rā
mus Juicquid nöbis accidat.—F ér end a est fortună, prae
sertim quae abest à culpä.—Improbi äd völuptătem fé run tur.
—Poetae fé run t (598, b), gigantés bellum diis (62, R. 3) in
tül is se.—Demetrius, quum patrià pulsus esset (563, b) ād
til
Ptölémaeum régem se c on t it.—Catilinae sócii armā contrà
R. fé
1) ré
pâtriam bant. — Dömös suäs Helvétii reliquêrunt,
ut
ferrent
in
töti (194, Galliae bellum (548, a).
LESSON C.
Fieri, happen.—E dere,
be
or
become, done,
to
to
to
Esse,
to
eat.
Fier *
1.
i.
Fieri
forms the passive fac éré, mance,
of
(600.) do.
to
to
The tenses are formed regularly endings
of
with the the 4th
conjugation, except the infinitive and the imperfect subjunctive.
INDICATIVE.
Pres., fi-o, fi-s, fi-t, &c. Imperf, fiébâm, bas, &c.
Fut, fiām, fiés, &c. Perf, factiis sum, est, &c.
,
à
Pluperf, factus erām, érås, &c. Fut. Perf, factus éro, éris, &c.
SUBJUNCTIVE.
Pres., fiãm, fiās, &c. Imperf, fiérém, fières, &c.
INFINITIVE.
Pres, fiéri, Perf, factus, um, esse; Fut, factum iri,
or
ä,
futurüm
esse, or föré.
PARTICIPLES.
Pres. wanting; Perf, factús; Fut, fäciendús.
this verb except fieri and

of
Rem. Observe that all the forms

in
fierém, rés, &c., the long, contrary the general rule that
to
is is
a
i
vowel before another short.
Ed ré (ess é).
2.
&
.
Edéré (or ess the tenses regu

all
6)
(601.) eat, forms

to
larly with the endings

of
the third conjugation; but has,

in
it
FIERI, EDERE. 237
addition, a few forms similar to those of ess é, to be, which

are shown in the following table :
édis edit &ditis
INDIC. Pres. edo. or or üdimús. or &dunt.
6S. eSt. estis.
&dérém &dérés édérêt || &dérémüs! &dérétis]édèrent
SUBJ. Imperf. or or o?" or" or or
! essém. essés. essét. || essémüs. essétis. lessent.
êdé edito &dité editóté
IMPERATIVE. or or o?" a?" &dunto.
€s. esto. este. estäté.
Es, from esse,
be,
Rem. short; from esse, eat, long (ês).
to
it
to
is
is
E.
X
S.
E
E
R
C
I
(602.) Vocabulary.
To wander, vågarí (dep.). Sickness, aegritúdo, (aegritúdin)
is
Fewness, small number, paucitas, (340).
(paucität) (293). To eat up, corrode, exédère (ex--
is
To born, nasci (nat.), dep.

be
edéré).
To admonish, admönéré (ad-Himó-| Fate, fatüm,
néré, mónü-, mónit-). Perpetual, perpétutis,i.
ä,
äm.
Among, àpüd (prep., acc.). Poor, paupér, (paupér)
is
(107).
to,
According sécundüm (prep, acc.). To drink, bibère (bib-, bibit-).

Less, minus (adv.).
(603.) Examples.
Fit, gen
(it
(a) happens brought minus late

it
is
It
à
v
|
pass) that they wander tur.

to
less widely.
Ut with subjunctive, expressing consequence, frequently

a
follows fit.
factus est
he
be
(b) He was informed (= Certior (may

was made more certain). followed by acc. with infin.).
(c) Cicero was made consul. Cicéro consul factus est.
The fieri predicate-nominative after
it.
verb admits
a
(d) Nothing could Nihil fieri pôtérat.

be
done.
[Repeat the rule for the Succession Tenses (551, 3).]
of

His rebus fit, Helvétii minus laté vägentur (603, a).—
ut
His rébus fie bat, Helvétii minus lăté vägårentur.—His

ut
rebus fit Helvétii minus fäcile finitimis bellum inferré pos

ut
sint.—Dé Caesaris adventù AEdui certióres facti sunt.-Cae

238 IRE, QUIRE, NEQUIRE.
sar, litteris (55, a) Labieni certior fié bat, omnes Belgas con
trā populum Römänum conjūrāré, obsidesque inter sé dăre.
Impérator dixit, id fié ri posse.—Noströrum propter paucità
tem nihil fié ripötérat.—Labiénus praelium commisit, ut un
dique uno tempóré (118, II., c) in hostes impétis fié ré t.—
Nemo if t casu (55, a) bönüs.—Poetà nascitur, non fit.—Si
fató (55, a) omniä fi
unt (542, b, 1), nihil nos admónère pötest
ut cautiores fi
à mus.—Conträ vim sine vi nihil pâtest. fieri
—Diligentia (55, a) omnia fi unt faciliá (603, c).—Apud vété
rés Românos, ex āgricölis
Cincinnatus consul (603, c)
cundum naturäm fi
interdum
fact us est.
Omniä quae se
unt, hâbendá sunt (502) in bönis."—
fi
-
è b ant constilés; ita
Saepe qui ex paupéribus divites fi

unt, divitiis (abl., 316, b)
uti nesciunt.—Vivimus ut é d'à mus; non è dim us ut vi
vāmūs.—Edére oportét üt vivāmus, nón Vivère it édamus.
—E ss é (601) Öportet ut vivās, non vivére ut édās.—Perpétuá
curā ānimum avări ex est.—Bibé, és.—Bibite, est à –
AEgritüdo ānimum ex est.
LESSON CI.
Ire, to go.—Quire, to be able (can).—N equire, to
be unable (cannot).
(605.) Eö, iré, ivi, itüm, to go, mostly follows the 4th conju
gation; but is irregular in the present tense, gerund, and su
pine, as appears by the following
PARADIGM.
TENSES. INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE.
it,
Pres. &ö, is, imüs, Itis, eunt. €ām, Čás, étit, &āmüs, éâtis, éant.
Imperf. ibäm, ibás, Ibat, &c. irém, irès, irét, &c.
Fut. ibó, ibis, &c. ibunt. itürüs, sim, sis, sit, &c.
.
.
.
.
ivisti, ivit or iit, &c.|ivérim, Ivéris, ivérit, &c.

ii,
Perf. Ivi or
Plüperf liverām, ivéras, &c. ivissém, Ivissés, Ivissét, &c.
Fut. Perf|ivérô, ivéris, &c.
IMPER. INFINITIVE. HSUPINE. PARTICIPLE. GERUND.
itó, itó. Pres, Irè. itüm. |Pres., iens (euntis). |eundi.
i.
Ité, itóté.|Perf, ivissé

or
issé. itü. Fut, itürüs, äm. |eundö, &c.

ä,
euntö. Fut., itürüm

essé. Verbal, eundüs,
ä,
öm.
"Habend sunt bānis

in
reckoned among blessings.

=
be
should
à
IRE, QUIRE, NEQUIRE. 239
Rem. 1. In the same manner the compounds are formed; e.g., exire,
abiré, &c.; but they generally drop the v in the perfect-stem; thus,
āb-il, ab-isti, ab-iit, abissé, abissém, &c.
2. Some of the compounds obtain a transitive force, and then take a

passive form like other transitive verbs; e.g., praeteriré, to pass
by ; praetëreór, I am passed by, &c.
(606.) Queo, can, I I

am able; néqueo, cannot, am un I I
able, are conjugated like eo, Igo; but they rarely occur except
in the present tense.
EX ER C I S. E.
(607.) Vocabulary.
To go out, exiré (ex-Hiré). Takes | By what route? quð ítinerë (abl.
abl, with or without prep. dé. 55, a).
To return, rédiré (re-Hiré; d insert-
To perish, përiré (pêr-Hiré).
||
ed for euphony). Manfully, virilitér (215, 2).
To undergo, sübiré (sub-Hiré); gov-| Tell me, dic (imperat. of dicéré).
Girls occats. Whether—or, utrum—an.
A return, returning, réditio, (rédi: | Taken away, sublatüs, ä, öm (part
d).
tion) is (333, R.). pass of tolléré) (596,
Ready, prepared, páratüs, Of Zurich, Tigurinús,
ä,
ä,
äm äm.
(part. pārāré). To suffer, allow, pāti (pass-), dep.
of
To pass Tofight, décertăre (av-, at-).

over, transiré (trans-Hiré).
|
(or
Before, prep. with abl.). To sick, egrötare (av-, at-)

be
prae, adv.
Of Canna, Cannensis, Light, lux, (lüc)

Is
(104). (293).
é
Whither, quo, adv. -
#"
ćr
Recollect, they went unt runt.

ié
=
or
= iv
biit,
iv.
so
he
It
departed
of
rather than áb and
à
other compounds.
[Give the Rule for üt (purpose), 548, a).

Helvétii definibus suis exe unt.—Orgétorix Helvétiis (dat.)
—
Orgétorix Helvétiis
dê de
persuadet, finibus suis exeant.

ut ut
persuasit, finibus suis cum omnibus copiis (property)

exir ent—Dömum (113, III., R.) ré de unt.—Omniä péri
cülä sii be unt. — Helvétii, dömüm reditionis spé sublåtå
sū
be
ad
(456), pārātióres omnia périculā undá (496) érant.

—Caesar transi it.–Pompeius
Asiam Asiam trans
in
in
rat.—Dömö (abl.) exi ré possunt—Erant omnino Itinéra

ié
duó, quibus itinéribus dömö exire possent.—AEdui per fines

suðs Helvétiós pâtiuntur.—Pägès Tigurinus démó exi
&
r
i
240 IRE, QUIRE, NEQUIRE.
8 rat.—Hic pågus unus, quum dömö exis set, L. Cassium,

constilem, interfécérat, ét éjus exercitum siíb jügum misérat.
—Helvétii in eam partem ib unt, tibi Caesar constituérit.—
Quo itinére (55, a) hostes ièrun t?—Eödém itinére, quo hos
tes i é ran t, Caesar ad eós contendit, àquitätumque omnem
ante semittit.—Ib am forté Via Sacra (55, a) sicut meus est
mós.—I prae, égó séquar.—Ex pugnâ Cannensi admödum pauci
Römäni d6mum rédièrunt.—I, quote fortunā vöcét (534, d).
—Quicquid transiit tempóris (186, a, Rule) pèriít.—Quidam
ferrö (55, a) décertăre ācerrime possunt, aegrötäré virilitër nón
que unt. — Siné lucé cölörés esse néque unt. — Pompeius
p é ri it. —Dic utrum que às ān n é que à s mécum iré.—
Ristis interdüm ita répenté erumpit, ut eåm cipientès (442, c)
tënéré n è que à m us (553, b, R.).
$ 20.
DEFECTIVE VERBS,
LESSON CII.
Aio, Inquam, Novi, Memini, Caepi, Odi.
Ind.
Ind.
Pres.
Subj. Pres. -
(609.) Aić, I say, say yes, affirm, is used in very few
#
àio.
aiébâm.
äiás.
äis.
-bás.
aiāt.
ăit. --
-bät. || -bāmūs. bâtis.
tenses.
ăiunt.
bant.
àiant.
Part. Pres. aiens (aientis) used only as adjec.
In quâm, I say, is used between the words of a quo
- -- -
(610.)
tation.
-
--
Ind. Pres. || inquam. I inquis. inquit. inquimus. inquiunt.
Ind. Imperf. || inquiébât inquiébant.
or
inquibat.
Ind. Fut. inquiés. inquiet.
Ind. Perf. inquisti. inquit.
Subj. Pres. || inquiam. as. at. atis. ant.
(611.) Nö vi, I know;

m ém in I, remember; coe pi, I I
have begun, I began ; 6 di, hate, are perfect forms with I
present meanings. All the tenses made on the perfect stem
exist, regularly formed.
INFINITIVE.
|
növissé, mêminissé, coepissé, 6dissé,
to know. to remember. to have begun. to hate.
|
| INDICATIvE AND subjunctive.
Ind. Pres,
It,
i, isti, &c. know.

növ-
II II I
|
£emin- érém, eras, erät, &c. Ind. Past, remembered.
coep-
Grö, üris, érit, &c. Ind. Fut., shall begin.
erim, éris, érit, &c. Subj, Pres, may know.
#"
6
issém, issés, issét, &c. Subj. Past, might hate.

IMPERATIVE, mémentó, mémentöté (the others wanting).
# Recollect, no vi-
know (not have known); nover am, knew
I
I
known), &c.; But coe pi, névi, &c.

of
so
(not had and the others.

I
perf pres,
=
be
may have known,

as
used have begun, &c.

I
I
Y
242 AIO, INQUAM, NOVI, EPC.
EX E R C IS E.
(6.12.) Vocabulary.
ae.
To fall back, to give way, pèdem Cruelty, saevitià,
réferré (= to draw back the foot). Demonax, Demónax, tact) phi
(a
is
Young, raw, inexperienced, tiro, (ti losopher
of
Hadrian's time).
rön) is (107). To philosophize, philösöphari (dep.).
two
Surly, férôculüs, In way, by
no
ä, äm. means, nulló módd
Lucius Varius, L. Varius, i. (abl.).
Forgetful, immémor, (immémor) is Conscious, conscius, tim (with dat.
ä,
(107); governs genit. person, gen. thing).
of
of
Calmly, quietly, tranquillitér (tran Livy, Livius,
i.
quill-us, 215, 2, a).
(613.) Examples.
re Hortätür ém in
ut
m
(a) He exhorts them to eós
6
-
member. in
t.
(b) Aristides, whenAristides interrögātus
asked rquid
what was just, justum esset
replied, “Aliéná,”
!
“Not to covet what belongs quit, “nön concupiscère.”
in
to others.” (= “Not covet,” said he,

to
“what,” &c.).
I+" In quam
of
used quoting the very words another
in
is
(oratio recta), and always placed among the words quoted

is
(as “said he" English). used generally quoting

it
in
in
A
is
another (or atio obliqua).

of
the sense, not the exact words

(c). He began build Urbém aedificăre pit.
to
the coe
city.
The city began ptá est.
be
built. Urbs aedificări

to
coe
[G” passive infinitive used with the word begin, you

If
is
a
employ passive form, coeptus sum, instead coe pi;

of
must the
coeptiis eram, instead coe peram,
of
&c.

Milites, vulnéribus défessi, pèdem réferre coepèrunt.—
“Quíd tü,” quit Labiénus, “miles tiro (voc.) tam féröcti
in
Tum miles: “Nón sum,” quit, “tiro, Labiéné,

in
7”
de és
lus
séd décimā légióné vêterånus.”—Helvétii noströs läcessère
coe per unt.—Hostés, qui montem sésé récépérant, praelium
in
rédintegrãre coeperunt.—Caesar dicit (574, a), fieri possé,

id
AEdui finitimôrum #gros pöpuläric cepèrint (574, b).—

Si
AIO, INQUAM, NOVI, MEMINI, ETC. 243
Milites in mürum lápides jácére coe per unt. –

Undique in
s
mürum lápides jáci (613, c, [+") coepti sunt.—Dux militès

hortätur ut vétéris gloriae méminerint.—Légati dixérunt sé
portus (accus. pl.) insülasque n 6 viss é.—Multi te 5 dér unt,
sité sólum imäs.–Germāni sùperbiam L. Varii ét saevitiam
ö diss é coe p & rant. — Omnés immémörem béneficii ö dé
run t.—Tullus Hostilius, ut Livius ait, féröcior étiam Römülö
(360, c) fuit.—Söcrátés interrögātus quinäm hömines tranquil
liter vivérent (534, e)? “Qui,” in quit, “nullius turpitudi
nis sibi conscii sunt.”—Demônax interrögātus, quando coepisset
(534, e) philösöphäri ? “Tum,” in quit, “cum cognoscère
meipsum (159) coe pi.”—Hannibal Römänos sic 5 dérat, ut
in gråtiam cum illis rédire nullö mödö (55, a) posset (553, b, R.).
—Is miser est, quem omnés böni öder unt.—N Ó vi mus
justitiam, n 6 vimus Söcrátis sāpientiam.
Aristidis – Nön
ämäbimus bönös móres, sinön 6 dérimus målös.
T' A R T I I. I.
SU M M A R Y OF ETY MO LOGY
SUMMARY OF ETY MOLOGY.
§ 1. LETTERS, QUANTITY, &c.

(615.) 1. THE letters are the same as in English, with the omission of w.
2. Six are vowels, a, e, i, o, u, y : the remaining nineteen are consonants.
3. The consonants are divided into
(a) Liquids, l, m, n, r;
(b) Spirants, h, s, j;
Mutes; the remaining consonants,
(c)
among which there are

q;
(3) (2) (1)
c-sounds, (ch);
p g
d, b, c,
p-sounds, (ph);
t-sounds, (th);
t
x,
(4) Double consonants,

z.
The diphthongs are, au, eu, ae, oe (rare, ei, oi, ui).
4.
(616.) GENERAL RULES OF QUANTITY.

(2) (1)
short; e.g., via.

AA
vowel before another

is
by
vowel before two consonants, long post

or
double one,
is
a
tion e.g., amānt.

;
by
[As mute followed liquid causes some exceptions this rule,

to
a
we shall mark the quantity, doubtful; thus, agri.]

in
that case,
à,
(3) Alldiphthongs are long e.g., mens äu-rum.

;
Contracted syllables are long; e.g., cógo (coago).

(4)
§ 2. NOUN.
(617.) 1. The noun is the name of any object (person or thing). Nouns
are proper (13, a), common (13, b), or abstract (13,
c).
There are three genders, masculine, feminine, and neuter: two num
2.
bers, singular and plural six cases, nominative, genitive, dative, accusa
:
tive, vocative, and ablative and five declensions.
3. GENERAL RULES OF GENDER.
Males, rivers, winds, and mountains most we find

With months and nations MAscULINE declined;
But females, cities, countries, trees we name,
As FEMININE; most islands, too, the same.
both the genders take,
as
CoMMON are such

And NEUTER all words undeclined we make.
be
[There are many exceptions from these rules, which must learned
by observation.]
First Declension —(Genitive-ending ae.)
(618) CASE-ENDINGS.
Nom., Voc. Gen. Dat. Acc. Abl.
Sing. ge.
à.
te. tim. 8.
Plur. ge. ārūm. is. aS. is.
|
Quantity.—Final syllables
all
long but nom. and voc.;

à,
Rem.
1.
âm, acc.; and üm, gen, plur.
Gender-Nouns first declension are feminine, except names

of
of
2.
male beings, &c.

1.)
Second Declension.—(Genitive-ending
declension have nominative-ending

of
(619.) MASCULINE nouns second

is neuter nouns, úm.
;
(a) CASE-ENDINGS, MAscULINEs.

Nom. Gen. 1Dat. Acc. Voc. Abl.
Sing. tis. 0. tim. 8. 6.
i.
Plur. Orüm. is. 6s. is.

i.
i.
(b) CASE-ENDINGS, NEUTERs.

N., A., V. Gen. Dat., Abl.
Sing. tim. 6.
i.
Plur. ti. Orüm. is.

NOUN. 249
Rem. 1. Quantity.—Short final syllables, tis, é, ím, à.

4-
Long i, Ö, is, òs.
2. Gender.—A few nouns are feminine in tis, and a few neuter (see
1).
62, R.
r—(1) All nouns reject the ending
in
in
3. Stems whose stems end
r,
tis voc.; e.g., field, nom., ágér (not àgér-üs); voc,
in
nom. and
in
é
àgér (not àgér-ē),
(2)
nom. drop
in
in
Most which have the
it
é
remaining cases; e.g., noum, àgér; gen, ägri (not àgér-i).
Exceptions Case-end,ngs.-(1) Proper ius, with
to
4.
in
names
filius, genius, meus,
i;
(2)
have voc. e.g., Georg-i, fil-i, mi.
in
Deûs has voc., detis, nom. plur, dii, dat, and abl, plur, diis. (3)
plur, instead örüm; e.g., sestertium.
of
in
A
few take um gen,
Third Declension.—(Genitive-ending is.)

(620.) (a) CASE-ENDINGS, MASCULINEs AND FEMININEs.
-
-
Nom., Woc. Gen. Dat. Acc. Abl.
Sing. Is.
1.
êm (im). (i).
&
Plur. 6S. üm (ium). ibús. es. ibús.
(b) CASE-ENDINGS, NEUTERs.
Sing. -
N., A., W.
is.
Gen. Dat. Abl.
1.
(i).
*
Plur. (iii). üm (iâm). ibüs. ibüs.
*
Rem. Quantity—Final syllables all short but and és.

1.
Euphonic Rules.—(a) c-sound +s=x: arc-s=arx; leg-s=lex.

2.
dropped: laud-s=laus; mont-s=mons.

(b)
t-sound before
is
s
of
Gender from the Formation

of
Rules
3.
the Nominative.
[Learn these from 355.]
Peculiar Case-endings—(1) Acc. im: (a) commonly
in
in
4.
Febris, puppis, pulvis,

Séctiris, restis, turris:
(5)
always
in
SItis, tussis,
Vis, amussis.
(2)
Abl. those which take im acc, with

1:
in
(a) sometimes
in
in
ends
(b)
ignis, civis: always vis; and

in
neuters whose nom.

in
äl, är,
in
or
é.
(3)
(a)
Gen. plur. ium:

all
(b)
abl, sing:
in
in
in
which take
I
monosyllables whose stems end two consonants (e.g., mont

in
montium); adding
(c)
in
all
in
which insert vowel before

s
a
nom. (e.g., nav-i-s, nav-itim).

250 NOUN.
Fourth Declension.—(Genitive-ending üs.)

621.) MAscULINE nominative-endingg üs; neuter nominative-endingg d.
(a) CASE-ENDINGS, MAscULINEs.
| Nom. von L_Gen. Dat. Acc. Abl.
Sing. us. us. ui. üm. ti.

Plur. tis. tilim. ibüs. us. ibús.
- - |
(b) CASE-ENDINGS,
Nomi. Acc., voc.

NEUTERs.
Gen. Dat., Abl.
Sing., u. tis, or ü. ti.

Plur. tiá. üüm. ibüs.
Rem. 1. Quantity—Us long, except in nom. sing, and dat, and abl
plur.; tı and i long always.
2. Genders.—Only the following nouns are feminine :
Acús, mántis, tribus,
Dömüs, porticis, and Idüs.
3. Peculiar Case-ending.—The following take tibús in dat. and abl.

plur., instead of ib üs:
Arcüs, āctis, portiis, vérü,
Ficus, láctis, artiis,
Spéciis, quercüs, also pécii,
Tribus too, and partüs.
4. Dömüs, house, is thus declined :
:
[. Nom., Voc. Gen. Dat. Acc. Abl. |
Sing. dom-lis. -üi. -üm. -ö.
-üüm. -ös.
Plur. dom-us. -ibús. |
-örüm. } -üs (rarely). Abis.
Obs. The genitive dömi is used only in the sense of at home, at my

house.
Fifth Declension.—(Genitive-ending e1.)

feminine except
all
(622.) THERE are but few nouns of this declension:

dies, day, and meridiés, midday; and even dies singu.
in
feminine
is
lar when means fixed day.

it
(623.) CASE-ENDINGS.
Nom. Voc. Gen. Dat. Acc. Abl.

|
|
Sing. es. &i. &i. &m. 6.

Plur. &S. örüm. &büs. 68. êbús.
|
Quantity-The long when

ei
vowel stands before

in
Rem.
is
1.
a
e
di-e-i; short when

it,
as
consonant,
as
fid-8-1.
a
all
The genitive, dative, and ablative plural are wanting

in
nouns
*
this declension except res, drés, species.

of
§ 3. ADJECTIVE
(624) THE adjective expresses a quality or property belonging to an

object; e.g., good, small, white, &c. In Latin, adjectives are divided
into three classes, according to their endings.
1. CLAss 1. (us, a, um).
(625.) These take the feminine-ending of first declension of nouns; mas

-
T
culine and neuter endings of the second.
(1.) CAsE-ENDINGs.
| SINGULAR. | PLURAL.
Masc. Fern. Neut. Masc. Fem. Neut.
| N. üs. à. tim. |
|
N. i. 88. #.
| G. i. te. I. || G. örüm. arüm. Grüm.
| D. ö. ge. 6. D. is. is. is.
A. üm. âm.
üm. |
|| A. 6S. #S. à.
|| V. ë. ă. tim. V. i. te. à.
| A 5.
a. 6. | A. | is. is. is.
(2) Stems in er—Adjectives whose stem ends in er reject is and ê

in nom. and voc.
(a) Most of them also drop 6 of the nom. in the other cases; e.g.
beautiful, pulchér.
Nom. Pulchér, pulchrá,
pulchrüm.
Gen. Pulchri, pulchri, &c.
pulchrae,
(b) But aspér, lácér, libér, misèr, prospér, ténèr, retain the é; e.g.,
Nom. Misér, misèrá misèrüm.
Gen. Miséri, misèrae, miséri, &c.
(3.) Peculiar Case-endings.—Some adjectives, numerals, and adjec

tive pronouns have gen, itis, and dat, I, e.g., untis, unitis, uni.
[They are unus, totüs, solüs, nullis, ullus, älitis, altér, ütér, neutér,
üterqué.]
(Two Endings).
II.
2. CLAss
(626.) Adjectives the nominative singular

of
in
is
the second class have

for masculine and feminine ending, and for neuter.
é
(1) CASE-ENDINGs.
SINGULAR. PLURAL.
|
Masc. Fem. Neut. Masc. Fenn. JNeut.

I
N., V. is. is. ë. N., V. és. &S. ià.

•
G. is. is. is. G. iúm. iúm. itim.

D. D. ibüs. ibüs. ibüs.
1.
i.
i.
Acc. 6m. 6m. é. Acc. &S. GS. iä.

Abl. Abl. ibüs. ibits. ibús.
1.
1.
I.
this class take &r for the ending

of
(2) Some adjectives the nom.

of of
sing. masc. instead Is; e.g., ácér, àcris, &cré.

252 ADJECTIVE.
(3.) The ablative has 6 instead of i in juvénis, youth; aedilia

a dile. The genitive plural has tim instead of ium in célér
swift.
3. CLAss III. (One Ending).
(627.) (1) Adjectives of the third class have but one ending in the nom
inative for all three genders; e.g., happy, félix (m., f, n.), bold,
audax (m., f, n.). Participles in ns fall under this class.
(2) The case-endings are those of nouns of third declension (see par.
adigm, 108). They have abl. 1 generally, but é in pauper, senex,
and a few others (108, R. 1); neut. plur., iá; gen. plur., iiim.
Vétis has nom. plur., vétér-ā, gen, plur, vétér-üm.
For participles, abl., & " .
1S more Common.
“ adjectives, abl., i }
4. CoMPARIsoN OF ADJECTIVES.
(628.) Comparative-ending, iór; superlative, is simis.

Brave, fort-is, fort-iör, fort-issimiis.
Hard, dur-üs, dür-iör, dur-issimtis.
Rem. The comparative is declined (after third declension of nouns)

thus:
Nom. Dürior, dürior, düritis.
Gen. Dürior-is, dörioris, durioris, &c. (See 358.)
(629.) Adjectives whose stems end in r have rimús for superlative-end.
ing (instead of issimis); e.g.,
Misér, misèr-iör, miser-rim is.
Pulchér, pulchr-i ör, pulcher-rim tis.
(630.) Several adjectives whose stem ends in l have limiis for superla
tive-ending; e.g.,
Fácil-is, fácil-iör, fäcil-limiis.
They are
Similis, dissimilis, and facilis;
Hümilis, difficilis, and grâcilis.
5. IRREGULAR COMPARIsoN.
(631.) Irregulars.
-
Good. bönüs. mêliör. optimús.
JBad. mälüs. péjör. pessimis.
Great. magnús. majör. maximus.
- plus (n. sing.).
) -
Much. multús. plürimüs.
} plürès, a (pl.).
Small. parvis. minör. minimis.
*
Old. sénex. séniör. (wanting.
Young juvênis. juniör. (wanting.
*
| Outward. extérüs. exteriör. extremus.
Baar. införüs. infériör. infimus.
Innu S.
- - - ū
suprémüs.
süpérüs.
summtis.
| postérüs.
| Hind. postériör. postrémüs.
COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 253
:
(632.) Defectives.—[Comparative and Superlative formed from a Prepo.
sition, Adverb, or Obsolete Word.]
on this side, citra.) mearer, citériðr. mearest, citimis.
#"
within, intra.) inner, intériðr. tnmost, intimús.
(beyond, ultra.) further, ultériðr. ultimüs.

{
(near, pröpe.) mearer, prôpiör. proximüs.

} {
(bad, deter.) worse, déteriör. tworst, déterrimus.
*
former, priör. first, primüs.
swifter, ociór. swiftest, Ocissimäs.
- (ditior, ditissimis.
Rem. Rich, dives; richer, ich
1.
! divitiðr; ! divitissimis.
[Caesar uses the shorter form.]
2. Compound adjectives in dictis, fic is, völüs, add entićr for the
comparative and entis simiis for the superlative; e.g.,
Bénévol-ūs, bénévöl-entićr, bénévôl-entis simis,
3. Adjectives whose stem ends in a vowel prefix to the positive

māgis, more, for the comparative, and maximé, most, far the
superlative.
Pious, pfüs, māgis pitis, maximë pitis.

Y
$4 NUMERALs.
(63.3.) NUMERALs are divided into the following classes, of which the
first three are adjec:ives, the fourth adverbs.
CARD INAL. ORD INAL, I) ISTRIBUTIVE. ADVERB1AL -
3...
One, two, &c. First, second, &c. One by one, &c. Once, twice,
Uniis. Primus. Singuli. Sémél.
9 87 65 4 3 2 1
| || | | | | | | |
Duð. Sécundús. Bini. Bis.
.
Três. Tertius. Tërni. Tör.
Quattuðr. Quartü8. Quâtérni. Quâtér.
Quinqué. Quintus. Quini. Quinquiés.
|
Sex. Sextus. Sëni. Sèxiēs.
Septém. Septimis. Septéni. Septiés.
| |
Oct0. Octávils. Octoni. Octiés.
Növém. Nönüs. Novéni. Növićs.
| || |
10 Décèm. Décimits. Déni. Déciés.
|
11 Undécim." Undécimüs. ündéni. Undéciés.

|
12| DuðdécIm. Duðdécimus. Düödöni. Düödéciés.

13|Trédécim. [Im. Tertius. Tërni. Trédéciés.
14 Quattuordēc Quartus- Quâtérni- Quatüórdéciés.
|
|
15|Quindécim. Quintus- Quini- Quindecies.

|
16 Sexdécim. Sextüs- décimils. Sêni- déni. Sédéciés.
|
| |
Septendécim. Septimus- Septéni- sépties.

17
Déciés
&
18 Octodëcim. Octávils. Octöni- Düödöviciës.
19 Növemdécim. Nönüs- Növéni- Undeviciës.
|
20 Viginti. Vicésimils. Vicéni. Viciës.

|
30 Trigintã. Tricësimus. Tricëni. Triciès.

Quádrägintã. Quádràgésimils. Quádràgéni. Quádrāgiés.
40
|
50 Quinquagintã. Quinquàgésimils. Quinquàgéni. Quinquagiés.

| |
Sexagintã. Sexàgésimils. Séxàgéni. Séxägiés.

70 60
Septuagintã. Septuagésimils. Séptüägéni. Séptüägiés.

80 Octogintã. Octogësimus. Octogéni. Octogiés.
||
90 Nönägintã. Nönàgésimus. Nönàgéni. Nönägiés.

100 Centum. Centesimus. Cêntöni. Cêntiès.
200 Dücenti. Dücentësimiis. Dücentöni. Dücéntiês.
|
300 Trécenti. Trécentësimils. Trécèntëni. Trécèntiès.

|
400 Quádringenti. Quádringentësimiis. Quádringéntëni. Quádringéntiès.

|
500 Quingenti. Quingentësimils. Quingéntëni. Quingéntiés.

| |
600 Sexcenti. Sexcentësimils. Séxcèntëni. Séxcèntiès.

700 Septingenti. Septingentësimus. Séptingéntëni. Séptingéntiés.
|
800 Octingenti. Octingentësimils. Octingentöni. Octingentiès.

||
900 Noningenti. Nongentësimils. Nôngéntëni. Nôngéntiès.

|
Millö. Millésimils. Millêni. Milliés.

|1000
For the declension unus, duo, tres, see 194.
of
and
Duc enti, and all the compounds centi, are declined like the plural
of
of bonus.
Millia, thousands, the plural mille, declined like
of
neuter noun
is
wf the third declension.

Ordinal numbers are declined like bonus.
Distributives, like the plural bonus.
of
All the rest are undeclinable.

In
cardinal numbers, from twenty one hundred,

of
the combination
as to
quattu et
or
the smaller with et, the larger without et, precedes;

or
vig vigin qu attuor. Above one hundred the larger number

ti,
in
or
ti
precedes, with without et; centum et unus, centum unus.

or
or
as
§ 5. PRONOUN.
for
she
he,
(634) THE pronoun is a substitute the noun; e.g.,
it,
may
substitutes for man, woman, book.
be
PERSONAL PRONoUNs.
1.
so
(635) (a) Substantive Personal Pronouns are called because used
substantives, not adjectives.
as
SINGULAR. as PLURAL.
*
Ace, Abl. N., A. Gen. Dat., Abl.
N.
||
6
0
||
||
I.
or
êgö.|mëi. mihi. mé. ||We. nós. nostrüm, nobis.
nostri.
Thou. |tü. |tiii. tibi. të. You. vös. Ivestrüm, or vöbis.
– Vestri.
-
#. stii. sibi. Së. Them. sing.)
as
(same
it
{
,
(b)
Adjective Personal,
or
Possessive (derived from the above).
Mine. métis, öm (voc., mi). Ours. nostér, nostrá, nostrüm.

ä, i, ä,
||
Thine. tüüs, tim. Yours. vestër, vestrá, vestrüm.

His, hers, its suus, öm. Theirs. suus, suá, süüm.
DEMONSTRATIVE PRONoUNs.
2.
(636.) The demonstrative pronouns are called because they serve

so
to
point out an object; e.g., this, that, these, those, &c.
é,
Is,
íd,
it),
(1)
this, that qui.

of
(he, she often antecedent

|
|Sing. [is, éâ, id.lejüs. &1. &üm, &ām, id.léö, éá, éö.
éis. éös, éas, éâ. iis,
ii,
|Plur. éae, éâ|éörüm, éârüm, &örüm.iis,

or
or
ëis.
(2) Idém, eadém, Idem, the very same, compounded

of
and dém.
Is
Declined like with dem added; thus, éjus dem, eid &m,
is
undé eum de m), &c.

m
(not
e
Hic, hóc, this, points out object present

an
to
(3) haec, the speaker,

the first person. (It
of
and called the demonstrative also used

is
is
for he, she, it.)

-
Sing.hic, haec, hūjús. huic. hunc, hanc, höc, häc,

- höc. höc. höc.
Plur. |hi, hae, hórüm, hârüm, hö-|his. hós, has, his.
haec. rüm. haec.
tid,
an
té, tã, this, that, points out object present

Is
is
to, is
(4)
to
the
person spoken second person
of
and called the demonstrative

is
256 PRoNoUNs, RELATIVE AND INTERROGATIVE.
|
|.
ist.
istă,|istīŭs. istī. istům, istăm,|istõ, istã,
|sing istŭd. istŭd. istõ.
Plur. |istī, istæ,|istõrúm, istärŭm, is-|istīs. istós, istãs,|istīs, istīs,
istă. törŭm. istă. istīs.
TTF Iste express contempt.
an to
often used
is
(5.) Illě, illă, illŭ
points out cbject remote from the speaker
l,
(that, the former, opposed hīc), and
of
called demonstrative
to
is
third person. (It often used for he, she, it.)
is
[EF Declined throughout like stě, istă, tŭ
is
d.
i
Ips psă, ips
m,
other pronouns, mē, tē, sē,
to
added self,
ě,
(6.)
is
ŭ
i
&c., and expresses myself, thyself, himself, &c., accordingly.

EF Declined īstě,
ip
like except that neuter ŭm (not psŭd).
is
i
RELATIVE
3.
PRONOUNS.
(637.) The relative pronoun (who, which,
so
what) called because
is
it
to
commonly refers some other word called the antecedent.

Quī, quæ, quð
d,
(1.) who, which, what.

*
Sing. qui, quæ, cūjŭs. cui. quěm, quăm, quõ, quã,
|
|
quöd. uðd. quõ.

Plur. qui, quæ, quõrŭm, quärúm, quïbŭs. quòs, quãs, quïbús.
|
|
quæ. quõrŭm. quæ.
(2.) Quīcun que, quæ cun quě, quodcunquě (whoever, whichever,

whatever), declined like qui, quæ, quč with cun que
d,
ded.
i
(3.) Quis quis (whoever, whatever), used without substantive. The

a
following cases only occur, and these only quis quis quic
of
and
quid commonly.
Nom. Dat. Acc. Abl.

f),
quã
[
Sing |quisquis (m., quemquěm (m., f.), quõquð,

,
quicquid (n.). quidquid (n.). quã, quðquð.

Plur. |qūiqūi (m., f.). quïbúsquï
|
bŭs.
|
INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS.
4.
(638.) The interrogative pronouns (who? which

in
what are used

?)
?
asking questions.
(1.) Quïs, quæ, quïd (who? which what?), declined precisely

is
?
like qui, except that nom. sing. masc. has quis,

in
the relative
it
nom. and acc. sing, neut., [Qui, quæ, quð

d,
and quïd. also

in
is
used interrogatively,
an
as
adjective (172).]
(2.) Quis năm, quæ năm, quidnăm, more emphatic than quïs.
is
(Pray, what are you doing quid năm ăgis declined lika
It
?)
is
?
quis, qų quïd.
æ,
PRONOUNS, INDEFINITE AND CORRELATIVE. 257
5. INDEFINITE PRONOUNS.
t639.) The indefinite pronouns denote an object in a general way, with

*ut reference to a particular individual (any one, some one, &c.).
- --
quoddām,
did d as an adjective,
used
(-) Quid ām, quedam,' quid dam, used as a noun, } a
cer.
tain (one); plur.,some. Declined like qui; but takes n generally

before d instead of m; e.g.,
Quendām, quorundám (not quemdam, quorum dam).
2.) Quivis, (any you please). Declined like qui. In neut,

Q.uilib ét, } qu & d used as adjective, quid as substantive.
(3.) Quisquam (any, any one; e.g., when it is denied that there
are any). Neut, quic quam or quid quam. Declined otherwise
like qui. [This pronoun is used chiefly in negative sentences.]
quod piām, used as adj., somebody,
(4) Quispiām, quae piām,
! quid piām, used as subst, } So?72e
Aliquis, āliqua, āli qu (5d, as adj.,

(5) one, something.
! āliquid, as subst., } some
(6.) Quisqué, quequé,

quod qué, as adj.,
quid qué, as subst, $each.
-
- - -quod qué, as adj.,
Unus quis qué, -quae qu è,
! -quid qué,
each one
as subst, }
(stronger than quisqué). Genitive, unius cujus qué, &c.,
both in us and quis being declined.
(7) Ecquis? Used interrogatively (does); any one, anything.
Ecquis, ec quod, as adj., neut. plural,

ec quae, ecqui,'
or ec quid, as subst, } ecquà.
£” Ecquis expects the answer none.

6. CORRELATIVE PRONOUNS.
pronouns are such as answer to each other; e.g.,
(640.) Correlative
kow great? so great; as many, so many, &c.
(1.) The following are declined
(a) Like adjectives of Class I (625):

Tantüs, so great, so much ; quantus cunqué, however great
Quantüs, as great; āliquantüs, somewhat great.
(b) Like adjectives of Class II (626):

Tālis, such.
Qualis, as, of what kind.
Qualiscunque, of whatever kind.
(2) The following are indeclinable:

Töt, so many; āliquêt, some.
Töti d'ém, just so many; quot quët, however many.
Qu Öt, as many.
Y2
$6. VERBS.
(641.) THE verb declares something of a person or thing: the eagle

flies; the queen loves her daughter.
1. CLASSES OF VERBS.
(642.) Verbs are active, passive, or deponent.

(1) Active verbs express action : (a) either transitively, requiring an
(b)
object; e.g., the queen loves (whom?) her daughter; or intran
an
sitively, not requiring object; the eagle flies.
(2.) Passive verbs express the receiving suffering action,
an
of
or
am loved; was punished.
I
Obviously intransitive verbs have passive form. We
no
cannot
say, am danced, am slept.
I
active signification.
an
(3.) Deponent verbs have the passive form, but
of THE VERB.
2.
PARTS
(643.) The verb divided into,

is
Tā) The indefinite verb, including certain parts which
do
to
not refer
definite person time.
or
a
(b)
The finite verb, including the parts which always
do
so
refer.
Indefinite Verb.
(644) (a) The indefinite verb includes,

(1) The infinitive, which expresses the action the verb without
of
definite person, and partakes also

of
of
relation the nature
to
a
a
noun; e.g., learn; pleasant.
to
to
love
is
(2.) The participle, which expresses the action

of
the verb under the

adjective; loving, blooming.
an
of
form
(3) The gerund, which expresses the action
of
the verb under the

all cases but the nominative, and supplies ob
of
form the noun,

in
lique cases the infinitive.

to
(4.) The gerundive, which expresses the action

of
as
the verb neces

sary adjective,
an
continued,
of
under the form all cases and

in
or
genders.
supine, which also expresses the action
of
(5) The the

in
the verb
of
of
form two cases (acc. and abl.) the noun.
Finite Verb.
(b)
(645.) The finite verb includes those parts which express the
affirmation, viz., the moods.
of
(1) Different varieties

the verb takes place, viz.,
of
at
(2) Different times which the action

the tenses.
persons things, viz., the num
of
or
(3.) Different relations the verb

to
bers and persons.

PAR TS OF THE FINITE VERB. 259
(1.) The Moods.

(646.) The verb expresses affirmation; the moods of the verb are used
to vary the character of the affirmation.
By the indicative, affirmation of a fact is expressed; e.g. I write,
(1.)
I did not write. -
(2) By the subjunctive, affirmation is expressed doubtfully, contin

gently, or indefinitely; e.g., I
may write, if I should write, perhaps
some (may) think.
(3.) By the imperative, affirmation is expressed as an injunction or
request; e.g., write.
(2.) The Tenses.

(647.) Time may be past, present, or future, and the verb has therefore
three tenses to express these. But action may be represented as going
on or as completed, either in past, present, or future time, and therefore
two forms are required for each, making six in all.
Present. Past. Future.
Action going on, I loving.or am I was

love, loving. I shall or love, be loving.
I (Perfect.) I (Pluperfect.) I shall

or imperfect. (Imperfect.) (Future.)
Action completed, have loved. loved. have loved. (Fu
or perfect. ture Perfect.)
Rem. 1. The Latin uses its perfect form in two ways: (1) like the
English perfect, to express action complete in present time; e.g.
àmavi, I
have loved: (2) like the English imperfect, to express ac
tion indefinitely in past time; e.g., ámavi, I loved. This is calle.
the perfect aorist. [The latter use is by far the most common
This distinction should be thoroughly understood.]
The subjunctive the periphrastic
(it
2. mood has no future uses

form 661).
The present, perfect, and future are called primary tenses, refer
3.
ring, they do, either present future time; imperfect,

or
to
as
e
t
perfect aorist, and pluperfect are called historical ten les, referring,
they do, past time.
to
as
(3.) Numbers and Persons.

(648. As there may be more than one person engaged
an
action, the
in
verb has two numbers, singular and plural. These persons must be either
some other person thing; therefore the verb has
I,
or
or
thou, we, ye,

three persons, 1st, 2d, and 3d, which are denoted Latin by different
in
endings.
3.
CONJUGATION.
its
by all
(649.) Conjugation verb through

of
the inflection (21, R.)

is
parts. There are Latin four conjugations verbs, distinguished

of
the
in
ending the infinitive; thus:

of
4.
3.
1. 2.
-ārē. -örö. -örö. -Irè.
"
-=l
260 PARADIGM OF E S S E, TO BE.
4. THE AUXILIARY OR SUBSTANTIVE VERB Essi, to be.
F-
(650.) [Before proceeding to the conjugations, we must give the forms
be,
auxiliary, because forming some
an
of ess
of
called used
in
é, to
is
it
the parts the verb; and substantive, because the verb expressing
of
is
it
simple existence.]
=
-
1. INDICATIVE.
|
ACTION INCOMPLETE.
Singular. Plural
Present. |stim, &s, est,
||stimus, estis, sunt,
am. art,
ye
he
we are are they are.
I I I
thou is...
Imperf. |&ram, ërås, ërät, l'érāmūs, &ratis, Erant,
ye
thouwast, was,
he
was we were, were they were.
Future. &rö, ëris, ërit, ërimús, eritis, erunt,
ge,
shall be. thou, &c., he, &c. we, &c.
&c. they,&c.
ACTION COMPLETED.
Singular. Plural.
£
Perfect. Ifüi, fúit,
fuisti, füimus, füistis, füérunt,
have thou hast he has we have
I I
have they have
e
been. been. been. been. been
||
Pluperf |füérām, fuérát, |füéramiis, füératis,
füéras, füérant,
*
hadlthou he had we had had they had
e
teen. hadst, &c. been. been. cer. been.
||
Fut.Perf. fuëris, fuérit, fuérimús, fuëritis, fuérint,

shallthou
ye
shall, we shall, shall, they shall,
he
have been.shalt, &c. &c. &c. &c. &c.

SUBJUNCTIVE.
2.
INCOMPLETE.
Singular. Plural.
Present. 'sim, sis, sit, simus, sitis, sint,

may be, thou, &c., we, &c. &c.
ye, &c. they, &c.
he,
I
Imperf essem, essés, esset, l'éssémüs, lessetis, lessent,

might thou, &c., he, &c. we, &c. ye, &c. they, &c.
#
e.
CoMPLETED.
Singular. Plural.
|
Perfect füérim, füéris, füérit, füérimus, füéritis, füérint,

may thou, &c., he, &c. we, &c. ye, &c. they, &c.
I
have been.
Pluperf fuissém, füissés, füissét, füissémüs, füissétis, füissent,
might thou, &c., he, &c., we, &c. ye, &c. they, &c.
have been.
IMPERATIVE.
3.
Singular. Plural.
čs, estö, esté, estoté,

be
be
ye.
3. 2.
3. 2.
thou.
suntó,
let
estö, let him be. them be.

4. INFINITIVE.
|
Present. Perfect. Future.

|
|
be.
fütürüs,
be
Essé,
#,
um, esse,
to
fuissé,
to
to
to
have been. about be.

|
- PARTICIPLE.
5.
Present- Future.
be.
Only compounds; absens, absent|Fūtūrūs, tim, one who will

in
(from absum); praesens, present -

(from praesum).
|
PARADIGMS OF REGULAR VERBS. 26]
5.x PARADIGMS OF REGULAR VERBS.
(651.) (1.) Verb-stem.—The stem of any verb is found by striking off

the infinitive-ending; e.g., of ām-āré, món-éré, rég-éré, and aud-iré
-
the
stems are ām-, m Ön-, rég-, aud-, respectively.”
(2.) Tense-stem.—Each tense has its own tense-stem, consisting of the
verb-stem with or without some additions. Thus, in the first conjugation:
Pres, tense-stem = verb-stem = am-.
Imperf tense-stem = verb-stem +ab = am ab-.
JPerf tense-stem = verb-stem +av = amav-.
[In the annexed paradigms the tense-stems are shown upon the left
hand side. Observe that the perfect tense-stem serves also for the stem
of the pluperfect and future perfect tenses.]
its
(3) Tense-ending.—Each tense has own endings, which, added
to
the tense-stem, give the person-forms. Thus:
Imperfect-stem āmāb-+ām == am abam, 1st person.
mab as, person,t &c.
2d
amab---às
a
(4.) The perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect the passive voice are
of of
formed by means the past participle and forms ess
of
thus:
&
;
ămât üs sum, àmàttis eram, àmàt üs éro.
[No farther explanation the paradigm necessary. The student
of
is
formation, and the tense-endings for each tense,

of
should learn the modes

apart from the stems am-, mon-, &c., and unite them afterward with those
or
any other stems.]
reality, the crude forms are ama, mone, audi (the three pure
£
In
*
conjugations), and rég- (the consonant conjugation). But the changes
of
the crude-form inflection form too great difficulty for beginners, we
in
therefore present the stem the language affords us, without going
as
to
it
into nicer analysis.

a
Farther, the person-ending forms part the tense-ending. From the

of
t
every tense except the perfect

be
paradigm will seen that

in
the endings are

or m, mus, tis, nt.
t,
S,
,
the tense-stem, either directly, by

or
to
as
These endings are added am-o,

connecting-vowel, reg-i-s, flexion syllable and con
of
or
as
of
means
a
necting-vowel,
as
amav-er-a-s.
$262 PARADIGMS FOR THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS.
PARADIGMS FOR
| ACTIVE.
(652.) INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT, I love or am loving, thou art loving, &c.
#m- 6. tis. ât. âmüs. âtis. ant.
món- eó. 68. êt. emüs ëtis. ent,
rég- 8. is. it. imús itis. unt.
aud- Iö. is. it. imús itis. iunt.

[
IMPERFECT, I was loving, advising, ruling, hearing, &c.
ām-āb
mön-éb- * - - -
âm. aS. ât. anlu.S. âtis. ant.
rég-éb-
aud-ièb
F.JTURE, I shall or will love, advise, rule, hear, &c.
ām-āb-
6. is. It.
- -
Innus.
- It is. unt.
mön-éb-
rég- -
an. 6S. êt.
- -- -
ennus.
--
6tis. ent.
aud-i-
PERFECT, I have loved. (PERFECT AoRIST, I loved.)
ām-āv
mön-ū-
(reg-s)
rex-
aud-iv
1. isti. it. Imüs. istis.
":
-
-
or
PLUPERFECT, I had loved, &c.
ām-àV
mön-ü- - - -- - -
êrāmūs. X1.: +*
érătis. &rant.
rex- eräm. eras. , erāt.
aud-iv
FUTURE PERFECT, I shall have loved, &c.
:*
im-āv
&rö. &ris. &rit. érfmüs. öritis. &rint.
aud-iv
(653.) IMPERATIVE MOOD.

2d Singular. 3d Singular. 2d Plural. 3d Plural.
ām- a, ató. âtö. âté, étöté. antö.
mön- ë, étö. &tö. öté, étöté. entö.
rég- 8, itó. ity. ité, ítóté. untö.
aud- I, it 5. itó. ité, itôté. funtö.
*ARADIGMS FOR THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS. 263
THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS.
PASSIVE.
INDICATIVE MOOD.
:
PRESENT, am loved, &c.
āris.
#m- ör. âtür. anmür. ämini. antür.
ärö
món- ëör. êtur. êmür. &mini. entur.
rég- ör.
# itür. imür. imini. untur.
aud-
*w
101", iris.
iré
---
itür.
- -
innur.
-Inlini.
--
- -
iuntur.
IMPERFECT, I was loved, &c.

am-āb
mön-êb-
rég-éb-
ar.
āris. -
-ātūr. - -
annur.
-- --
ämini. antür.
-
} âré.
aud-ièb
*
ām-āb-
mön-éb-
Or".
FUTURE,
ëris.
6ré.
-
I shall be loved,
itür.
- -
&c.
Innur.
- --
In 11111.
-
untur.
reg - - &ris.
aud-i- &tür
ür. ennur
émür. êmini.
enminl entur
nuur.
&ré.
-
PERFECT, I have been loved, &c.

*...: 4-4* *
£. {:
āmātūS.
<--- * üs, est. sūmùs, estis, Sunt,
mönittis.
... * or or" or or or"
fü1. fuisti. fuit. füímüs. füistis. füèrunt.
:
PLUPERFECT, I had been loved, &c.
âmâtüs.”
mönitiis.”
rectüs.” Bräm.f örås. öråt. &rāmūs. erätis. erant.
auditus.”
FUTURE PERFECT, I shall have been loved, &c.

ămătăs.”
-
+++ *
èrö.; &ris. &rit. &rimús. &ritis. erunt.
auditus.”
IMPERATIVE MOOD.
2d Singular. 3d Singular. 3d Plural.
2d Plural
ām- üré, atör. atör. ämini, aminör. antör.
mön- Gré, étör. &tör. &mini, &minör. entör.
rég- ërë, itór. itör. imini, iminör.
aud- iré, itór. untör.
itör. Imini, iminör. iuntôr.
* The participle must be inflected in gender and number to agree with

the subject.
? Sometimes fueram, fueras, &c.
# Sometimes fuero, fueris, &c.
264 PARADIGMS FOR THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS.
ACTIVE.
-
(654.)
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT, I may love, &c.
ām- &m. ës. êt. êmüs. etis. ênt.

mön-e
rég- üm. às. ăt. ämüs. at Is. ant.
aud-i
IMPERFECT, I might love, &c.

ām-ār
mön-èr **** -
êm. ës. ët. ennuls. étis. ent.
rég-êr-
aud-ir
I may
&c.
PERFECT, have loved,
:*
āmāv
Grim. &ris. &rit. ërimús. &ritis. ërint.
I
aud-iv
PLUPERFECT, might have loved, &c.
I
:*
ām-āv
issèm. issés. issét. issèmús.! issétis. issent.
I
aud-iv
(655.) INFINITIVE.
be
loving, &c.].
or
PRESENT [to love

1.
3. 4.
2
am-àré, mön-éré, rég-éré, aud-iré.

PERFECT [to have loved, &c.].
1.
2. 3. 4.
āmāv-issé, mönü-issé, rex-issé, audiv-issé.
be
FUTURE [to about love, &c.].

to
1.
2.
3.
4.
āmātūrūs essé, móniturtis essé, rectürüs essé, auditurús essé.
(656) PARTICIPLES.
PRESENT [loving, advising, ruling, hearing].
1.
2.
3.
4.
ām-āns, mon-ens, rég-ēns, aud-Héns.
PERFECT [having loved, advised, ruled, heard].

by
by
Wanting:
- supplied abl: absol, with subj.
or
quum
love, advise, rule, hear].
to
Furune [about
1.
2. 3. 4.
āmātūrüs, möniturús, recturüs, auditurūs.
(657.) GERUND AND
1.
2. 3. 4.
GERUNDs: ämändi, mönendi, regendi, audiendi.
(658.) SUPINES.
1.
- 2. 3. 4.
-
SUPINE um: āmātūm, monitum, rectiim,
in
audittim.
u: āmātū, monitii, rectü, audith.
PARADIGMS FOR THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS. 265
PASSIVE.
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT, I may be loved, &c.
üm-
mön-e-
ër.
! £
āris
etúr. emir. emini. entir.
rég- ar. atur. amür. âmini. ântâr.

aud-i- ! ! are:-
IMPERFECT, I might be loved, &c.

im-ār
mön-Gr- -
er.
ëris. --
€túr.
-
ennur.
- --
Cimin1. êntúr.
-
rég-êr- ! Grê.
aud-ir
PERFECT, I may have been loved, &c.
mönitiis. <-- * - - - --- Sint,

-
Sinn. SIS. Sit. Sinn Uls. sitis.
rectüs.
auditiis.
PLUPERFECT, I might
-
have been loved, &c.
āmātūs.
mönitiis. - - - -
essèm.t] essés. essét. essémüs. essétis. essent.
rectus.
audittis.
INFINITIVE.
PRESENT [to be (being) loved, &c.].
2. 3. 4.
ām-āri, mön-éri, rég-i, aud-iri.
PERFECT [to have been loved, &c.].
1. 2. 3. 4.
ămătăsessé, mönitàs essé, rectüs essé, auditàs essé.
FUTURE [to be about to be loved, &c.].
1. 2. 3- 4.
ämätüm iri, mönitüm iri, rectüm iri, auditumiri,
PARTICIPLES.
PRESENT AND PERFECT [loved, being loved, having been loved, &c.].
1. 2. 3. 4.
āmātūs, mönitãs, rectüs, auditäs.
GERUNDIVE.
1. 2. 3. 4.
GERUNDIVE: āmāndūs, mönendüs, régendüs, audièndús.
* Sometimes fuerim. ? Sometimes fuissem.

266 VERBS IN IO AND DEPONENTS.
6. VERBs iN iö of THE THIRD conjugation.

(659.) Some verbs of the third conjugation assume i before the person
ending in some of the tenses, as shown in the following paradigm of câp.
8 ré, to take.
=::=
ACTIVE.
INDICATIVE.
Pres. cap- I-ó. is. it. imüc. litis. i-ünt.

Imperf cap-i-eb- am. as. it. amús. atis. ant.
Fut. cap-i- tim. &s. et. &müs. | 6tis. ent.
Pres. cap-i- I am. as. | āt. | āmüs. atis. ant.
- - PASSIVE.
INDICATIvE.
==
Pres. cap- £or. T &ris. Tittir. Timür. Timini. Huntur.
Imperf cap-i-Eb- ar. āris. àtür. I amür. àmini. antür.
Fut. cap-i- ar. Gris. êtür. &mür. émini. €ntur.
suBrUNCTIVE.
Pres. | cap-I- lar. aris. àtür. I amür. I amini. antür.

IMPERATIVE.
3d Plur. Active, cap-i-untó. 3d Plur. Pass, cap-I-untór.

PARTICIPLEs.
Pres. Active, cáp-i-ens. Fut. Pass., cap-i-endus.
GERUND, cap-i-énd-i, o, &c.
7. DEPONENT VERBS.
(660.) (1) Deponent verbs have the passive form with active significa.
tion. As the endings are the same as those of the passives (Paradigm,
we need not repeat them.
p. 263,265),
(2.) three active participles, while other verbs have
But deponents have
but two: thus,
Pres, exhorting, Perf, having exhorted, Fut, about to exhort,
hort-ans. hort-atüs. hortät-tirüs.
dus;
all
(3) Also, transitive deponents have the verbal adjective

in
e.g., hort and üs, one that should deponents

be
exhorted: intransitive
have only the neuter; e.g., moriend üm est, one must die.
in
it
PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATION.
8.
By means essé, combined with the future parti.

of
of
(661.) the tenses

ciple rus, and the verbal dus, the periphrastic conjugation
in
form.
is
in
ed; e.g., ám ātūrū’s sum, am about love; āman

to
to
love, intend
I I
stim, loved, one must love me; and

is
be
so
to
loved,
be
am must
I
d
the tenses and persons. The deponent verbs employ this per
all
through
iphrastic conjugation also.
FORMATION OF PERFECT-STEM. 267
1. WITH PARTICIPLE IN r tis.
INDICATIVE. |
SUBJUNCTIVE.
stim, €s, est, &c.
sim, sis, sit, &c.
#
ërām, €rås, &c.
amatürüs, āmātūrüs, essém, essés, &c.
fui, fuisti, &c.
tim, a, uln,
ti,
fuerám, fuérås, &c.

&ró, &ris, &c.
uissém.
INFINITIVE.
Pres, āmātūrūs essé, about (or intending)
to
be
to
love.
Perf, àmàtürüs fuissé,
to
to
have been about love.
Fut, àmàtürüs foré,
to
intend
to
love hereafter.
O WITH VERBAL IN du
s.
INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE.
stim.
£m
#
I
Gråm.
âmandüs,
#".
ä,
um, âmandüs,
ä,
öm,
ulSSenn.
erö.
INFINITIVE.
Pres., ámandüs, öm, essé, ought
to to to
ä, ä, ä,
be
loved.
Perf, àmandüs, äm, fuissé, ought have been loved.
Fut, àmandüs, öm, foré, ought
be
loved hereafter.
9. ON THE FORMATION OF THE PERFECT-STEM.

by
In
the paradigms, the perfect-stems are formed adding

to
(662.) the
erb-stem the 1st conj. āv- (ām-av-); the 2d, (món-ti.); the 3d,
in
in
in
ü
(reg-s); the 4th, iv. (aud-iv-). But, although most Latin verbs
in
.
form the perf-stem thus, many use different endings, which are exhibited
the following classification:
in
FIRST CONJUGATION.
I.
Four ways forming the perfect-stem:

of
(663.)
By adding ām-ārā-ām-āv-i.
àv
to
the verb-stem:
I.
II. 44 44
crêp-āré—crêp-ü-i.
ií
III. By reduplicating the first consonant: d-áré-déd-i.

IV. By lengthening the stem-vowel: jüv-aré-jūv-i.
II. SEcoMD con.JUGATION.
Five ways:
By adding mön-éré-mön-ū-I.
to
the verb-stem:
I.
II. ad ëV
* dël-éré—dél-èv-i.
III. 44 44 alg-eré—al(g)-s-I.
s
mord-érè—mö-mord-f.
IV. By reduplication:
By lengthening the stem-vowel: cāv-eré—cav-i.
V.
268 FORMATION OF PERFECT-STEM.
III. THIRD CONJUGATION.
Six ways:
I. By adding s to the verb-stem: scrib-êré-scrip-s-i.
II. **
ul
* āl-ćré–āl-ü-I.
III. st
V or iv. “ cern-èré-Crêv-i.
arcess-èré-arcess-iv-1.
IV. By reduplication: curr-öré-cü-curr-i.
V. By lengthening the stem-vowel: *m-èré-êm-i.
VI. By presenting the simple verb-stem: äcu-éré-ácü-i.
IV. FourTH CONJUGATION.
Five ways:
I. By adding iv to the verb-stem: aud-iré, aud-iv-i.
II. “ ti
as
apér-iré, âpér-ü-i.
III. * s 64
fulc-iré, ful.(c)-s-i.
IV. By lengthening the stem-vowel: vén-iré, ven-i.
''
V. By presenting the simple verb-stem: compér-iré, compèr-i.
[In the following lists, the verbs are arranged according to the above
classification, and the supines also given. When any peculiarity exists
in the compounds, it is stated. Of Class I. (which embraces most of the
verbs in the language),
One
# is given in each conjugation, as
the student is familiar with its form; but under the remaining heads all
the verbs in common use are mentioned.]
10. LIST OF VERBS.
(664.) FIRST CONJUGATION.
I. Perfect-stem adds av to the Verb-stem.

ām-ö, tim-āré, ām-iv-I, ām-á-tüm.
To love,
II. Perfect-stem adds à to the Verb-stem.
To creak, crêp-o, crêp-aré, crêp-ü-i, crêp-i-tüm.
Lie down, cüb-o, cüb-āré, cüb-ü-i, cüb-I-tüm.
So the compounds; e. g., accübó, accübäré, accübui, accübitüm.

Some compounds, however, which take m before b, follow the 3d
conj.; e.g., accumbó, accumbéré, accibul, accübitüm.
To tame, döm-o, döm-āré, döm-ü-i, döm-i-tüm.
To rub, fric-o,
- -
fric-āre,
-- --
fric-à-l,
fric-t-üm and
! fric-à-tüm.
To glitter, mic-o, mic-āré, mic-à-l.
To gush forth, émic-o, emic-áré, emic-ti-i, âmic-à-túm.
To fold, plic-o, plic-aré, plic-à-l, plic-i-tüm.
Plic-5 is used only in composition: supplicö, duplicö, multiplicö, have

avi, atüm; explicö, to explain, ävi, atüm; to unfold, ui, itüm.
To cut, séc-o, séc-àré, séc-ü-i, sec-t-tim.
To sound, sön-o, sön-āré, sön-ü-i, sön-i-tiim.
To thunder, ton-o, ton-ārē, tön-ü-I, tön-i-tiim.
To forbid, vêt-o, vêt-aré, vêt-à-i, vêt-i-tūna.
-
LIST OF VERBS, SECOND CONJUGATION. 269
III. Perfect-stem reduplicates the first Consonant with e.
To give, d-o, d-āré, déd-i, dä-tüm.
So, also, those compounds of which the first part is a word of two syl.
lables; e.g., circumdö, circumdāré, circumdédi, circumdātum, to sur
round; but the compounds with monosyllables follow the 3d conj.;
e.g., addö, addéré, addidi, additiim, to add.
To stand, st-O, st-āré, stêt-i, st-à-tüm.
The compounds have in the perfect st éti when the first part is a
dissyllable; e.g., circumstö, circumstéti; but stiti when it is a
monosyllable; e.g., adstö, adstiti.
IV. Perfect-stem lengthens the Stem-vowel.

To assist, júv-o, jüv-āré, júv-i, ju-ttim.
lăvă-tüm.
To wash, lāv-o, lāv-āré, lāv-i, lau-tūm.
lö-tüm.
(665.) SECOND CONJUGATION.
I. Perfect-stem adds ti to the Verb-stem.

To admonish, món-eo, mön-éré, mön-ü-i, mön-N-tüm.
II. Perfect-stem adds év to the Verb-stem.

To blot out, dél-eo, dël-éré, dèl-êv-I, dël-è-tüm.
To weep, fl-eo, fl-éré, fl-êv-i, fl-ê-tüm.
To spin, In-eo, n-éré, n-êv-i, n-è-tüm.
To fill up, compl-eo, compl-éré, compl-év-i, compl-é-tüm.

To abolish, åböl-eo, äböl-éré, āböl-êv-i, āböl-i-tüm.
The primitives bleo and pleo are obsolete: like compleo are con
jugated impleo, expleo; like aboleo, adoleo, and exoleo.
III. Perfect-stem adds s to the Verb-stem.

Euphonic Rules.
1. A t-sound before s is dropped; e.g., a r(d)-si = ars-i.

2. A c-sound + s = x; e.g., aug-si = aux-I.
ful(g)-si =
£
3. But a c-sound after l or r, before s, is dropped; e.g.,
ful s-i.
"..# !
alg-eo, alg-Gré,
!
To burn. ard-eo, ard-éré,
! £n. ars-Ulrú.
To increase, aug-eo, aug-eré,

{ £n !
auc-tüm.
To be bright, fulg-eo, fulg-ăré,

! £".
Z2
270 LIST OF VERBS, SECOND CONJUGATION.
hae-s-I -
To stuck, haer-eo, haer-éré,
! (haer-s-i). {h*.
- - - indul-s-i - -
To indu.ge, indulg-eo, indulg-éré,
! (indulg-s-i), {indulum.
To command, jūb-eo, jūb-êré, jus-s-i (jub-s-i), jus-stim.
To remain, mān-eo, mān-èré, man-s-i, man-stim.
mul-s-i -
To assuage, mulc-eo, mulc-éré,
! (mulc-s-i), {mulsim.
mul-s-i
To milk, mulg-eo, mulg-éré, - mulc-tün.
(mulg-s-i),
To laugh, rid-eo, rid-ère, ri-s-i (rid-s-i), ri-stim.
To advise, suād-ed, suād-öré, suasa .

suad-s-i),
suā-stim.
- - ter-s-I -
To wipe, terg-eo, terg-éré,
! (terg-s-i), $term.
tur-s-i
To swell, turg-eo, turg-Gré,
! (turg-s-i).
- tor-s-i
To twist, torqu-eo, torqu-éré,
! (torqu-s-i), {tortum
To press, urg-eo, urg-ăré, ur-s-i (urg-s-i).
To shine, lüc-eo, lüc-éré, lux-i (lic-s-i).
To mourn, lüg-eo, lüg-éré, lux-1 (lug-s-i).
IV. Perfect-stem reduplicates first Consonant and Vowel.
To bite, mord-eo, mord-öré, mömord-i, mor-såm.

To hang, pend-eo, pend-éré, pépend-i, pen-stim.
To betroth, spond-eo, spond-öré, spópond-1, spon-såm.
To shear, tond-ed, tond-éré, tötond-i, ton-stim.
The compounds of these verbs drop the reduplication; e.g., re-spond;

(not re-spopondi).
V. Perfect-stem lengthens the Stem-vowel.
To take care, căv-eo, cāv-Čré, cāv-1, cau-tüm

To favour, fāv-eo, fāv-éré, fāv-i, fau-tüm
To cherish, föv-eo, föv-éré, föv-I, fö-tüm.
To move, möv-eo, möv-éré, möv-1, mö-tüm.
To dread, pāv-eo, pāv-eré, pāv-i.
To sit, séd-eo, séd-éré, séd-i, ses-sàm.
In the same manner are conjugated the compounds with dissyllables:

e.g., circumsédeo, circumsédéré, circumsédi, circumsessüm, to sit
around; but those with monosyllables change é of the stem into i
e g., assideo, assideré, assédi, assessim, to sit by.
To see, vid-eo, vid-Gré, vid-1, vi-sām.

To voto vöv-eo, vöv-éré, vöv-i, vö-tim.
LIST OF VERBS, THIRD CONJUGATION. 271
(666.) THIRD CONJUGATION.
I. Perfect-stem adds s to the Verb-stem.

Euphonic Rules.
1. b before s = p, e.g., scrib-si=scrip-si.
2. c-sound +s=x; e.g., cing-si=cinx-l.
is or [c,
qu, are regarded
g,
h,
as
c-sounds.]
dropped; e.g., claud-s-i= claus-i.
(d
3.
t-sound before
is
t)
s
either changed into interposed (premis-1=
or
m
before
s,
p
is
4
s
pres-si; com-s-i= comp-s-I).
To write. scrib-o, scrib-ère, scrip's scrip-tüm.

(scrib-s-i),
To bind, cing-o, cing-éré, cinxi (cing-s-i), cinc-tüm.
To carry, vêh-o, vêh-èré, vexi (veh-s-I), vec-tüm.
To cook, cöqu-o, cöqu-éré, coxi (coqu-s-i), coc-tüm
,
clau-s-i
To shut, claud-o, claud-éré, - 'clawsum.
(claud-s-i),
5
u;
Au
in:
the compounds changed into e.g., includo, includéré,
in
is
clüsi, inclusiim,
to
shut in.
To give way, céd-o, céd-éré, cessi (céd-s-i), ces-stim
To scatter, sparg-O, sparg-èré,

£).
Spar-s-i
{*m.
-
{
e,
In
the compounds changed into e.g., aspergo, aspergère

to is
a
asper-s-i, asperstim, besprinkle.

To adorn, cöm-o, cöm-èré, com-ps-i, com-p-tüm.
- press-i -cia
To press, prêm-o, prém-ère, pres-sum.
(prem-s-i),
!
f; !
In
the compounds changed into e.g., comprimo, comprimérè

is
é
compressi, compressüm,
to
press together.
To carry, gér-o, gér-éré, gess-I (gèr-s-i), ges-tüm.
II. adds
of to
Perfect-stem the Verb-stem.

u
(a) Without change Verb-stem.
To nourish, äl-o, āl-éré, āl-u-i, âl-i-tiim.

To till, cöl-o, cöl-éré, cöl-u-i, cül-tim.
To ask advice, consul-o, constil-ćré, constil-u-i, consul-tüm
To knead, deps-o, deps-àré, deps-u-i, deps-tüm.
To murmur, frēm-o, frém-éré, frém-u-i, frém-i-tum.
To groan, gèm-o, gém-éré, gém-u-i, gém-i-tüm
To grind, möl-o, möl-éré, möl-u-i, möl-i-tüm.
To conceal, occul-o. occul-ćré, occul-u-i, occul-tim.
':
To grind, pins-o, pins-àré, pins-u-i, pins-i-tiim.
To snatch, ráp-io, räp-éré, räp-u-i, rap-tüm.
to-
sér-o, sér-éré, sér-u-i, ser-tim.
}
272 LIST OF VERBs, THIRD CONJUGATION.
To weave, tex-0, tex-àré, tex-u-i, tex-tüm.
To tremble, trém-o, trém-éré, trêm-u-l.
To vomit, vöm-o, vöm-èré, Vöm-u-i, vöm-i-tiim.
(b) With change of Verb-stem.

To beget, gign-o, gign-èré, gén-u-i, gén-i-tüm.
To reap, mêt-O, mêt-éré, mess-u-i, mes-stim.
To place, pön-o, pön-éré, pös-u-i, pös-i-tüm.
[For compounds of cumbéré, see 664, II.]

III. Perfect-stem adds v or iv to the Verb-stem.
(a) Adds v, and lengthens Stem-vowel if short.
To separate,
cern-0, cern-èré, cré-v-1, cré-tüm.
Aperceive, }
The perfect and supine of cerno are found only in the compounds
e.g., decerno, decernéré, decrevi, decretüm, to decree.
To grow, cresc-o, cresc-èré, cré-v-1, cré-tüm.

To smear, lin-o, lin-èré, lè-v-1, or li-v-i, li-tum.
To know, noSC-0, nosc-éré, nö-v-1, nö-tüm.
ig,
So, also, the compounds inter, per pre-nosco, have ovi, otüm; but
cog, ag, praecog, recog-nosco, have Óvi, itüm; e.g., agnosco, agnose
Bré, agnóvi, agnitum, perceive.
to
To feed, pasc-o, pasc-öré, pā-v-i, pas-Lüm.

To rest, quiesc-o, quiesc-öré, quiè-v-i, quié-tüm.
To decide, scisc-o, scisc-éré, sci-v-1, sci-tüm.
To sow, sèr-O, sér-éré, sè-v-1, sä-tüm.
The compounds have the supine itum; e.g.,

in
conséro, consérère
consévi, consitiim, plant.
to
To allow, sin-o, sin-èré, si-v-1, si-tüm.

To despise, spern-o, spern-èré, spré-v-i, sprè-tüm.
To strew, stern-O, stern-èré, strā-v-i, stră-tüm.
To become
accustom- Suesc-O, suesc-Örö, suë-V-1, sué-tüm.
3d,
{
(b) Perfect-stem adds iv.
To summon, arcess-o, arcesséré, arcess-iv-i, arcess-i-tiim.

In
the same manner, capesso, facesso, incesso, lacesso.

To seek,
strive af. pêt-o, pêt-éré, pêt-iv-i, pêt-i-tiim.
ter,
{
To seek, quaer-o, quaer-éré, quaes-iv-i, quaes-i-täm.

I;
change e.g., eonquiro,

of
The compounds the stem into coa

ae
quiréré, conquisivi, conquisitäm,

to
examine.
.
tr-IV-1
To rub, tör-o, têr-éré, tri-tūm.
(for tér-iv-i),
!
!
IV. Perfect-stem reduplicates the first Consonant.

Some of these present vowel-changes, which must be carefully observed.
(a) When the first vowel is i, o, u, the first consonant is reduplicated with
e;
that vowel;
(b)
(c)
give,
of
to
other verbs with the compounds dāre,
in
with
i. (a) First Vowel
or
o,
u.
i,
To run, curr-O, curr-àré, cü-curr-i, cur-sim.
the compounds have the perfect both with and without the
of
Most
reduplication; e.g., accurro, accurréré, accurri and accicurri, ac
cursum, run to.
to
To learn, disc-o, disc-èré, di-dici.
g.,
The also reduplicate; perdiscö, perdidici,
to
compounds learn
e.
thoroughly.
To weigh, pend-o, pend-öré, pé-pend-i, pen-sum.
ap
not reduplicate; g., appendö,
do
The compounds appendéré,
e.
pendi, appensiim, hang to.
to
-
To demand, posc-o, posc-Éré, po-posc-i.
The compounds reduplicate; e.g., réposcéré, répôposci,
to
deman.
back again.
To prick, pung-o, pung-àré, pü-püg-i, punc-tüm.

Compounds have perf punxi.
To beat, tund-o, tund-öré, tü-tüd-i, tun-stim.
Compounds have supine tu sum; g., contundéré, contàstim,
to
e.
crush.
(b) Other Verbs reduplicate with

e.
To fall, cād-o, cād-éré, cé-cid-i, cá-stim.

To cut, caed-o, coed-èré, cé-cid-i, cae-stim.
have cidi, cistim; e.g., occidéré, occidi, occistim,

to
The compounds
kill.
To sing, cān-O, cān-èré, cé-cIn-i, can-tüm.
have cinui; e.g., succinéré, succinui, sing

to
to
The compounds
To cheat, fall-o, fall-ārē, fé-fell-i, fal-stim.

To bargain, pang-o, pang-èré, pé-pig-i, pac-tüm.
The compounds have pingö, pégi, pactüm; e.g., compingéré, compègi.

compactüm, fasten together.
to
To spare, parc-o, parc-àré, pé-perc-i, par-stim.

To bring forth, pårio, pār-èré, pé-pêr-I, pār-tüm.
To drive, pell-o, pell-èré, pé-pul-i, pul-stim.
To touch, tang-O, tang-eré, tê-tig-i, tac-xùm
2"4 LIST OF VERBS, THIRD CONJUGATION.
The compounds have tingo, tingéré, tigi, tactúm; e. g., attingéré

attigi, attactiim, to reach.
(c) Compounds of dare, reduplicate with i.
To hide, ab-do, abd-èré, ab-did-i, ab-di-tūm.

To add, ad-do, add-öré, ad-did-i, ad-di-tiim.
To lay up, con-do, con-d-öré con-did-i, con-di-tūm.
To believe, cré-do, créd-éré, cré-did-i, cré-di-tum.
To surrender, dé-do, déd-èré, de-did-i, dé-di-tum.
To publish, 6-do, ed-èré, 6-did-i, 8-di-tim.
To put in, in-do, ind-èré, in-did-i, in-di-tum.
To oppose, ob-do, obd-éré, ob-did-i, ob-di-tum.
To destroy, per-do, perd-öré, per-did-i, per-di-tum
To betray, pró-do, prod-èré, pro-did-i, pro-di-tum.
To restore, red-do, redd-èré, red-did-i, red-di-tūm.
To deliver, trā-do, trad-èré, tra-did-i, tra-di-tūm.
To sell, ven-do, vend-örö, ven-did-i, ven-di-tiim.
V. Perfect-stem lengthens the Stem-vowel of the Verb.
- (a) Without Vowel-changes.

To take, &m-o, &m-ërë, &m-i, em-tüm.
Compounds, coèmo, adimö, eximó.
To dig, föd-io, föd-éré, föd-I, fos-stim.
To fly, füg-io, füg-ërë, füg-i, füg-I-tüm.

To pour, fund-o, fund-öré, füd-i, fü-súm.
To read, lég-o, lég-éré, lég-i, lec-tüm.
The compounds with per, prae, re, and sub retain é; e.g., perlégéré
perlégi, perlectiim, to read through; but those with col, de, e, se
change é into i; e.g., colligéré, collégi, collectiim, to collect: three,
diligo, I
love; intelligo, I
understand; negligo, neglect, haveI
exi, ectüm; e.g., diligéré, dilexi, dilectüm.
To leave, linqu-o, linqu-éré, liqu-i, lic-tüm.

To burst, rump-o, rump-éré, rüp-i, rup-tüm.
To conquer vinc-o, vinc-èré, vic-i, vic-tüm.
(b) With Vowel-change.

To drive, äg-o, ag-éré, ég-i, ac-tüm.
Three of the compounds retain ā, circumágo, perăgo, såtågo: two un

dergo contraction, cógo (con + ago), dēgo (de + ago): compounds
with ab, amb, ad, ex, prod, sub, change å into i, e.g., ábigéré,
ābégi, abactüm, to drive away.
To take, cáp-io, cãp-èré, cép-i, cap-tüm.

g.,
All the compounds change å into i, and have supine ceptüm; e.

accip-éré, accépi, acceptüm,
to
receive.
To make,
fäc-io, fäc-éré, fec-1, fac-tüm.
To do, !
1. Compounds with verbs retain ā; e.g., labefácéré, läbéféci, labe
factum, to weaken.
2. Compounds with prepositions change å into I; e.g., afficéré, afféci,
affectiim, to affect.
To break, frang-o, frang-èré, frég-i, frac-tüm.
Compounds change a into i, e.g., refringéré, refrégi, refractiim, to
break open.
To cast, jäc-io, jäc-éré, jec-I, jac-tüm.
Compounds ab, ad, de, e, in, ob, re, trans, all change å into i: e. g.
abjicéré, abjeci, abjectüm, to throw away.
VI. The Perfect-stem presents the simple Verb-stem.

(a) Stems ending in u or v.
To refuse, abnu-o, abnu-éré, abnu-i.

To sharpen, äcu-o, acu-öré, äcu-i, acú-tüm.
To show, argu-o, argu-éré, argu-i, argü-tim.
To agree, congru-o, congru-èré, congru-i.
To put off, exu-0, exu-éré, exu-i, exã-tüm.
To put on, indu-o, indu-éré, indu-i, . indú-tüm.
To imbue, imbu-o, imbu-ārē, imbu-i, imbú-tüm.
To pay, lu-o, lu-éré, lu-i. lü-tüm.
To fear, métu-0, métu-éré, métu-i. -
To lessen, minu-o, minu-āré, minu-i, minū-tüm.

To rush, ru-O, ru-éré, ru-i, rü-tüm.
To loose, solv-o, solv-Čré, solv-i, solü-tüm.
To spit, spu-o, spu-éré, spu-i, spü-tüm.
To place, státu-0, statu-áré, statu-i, statü-tüm.
To sneeze, sternu-o, sternu-èré, sternu-i, sternu-tüm
To sew, Su-0, Su-&ré, su-i, su-tūm.
To give, tribu-o, tribu-éré, tribu-i, tribu-tüm
To roll, volv-o, volv-éré. volv-I, volū-tüm
(b) Consonant-stems.
To weigh, append-o, append-èré, append-i, appen-stim

So, also, the other compounds of pendo.
To attend, attend-o, attend-éré, attend-i, atten-stim
So, also, the other compounds of tendo.
To drink, bib-o, bib-éré, bib-i, bibi-tum
cüd-o, cüd-éré, cüd-i, cü-Süm
To forge,
éd-o, &d-éré, &d-i, 3-stim.
To eat,
To lick, lamb-o, lamb-êré, lamb-l.
To chew, mand-o, mand-èré, mand-i, man-stim
pand-i, pas-Süm.
To spread, pand-o, pand-öré,
276 LIST OF VERBS, FOURTH CONJUGATION.
To take, prehend-o, préhend-öré, préhend-i, préhen-stim.
To scratch, scáb-o, scáb-éré, scáb-i.
To climb, scand-o, scand-éré, scand-i. scan-stim.
(a,
è;
Compounds de, con, in) change
e,
into g., ascendo.
e.
å
To sink down, sid-o, sid-èré, sid-i.
The compounds take the perf and supine from séded; e.g., consi
-
sit
déré, consédi, consessüm,
to
together.
To hiss, strid-o, strid-örö, strid-i.

To turn, vert-o, vert-éré, vert-i, ver-stim.
as
Deverto, praeverto, and réverto are also used the passive form
in
deponents; e.g., révertör, réverti, reversiis stim, turn back.
I
To brush, verr-o, verr-örö, verr-i, ver-stim.
To pluck, vell-o, vell-ćré, vell-i, vul-stim.
Compounds and fendö belong here, viz.,
of
candö
To burn, incend-o, incend-èré, incend-i, incen-stim.

To defend, défend-o, défend-èré, défend-i, défen-stim.
(667.) FOURTH CONJUGATION.

to
adds
iv

I.
the fourth conjugation;

of
(Obs.) This class contains most
of
the verbs
the following alone has peculiar supine:
a
To bury, sèpël-io, sépêl-iré: sépél-iv-i, sépul-tim.
II.
to
Perfect-stem adds the Verb-stem.

u
To clothe, âmic-io, âmic-iré, âmic-u-i, âmic-tüm.

To open, âpér-io, âpér-iré, âpér-u-i, āper-tüm.”
To cover, bpér-io, 8pér-iré, öpér-u-i, 6per-tüm.
To leap, sâl-io, sâl-iré, säl-u-i, sal-tim.
e.g., desiliré, desflui,
i,
Compounds change leap

to
into désultüm,
å
down.
III. adds
to

s
far-s-i
To cram, farc-io, farc-iré, - farc-tüm.
(farc-s-i),
e;
The compounds change into e.g., confercire, confersi, confertüm,

a
fill up.
to
- *...* ful-s-i
.
To prop, fulc-io, fulc-iré,

(fulc-s-i), $mitm.
!
hau-s-i
To draw, haur-io, haur-iré, - haus-tūm.
(haur-s-i),
and
To decree, sanc-io, sanc-iré, sanxi sanctum
(sanc-s-i), Sanc-tüm.
ui,
parić which begin with ertüm,

of
The compounds vowel have

II.;
*
£"
a
in those beginning with

as
consonant have ertüm,

in
i,
a
£
asS V. -
LIST OF DEPONENT W ERBS. 277
- - sar-s-i
sarc-iré,
To patch, sarc-10,
! (sarc-s-i), {*m.
To feel, sent-io, sent-iré, sen's sen-stim.
(sent-s-i),
Instead of assentić, assentiór, deponent is more common.
To hedge in, sép-io, sép-iré, sép-s-i, sep-tüm.
To bind, vinc-io, vinc-iré, Vinx... . vinc-tüm.

(vinc-s-i),
IV. Perfect-stem lengthens the Stem-vowel.
Contains but a single simple verb.
To come, vén-io, Vên-ire, vén-i, ven-tüm.
V. Perfect-stem takes the simple Verb-stem.
To ascertain, compér-io, compér-Iré, compèr-i, comper-tum."

To discern, répér-io, répér-iré, répêr-i, rêper-tüm."
(668.) DEPONENT VERBS.

FIRST CONJUGATION.
To exhort, hort-ör, hort-āri, hort-āt-tis.
The of the first conjugation
deponents are the most numerous, but are
formed like hortór, with āri, atüs.
SECOND CONJUGATION.
To acknowledge, fät-eôr, fāt-éri, fas-sàs.
The compounds make fiteor, fessüs; e.g., confiteor, confitéri, con

fessüs, to confess: diffiteor has no participle.
To bid, lic-eôr, lic-éri, lic-it-tis.

To heal, měd-eôr, méd-éri.
To deserve, mér-eôr, mér-ëri, mèr-ft-tis.
- - - misér-it-us, or
To pity, misèr-eôr, misèr-éri,
! miser-tūs.
To think, r-eôr, r-ēri, rā-tūs.
- tu-it-tis,* or
To look u'pon, tu-eôr,
eó tu-êri
-tzii,
! tü-tüs.
To fear, vêr-eôr, vêr-éri, vér-it-tis.
THIRD CONJUGATION.
To devise, comminisc-ör, comminisc-i, commen-tūs
Réminiscor, to remember, has no perfect.
I'o obtain, ädipisc-ör, ädipisc-i, ădep-tiis.
To be weary, défetisc-ör, défetisc-I, défes-sås.
* See note, p. 276. -
A. A
278 LIST OF DEPONENT VERBS.
To awake, expergisc-ör, expergisc-1, experrec-tüs

- - fruc-tūs and
To enjoy, fru-ör, fru-i,
! fru-it-us.
To perform, fung Ör, fung-i, func-tüs.
To proceed, grád-iör, grád-i, gres-stis.
Compounds change the á into è ; e.g., aggrédi, aggressús, to assail
To be angry, irasc-ör, Irasc-i.

To fall, lāb-ör, lab-i, lap-stis.
To speak, löqu-ör, löqu-i, löcü-tüs.
To die, mör-iör, mör-i, mor-tutis.
To obtain, nancisc-ör, nancisc-i, nac-tüs.
To be born, nasc-ör, nasc-i, nă-tus.
To lean wpon, to nit-ör, nit-1, "sus, or
strive, ! ! Ill-K-uS.
To forget, oblivisc-ör, oblivisc-i, obli-tus.

To bargain, păcisc-ör, păcisc-i, pac-tüs.
To feed, pasc-ör, pasc-1, pas-tūs.
This verb is the passive of pascéré, to give food.
To suffer, pät-iör, pät-i, pas-sus.
Perpétiðr, perpessüs, to endure, changes à into è.
(From plectö, to twine.)
amplect-ör, amplex-às.
To embrace, amplecti.
complect-ör, complect-1, complex-tis
To set out, prôficisc-ör pröficisc-i, profec-tüs.
To complain, quêr-ör, quér-i, ques-tüs.
To grin, ring-ör, ring-i. r
To follow, séqu-Or, séqu-i, séci-tüs.
To revenge, ulcisc-ör, ulcisc-i. ul-tus.
To use, tit-or, ut-i, u-sus.
FOURTH CONJUGATION.
To assent, assent-iör, assent-iri, assen-stis.
To flatter, bland-iör, bland-iri, bland-it-us

To try, expér-iör, expér-iri, exper-tūs,
To bestow money, larg-iör, larg-iri, larg-it-tis.
To lie, ment-iör ment-iri, ment-it-üs
To measure, mêt-iör, mêt-iri, men-Süs.
To move a mass, mol-iör, möl-iri, möl-it-tis.
To wait for, oppér-iör oppér-iri, opper-tüs.
To begin, ord-iör, ord-iri, or-sås.
INCHOATIVE AND IRREGULAR VERBs. 273
To rise, ör-iör, or-iri, or-tüs.
To divide, part-iör, part-iri, part-it-tis.
To possess - -- - - -
pöt-iör, pöt-iri, pöt-it-tis.
myself of, !
To cast lots, sort-iör, sort-iri, sort-it-tis.
(669) INCHOATIVE VERBS.

Inchoatives are verbs derived from nouns, adjectives, or other verbs,
expressing a beginning or becoming of the act or state denoted by tho
sc,
all
primitive. Their stems always end in and they follow the form
of
the 3d conj.; e.g.,
From puer, boy, we have puerasc-éré, boy (again).
to
become
a
matür-üs, ripe, we have matüresc-ère, become ripe.
to
It “ “
dorm-iré, sleep, we have obdormisc-éré, fall asleep.

to
to
on
(1) enough observe those derived from adjectives and nouns

is
to
ui.
they perfect,
no
that either have else form or
in
it
(2) As those derived from verbs,
to
(a) Most are from verbs the second conjugation, and form their
u in
perfect-stem by adding the stem, rejecting sc; or,

to
other
in
words, their perf-stem the simple verb from
as
the same that of

is
which they are derived; e.g.,

To become gray, canesc-éré (canéré), canu-i.
To grow sour, acesc-öré (acére), acu-i.
the other conjugations take the per

of
(b) Those derived from verbs

the simple verbs from which they are derived.
of
fects
To grow old, invéterasc-éré (inveteráré), inveterav-i, invetera-tum.

To come life, rêvivisc-&ré (vivéré), révix-i, révic-tum.
to
To fall asleep, obdormisc-éré (dormiré), obdormiv-i, obdormi-tum

*
11. IRREGULAR, VERBS.”
(670.) INFINITIVE MOOD.
Tenses for Incomplete Action. Tenses for Complete Action.
#
Present and Imperfect. Perfect and Pluperfect.
possé, pötuissé,
to to to to
be be
7. 6. 5. 4 3. 2. 1.
able.
to to to to
have been able.

vellé, völuissé, have been willing.
nollé, unwilling. nöluissé, have been unwilling.
be be
mallé, more willing. maluissé, have been more willing.

edissé,
to
&déré, or essé,
to to
eat. have eaten.

ferré, tülissé,
or
have borne,
to to
bear. suffered.
fiéri,
or
to
become. factum essé, have been made,

done.
ferri, latüm essé,
be
to
to
have been borne.

8.
borne.
See note, next page.

*
280 IRREGULAR VERBS.
(671.) INDICATIVE MOOD.

PRESENT, I am able, &c. PERFECT, I have been able, &c.
1. possiim,” pötés, pôtest, 1. pötu-i, isti, it,

possumüs, pötestis, possunt. pötu-imüs, istis, érunt or éré.
it,
2. völö, vis, vult, 2. völu-i, isti,
völümüs, vultis, volunt. völu-imüs, istis,
or
érunt éré.
it,
noló, nonvis, nonvult, nolu-i, isti,
3.
3.
nölümüs, nonvultis, nolunt. nolu-imús, istis, érunt or ërë.
malö, mävis, mävult, malu-i, isti, it,
4.
4.
malümüs, māvultis, malunt. malu-Imüs, istis,
or
érunt ërë.
it,
&dā, edis or és, édit orest, éd-i, isti,
5.
5.
edimús, estis; 6dunt. êd-imüs, istis,
or
érunt ërë.
or
éditis
férö, fers, fert, till-i, isti, it,
6.
6.
férimüs, fertis, fêrunt. tül-imüs, istis,
or
érunt ërë.
fio,t fis, fit, est,
7,
factus stim, es,
7.
fimis, fitis, fiunt. facti stimús, estis, sunt.
fêrör, ferre; fertur, est,
or
ferris latüs sum, às,

8.
8.
fêrimūr, férimini, föruntur. lāti stimús, estis, sunt.
IMPERFECT, was able, &c. PLUPERFECT, had been able, &c.
I
I
pöt-érām, Grås, erät, pètu-érám, Grås, erät,
1.
pöt-érāmūs, &ratis, érant. 1. pötu-érāmūs, &ratis, érant.

völ-èbám, ebås, €bät, völu-ārām, erås, Grät,
2.
2.
völ-ébâmüs, ébâtis, ébant. völu-ārāmūs, Grătis, érant.

nol-ćbäm, ébâs, &bät, nolu-érām, àràs, erät,
3.
3.
nöl-ébâmüs, ébâtis, ébant. nölu-èrāmūs, &rätis, érant.

māl-ābām, ébās, &bät, målu-érām, àràs, &rät,
4.
4.
mäl-ébâmüs, ébatis, ébant. målu-érämüs, Grătis, érant.

Čd-ébâm, êbās, ebät, éd-érām, 3räs, ërät,
5.
5.
éd-ébâmüs, ébatis, ébant. ed-örämtis, érătis, érant.

fêr-ébâm, €bās, êbät, till-èrām, äräs, ărăt,
6.
6.
fér-ébâmüs, ébâtis, ébant. tül-éramis, érätis, érant.

fi-ébâm, êbås, êbät, factiis érām, àràs, &rät,
7.
7.
fi-ébâmüs, ébâtis, ébant. facti èrāmūs, érátis, érant.

fêr-ébâr,
ē,
ābāris or ebätür, latüs &rām, àràs, 3rät,

8.
8.
fér-ébâmur, ébâmini, ébantür. lāti èrāmūs, &ratis, érant.

FUTURE, FUTURE PERFECT,
or
be
will
or
shall able, &c. shall will have been able, &c.

I
pöt-érö, ëris, erit, pötu-érö, ëris, ărit,

1,
*1.
pöt-érimús, éritis, (śrunt pötu-érimüs, éritis, érint.
völ-âm, 6s, 8t, völu-èrö, Gris, Grit,
2.
2.
völ-émüs, étis, ent. völu-èrimås, éritis, érint.

nol-ām, ës, &t, nolu-èrö, €ris, ërit,
3.
3.
nöl-émüs, étis, ent. nölu-érimüs, éritis, érint.

mal-âm, 3s, et, målu-érö, ëris, ërit,
4.
4.
māl-emüs, étis, ent. målu-érimús, éritis, érint.

Čd-ām, ës, 6t, éd-èrö, âris, ërit,
5.
5.
&d-émüs, etis, ent. êd-érimüs, éritis, &rint.

fêr-ām, ës, et, til-èrö, Bris, &rit,
6.
6.
fér-émüs, étis, ent. tül-êrimüs, éritis, 3rint.

fi-ám, es, ăt, factus érö, &ris, &rit,
7.
7.
fi-émüs, &tis, ent. facti érimüs, éritis, 3rint.

fér-ár, ëris oréré, étiir låttis érö, ëris, erit,
8.
8.
£
fêr-émür, émini, entir. lāti érimús, éritis, &rint.
As many these verbs are nearly related each other, seems un

of
to
it
*
necessary inflection. The correspondent num

of
beto
their forms
bers will tracing the several tenses
of
sufficient direction each verb.

in
a),
Fio, contrary the general rule (24, has long throughout, before
to
*
vowels: but before erit short; as, fiêri.

is
\
- - --- --->
IRREGULAR VERBS. 281
(672.) IMPERATIVE MOOD.
NoTE.—Possum, volo, malo, have no imperative mood.
3. noli, or nôlitô, be thou unwilling. 7.fi, or fitó, become thou.

nólité, or nólitoté, be ye, &c. fité, or fitóté: 3. fiuntö.
5. &dé, éditó, or és, estö, eat thou. |8. ferré, or fertör, be thou borne.
êdité, éditóté: 3. &duntö. férimini, or fêriminör: 3. fêrun
6. fêr, or fertö, bear thow. tör.
ferté, or fertöté: 3. féruntö.
(673.) SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.

PRESENT, I may be able, &c. PERFECT, I may have been able, &c.
1. poss-im, is, it, 1. pötu-érim, &ris, &rit,

poss-imüs, itis, int. pötu-érimüs, éritis, érint.
2. vél-im, is, it, 2. völu-èrim, &ris, Brit,
vél-imús, itis, int. völu-èrimüs, &ritis, érint.
3. nol-im, it, nolu-érim, ãrit,
is,
&ris,
3.
nöl-imüs, itis, int. nölu-árimús, éritis, érint.
mäl-im, is, it, malu-èrim, Bris, 6rit,
4.
4.
mâl-imüs, itis, int. mälu-èrimús, éritis, érint.

&d-ām, is, ät, €d-érim, €ris, ërit,
5.
5.
€d-āmüs, âtis, ant. ed-érimüs, Gritis, érint.

fêr-ām, ăs, ät, til-èrim, Bris, &rit,
6.
6.
fêr-āmās, âtis, ant. tül-érimüs, ëritis, érint.

fi-ām, fiS, ät, factus sim, sis, sit,
7.
7.
fi-āmüs, âtis, ant. facti simus, sitis, sint.

fêr-ār, latüssim, sis, sit,
or
aris aré, atür,

8.
8.
fêr-āmūr, ãmini, antür. lāti simis, sitis, sint.

IMPERFECT, might PLUPERF., might have been able, &c.
be
able, &c.
I
I
Poss-èm, ès, &t, pötu-issém, issés, issét,

1.
1.
poss-émüs, étis, ent. pötu-issemüs, issétis, issent.

vell-ćm, es, êt, völu-issèm, issés, issét,
2.
2.
vell-émüs, ëtis, ent. völu-issemüs, issétis, issent.

noll-ćm, ãs, &t, nolu-issèm, issés, issét,
3.
3.
noll-emüs, âtis, ent. nölu-issémüs, issétis, issent.

mall-ām, ës, &t, mälu-issém, isses, issét,
4.
4.
mall-émüs, &tis, ent. målu-issémüs, issétis, issent.

&dèr-öm or essém; és, ét, éd-issém, isses, issét,
5.
5.
8dër-émüs, étis, ent. ed-issémüs, issétis, issent.

ferr-èm, es, *t, tul-issem, issés, issét,
6.
6.
ferr-émüs, €tis, ent. tül-issémüs, issétis, issent.

fiér-êm, 8t, factiis essém, essés, essét,
7.
&S,
7.
fiêr-émüs, étis, ent. facti essémüs, essétis, essent.

ferr-èr, éré, étir,
or
ëris latüs essém, essés, essét,

8.
8.
ferr-émür, emini, entār. lāti essémüs, essétis, essent.
(674.) GERUNDS.
be,
völendi, volendo, volendüm, willing.

of
* “ to
being, being,
in
6. 5. 4. 3. 2.
st 64
nolendi, nolendö, nôlendüm, unwilling,
malendi, malendö, malendüm, more willing.
".
“
eating, eating,
of
in
edendi, edendö, edendüm,

to
eat.
ferendi, férendó, ferendüm, bearing, bearing,
of
to
in
bear.
(675) SUPINES.
to
Ablative. ésú, eaten,

be be
to to
Accusative. ésum, eat.

to to
6. 5.
eat.
latüm, bear. lātū, borne.
-
A
2
A
282 DEFECTIVE VERBS.
(676.) PARTICIPLES.
Active. pötens, being able.

1.
2. völens, “I willing.
3. nolens, “ unwilling.
4. malens, “ more willing.
5. &dens, eating. ësúrus, about to eat.
6. férens, bearing. lâturus, about to bear.
7. ficiendüs, to be made or done.
8. férendüs, to be borne.
Passive. 7. factus, being or having been made or done.
8. latüs, being or having been borne or suffered.
(677.) Eo, I go.

Eö, I go, is conjugated like Singular.
audio, except in the following tenses:
Plural.
Imp. Ind. Pres. e5, is, it. imüs, itis, eunt.
Past. Ibám, ibás, ibāt. ibámüs, ibätis, ibant.
Fut. ibò, ibis, ibit. ibimus, ibitis, ibunt.
Imperative. I, or itó. ité, or itôté. 3. euntö.
Imp. Pot. Pres. eam, eás, eåt. eåmüs, eátis, eant.
Gerunds. eundi, eundö,
eundüm.
Particips. Pres, iens (gen, euntis), going. Fut. Itürüs, about to go.
Supines. itüm, Itü.
Rem. In like manner, the compounds of eo are formed: also, queo, to be
able, and néqueo, to be unable; except that these two have no imper
ative mood or gerunds.
12. DEFECTIVE VERBS
(678) Are those which have only some particular tenses and moods;
as, aio, I I
say; ausim, dare; avé, hail / &c.
(1.) Aio, I say.

Singular. Plural.
Ind. Pres. aio, ăis, ăit. aiunt.
Imperfect. āi-ébam, ebås, ébât. Čbāmūs, ébâtis, ébant.
Imperative. āi.
Subj. Pres. àiás, aiāt. äiant.
-
Participle
-
aiens.
(2.) Ausim, I dare.

Ind. Pres. ausim, ausis, ausit. ausint.
(3.) Ave, hail t

Imperative, #vé,or àveto. ăvété, or àvétöté.
Infinitive. ăvéré.
(4.) Salvé, God save you !

Imperative. salvé, or salvétö. salvété, or salvétöté.
Infinitive. salvéré.
| Fiji Fui. salvébis.
IMPERSONAL vBRBs. 283
(5.) Cédo, give me.

Singular. Plural.
Imperative. cèdó. cédité.
I will or may do
-
Faxo, or faxim (for faciam),
it.
(6.)
Ind. Pres.
is,
fax-im, imüs, Itis, int.
or
fax-0,
it
(7.) Quesó, pray.
I
Ind. Pres. quaes-6, is, it. ümüs.
Infinitive. quaeséré.
Participle. quaesens. -
(8.) Inquám, Inquió, say.
is, or
I
Impf. Ind. Pres, inqu-iö, Imus, iunt.
or
it:
ām,
ast. inquiébat. inquié
Fut. inquiés, inquiét. [bant.
Perf Ind. Pres. inquisti.
Imperative inqué, inquitó. inquité.
Participle inquiens.
(9.) These verbs,

Növ-i, know;
I
Mémin-i, remember;
I
Coep-i, begin;
I
Od-i, hate,
I
the perfect tenses combined with the meanings

of
of
nave the forms the
imperfect. No sco, the present Övi, use, and denotes learn,
of
in
is
to
n
whence novi expresses the actual knowledge which
of
the result
is
past learning.
isti, &c. (Pres.)

i,
Növ. &rām, &ras, &c. (Past.)

Memin- &rö, ëris, &c. (Fut.)
J
Coep- Grim,ëris, &c. (Subj. Pres.)

Od- issém, issés, &c. (Subj. Past.)
issé, (Infinitive.)
Mementö, mementöté (Imperative.)
Östis, Ósurüs; coeptus, coeptürüs. (Participles.)
13. IMPERSONAL VERBS

no
(679.) Are those which have subject, and take the pronoun before
it
English; e.g., pluit,

in
them rains.
it
Impersonals never used personally.
£:
1.
libét, libuit, pleases. "poenitét,

--
poenituit,
it
or it
licet, licuit, one may, - - shames,

at
$ Q
"püdët, piduit, one ashamed.

is
licitum est, lawful.

3
# is
it
one ought, - wearies

at
v.
Q
8portét, Öportuit, *taedet, pertaestimest,

behöres. disgusts.
!
"misérêt, one pities. réfert, concerns.

it
*pigêt,
piget, grieves (one).
20
g
it
|
person and gen, the thing (or object

of
*
of
of
Those marked take acc.

*
the feeling).
284 IMPERSONAL VERBS.
2. Impersonals sometimes used £ersonally in third person singular or

plural.
:, ,
#
fulmināt, ningit, snows.
tit
P
ful£rat. # lightens.
pluit, rains.
it it at
andinät, it hails. tönāt, thunders.
grows light. vespérascit, grows dark.
fit
Personal verbs used specially impersonals third person sin.
in
as
3.
gular.
*:
accidit, happens. fit, happens.
it it $t
it it it it it it it it it it it it it it it
accédit,” added. intërest, concerns.

is
jävät,
is is
appārét, appears.
attinét, - unknown, con
£re
belongs to.
fit
lâtét,
conducit, cealed.
is is is
$
known, liquêt, clear.
is is
it
constät,
agreed upon. pâtét, plain, open.
fit
contingit, happens. pläcét, pleases
(I
resolve).
it it
convenit, suits, agrees. praestät, better.
is
delectät, delightful.
#. remains.
at
is is is
décét, becoming. sölét,
it it -
assolét,
happens usually.
dédécèt, unbecoming.
!
evénit, turns out. stät, resolved.
is
expédit, expedient. sufficit, suffices.
at
is
excidit,t has escaped me. vācāt, (I) have leisure.
Rem. These may be used indic. and subj.

of
the different tenses
in
moods.
The third person singular many intransitive verbs used im

of
(it is
4.
personally the passive; e.g., currit ār, they run run by

in
them); pugnât üm est, they fought was fought by them). is

it (it
Those which govern the dative, govern the impersonal

in
also
form; g., am envied, h! in déttir.
m
e.
v
I
Accé d'It quo (or út) moreover.

=
d
t *
e.,
dé ém öria excidit= slipped from my memory—is

m
i.
has
it
forgotten.
$7. ADVERB.
THE adverb qualifies a verb, adjective, or another adverb.
I. Derivative Adverbs.
(680.) Derivative adverbs (a) are nearly all formed from adjectives or
participles, by adding é or It ér to their stems:
1. Add & to stem of adjectives in tis, 8, tim; e.g.,
clar-ü s, illustrious. clar-é, illustriously.
Rem. B 6 n tis makes b éné, well; and mālūs (bad); malé, badly.
All others end in ë (long).
2 Add it ér to the stem of adjectives of 2d or 3d class; e.g.,
brév -ís, brief bré v-itér, briefly.

férox (feröc-s), fierce. féröc-itér, fiercely.
Rem. 1. Those which end in ns do not take the connecting vowel i:

e. 5.,
prü dens, prudent. prü de n-tér, prudently.
2. Audax, bold, makes aud a c-tär, boldly.
few are formed from nouns, by adding tiis

(b)
tim
or
to
A
the stem
-
by connecting vowel; e.g.,
of
means
a
cool-tim, heaven. coel-i-tiis, from heaven.

fund is, bottom. fund-i-tiis, from the bottom, totally.
-
grex (greg-s), flock. grég -ā-tim, by flocks.

(c)
ad
as
adjectives, especially the neuter, are often used

of
Cases
in
verbs; e.g., dulce, sweetly; falls falsely, &c.

ö,
II. Primitive Adverbs.
conveniently be classed
as
(681) Primitive adverbs are such cannot

among the derivatives above mentioned. The most common are arranged
the following lists:
in
286 ADVERBS.
1. ADVERBs of PLACE (fivefold).
(1) In a Place.
£
ubt? where? übiqué, everywhere.
hic, here. nusquâm, nowhere.
illic, there. alicubf, somewhere.
there, where you are. alibi,
#e,
ibí, there. -
übivis, anywhere (3/ou
(
intüs, within. } please).
föris, without. ibidém, in the same place.
(2.) To a Place—(o, uc).
quó 7 whither? förås, to without.

hüc, hither. eó, to that place.
illuc, thither. alió, to another place.
istüc M thither, to where you aliquó, to some place.
! czre. eódém, to the same place.
intrö, to within.
(3) Towards a Place.
quorsúm, whitherward 7 rêtrorsüm, backward.

versiis, towards. dextrorsúm, to the right hand.
surstim, upward. sinistrorsúm, to the hand.
deorsum, nward
(4.) From a Place—(nc, nde).
undé? whence? aliundé, from elsewhere.

hinc, hence. ālicundé, from some place.
illic, thence. sicundé, iffrom any place.
istinc * thence, from where utrinqué, on both sides.
! 3/ou are. superné, from above.
indé, thence. inferné, jrom below.
(5) Through or by a Place.
qua? which way? istăc, that way, by 3 ou.

hac, this way. alia, another way.
illac, that way.
–-
\------
ADVERBS. 287
- 2. ADVERBs or TIME (threefold).
'
F.
- (1.) Being in time, either,
1. Present. protinus, instantly.
illico, straightway.
nunc, 72070.
hödié, to-day. (Remote.)
2. Past. cräs, to-morrow.
tuno
postridie, the day after.
tim. them. perendie, two days hence.
! nondum,
gesterday. not yet.
ëri,
|: 4. Indefinite.
pridem, {herefore quandó 7 when 7
pridié,
- the day before. aliquandó *
nupér, lately. nonnunquám & sometimes.
}:
3. Future. interdum,
sempèr al ways.
(Very Near) . nunquam, 7tever".
jamjam, sently. intërim - -
mox, tn the mean time.
interea, !
statim, X by-and-by. quðtidié, daily.
(2) Continuance of Time. -
quamdin? how long 2 jamdid,
did, .. long. jamdādām, & long ago.
tamdid, jampridém,
so tong.
(3) Vicissitude, or Repetition of Time.
1. Indefinite. subindé, immediately after.
£,
quotiës? identidém, several times.
how often?
saepé often. - -
# often. 2. Definite, or in Number.
aliquðtiés,
vicissim, #turns.
gy
several times. sémél,
bis,
O72ce.
twice.
rurstis,
itérüm,
again.
a
. .
second time.
tër,
quatér,
thrice.
four times. -
3. ADVERBS OF ORDER."
indé, them. deinceps, successively. primo,” -um,t first.
deindé, thereafter. dénuð, &7te?.C. secundö,t secondly.)
dehinc, henceforth. deniqué, finally. &c.
porró, moreover. (postrêmö,t lastly.
4. ADVERBS OF QUALITY, MANNER, &c.

| #ded, so, and therefore. nempé, truly.
admödüm, very, greatly. nimiûm, too much.
ān, twhether? or else? nön, *ot.
cür, wny. ntim '' whether?
démüm, at length. omninó, at all, in general.
*tiam, likewise, yes. párüm, little.
feré, almost. sätis, enough.
haud, 7mot. sic, so, thus.
immö, 3/es, truly. scilicët, namely.
Itá, so, thus. vidélicit, namely.
māgis, 772O7·e. vix, scarcely.
në, 710t.
* Primo =
at first; primum=first, in the first place.
c).
# These fall under (680,

$ 8. PREPOSITION.
(682. 1. PREPoSITIONS governing the accusative:

Anté, äpüd, äd, adversis,
Circüm, circă, citrä, cIs,
Ergä, contrā, intér, extra,
Infra, intrā, juxtà, Öb,
Pénés, pöné, post, and praetér,
Própé, proptér, për, sécundüm,
Süprá, verstis, ultra, trans.
|Vers üs is placed after the noun which it governs |
2. Governing the ablative:
Absquč, a, āb, abs, and dé.

Cöråm, clam, ctim, ex, and é.
Ténis, sIné, pro, and prae.
3. Governing both accusative and ablative:
in, süb, stipër, subtéz

\- - --
~~~
- ~~~ *
-
$9. CONJUNCTION.
They may be
di.
(683.) CoNJUNCTIONs connect words and sentences.
rided into the following classes:
Copulative, which simply unite sentences together (and): they are
I.
et, at qu qué, né qué éc, nec Ön, tiám, qu
5
or
or
c,
6
è
qué, with the adverbials Iti dém.

it
ém and
II. Disjunctive, which connect unlike prepositions (or): they are aut,
u;
čl, and siv se (either—or): aut—aut,
čl
or
č,
the suffix
v v
v
él; (whether—or): siv č—siv é.
III. it, sic tit,

if,
čl
as
Comparative (as, like, &c.): they are tit,
v
pro it, qu äm, am quâm, qu äs utsi, csi, together
u,
I,
a
c
e
with at qu when they mean as.

è,
and
a
c
IV. Adversative, expressing opposition thought (but): they are séd,

of
autém, rö, ät
its
and compounds, tám én (and its compounds

v
d ć
with at se and erum), and cét erum.

v
if):
V.
Concessive, expressing something granted (although, even they

etsi, eti am si, tám et si, quam quâm, qu am vis, quan
are
tum vis, quam lib ét, lic ēt, with and quum, when they
it
mean although.
VI. Conditional, expressing condition (if, only, but): they are
if
if
Ó a
si, sin, ni nisi, sim dumm done,

or
and some
6,
5,
(5
d
6
d
dim
m
times and used alone.

6
d
&
VII. Conclusive, expressing they

id or
conclusion inference (therefore):

a
are ergo, igit ār, qué, ide circó, pro dé, prop
in
It
6,
ö,
e
à
tère and the relatives (wherefore) qua proptèr, quaré, qua

à,
mob rém, qu circa, un dé.

Ö
VIII. Causal, expressing (for, because): äm,

à, or
cause reason
n
a
qui qu niäm, quipp

m,
nam qué, én im, éni qu

ét
d,
&,
(5
(5
quum, qu and qu and quid siquid

ö,
&m, m.
&
ö
(in
IX. Final, expressing purpose order that,

or
aim order that

in
a
- neu, quin, quomi

ti,
quo, né, utn

it
név
č,
or
not):
é,
ü
tis.
X. n
Temporal, expressing soon as, after

of
as
relation time (when,

a
that, just as): quum, tit, tibi, post quâm, anté quâm, Pri.
us quam, qu and simil, similac, im, usque dim, dö.
Ó,
éc, quo
d.
n
trim,
n.8
XI. Interrogative, used asking questions; nüm, àn,

in
“suffix)
B
R
$10. INTERJECTION.
(684.) INTERJECTIONs are simply signs of emotion
âh, ah / hém, hem how /

āpāgé, away ! ió, huzza /
eccé, behold / Oh, oh alas /
eccum, see him / pāpae, O strange / good /
eū, lo / pro, alas !
hei, hell, alas ! vae, woe /
vah, O rare / *
PA R T IV.
8U MM AR Y O F S Y N TA A.
f
SYNTAX.
INTRODUCTION.
(685.) A is a thought expressed in words; e.g., the rose
proposition
the
blooms; beautiful.
is
rose
simple sentence consists single proposition; e.g., the mes.
of
A
(686.)
a
senger was sent; the swift messenger arrived.
up
compound sentence more propositions;
A
or
of
(687.) one made two
is
e.g., the messenger, who had been sent arrived.

sentences,
of
in
of
of
(688.) SYNTAx treats the use words the formation
We speak first,
of
of
to
and the relation sentences each other.
PART
I.
OF SIMPLE SENTENCES.
sub.JECT AND PRE:orca.TE.
I.
Subject and Predicate.

of
Definition
1.
,
§
(689.) Every sentence (e.g., the eagle flies) consists two parts, the
of
subject (e.g., eagle) and the predicate (e.g., flies).
(1)
which anything declared, and generally
of
(a) The subject that

of is
is
is
noun,
or
(2) some word used instead noun.

a
The eagle flies. Here the noun eagle the subject.

is
2. 1.
To err
to
as
human. Here the infinitive err used noun,

is
is
and forms the subject.

(b)
The predicate the subject, and gener.

of
that which declared

is
is
is
an
(1)
ally either participle, noun, con

of or
or
verb, (2) adjective (3)

a
nected with the subject by some form

to
the verb be.
The eagle flies. Here the verb flies the predicate.

3. 2. 1.
is
To err human. Here the adjective human the predicate.

is
is
John man. Here the noun man the predicate.

is
is
a
Agreement.
2.
$
The
of
(690.) RULE verb the predicate agrees with the

I.
subject number and person.

in
The trees are green. Arbores virent.

Art thou happy? Esne tu beatus?
the subj, consists more singular nouns denoting
of
two
or
If
Rem.
1.
persons, the verb generally plural.

in
the
is
B
2
B
*Y A.
494 SUBJECT AND PREDICATE.
2. A collective noun sometimes has a plural verb.
The crowd rushes. | Turba ruunt.

[This construction is not used by Cicero, and seldom, if at all, by
Caesar.]
3 A plural verb is sometimes used with uterque and quisque.

Each of them leads his army out | Uterque eorum ex castris exercitum
of the camp. educunt.
A. The verb agrees with the first person rather than the second; the
second rather than the third.
If you and Tullia are well, Cicero | Si tu et Tullia valetis, ego et

and I are well. Cicero vale mus.
(691.) An adjective may stand either

(1.) As predicate: e.g., the man is happy;
(2.) As modifying the subject; e.g., the good man is happy;
(3.) As modifying the predicate; e.g., the good man is a happy man.
In either case we have
RULE II. Adjectives agree with the nouns to which they
refer in gender, number, and case.
all
[This rule applies to adjectives, pronouns, and participles.]

more nouns denoting persons, the most wor
or
Rem. there be two

If
thy" gender prevails; things, the neuter used.

is
if
My father mater mortui sunt.

et
and mother are dead. Pater mini

|
Dabour and enjoyment are united. Labor voluptasque juncta sunt.

|
III.
be
(692.) RULE the predicate noun,

If
takes the
it
a
the subject.
of
case
Numa was made king. Numa rex creabatur.

|
Apposition.
3.
§
noun may stand

A
(693.)
the subject, denoting the same person thing with the sub
In
or
(a)
ject-noun; e.g., the general, brave man, led the army.
a
the predicate, denoting the same person thing with noun

In
or
(b)
a
predicate; e.g., consul,

in
the we have sent the brave man.

a
Nouns thus expressing the same person thing, whether

or
the sub
in
ject predicate, are said apposution with each other; and

be
in
to
in
or
either case we have
RULE IV. Nouns apposition with each other agree

in
in
CaS6. *
be
The masculine more worthy than the feminine;

to
said the fem

is
...
"
inine than the neuter.

GENITIVE CASE. 295
The commander, a brave man, led Imperator, vir fortis, exerci.

the army. tum duxit.
We sent the consul, a brave man. Consulem, virum for tem, misi
Imus.
Rem. 1. A noun in apposition with two or more nouns is commonly

put in the plural.
M. Antony and C. Crassus, trib- M. Antonius, C. Crassus, tribuni

wnes of the people. plebis.
2. A noun in apposition with the name of a town may be put in the

ablative, with or without the preposition in.
At Rome, the chief city of Italy. Romae, (in) prima urbe Italiae.
II, USE OF CASES.
Q 4. Nominative.
(694.) Subject-nominative.—The subject of a proposition takes the nom
unative case, and is called the subject-nominative.
(2) Predicate-nominative—The predicate-nominative (692) is always
connected with the subject by esse, to be, or some verb expressing an
Incomplete idea.
Ren. Of this class of verbsare to appear, app are re, vide ri; to
become,fieri, evader e, exister e; to be named, dici, a p
pellari, nominari; to be esteemed, exist imari, haberi, &c.
Ariovistus was called king by the Ariovistus a senatu rex appel
senate. latus est.
§ 5. Genitive.
RULE V. The genitive answers the questions whose?

(695.)
of whom? of what? e.g., the love of glory, amor gloriae;
Cicero's orations, Ciceron is orationes.
Rem. The genitive is subjective when it denotes that which does
something, or to which a thing belongs; e.g., Ciceron is oratio
nes. It
is objective when it denotes that which is affected by the
action or feeling spoken of; e.g., amor gloriae : the taking of the
town, expugnatio urbis.
(696.) RULE VI. Genitive of Quality.—The genitive (with

an adjective, or pronoun of quality, number, &c.) is used to ex
press the quality of a thing.
A man of great bravery. Vir magnae virtutis.
A ditch of fifteen feet. Fossa quin decim pedum.
Rem. 1. The ablative is also used in the same way (724).
2. If the two nouns are connected, not immediately, but by another
part of speech, the accusative must be used: fossa quindecim
pedes lata.
296 GENITIVE CASE.
(697.) RULE VII.

Partitive-genitive.- The genitive is used
to express the whole of which anything is a part. Hence,
(a) With comparatives and superlatives:

The more learned of the two broth- Doctior fratrum duorum.
ers.
The most learned of the Romans. Doctissimus Romanorum.

(b)
With all
words expressing number quantity, whether adjectives,
or
pronouns, numerals, adverbs; e.g., many the soldiers, multi
of
or
militum; which you? quis vestrum the last the Romans,
of
of
?
ultimus Romanorum; enough eloquence, sat eloquentiae,
is
where (in what part) world? ubin am gentium
of
the
?
Rem. This rule includes the neuters tantum, quantum, ali
quantum, quid, aliquid, &c.
VIII.
of
(698.) RULE Genitive Mental Affections.—The
genitive used with verbs and adjectives expressing certain
is
operations feelings, denote the object thereof.

of
or
the mind to
(a) Operations
of
the mind.
Adjectives knowledge and ignorance, remembering and for
of
1.
getting, certainty and doubt.

Beneficii memor.
of
Mindful kindness.
a
He was not ignorant re Eventus belli non erat ignarus.

of
the
of
sult the war.
Verbs and forgetting memini, reminis

of
remembering (recordor,
2
cor, obliviscor).
To remember past events. Meminisse praeteritorum.

He exhorts the AEduans for Cohortatur AEduos ut controver
to
get their disputes. siarum obliviscantur.

[The thing remembered often put
in
the accusative.]
is
(b)
Operations the feelings.

of
Adjectives expressing desire aversion, patience

or
or
impatience,
1.
appetite passion. Participles used adjectives fall under this

or
as
rule.
praise. Avidus laudis.
of of
Desirous
(= one loving) virtue. virtutis.
A
lover Amans
I
Verbs.
2.
(a) Those expressing pity, viz., miseresco, misereor.

pity felicium.
in
the unfortunate. Miseresco

I
(b) The impersonals pudet, piget, poenitet, taedet, miseret (shame,

disgust, repentance, loathing, pity).
GEN1TIVE CASE. 297
I ly, am not only sorry for my fol. Menon solum poenite t st ulti
but ashamed of sed etiam pude t.
it.
tiae meae,
am weary my life. Me tae det v it ae.
of
I Rem. Observe that the person feeling expressed by the accusa
1.
is
tive.
The cause feeling may be verb, part
or
sentence,
of
of
instead
2.
a
the genitive.
of
in
noun
a
(= vix
is
am not sorry does not re- Non poenitet me se.
it
I
pent me) that I have lived.
|
RULE IX. Genitive Participation.—The genitive
of
(699.)
used with adjectives and participles expressing (1) plcnty
or
is
weakness, (3) sharing
its
want, (2) power opposite, (4)
or
or
likeness or unlikeness.
Plenus irae.
of
(1) Full wrath.

Compos mentis.
of
(2) Master one's faculties.

(3) He like his brother. Similis est fratris.
is
Homo particeps est rationis.

of
(4.) Man sharer reason.

is
a
R.
plenty and want take also ablative (716,
of
Rem. Those 4).

1.
of
Those likeness and unlikeness take also the dative (704, 4).
2.
X. Value.—The genitive cer

of
of
(700.) RULE Genitive
tain adjectives valuing, esteeming, buying
or of
used with verbs

is
selling, &c., denote the price

to
value.
The poor Pauper divitias magni
at
man estimates riches aestimat.

great value.
a
Rem. Such genitives are magni, permagni. pluris, maximi,

1.
-
minoris, and others.
the price be noun, the ablative used (719). Also, the
If
2.
is
a
ablatives magno, perm agno, plurimo, parvo, minimo, nihi

lo, are often used.
(701.) RULE XI. Genitive

of
Crime.—The genitive used

is
accusing, condemning, acquitting, &c.,

of
with verbs
to
denote
offence charged.
or
the crime
Prodition is accusare.
of
To accuse treachery.
The judge acquitted the prisoner Praetor reum criminis absolvit.
|
of
the crime.
XII. Property.—The
of
RULE
(702.) Genitive genitive
is
used with esse which something belongs,

to
to
denote (1) that

which something peculiar.
to
(2) that
is
(1.) This book belongs my father. Hic liber est mei patris.
to
peculiar Fortium est dolorem fortiter pati

to
to
(2.) the brave

is
It
endure pain with fortitude.

298 DATIVE CASE.
Rem. 1. Under this last head come the following constructions

the property
peculiarity
duty
It = est sapientis.
of
is
wise man
a
mark
characteristic
&c.
2. Observe carefully, that insteadof the genitive of the personal pro

nouns (mei, tui, &c.), the neuter possessives (meum, tuum,
suum, nostrum, vestrum) are used; e.g., it is my duty, &c.
est meum, &c.
(703.) RULE XIII.
The genitive is used with the impersonal
(it
interest concerns), express the person concerned.

to
concerns my brother. Mei fratris interest.
It
It concerns the state. Rei public interest.
ae
the genitives the personal pronouns (mei,
of
of
Rcm. But instead
tui, &c.), the possessive forms me tu &c., are always used;
a,
a,
and with them the impersonal refer in
as
has the same force
terest. t
concerns you. Tua interest (not tui interest)

It It
great importance Magni me refert utte videam

of
to
to
is
me
a
see you.
6.
Dative.
§
(704.) RULE XIV. The express the

to
dative case used

is
person thing for whom (or which), for whose advan

or
or
or
to
to
tage disadvantage anything

or
or
done tends.
is
|G" Almost every instance which the dative occurs may ex

be
in
plained by proper application

of
this rule. For the sake

of
fuller
a
illustration, however, we add the following heads:
Remote Object.—The dative express the remote

of
to
(1) Dative used

is
object,
(a) With transitive verbs governing also direct object.

a
send you book. Mitto tibi librum.

I
Pisistratus conquered the Mega- Pisistratus sibi Megarenses vicit.

renses for himself.
Rem. The accusative often omitted, and the dative alone appears
is
with the verb; e.g., persuade you, tibi suadeo; told the gen
he
I
eral, nuntiavit imperatori.

With intransitive verbs expressing
an
or
to
(b) action done for some

person thing.
or
have leisure for philosophy. Vaco philosophite

I
|
DATIVE CASE. 299
(2) On the same principle (advantage or disadvantage), the dative is

used with verbs of the following meanings, viz.:
Envy, profit, please, displease, obey,
Help, hurt, resist, excel, or disobey,
Command, indulge, be angry, spare, upbraid,
Marry, heal, favour, meet, trust, and persuade.
Rem. 1. Juvo, laedo, delecto, offendo, rego, guberno, govern the accn
sative. ”
2. Impero, credo, minor, comminor, are also used transitively, with

accusative and dative.
(3) Dative with Compound Verbs.—The dative is used with most verbs
compounded with a d, con, in, inter, ob, prae, sub; and with many of
those compounded with ab, ante, de, e, post, prae, re, super.
Rem. These verbs govern the dative when they acquire a meaning
from the preposition which calls for the dative; e.g., to join, jungere,
takes accusative; but to join to, adjungere, takes dative also.
When they are transitive, they take both accusative and dative;
but when intransitive, the dative only.
To prefer unknown men to known. | Ignotos notis anteferre.
Vices creep upon us. Vitia nobis obrepunt.
(4) So, also, the dative is used with adjectives expressing advantage,
to,
likeness, usefulness, fitness, facility, nearness and their opposites.

Be kind all. Cunctis esto benignus.
to
Hurtful Corpori perniciosum.

fit to
the body.
place for Locus insidiis aptus.
A
ambush.
They are neighbours Germanis
to
the Ger- Proximi sunt

|
772&72.S.
Adjectives may take the genitive

of
or
Rem. likeness unlikeness

1.
(699, 3).
fitness and unfitness often take the accusative with ad;
of
Those
2.
e.g., locus ad insidias aptus. -
(705.) RULE XV. Dative

of
Possession.—The dative used

is
with esse express person possesses some

or
to
the who has

thing.
have book. Est mihi (= habeo
I
liber librum).
a
Rem. name = est mini nomen; but the name be ex

if
1.
have
a
I
pressed, may be put either dative; e.g., my

or
nominative
in
it
mame Laelius = mihi est nomen selius (or lio).

is
a
L
The possessor expressed by the dative when the mind refers

is
2.
chiefly the possession (e.g., book = est mihi liber);

to
have
a
I
but by the genitive when the mind refers chiefly

to
the possessor
(e.g., this book my father's = hic liber est mei patris).
is
300 ACCUSATIVE CASE.
(706.) RULE XVI. End (Double Dative).—Two

Dative of the
datives are used with esse, and with verbs of giving, coming,
sending, imputing; one to express the person, the other the
object or end.
The Boians were (for) a protection | Boii no vis simis praesidio erant.
to the rear.
Pausanias came to aid (for an aid | Pausanias venit Atheniensibus
to) the Athenians. auxilio.
Rem. The verbs used with double dative are esse, dare, duc ere,
tribuere, vertere, acci pere, relinquere, deligere, mit
tere, venire, habere.
b.]
[The dative is used with gerundives, for which see 737,
7.
Accusative.
$
(707.) The AccusATIvE
of
the case the direct object, and
is
answers the questions whom what? what place?
to
?
[+" Under this general statement we make three heads: (1) the ac
cusative with verbs; (2) the accusative with prepositions; (3) the
accusative according the usage the language.
of
to
Accusative with Verbs.

I.
XVII. Object.—The
of
(708.) RULE Accusative the Direct

used with transitive verbs, express the direct
to
accusative
is
object.
Caesar recalls the lieutenant. Caesar legatum revocat.
|
Rem. Some verbs are used both transitively and intransitively;

1.
these must be learned by practice.

of
the use
Some intransitives (especially those motion), compounded with
of
2.
prepositions, acquire transitive force easily recognised from their

a
meaning; thus: ire; go across, transire, which takes

to
go,
to
the accusative.
Some intransitives take an accusative of the same
3.
noun from
a
root with themselves; e.g., live life, vivere vitam.

to
XVIII.
–
(709.) RULE Accusative with Impersonals. The

the person affected used with the impersonals
of
accusative
is
pudet, piget, tae det, miseret, poemitet.

Tadg me
of
am tired life. vitae.

I
Rem. Decet and its compounds (which admit personal subject), also
a
juvat and delectat, take the accusative.

Anger becomes wild beasts. Decet ira feras.
|
(710.) RULE XIX. Double Accusative.

(a) Two accusatives, one the person, the other
of
of
the
ACCUSATIVE CASE. 301
thing, are used with verbs of teaching, concealing, asking, or

entreating, and also with those verbs whose passives have a
double nominative (694, 2, R.).
'1.) Who taught Epaminondas | Quis music am docuit Epami
music? non dam.
(2) I conceal nothing from you. |Nihil tecelo.
(3.) I ask this of you earnestly. Hoc te vehementer rogo.
(4.) Avarice renders men blind. Avaritia homines cae cos reddit.
Rem. 1. With verbs of asking, demanding, the ablative with a prep

osition is used instead of one of the accusatives.
The ambassadors were asking | Legati pacem a Caes are posce

-
peace of Caesar. bant.
2. Petere and postulare

always take the ablative with ab; and
quaerere, the ablative with ab, de, or ex.
(b) Two accusatives are used also with verbs compounded

-
with trans.
Caesar led the army across the Caesar exercitum Rhenum
Rhine. transduxit.
The trans is often repeated; e.g., Caesar exercitum trans Rhenum

transduxit.
Rem. 1. In the passive construction of verbs which take a double ac
cusative, the person takes the nominative, but the thing generally
remains in the accusative.
Iwas asked my opinion. Ego rogatus sum sententiam.

The multitude is led across the Multitudo Rhenum transducitur
Rhine.
2. But with verbs of demanding the ablative with a preposition is

generally used.
Money is demanded of me. | Pecunia a me poscitur.
II. Accusative with Prepositions.

(711.) RULE XX. The accusative is used with the preposi
tions ad, apud, ante, adversus, cis, citra, circa, circum,
circ iter, contra, erga, extra, infra, inter, in tra, juxta,
ob, penes, per, pone, post, prafter, prope, propter, se
cundum, supra, trans, yersus, ultra. Also, with in and
sub, when motion is expressed; with super, when it means
over, and with subter nearly always.
III. Accusative according to the Usage of the Language.
(712.) RULE XXI. Accusative of Measure—The accusative

is used in answer to the questions how far? how deep 2 hou
C C
302 ABLATIVE CASE.
thick? how broad? how old 2 how long 7 (whether of time or

sistance).
The city is two miles off. Urbs duo millia abest.
The ditch is ten feet wide (deep, or | Fossa decem pedes lata (alta,
long). longa).
Only one hour. Unam modo horam.
Twenty years old. Vigin ti annos natus.
Rem. 1. How far? is sometimes answered by the ablative.
Six miles from Casar's Camp. Millibus passuum sex a Caesaris

castris.
2. For time how long, the accusative with per is sometimes used, and
sometimes the ablative alone.
Through the whole night. Per totam noctem.
He was absent six months. Sex mensibus abfuit. -
(713.) RULE XXII. Accusative of Direction, Whither?—

The accusative is used with names of towns and small islands,
in answer to the question, whither?
To set out for Athens. | Athen as proficisci.
Rem. 1. With names of countries or large islands the prepositions
in, ad, must be used.
He crossed into Europe. | In Europ am trajecit.

2. Domus and rus follow this rule.
To go Ire domum.
I will
home.
go into the country. Rus ibo.
(714) Greek Accusative.—The accusative is used to express a special

limitation.
Naked as to his limbs. Nudus membra.
For the most part (men) say so. Maxim am partem ita dicunt.
Rem. This is a Greek usage, common in Latin poetry, but not in

prose.
(715.) Exclamations.—The accusative is used in exclamations, either

with or without an interjection.
Miserable me ! Me miserum.
Behold, four altars / En quattuor aras.
[For the accusative with the infinitive, see 751.]
Ö 8. Ablative.
(716.) RULE XXIII. General Rule.—The ablative is used

to express the (1) cause; (2) manner; (3) means, material, or
instrument; (4) supply.
ABLATIVE CASE. 303
1. Cause.—The ablative of cause is used with passive verbs, and with

the participles natus, genitus, or tus, contentus.
The world is illuminated by the Sole mundus illustratur.
I
S?t?2.
am content with my lot. Sorte mea contentus sum.

O thou, born of a goddess / Nate De a !
[:#" If the cause be a person (or a thing personified) a or ab mast be

used with passive verbs.
The world was built by God. | A Deo mundus aedificatus est.
2. Manner-(a) This
ablative generally occurs in nouns denoting man
ner; e.g., mos, modus, ratio, &c.
In this way I wrote. | Hoc modo scripsi.
(b) With other nouns, cum is generally used, unless an adjective is

joined with the noun.
He hears with pleasure. Cum voluptate audit.

He bears the injury with firmness. AEquo animo fert injuriam.
3. Means, Material, Instrument.—Ablative without a preposition.
To travel by horse, carriage, ships. E quo, curru, navibus, vehi.
Bulls defend themselves with their Cornibus tauri se tutantur.
horns.
[:#" If the instrument or means be a person, per or propter is

used, with the accusative.
I was freed by you. | Per te liberatus sum.

4. Supply.—As supply may be either abundant or defective, the abla
tive is used with verbs and adjectives of abounding, wanting, filling,
emptying, &c.; e. g., abundare, e.gere, carere, inops, refertus,
prae ditus, &c.
Germany abounds in rivers. Germania fluminibus abundat.
The mind is endowed with per Mens est praedita motu sempi
petual activity. ternO.
(717.) RULE XXIV.

The ablative of the thing needed, and
the dative of the person, are used with opus est (there is
need).
We have need of a leader. | Duce nobis opus est.
Rem. If est be used personally, the thing needed is put in the
opus
nominative as subject.
Leaders are necessary for us. | Duces nobis opus sunt.
(718.) RULE XXV. The ablative is used with the depo.
nents utor, fruor, fungor, potior, vescor.
To make use of advice. Consilio uti.
They were enjoying peace. Pace fruebantur.
304 ABLATIVE CASE.
Rem. Potior is used also with the genitive.
To obtain possession of all Gaul. | Totius Galliae potiri.
(719.) RULE XXVI. Ablative of Price.—The ablative is

used with verbs of buying, selling, valuing, &c.; also with
the adjectives dignus and indignus, to express the price or
value.
He sold his country for gold. Patriam auro vendidit.
Worthy of hatred. Odio dignus.
That battle cost the blood of Multorum sanguine ea victoria
many. stetit.
[+" If the price or value be an adjective, it is generally put in the

genitive (700).
(720.) RULE XXVII. Ablative of Limitation.—The abla

tive is used to denote the limitation generally expressed in
to,
English by regard
to.
of
in
in
as respect
Older (i.e., greater age). Major tu.

in
n
a
Skilled in the law. Jure peritus.
In affection son. Piet at filius.
e
a
XXVIII. Separation.—The abla

of
(721.) RULE Ablative

removing, freeing, depriving, and the
of
tive used with verbs

is
like. -
Caesar removed his camp from the Caesar castra loco movit.
spot.
trees are stripped Arbores foli is nudantur.
of
The leaves.
Rem. Many these verbs also take the prepositions de, ex.
of
b,
a,
a
(722.) RULE XXIX. Ablative Quality.—The

of
is is
ablative
adjective quality) express that one thing
an
of
used (with
to
or
quality property
of
another.
a
genio.
in
summo fuit
of
Casar was man consummate Caesar

a
talent.
Agesilaus was Agesilaus statur humili.
of
man low stat- fuit

a
Qure.
Rem. The genitive also thus used (696).

is
XXX. Comparison.—The ablative

of
(723.) RULE Ablative

comparative degree (quam being omitted)
to
used with the

is
express the object with which another compared.

is
Cicero was more eloquent than Cicero fuit eloquentior Horten.

|
Hortensius. sio.
ABLATIVE. 305
(724.) RULE XXXI. Ablative of Measure.—The ablative of

measure is used,
(a) With comparatives and superlatives, to express the meas

ure of excess or defect.
(b) To express the measure of time before or after any
event.
Much greater. Multo major.
Themistocles lived many years be | Themistocles per multis annis
fore Demosthenes. ante fuit quam Demosthenes.
(725.) RULE XXXII. Ablative of Time When.—The abla

tive is used to express the point of time at which anything
occurS.
On the sixth day. | Sex to die.

Rem. The time within which anything occurs is expressed by the ab
lative with or without in or de.
Within ten years. Decem annis.

Within those days. In his die bus.
(726.) RULE XXXIII. Ablative of Place.
(a) The place whence is expressed by the ablative.
He departed from Corinth. |C or in th o profectus est.
(b) The place where is expressed by the ablative, if the noun

be of the third declension or plural number.
Alexander died at Babylon. Alexander Babylone mortuus est.
At Athens. A the n is.
Rem. If the noun be of the 1st or 2d declension singular, the genitive
is used.
At Rome At Corinth. | Romae. C or in thi.
(Domi follows this rule.)
(727.) The ablative is used with the following prepositions,

viz.:
Absque, a, ab, abs, and de,
Coram, clam, cum, ex, and e,
Tenus, sine, pro, and prae.
Also with in and sub (implying rest, not motion), and super, when it
means upon. Subter is sometimes, also, used with ablative.
(728.) RULE XXXIV.

Ablative with Compound Verbs.—
The ablative is used with some verbs compounded with a (a h.
abs), de, e (ex), and super.
C c2
306 INFINITIVE.
To be absent from the city. Urb e abesse.

Caesar resolved to desist from bat. Caesar praelio supersedere sta
źle. tuit.
Rem. The preposition is sometimes repeated.
To depart from life (= to die). Exire de vita.

[For the Ablative Absolute, see 750.]
(729.) Verbs followed by genitive, dative, or ablative, where we use no
preposition, and should therefore be likely to put the accusative. (Those
with asterisks take also an accusative of the thing, though some of them
only when the accusative is a neuter pronoun.)"
GENITIVE. hurt, noceo.
obtain, $ndulge, "indulgeo.
£
potior (abl.).
:* #.
misereor. marry, nubo.
*3/,
it
#
miseresco. pareo.
forget, obliviscor (acc.). obey,
memini (acc.). obtempero.
pardon,
''
recollect,
reminiscor (acc.). permut, "permitto.
require, egeo persuade, "persuadeo.
need, indigeo (abl.) *
| please,
resist,
place0.
resisto,
DATIVE -
******* ?
abuse, maledico. rival, aemulor (acc.).
revile, satisfy, satisfacio.
advise, "suadeo. spare, parco.
answer, "respondeo. suit, convenio.
Believe, credo. "minor.
"impero. threaten,
command, *minitor.
commasswom, *mando. * fido
rge, trust, (abl.).
confido ?
congratulate, "gratulor.
displease, displiceo. Abla.TIVE.
#
direct,
£".
"praecipio.
#
envy. abutor.
£
avour, aVeo. zscharge,
fungor.
#
adulor (acc.). perform, !
*do.
- fruor.
:£
ive,
otior (gen.).
#
lp, obtain, (gen.)
require,
:-
-
opitulor.
assist, need, (gen).
indigeo }
subvenio. tvant,
succurro. w86, utor.
!al, want, R
medeor.
| cure, am without, # careo.
III. USE CF THE INDEFINITE VERB.
§ 9. Infinitive.
(730.) RULE XXXV. Infinitive as Subject.—The infinitive
is used as the subject of a verb, and is then regarded as a neu
ter noun.
To love (= loving) is pleasant. I Jucundum est am are.
* Arnold.
PARTICIPLE. 307
(731.) Rt. LE XXXVI.

Infinitive as Complementary Object.
—The infinitive is used (exactly as in English) to complete the
imperfect ideas expressed by certain words.
I wish to learn. Cupio d is cere.
Worthy to be loved. Dignus a mari.
Rem. 1. The complementary infinitive occurs after verbs denoting to

wish, to be able, to be accustomed, ought (debere), to hasten, &c.;
after the adjectives dignus, indignus, audax, &c.
2. Observe that this construction, which occurs after all verbs in
English, can only stand in Latin after those expressing imperfect
ideas, as above stated. A purpose cannot be expressed
in Latin,
as in English, by the simple infinitive; e.g., he comes to learn =
ven it ut discat, not venit discere.
(732.) Historical Infinitive.—In animated narrative the in

finitive is sometimes used for the indicative.
The Romanshastened, made ready, Romani festinare, parare, &c
&c.
(This construction is quite common in Sallust.)
[For Accusative with Infinitive, see 751.]
§ 10. Participle.
(733.) RULE XXXVII. The participle agrees with noun its

gender, case, and number, and the active participle governs
in
the same case as its verb.

The honoured man. Vir laudatus.
The blooming rose. Rosa florens.
saw him reading Eum leg ent em librum
I
book.
a
vidi.
(734.) The participle future active express pur
to
used
is
English we should use

to,
pose (where
to,
in
in
order with the

infinitive).
Alexander goes Jupiter Ammon, Alexander ad Jovem Ammonem
to
inquire concerning pergit, consul turus

to
in
order
de
origine
his descent. SUla.
(735.) The passive participle supply

to
often used
is
the
of
place noun.
a
After Tarentum taken (= after Post Tarentum captum.

|
the taking
of
Tarentum).
From the city built (= from the Ab urbe condita.
building the city).
of
[For Participle Subordinate Sentences, see 749]

in
308 GERUND AND GERUNDIVE.
Ö 11. Gerund.
(736.) RULE XXXVIII. As the infinitive is used as a noun

in the nominative or accusative, so the gerund is used in the
its
remaining cases, and governs the same case as verb.
Nom. Writing useful. Scrib ere est utile.
is
writing useful. Ars scribe diest utilis.
of
Gen. The art
is
n
Dat. Paper useful for writing. Charta scrib en do est utilis.
is
learn writing. Scribe re disco.
Acc
I
learn during writing. Inter scrib endum disco.

R.
I
Abl. We learn by writing. Scribe do discimus.
n
Rem. With preposition the gerund the accusative must be
in
1.
used, the infinitive:

not ad (inter, ob) scrib endum, not ad
(inter, ob) scribere.
The general rules nouns (695–728) apply

of
of
to
2.
for the use cases

the infinitive and gerund, above given.
of
as
the cases
Special Remark. The gerund
or
the dative
in
is
not used accusative

active government; e.g., we can say scrib endi episto
an
with
writing letters, scribe do epistolas, writing letters,
by
las,
of
or
but not charta utilis est scrib endo (dat.) epistolas, nor charta
utilis est ad scribe dum literas. these last cases the ge
In
n
rundive must be used (738).
The Gerundive, dus, da, dum.

in
or
12. Verbal
§
(737.) RULE XXXIX.

(a) The gerundive the nomina
in
esse,
of
tive neuter (dum) used with the tenses

to
denote
is
done; and these may govern

or
be
an
that action should must

the case of the verb.
(One) must write. Scrib endum est.
|
by
be
or
(b) The person whom the action should must done

put the dative,
in
is
must write. Scribendum est mihi.

I
Caius must write. Scribendum est Caio.

One must use reason. Ratione utendum est.
(738.) RULE XL. (a) The gerundive used with esse,

in
is
all cases and genders, adjective, agreeing with the

as
verbal
a
*:"
noun, express necessity
or
to
worthiness.
sum; am and st
be
to
be
to
am loved she
I
is
e
a
loved, &c &c.
put da
be
When the person specified,

in
is
(b) must the

it
tive.
SUPINE. 309
I must love Tullia. Tulli a mihi am and a est.

All things were to be done by Cao Caesari omnia uno tempore
sar at one time. er ant a genda.
Rem. a. or ab with ablative is sometimes used instead of the dative.
My cause must be managed by the A consulibus mea causa sus
consuls. cipiend a est.
XLI.
(to
(739.) RULE The gerundive is used express con
all
trued action) verbal adjective, genders and cases
in
as
a
agreeing noun,
of
(but the nominative) with the instead the
gerund governing the noun; e.g.,
Gen. Of writing letter.
a
Scrib end epistol

ae,
scribendi epistolam.
of
instead
ae
Dat. To for writing

or
letters.
Scribe dise lis, scribendo epistolas.
is
of
to instead
p
n
Acc. To write letter.

a
Ad scribe dam epistol am, instead ad scribendum epis.
of
n
tolam. -
Abl. By, &c., writing letter.

a
Scrib end epistol scribendo epistolam.

a,
of
instead
a
Rem. As observed (736), the gerundive must

be
used for the dative
in
the gerund when has an active government.

or
of
accusative
= It
it
may any other case, unless the object the ge

is be
of
used for
in
it
neuter adjective pronoun; e.g., learning the true

of
or
rund
=
a
yer disc endi, not verorum discendorum; hearing this

of
a
hoc audi endi, not hujus audiendi.

13. Supines.
§
(740.) RULE XLII.

(1.) The supine um used with
in
is
motion, express the design motion, and gov

of
of
verbs the
to
erns the same case as its verb.

->
ask you. Venio rogatum.

te
to
I
come
|
The supine used,

in
(2.)
is
u
(a) With adjectives, they are

in
to
show what respect

used; e.g.,
Pleasant as Dulce gust tu.
to
taste.
a
|
(b) With the nouns fas, nefas, opus, the same sense:
in
fas est dictu.
PART II.
oF CoMPOUND SENTENCES.
up
two more simple sen

or
compound sentence
of
A
(741.) one made

is
The sentences thus combined are either co-ordinate subordinata

or
tences.
310 SENTENCES.
I. Co-ORDINATE SENTENCES.
§ 14. Classes of Co-ordinate Sentences.

(742.) Co-ordinate sentences are united together, but yet independent
of each other:" co-ordination is either,
(a)
Copulative; e.g., His father has abandoned him, and his friends
have deserted him, and the son remains.
(b)
or
Disjunctive; e.g., Either his father has abandoned, his friends
have deserted him.
(c)
Adversative; e.g., His father has abandoned him, but his friends
have not.
(d) Causal; e.g., His friends will abandon him, for his father has
done so.
Conclusive; g., His father has abandoned him, therefore
(e)
his
e.
friends will desert him.
II. SUBoRDINATE SENTENCEs.

of
15. Classes Subordinate Sentences.

§
others (called principal
to
so
(743.) Subordinate sentences are united

dependent upon them.
be
to
as
sentences)
The messenger, who was sent, an- Nuntius, qui miss us est, nun
nounced. tiavit."
Here the messenger announced the principal sentence; who was sent,
is
the subordinate sentence.”

of
(744.) Subordinate sentences are five classes:

A. Participial sentences.
C. B.
Accusative with infinitive.

Conjunctive sentences, i.e., such are introduced by conjunc
as
tion or adverb of time.

e.,
D.
are introduced by
as
Relative sentences, such relative

i.
word.
Interrogative sentences, i.e., such
E.
are introduced by
an
inter
as
rogative word.
We order, premising few remarks upon the use

of
shall treat these

in
the moods and tenses, which must be thoroughly understood.
16. The Moods.

§
The verb expresses affirmation. The

of
(745.) moods the verb are used

vary the character
of
to
the affirmation.
must be obvious that all co-ordinate sentences are, for grammatical

It
*
purposes, principal sentences. Moreover, the doctrines and rules applied

are applicable all principal sentences:
to
to
I.)
simple sentences (Part

is
it
only subordinate sentences that difficulty likely occur. The pupil

in
to
is
should, therefore, obtain knowledge possible the vari

as
as
of
accurate
a
subordinate sentences, and the different modes

of
of
ous kinds affirmation

which they express, upon these that their syntax depends.
as
is
it
PARTICIPIAL SENTENCES. 311
By the indicative, affirmation of a fact is expressed; e.g., I write,

I did
1.
not write.”
2. By the subjunctive, affirmation is expressed doubtfully, contingently,

or indefinitely; e.g., I
may write, if should
- I
write, perhaps some
(may) think.
* By
re.
the imperative, affirmation is expressed as an injunction or
quest; e.g., write.
principal sentences the indicative
It
must be obvious that
in
(746.)
mood chiefly occurs, and subordinate sentences the subjunctive,
as
in
af.
fact are made more frequently the lat
in
of
firmations the former than
in
ter. But,
The subjunctive used (of course), even principal sentences,
or in
is
(a)
when the affirmation doubtful, contingent, indefinite (745, 2).
is
(b)
subordinate sentences, when the
af.
The indicative used, even
in
is
firmation positive.
is
True friendships are everlasting, Verae amicitiae sempiternae sunt,

chang quia natura mutari non po test.
be
because nature cannot

ed.
17. The Tenses.

§
(a) DIvision.
R.
The tenses are either primary
or
(747.) historical (647, 3).

Present. Future. Pres. Perf.
- mat, am bit, am it,
a
v
a
(a) Primary, he loves. he will love. he has loved.

!
Imperfect. Pluperfect. Perf. Aorist.

am bat, am rat, am vit,
a
a
v
e
a
(b) Historical he had loved.

was loving. he loved.
he
'
'
(b) succEssion of TENSEs.
XLIII. primary tense

be
If
(748.) RULE
in
there the
a
primary tense
in be
principal sentence, there must the sub

in
a
ordinate;
an
the principal,
an
in
historical tense historical

if
the subordinate.
.,
Principal. Subordinate. Principal. Subordinate.

know what you are doing. Scio, quid gas.
II I
was knowing what you were doing. Scieb am, quid age res.
have learned what you are doing. Cogno vi, quid gas.
a
learned what you were doing. Cogno vi, quid age res
I
(A.) 18. Participial Sentences.

@
[The participle abridge discourse, instead relative, ad

of
to
used
is
he a
verb, conjunction with verb. Thus (1), Tarquin, when

or
was expelled
a
be
Of course the action may either positive negative, without

af
or
*
fecting the affirmation.

312 ACCUSATIVE WITH INFINITIVE.
(2)
from Rome = Tarquin, expelled from Rome. Caesar, when the work
was finished, departed Caesar, the work having been finished, departed
=
These are abridged subordinate sentences, (1) being called the con
(2)
junctive participial construction, and the ablative absolute.]
(749.) Conjunctive Participial Construction.—The participle
its
or
subordinate sentence which has for subject the subject
in
a
the principal sentence, agrees with this last gender,

of
in
object
number, and case.
Aristides, when was expelled Aristides,

he tria pulsus, Lace
p
a
from his country, fled Lace- daemonem fugit.
to
daemon.
[* Observe, this example, that Aristides the subject
of
in
is
both the principal and the subordinate sentence, and pulsus
agrees with Aristides gender, number, and case. Eng
In
in
by
an
lish such sentences are generally expressed
or
adverb
conjunction with verb.
a
(750.) RULE XLIV.

Ablative Absolute.—If the subordinate
noun and participle independent the sub
of
sentence contains
a
ject leading sentence, both noun and participle are placed

of
the
the ablative. (This construction called the ablative abso
in
is
lute.)
When Tarquin was reigning, Pythagoras, Tarquinio regnan
|
Pythagoras came into Italy. te,

in
Italiam venit.
All things having been provided, Omnibus rebus comparatis,
they appoint day. diem dicunt.
a
Rem. Nouns, adjectives, and pronouns are often used the ablative
in
absolute without participle.

a
Natura duce.
of
Under the guidance Nature

|
(= Nature being guide).

Manlio consule.
In
the consulship
of
Manlius.
(B.) 19. Accusative with Infinitive.

#
(751.) RULE XLV. Many subordinate sentences, which

in
English are introduced by the conjunction that (especially after

thinking, saying, knowing, &c.), are expressed
by of
in
verbs
Latin the accusative with the infinitive.
They said that they did not fear Dicebant non se hostem vereri.
|
the enemy.
He knows that Cicero eloquent. Scit Cicer on em esse eloquen
is
term.
SUBJUNCTIVE WITH UT, NE, QUIN, QUO, QUOMINUs. 313
Rem. 1. Observe that the subject of the sentence thus subordinated

is put in the accusative, and the predicate in the infinitive. the If
predicate contain an adjective, it must agree with the subject.
perceive that the water is cold. | Sentio aquam frigid am esse.
2. The accusative with infinitive occurs chiefly, *

(a) After verba sentien di et dic endi feeling (thinking,
perceiving, knowing, saying, announcing, willong, forbidding,
&c.).
app are evident), const at
as
After such expressions
(b)
(it
is
t
known), op us est, op or tet, necess est, just um
(it
is
e
est
In
necessary, right, just, &c.).
(it
this case the accusative

is
with infinitive becomes the subject
of
the entire sentence.
known all that the Romans on stat inter Roman os
to
It
omnes
is
C
were very brave. fu is se for is simos.
t
[35° ort et and se est may take the subjunctive, in
O
p
n
c
e
e
s
stead of the accusative with infinitive.
We (= |O portet nos virtuti studere;
or
ought
to
it
behooves us)
practice virtue. Virtuti stude amus oportet.
(C.) 20 Conjunctive Sentences.

$
Conjunctions
of
to
Relation the Moods.
From what has been said (745, 746),
as
obvious, that the
it
(752.)
(as as is
express the conjunctions are

of
moods the varieties affirmation, and

thought positive, conditional,
of
to
used indicate different relations

causal, &c.), there must
be
of
close connexion between the use the con

a
be
junctions and that mind, however, that

of
must
in
It
the moods. borne

the affirmation (except, perhaps, purely idiomatic ex
of
the nature
in
pressions) decides both the mood and the conjunction that shall
be
used.
cannot properly said, therefore, that the conjunctions govern the
be
It
moods; but, for convenience' sake, we treat them together.
GENERAL RULE.
The subjunctive
all
(753.) used subordinate sentences

in
is
which affirmation expressed dependent upon some pre

as
in
is
vious affirmation, either purpose, aim, consequence, condition.

as
imaginary comparison.
or
SPECIAL RUILES.
ut,
Final Conjunctions, ne, quin, quo, quominus.

1.
(754.) RULE XLVI. The subjunctive used sentence

in
is
by
expressing purpose
or
consequence, introduced the final

a
a
conjunctions ut, ne, quin, quo, quo minus.

ID
n
314 SUBJUNCTIVE IN CONDITIONAL SENTENCES.
1. Ut, ne, expressing purpose.

I did not write that in order to Ea non ut te in sti u er em.
instruct you. scripsi.
I beseech you not to do this. Te obsecrone hoc facias.
2. Ut, expressing consequence.
The&oldiers went with such vio Eo impetu milites ierunt, ut hostes
lence that the enemy betook se fugae man d are nt.
themselves to flight.
(3.) Quo is used to express a purpose, instead of ut, especially when

a comparative enters into the sentence.
Caesar erects forts, that he may Caesar castella communit, quo fa
the easily keep off the
more cilius Helvetios prohibere pos
Helvetians. sit.
(4) Quin is used in the sense of “but that” (as not, &c.) after nega
tive sentences, and after n on dubi to, non dubium est, &c.
There is no one but thinks. Nemo est quin put
t.
e
It is not doubtful but that the Non dubium est quin milites for
soldiers will fight bravely. titer pugn turi sint.
a
(5) Q uo minus is used (in preference to ne) after verbs of hinder
ing, preventing, standing in the way
be
?f,
(It
&c. can generally
English by “of” “from" with participle.)
or
rendered
in
Nihil impedit quo minus
fa
Nothing hinders him from doing hoc
|
this. ci
t.
a
si,
Conditional Conjunctions, nisi, dum, dummodo, modo

2.
(755.) RULE XLVII. Conditional conjunctions take the

expressed in
or
as
dicative the condition certain, the

if
real
is
subjunctive where not.

is
it
Si habeat,
If
has any money, will give pecuniam

he
he
dabit
|
(it
uncertain whether he
it
is
has any).
represented unreal, (1) the
or or
as
impossible
If
Rem. the condition

1.
is
be
imperfect subjunctive must used for present future time,

(2)
the pluperfect subjunctive for past time.

had any money, Si pecuniam haber et
he
he
If
(1) would daret.

|
give (but he has none).

it
had had any money, Si pecuniam set, dedis

is
he
he
If
(2) bu
h
a
would have given Set.

it.
As dum, dummodo, mo do, provide.

in
of
Rem. the sense

2.
that, can never express real, existing condition, they always

a
take the subjunctive.

SUBJUNCTIVE WITH QUUM. 315
5).
3. Concessive Conjunctions (683,
(756) The concessive conjunctions take the indicative when they intro
fact, but the subjunctive when something
of
definite statement
si is
duce
a
expressed possible, not actual. Ets quam quam, and met
as
i,
a
t
are used principally sense; the latter, eti am
si
et in
the former more
in
commonly, and lic and quam vis" nearly always. Hence,
.
XLVIII. Lic and quam vis (although) are
al
et
RULE
tiamsi, generally.
by
ways followed the subjunctive;
e
Though truth should obtain Veritas lic et nullum
no
defensorem
|
ob tine
t.
a
defender.
The wise man endures pain pa- Sapiens dolorem patienter tolerat
tiently, even though griev- quamvis acerbus sit.
be
it
OUIS,
Rem. The comparative conjunctions, when used concessively, velut.

quasi, csi, an quam si, &c. (meaning
ax
if,
as
though),
as
a
ways take the subjunctive, for the reason given (756) for licet ans
quamvis.
Why quasi
do
du
as
use witnesses, Quid testibus utor, res

I
though the matter were doubt- bias it?

ful?
Temporal Conjunctions.
4.
(757.) Temporal conjunctions (when, after that, soon as,

as
just as, &c.) course generally take the indicative.
of
Post quam
in
drew up the line
of
After Casar Caesar aciem

battle. st rux it.
or
Every animal, simulac

as
Omne animal, tum

as
is
soon
it
born. St.
e
SPECIAL REMARKS.
(A.) Quum has two uses: temporal and causal.

(a) Temporal.
pure particle quum takes the indicative.
of
As time,
2. 1.
(especially where the principal clause has

In
historical narrative
the indicative perfect) quum temporal followed by the sub
is
junctive imperfect pluperfect.

or
When Caesar had conquered Pom-| Caesar, quum Pompeium vicis

pey, crossed over into Italy. set, traje cit.
he
Italiam
in
[In many such cases, the action introduced by when some sense
in
is
the principal sentence.]

of
the cause the action

in
by
of
in
Quamvis used the later writers the sense quamguam, with

is
*
the indicative.
316 RELATIVE SENTENCES.
(b)
Quum causal, expressing the relation
of
cause and effect (since.
because, although), obviously requires the subjunctive.
so.
Since these things are Quae cum ita sint.
|
Hence,
RULE XLIX. Quum causal
by
always followed the
is
subjunct ve; and quum temporal by the imperfect pluper
is or
fect sub unctive, when the aorist perfect indicative
in
used
the principal sentence.
(B.) Ante quam and priusquam are used,

To express simple priority
of
to
one action another, and here the
1.
indicative obviously required.

is
All these things were done before Haec omnia ante, fact sunt
a
Verres touched Italy. quam Verres Italiam at tigit.
To express connexion between one action and another, and here
2.
the subjunctive obviously required.

is
Before Casar attempted anything, Caesar, prius quam quidquam

he orders Divitiacus to be sum on retur, Divitiacum ad se
c
a
moned. vocari jubet.
To introduce general indefinite statement, requiring, course,
or
of
3.
the subjunctive.
The tempest threatens before Tempestas minatur, ante quam
it
rises. surgat.
(C.) Dum, donec, quoad, until, take the

of
in
the sense
subjunctive when the affirmation expressed possible
or
as
is
future.
He was unwilling Dum Milo veniret, locum relin
to
leave the
|
spot until Milo came. quere noluit.
[For interrogatives, see $22.]
(D.) 21. Relative Sentences.

$
sentence, “the messenger, who was sent, an

In
(758.) the compound

nounced,” the clause “the messenger announced” the principal sen
is
tence; and the clause “who was sent” the relative sentence. The word
“messenger”
of
the antecedent the relative “who.”

is
Agreement.
1.
-
L.
its
(759.) RULE The relative pronoun agrees with

and number; but
its
antecedent gender case depends upon

in
the construction of the relative sentence.

Pontem, qui erat
ad
The bridge which was Genevam,

at
Genera
|
he orders to be cut down, jubet rescindi.

RELATIVE SENTENCES. 317
This was a kind of fighting in Genus hoc erat pugnac, quo Ger.
which the Germans had exer- mani se exercuerant.
cised themselves
Rem. The verb in the relative sentence takes the person of the ante.
cedent.
We who write. - | Nos qui scribinuus.
2. The Moods in Relative Sentences.
(760.) (a) The indicative mood occurs in the relative sen

tence only when it states a fact distinctly, with reference to a
particular subject.
The messenger who was sent. | Nuntius qui missus est.
of (b)
But qui Latin very commonly (1)
to
used
in
avoid the
is
conjunction, statements,
to
use and (2) introduce indefinite
a
another; and
or
opinions
of
the words
or
such cases
in
al
is
ways followed by the subjunctive.
(761.) RULE LI. The subjunctive used relative senten
in
is
ground
or
ces expressing the purpose, result, the principal
of
Sentence.
Purpose (qui ut with demonstrative).
=
1.
They sent ambassadors sue for Miserunt legatos, qui pacem pet
to
(= who should sue for) peace. erent (= utii pacem peterent).

is,
ut
Result (qui tam, talis, dignus, ita, &c.).

=
after
2.
qui
do
faciam.
to
am not the man this (= Non sum hoc

is
I
I|
am not such who can do).

worthy Dignus est Pollio, quam diliga.
of
Pollio our love (=

is
worthy, whom we may love). In S.

Ul
(qui cur quod).

=
Ground
or
or
3.
cause
You err, who think (= because you Erras qui censeas

|
think)—
Hannibal did wrong wintering |Male fecit Hannibal qui Capuae
in
Ca- hie marit.

he
at
(= because wintered)
pua.
(762.) RULE LII. The subjunctive sen

in
used relative
is
tences containing indefinite statements, especially after the

words there are, there can found,
be
no
one, &c.
is
there
There are those who say. Sunt qui dic ant.
Nihil habeo quod
se
in
have nothing whereof cus em

to
accuse
I
no
to
(= reason blame) old age. nectutem.

I
by
Rem. When the sentence introduced the relative expresses the

D
2
D
3.18 INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES
sentiments of another (rather than of the writer), the subjunctive is

used.
The Helvetians determined to get | Helvetii constituerunt ea quae ad

together which
those things proficiscendum pert in erent
(they thought) belonged to comparare.
marching (were necessary for
setting out).
( 22. Interrogative Sentences.

1. Questions.
(763.) Questions are often expressed in English without any interrog

ative word; e.g., Is Caius writing? but in the Latin, almost invaria
bly, an interrogative word is used. These are either (a) interrogative
(c)
particles, (b) interrogative pronouns, or interrogative adverbs con
or
junctions.
(a) Interrogative Particles: ne, nonne, num, trum, an.
u
simply asks for information.
N
(1.)
e
Caius writing Scribitne Caius?

Is
(2) Nonne expects the answer YES.
Do you not think the wise man on ne putas sapientem beatum

N
happy? esse
?
(3) Num expects the answer No.

Do gou think the fool happy? um putas stultum esse beatum
N
?
|
Utrum used double questions, with an

in
(4.) (whether—or).
is
trum an nostra culpa

or
that your fault ea vestra

U
(Whether)
is
ours? est?
quis, qui, qualis, quantus, ec
(b)
Interrogative Pronouns:
quis, &c.
Who taught Epamnondas mu- Quis Epaminondam musicam do.

|
sic &c. cuit

7
7
|
quare, cur, quando,

(c)
Interrogative Adverbs Conjunctions

or
ubi, quomo do, &c.

direct, when they are
or
(764) Questions are either direct indirect

:
Caius wri
on
not dependent any word sentence going before; e.g.,

or
Is
ting Indirect, when they are dependent; e.g., Tell me Caius

so
if
is
7
writing.
of
in
the Moods Questions.

2.
Use
(a) Direct.
In
(765.) direct questions the indicative used when the question put
is
is
positively, and the subjunctive when put doubtfully; e.g.,

it
is
(Positive.) What are you doing? Quid agis? (Indic.)

|
(Doubtful.) What can we do? Quid gamu s?

a
ORATIO OBLIQUA. 819
(b) Indirect.
(766.) RULE LIII. In indirect questions the subjunctive is

always used.
I do not know what bock you are | Nescio quem librum legas
-
reading.
Tell me what you are doing. Dic, quid agas.
§ 23. On atio Obliqua.

1. Nature of Oratio Obliqua.
(767.) When any one relates the words or opinions of another, he may
do it in two ways:
(a) He may represent him as speaking in the first person, and give his
words precisely as they were uttered; e.g., Ariovistus said, have “I
crossed the Rhine”—Ariovistus dixit, Rhenum transii. This is
calledoratio recta, direct discourse.
(b) He may state the substance of what the speaker said in narrative
form; e.g., Ariovistus said that he had crossed the Rhine—Ariovistus
dixit se Rh enum trans is se. This is called oratio obliqua,
findirect discourse.
2. The Moods in the Oratio Obliqua.

(768.) The sentences introduced in the oratio obliqua are either princi
pal or subordinate; e.g., Ariovistus said that he would not wage war on
the AEduans if they paid the tribute yearly. Here the sentence that he
would not wage war upon the AEduans is a principal sentence, and if
they paid the tribute yearly is a subordinate sentence.
(769.) RULE LIV. (a) Principal sentences in the oratio obli

qua are expressed by the accusative with the infinitive; e.g.,
Ariovistus dixit, se AEduis bellum non ess e a turum. ill
Rem. If
the principal sentence contains a command or wish, it is ex
pressed by the subjunctive; e.g.,
The leader said that the troops | Dux dixit, milites suae saluti con
should consult their own safety. sule rent.
(b) Subordinate sentences in oratio obliqua always take the
subjunctive; e.g., Ariovistus dixit, se AEduis bellum non esse
illaturum, si stip endium quot annis pender ent (if
they paid the tribute yearly).
A P P E N DIC E S.
APPENDIX I.
OF PROSODY.
§ 1. Quantity.
[THE rules of quantity in Lesson XLII. should be reviewed, and the

following additional rules learned.]
1. Penults.
(770.) DISSYLLABIC suPINEs lengthen the penult; e.g., visum.

Rem. The following are short, viz.:
Dâtum, rätum, sătum, stätum, itum,
Citum, litum, situm, ritum, quitum.
(771.) REDUPLICATED PERFECTs shorten both penult and antepenult,

p g., cécidi, didici.
Rem. Penult is long in cecidi (caedere) and pèpédi (pédére).
(772.) In ADJECTIVE PENULTs observe the following:

1. Short Penults: -ăcus, -icus, -idus, Imus; e.g., AEgyptiácus, mo
dicus, cupidus, legitimus.
Exceptions.—Meracus, opacus, amicus, apricus, anticus, posticus,
mendicus, umbilicus, fidus, infidus, bimus, trimus (of two, three
3/ears, &c.), matrimus, opimus, patrimus, imus, primus.
Penults: -ālis, -anus, tidus, titus, with before rus,

all
2. Long
-vus, -sus; e.g., dotalis, montanus, percrüdus, astütus, avărus, sin
cérus, delirus, decörus, octavus, aestivus, famösus.
Exc.—Inféri, postéri, barbārus, opipărus.
Penults sometimes long, sometimes short: -ilis, -inus.

3.
(a) -ilis,
from verbs, short; from nouns, long; e.g., facilis (short)
is
civilis (long). Exilis, subtilis, and the names months (Aprilis

of
&c.), are long.

-inus, from nouns denoting time
(b)
material, short; from

or
is
other words, long; e.g., crastinus, elephantinus (short); caninus,

Latinus (long).
Compound Words.
2.
(773.) Compound words generally retain the quantity the simple

of
words; e.g., per+légo perlégo; per+légi per légi

=
*
324 APPENDIX 1.--PROSODY.
Rem. 1. A change of vowels does not affect the rule; e-Hlégo =:

el I go.
2. Dejéro, pejéro (júro); maledicus, &c. (dico), cognitum, agnitum
(notum), are short, though the simple words are long.
di,
pro, se,
ré
(774) a, e, dé, composition are long, but
in
short.
is
Exc.—Dirimo, disertus, réfert. Pro short Greek words, and
in
in
is
cello, fanum, fari, fateor, festus, fugio, fundo,
of
the compounds
nepos, neptis, torvus; also próficiscor. própago, prôpino,
In
in
it
doubtful.”
is
the first part

compound word end generally long;
a,
If
of
in
it
(775.)
is
a
u,
generally short; e.g., träduco, trädo (contracted from trans);

or
in
i,
e,
if
trécenti, agricola, quadrüpes.
Rhythm, Arsis, Thesis, Verse, Feet.

2.
§
(776) (a) By Rhythm regular
of
we mean alternation elevations
a
(stress) and depressions poetry this alternation follows
of
In
the voice.
certain fixed laws.
voice by which stress

(b)
The effort laid upon one syllable

of
called so is
is
Ictus, rhythmical accent. syllable raised by the ictus stands
or
in
the Arsis The syllable syllables on which the voice rests
or
or
sinks
are said be the Thesis.
in
to
(c)
formed by the union

of
A
A
Foot arsis and thesis. combination
is
of feet forms Verse.

a
öntés, the ictus falls

ré
Thus, the syllables

on
the line
in
v m
&
v
is
marked with the accent; mon, therefore, the arsis,

is
and are in
séré and tes the thesis. The union of arsis and thesis in
in
viséré forms foot; montés. The combination

so
of
in
also
a
these two feet forms the verse

V is ré önt és.
m
&
Dactyl one long syllable (arsis) and two

of
foot composed
A
is
(d)
a
short syllables (thesis); e.g., viséré: Spondee two long (acsis and
of
a
thesis); e.g., maintes. *

.
Scanning.
3.
§
the measuring verse into the feet which com:

of
(777) ScANNING
is
in a
pose Observe the following points scanning:

it.
Synalapha
at
of
cuts off vowel the end word when the next

1.
word begins with h; e.g., instead regin ad, we

at at of
of or
vowel
a
of c. a
at que hinc,
d,
qu' hin
in
read instead
g
a
r
e
Ecthlipsis cuts offm with the vowel before the end word
it
a
2.
The following lines contain the exceptions:

*
At rape quae fundo, fugio, neptisque, neposque,

-
Et cello, fari, fateor, fanumque, festumque;
Atque procus, proficiscor, cumque propheta, profecto.
APPENDIX I.-PROSODY. 325
when the next begins with a vowel; e.g., instead of ign Ó tum
est, we read ignot est.
3. The last syllable of a word ending with a consonant is always
long if the next word begins with a consonant; e.g., m an ibus
tre mor; hero b ü s (naturally short) is made long.
4. Synaeresis contracts two syllables into one; e.g., auré à into
auréâ (pronounced aurya).
Dicresis divides one syllable into two; e.g., pictse, pict ai.
:
5.
$4. Hexameter Verse.

(778.) (a) HEXAMETER verse is so called because it has six measures,
of a foot each. The first four feet may be either dactyls or spondees; the
fifth is regularly a dactyl, the sixth a spondee.
1. - 3. 4. 5. 6.
Séd fugit fntéré- |i-fugit frrépá- rábílé
fnfan düm Re-gínáju-lbés renö-lväré dö. lörém.
Rem. 1. Sometimes a spondee is found in the 5th place, especially
when anything grave or solemn is expressed. The line is then
called spondaic.
2. The final syllable of a verse is always reckoned long ; e.g., rem,
in dolor em.
(b) Caesura is the separation, by the end of a word, of syllables enter
'ng into a foot. If the feet of a verse be marked
is off
like bars music,
in
caesura; e.g., the
of
whenever bar falls the middle word there

in
a
a
following hexameter has five caesuras:
Illé tús nivé. mol-l liful. tus, hyā- cintho.

la
um
I
(c) The casural pause pause

of
or
hexameter verse rest the

in
is
a
voice on syllable, designed give harmony the entire verse.

to
to
caesural
a
most approved caesural pause (the heroic) falls

on
The
of
(1.) the arsis

-
the third foot, the following examples:
as
in
Séd fugit Intéré. fügit irrépá rabilë témpüs.

a
|| ||
Illé lá- tüs nivé um mol-| liful tus hyā cintho.

|
the caesural pause

of
Next excellence the thesis the third

in in
in
(2.)
of is
Occurring other places,

or
foot, the arsis

in
the fourth.
it
mars the harmony

of
the verse.
E
E
APPENDIX II.
GREEK NOUNS.
(779.)
a-*
ae,
ae,
(AEné-ás, am (an),
o. é. é. ā.
ā e, e, ë,
1st Decl (Anchis-es, ae, én, Voc. sometimes and
d
ae,
d
o, ae,
Pénélöp-é, és, én,
Del-ös, um, or ön,
i,
Orph-eus, ei, êu eo.
or
eo, eum, éâ,
2d Decl.
(ei), Acc. poetical.)
&
D.
G.
éus, eos,
éi
(or, N.
Ath-ös, (In Greek, og.)
ö,
or
ö,
ö,
Ös,
ö.
Ön,
is,
Poés-is, is, im, es, eón (ibus not found)
i,
i.
R
(eos) (in,)
!
!
Neré-is,
'?" '}
Neréid-is, Ri, em, (Neréi), es, um, ibus, es.
G.
ā.
R
3d Decl.
(äs.)
}
Pericl-és, is, em, eS,
}*.
!"
ea, e,
1,
Did-ö, d. (also, önis, &c.)

Ö,
Ö,
üs,
|
gen, ätis, have dat. plur atis; thus: poéma, dat

in
a,
in
Obs. Neuters
-
plur. poèmátis, not poématibus.
(780) EXAMPLES OF PATRONYMICS

(oR NAMEs FROM FATHER oR ANCEstoR).
A
AEnéas, Anchises, Tyndarus, Theseus, Atlas (antis).

Masc. AEneddes, Anchisiades, Tyndarides, Thesides,” Atlantides,
Atlantiãdes.
(AEnéis) Anchisias, Tynddris, Theseis, Atlantis,
Fem.
Atlantias
(781.) EXAMPLES OF NAMES

(DERIVED FROM onE's Town or NATIVE countRY).
Masc. Persa, Cres, Tros, Thrax, Laco (Lacon), Phoenix.
Fem. Persis, Cressa, Troas, Threissa, Lacana, Phaenissa.
Cretis, Thressa.
Românus Clusinus Atheniensis Abderités (fem, Abderitis)
(Roman). (of Clusium) (an Athenian). (of Abdera).
Milesius Arpinas
(of Miletus). (of Arpinum).
in
For Thes&ides. Hence ides comes from nom. eus.

*
A PPEND I X III.
(782) THE CALENDAR.

THE Roman months
(1.) had the same number of days as ours, but
were differently divided.
1. The Kalends were the 1st day of the month.

2. The Nones
*
5th or 7th day of the month.
46
3. The Ides 13th or 15th day of the month.
[:" We make in March, July, October, May,

The Nones the seventh, the Ides the fifteenth day.
In all the other months the 5th and 13th were used.
(2.) The names of the months are used as adjectives agreeing with
Kalendae, Nonae, and Idus.
The 1st of January. Kalend is Januariis.

The 5th of June. N on is Juniis.
The 13th of September. Idi bus Septem bribus.
(3.) (a) Instead of beginning at the 1st of the month and numbering the
days regularly 2d, 3d, &c., as we do, the Romans counted them backward
from the Kalends, Nones, and Ides. Thus, the 2d of January was called
the 4th day before the Nones of January, quarto (die ante) Non as
J an u a rias; the 3d, tertio N on as; the 4th, pridie N on as; the
5th, N on is.
(b)
From the above cases will be seen that the day with which the
it
reckoning commences included (except pridie), i.e., the day before

2d
is
the Nones tertio Nonas; the 3d day before, quarto Nonas, &c.
is
Tertio
of
The 13th - October. (die ante) I'd us Oc to

bres.
Tertio Non as Ju
of
The 3d June. (die ante)

nia
s.
be
(c)
Special taken, designating any day between the

in
care must
of
to
another,
of
Ides one month and the Kalends ensure correctness.

III. December 30; but III. Kal.
be
Thus, (die ante) Kalend. Januar. will

April, days and April but 30,
as
31
Maias =29th inasmuch December has

So III. Kal. Martias February.
=
27th
328 APPENDIX III.—CALENDAR.
£^£;
the
(4.) The following table, exhibiting correspondence between the
Roman calendar and ours, can now be readily understood
:
thenays/March, May, septem-| february has 2s,
(
of our and october (have, er. and November] and Leap-years
in
December have
(
|
30
31
29 days).
31
Months.| days). also days). (liave days).
1. HXalendis. H(alendis. Kalendis. Kalendis.
[VI. IV. IV. IV. ante
{$
ante
6 5. 4. 3. 2.
íí
% )
)
IV. ante III. Nonas. Nonas. IIII. Nonas.
(
l
IV. Nonas Pridie Nonas. Pridie Nonas. Pridie Nonas.
[
|
IIII Nonis. Nonvs. Nonis.
Pridie Nonas. IVIII. VIII. VIII
7. Nonis. VII. VII. VII.
[VIII. VI. ante VI. ante IVI. ante
9. 8.
|VII. v. Idus. IV. Idus. IV. Idus

10. |VI. ante IV. IV. IV.
11. IV. Idus. IIII. III. III,
12. IV. Pridie Idus. Pridie Idus. Pridie Idus.
13. IIII. Idibus. Idibus. Idibus.
14. Pridie Idus. IXIX. XVIII. XVI.
idibus. lxviII. *p lxvii. ixv.
£?
15.
|
|
[XVII.) |XVII.
18.i*.16.
|XVI. |x£V. 13
sp
3£
j
| |
: 1*
Xvi. |xvi. |xv. Xiii.
3
xv. XV.
|
|XIX, 13 XII.
XIII.
* *;à
*£ :
XIV. XI.
|
[XIV.
|
19.
[XIII. XIII. tm
|| I |
|XII. IX.
cr
20.
*5
*;• lix.
.
[XII. XII. J2 |XI.
.
YE
21.
j>
3
IX.
<S
[XI. |XI. IVIII.

=
22.
->
S* -j 3 `
8 â
|
|
23. IX. IX. [IX. VII.
2
T à
E à
1
[IX. 3ä [IX; III. IVI.
j
24.
IV
|g
VIII. VII.
–
|
|
25. IVIII. IV.
VII.
.
2
VI. IV.
â
[VII.
|
qd
$4
26.
:
yi.
yi.
|3
IIII.
$.
IV.
I,
ä 3
28. IV. v. ---- Iv. Prid. Kalendas

liii.
: d.
29. |IV. IIV. Martias.

à
liii. iii.
I
Prid. Kalendas
j
36.
ä
31. [Prid. Kalendas] Prid. Kalendas] (of the follow

(of
fofthe follow-| the follow-| ing month).

ing month). ing month).
5th day before the Kalends April (for instance) may be ex

of
(5.) The
pressed three ways
D in
qui
m a to
A al
ri
K
s.
p
(a)
K n
u n n
n
t a e
q e a
d
e
e
a
n s. s
i d t
i
Qu
a ri
p
(b)
a. e n
i o
e
d. d t
s
i
l l
Aprile
(c)
or, abbrevi.
m
A
K
u
n
a
d
e
;
s
s
t
eted, V. Kal. Apr.

APPENDIX IV.
ABBEREVIATIONS.
(7i3.) ThE following abbreviations of words occur in Latin authors ;
(a) names.
. Aulus. M'. Manius. Sept. Septimius.

Ap. Appius. M. Marcus. Serv. Servius.
. Caius.
$;
Mam. Mamercus. Sex. Sextus.
Cl. Claudius. M. T. C. Marcus Tulli- | Sp. Spurius.
Cn. us Cicero. | T. Titus.
ecimus. N. Numerius. Ti. or ? rr,., ...
Decius. P. Publius. Tib. $tiberius.
Lucius. Q. Quintus. Tull. ' Tullius.
(0) pUBLIC EXPRESSi03.
Æd. AEdilia. Id. Idus. Pr. Praetor.

Augustus. Imp. Imperator. Præf. Præfectus.
§£
al. or*
Kalendæ.
Impp. Imperatores. Pont. Max. Pontifex
Kal. } Non. Nonæ. Maximus.
Cos. Consul. O. M. Optimus Maxi- | Resp. Respublica.
Coss. Consules. lus. S. Senatus.
- IDivus. P. C. Patres- -- Con- I S. C. Senatus consul
IDes. IDesignatus. scripti tum.
Eq. Rom. Eques Ro Pl. Plebis. S. P. Q. R. Senatus po
Iramus. Pop. Populus. pulusque Rom
Filius. P. R. Populus Rom. ! Tr. Tribunus.
(c)
OTHER ABBREVIATION8.
Anno. S. Salutem.
C. Anno currente. Salutem dicit plurimam.
D.
P.
S.
pr. Anno præterito. C. capnt. -

M. Anno mundi. cf. confer.
Chr. Anno Christi. g. exempli gratia.
l. i. e.
D. Anno Domini. id est.

c. e.
U. C. Anno urbis conditæ. loco citato

ID. Dono dedit. pag. pagina mea.
D. D. IDono dedit dicavit. quasi dicat.
q. q.
s. l. d.
D. quantum libet.
C.
q.
IDedit dicavit consecra-

|
vitque. q. quantum sufficit.

M. IDiis Manibus. scil. scilicet.
§. Loco sigilli. seq. sequens.
S. Manuscriptus. v. versus.
.
Postscriptum. v. gr. verbigratia.

S.
D. B. V. Quod Deus bene vertat. viz. videlicet.

!
8 V. B. E. E. V. Si vales bene est vid. vide.

|
ego valeo.
E
2
p.
WO R D–B U IL D IN G
A MID
READING LESS ONS.

WO R D - B UIL D IN G.
(784.) 1. THE generic meaning of a word is contained in its oot; the
all
specific meaning is generally given by its ending. Thus, in the words
am-o m-or m-ator m-icus (friend), we
(a
love), (love), lover),
(I
a
find the same generic idea (love) expressed by the root am; while the
specific meanings, love (verb), love (noun), lover (noun), friend (adjective
I
noun), are given by the endings or, cus, respectively.
to
o,
r,
à
by
The meanings certain prefixes;
of
words are farther modified

2.
g., ire (to go), amb ire (to go round).

c.
Again, words may be compounded with each other, and form new
3.
e.g., with gr- (the stem age field), and col- (the stem
of
avords;
of
r,
a
:olé re, till), we agricol

of
=
tiller
a,
the field farmer.

to
form
a
a
-
forming words: by suffixes, prefixes, and

in of
Thus there are three modes

composition. We treat them order.
BY
(1.) word-BUILDING suFFIxEs.

(A.) Nouns.
(785.) First Declension.
The ending verb-stems, expresses agent

an
a,
suffixed
or
to
1.
doer.
scrib writer, from scrib ér to write,

e,
a,
-
-
perfüg perfüg re,

-č
a,
deserter, from
to
desert.
-
-ia, -itia, with adjective-stems, disposition

or
condition.
2.
ign -ia, cowardice, from ign us, cowardly.

v
a
a
v
prudent-ia, prudence, from de (t)-s, prudent.

p
u
n
r
trist-iti sadness, trist is, sad.

a,
from
-
victor -ia, victory, from vict-or, victorious

-tira, with supine-stems, the
of
or
action condition the verb.

3.
pict- ura, painting pingére (pic t-), paint.

to to
;
praefect ura, prefectship; praeficére (praefect-), place over.

'786.) Second Declension.
us, -ius, with verb-stems, form nouns denoting the agent
or
the
1.
-
action of the verb.

serv us, slave; serv ire, to serve.
-
-
flu -ius, river; flu (v) ér

e,
flow.
to
v
qu-us, cook; qu-āre, to cook.

c
c
o
o
lud-u sport, lu re, play.

s,
to
d
3
-
334 WORD-BUILDING,
2. -um, -ium, with verb-stems, gives a result of the action of the

verb.
jugum, goke, jung -čre, to join.

v ad-um, ford; v ad- & re, to go.
ince nd-ium, fire; in c end - ér e. to burn.
-ium, with
an
an
(b)
(a)
of
or
3. noun-stems, office, assemblage men
exercising
an
or
office function.
cer dot-ium, cerdos.
of of
(a) a office
a
s
m s
minister-ium, ter.
in
is
office
colleg-ium, colleg
ae. ae.
of of
(b) assemblage
on viv -ium, assemblage conviv
c
-m entum, with verb-stems, the means doing what the verb
of
4
expresses.
teg-u-men tum, covering teg-e re, to cover.
;
dju-m entum, aid; adjuv are,
to
assist.
a
-
ulum, -bulum, culum, with verb-stems, means instru
or
5.
-
Tment.
jac-ulum, javelin; jac-ère,
to to to
hurl.
ven b-ulum, hunting-spear; ven-āri, hunt.
a
vehi culum, carriage; veh ér carry.
e,
-
Rem. culum also sometimes—the place where; e.g., coena-culum,
cubi-culum. -
•
6.-crum, -strum, with verb-stems, place thing prepared for any

or
purpose.
lava-crum, bath lav are, to wash
;
claus trum, lock; claud re,

to
shut.
8
-
-
of
(787.) Diminutives First and Second Declensions.
lus, -la, -lum, with

of
noun-stems, form diminutive nouns, mascu

line, feminine, and neuter genders.
(a) Connecting vowels the latter sometimes with

u,
o,
i,
c.
fili-o-lus, fili-o-la, little son, daughter—(filius); frater

culus (frater); opus-culum (opus).
doubled: lap-illus (lapis); codic-illus
(b)
Sometimes
is
l
(codex, codicis); sac-ellum (sacrum).
(788) Third Declension.

-tiis, -tiis (with ad
as
connecting vowel), form, with

or
without
1.
jective-stems, abstract nouns denoting quality, &c.

bon-i-tas, goodness; bon-us, good.
hones-tas, honour; hone st-us, honourable.
fort-i-tudio, bravery; fort-is, brave.
W ORD-BUILDING, 335
9. (a) -or, with verb-stems, the action or condition of the verb.
pav-or, fear; pav-ère, to fear.
am-or, love; am-āre, to love.
(5)
-or, with supine-stems, the agent
or
doer.
doct-or, teacher; doc-ére (doct-), to teach.
monit-or, adviser; mon-ère (monit-),
to
advise.
-io, with supine-stems, the action
of
the verb, especially the doing
3.
of it.
act-io, action; ag-ère (act-),
to
act, do.
caut-io, caution; cav-ère (caut-), to take care.
-tūdo, with adjective-stems, the abstract quality.
4.
fort-i-tudo, bravery; fort-is, brave.
(789.) Fourth Declension.

Most nouns
of
the 4th declension are abstracts formed from verb

supine-stems.
or
stems
us-us, tuse; uti (us-), to use
m5t-1s. motion; möv-ère (m6t-), to move.
(790.) Fifth Declension.

-es, -ies, -ities, with verb adjective-stems,
or
property, oper
1.
a
ation, quality, &c.
fid-es (fid-ere); ser-ies (ser-áre); fac-ies (fac-&re); dur
ities (dur-us); mund-ities (mund-us).
[Those -ities coexist with others -itia 2);

in
2.
in
(784,
g.
e.
munditia, duritia, &c.]
(B.) Adjectives.
(791.) First Class, us,
a,
um.
-us, quality general (coexisting with verb and noun stems).
1.
in
alb -us, white; alb-āre, alb-um en.

cur V-u S, curved; curv-āre, CUl rW men.
a
-
du r-us, hard; dur-āre, dur-ities.

viv -us, alive; viv-Čre, vit-a.
-Id us and uus, chiefly with
of
2.
stems intransitive verbs, the

quality the verb, without addition.
of
turg-i dus, swelling; turg-ère, to swell.

cal-idus, warm cal-ère, to be warm.
;
no C-uu hurtful; no c-ère, to hurt.

S,
8.-bun dus, with verb-stems, force present participle,

of
intensifiod.
haesita-bundus, full hesitation;
of
haesit are, hesitate,

to
lacrvma-bundus, weeping profusely lacrym-ire, wasp

to
336 WORD-BUILDING.
4, -c und us, same as bundus, generally with the additional idea of

permanency. *
ira-cundus, passionate; ir a-sc-i, to be angry
ve re-cun dus, bashful; v e re-ri, to fear.
5 -i >us, with noun-stems, belonging or relating to a thing.
class-icus, belonging to a fleet; class-is, fleet.
civ -icus, civic; civ - is, citizen.
6 -eus, -ace us, icius, with noun-stems, material or origin.

ferr-e us, of iron; ferr-um, tron.
ch art-ace us, of paper; ch art-a, paper.
7. -in us, with noun-stems, similarity, quality, or material.

as in-in us, asiuine, like an ass; a sin-us, oft ass
m a r- in us, marine; mar - e, the sea.
crystall-in us, crystalline; crystall-um, crystal.
ae,
-ánus, with of towns ending in a or
of
8. names native such
a
place.
Rom an us, Roman; Roma, Rome.
a
-
-osus, -lentus, with noun-stems, fulness, abundance (like the

9.
English-ous).
fam-o sus, famous; fam-a, fame.
o-lent vin-um,
in
us, drunken; wine.

v
is,
is,
(792.) Second Class,

e.
is, quality general (coexisting commonly with noun and verb

in
1.
forms).
-
lev is, light; lev are, lev it s.

a
-
-
-
-íl is, -bilis, verb-stems, the quality the verb,

of
or
with
2.
the
(a)
(b)
it,
capacity two senses, passive.

of
active and
in
terri-bilis, exciting terror; terr-ere, terrify

to to to
(a)
(b) c-il is, docile; doc-6 re, teach.
6
a d
mä is, amiable; am are,

il
love.
b
-
-
lis long), with noun-stems, belonging relating thing.

or
to
3.
-i
(i
civ-Ilis, belonging citizen, civil civ is, citizen.

to
a
host-il is, hostile; hos-t is, enemy.
[Observe that ilis, with verb-stems, short; with noun stems, long.]
is
4.-alis, -aris, with

a. to.
belonging
of
or
noun-stems,
on viv lis, convivial; conviv

c
-
a
-
cap it-alis, capital; put, head.

c
a
consu l-āris, consular; consul.

-en is, with of towns—a of such town.
5.
names native
s
ann-ensis,
of of
C
an inhabitant Cannae.
Arimin-ensis, an inhabitant Ariminum.
worl:-BUILDING. 337
(793.) Third Class, one ending.

-ax, with verb-stems, the tendency of the verb, generally in a bad
sense.
pugn-ax, pugnacious; pugn-āre, to fight.
rap-ax, rapacious; rap-ére, to seize.
(C.) Verbs.
'794.) First Conjugation.
1. -āre, generally a transitive ending, with noun-stems.

numer-àre, to count ; numer-us, number.
nomin -áre, to name; nomen (nomin-is), name.
2. FREQUENTATIVE verbs, expressing a repetition or increase of the

action of the original verb, are formed by the endings -áre and
-it are ; thus:
(a) -are, added to supine-stems.

curs-áre, to run to and fro; currère (curs-um), to run.
dormit-āre, to be sleepy; dormire (dormit-um), to sleep.
täre, added to verb-stems.

(b) -i
rog-i täre, to ask often ; rog-are, to ask.
vol -i tare, to fly to and fro; vol -āre, to fly.
3. -āri, deponent-ending, with noun-stems, is much used for express.

ing “to be that which, or of the character that,” the noun indicates.
to attend as com
comit-āri, (comit-is), companion
! panion ; !comes
domin-āri, to rule as master; domin-us, master.
(795.) Second Conjugation. -

-ère, frequently an intransitive ending, with noun and adjective stems.
alb-êre, to be white; alb-us, white.
luc-ere, to shine; lux (luc-is), light.
(796) Third Conjugation.

INCHOATIVE verbs express the beginning or increase of the action of
the verb from which they are derived. They are formed by adding
sc to the verb-stem, with the connecting-vowels a, e, or i. Most of
them are formed on stems of verbs of second conjugation.
palle sc-ère, to grow pale; p all-ère, so be pale.
lab as c-8 re, to totter; lab-are, to waver.
(797.) Fourth Conjugation.
DESIDERATIVE verbs express a desire of that which is implied in the

primitive, and are formed by adding -ürire to supine-stems.
es. iirire, to want to eat ; edère (es-um), to 6a!.
F I.
338 WORD-BUILDING
(11.) word-BUILDING BY PREFIxEs.

(798.) Under this head we place only the inseparable prepositions (229),
viz. amb-, dis- (di-), re-, se. -
1. Amb. = about, around, on both sides; e.g., amb-ire, to go

Tound (amb+ire).
13." Before p the b is dropped; e.g., am-plector : before c-sounds
amb is changed into an ; e.g., an -ceps, an-quiro.
2. Dis (di) = asunder; e.g., dis-jung ére, to disjoin (dis-Hjungère).
[* Di is used before d. g, l, m ; e.g., dige rere, &c. Before f the
s is assimilated; e.g., differre (dis-Herre).
3. R. é=back, again, away, un-; e.g., repellere, drive-back (re-t

pellere); ré fic ēre, refit (ré+facere).
[+" Before vowels. d is inserted; e.g., red-ire (re-Hire)
[R é long occurs only in refer
t.]
Sé aside; e.g., du cere, lead astray seduce (sê-l-ducere);
=
4.
s
é
sép on ér lay aside (sé+ponere).

e,
BY
(III.) word-BUILDING composition.

Prepositions Composition with other Words.
in
I.
(799.) [35" Most prepositions are used form compound words, and
to
generally modify their meaning way easily understood; e.g., stare.

in
a
stand; prae stare, stand before, We notice here only

to
to
to
excel.
those which present some peculiarities.
ab, ab away, from. e.g.,
a,
(a) used before and

is
m
1.
v
;
s
a-mittere, a-vertere, turn away.

send away, lose; (b) au
to
before ferre and fugère: auferre, au fug re. is

(c)
used as, be
é
sp.: as perto, as pernor.

= p
fore
to. or
j,
except e.g.,
d,
before consonants,
v,
ad (a) Assimilated
m
2.
arrip ére, as surg re, ad duc re, &c. (b) dropped before
d
&
&
gn e.g., agnos cére, gnatus.

a
;
and vowels; e.g.,

=
con cum)
co
of
variation with. before

(a
3.
(a)
h
co-ortus, co-hibe re. (b) com-burère,

b,
p
*
com before
com-pellère. col-ligāre, com
m,
(c)
Assimilated before
l,
r:
move re, cor-rip re.

&
f;
e.g., effero
(a)
ex
of
=
or
4.
out Assimilated before (ex-H

e
g,
before liquids and

d,
fero).
b,
(b)
v.
e
in, with verbs into, on, in, against; with adjectives has privative
=
5
force; e.g., doctus, learned; indoctus, unlearned.

r,
(a) Assimilated before e.g., illatum (in-Hatum); irrum

l,
påre (in-Hrumpere).
And sometimes before vowels: comedere.

*
WORLD-BUILDING. 339
(b) Changed into im before b, p; e.g., Imbib ér e (in-Hbibere);

imp onére (in-Hponere).
ob = against; g., obtrudëre (ob + trudere), thrust against.

[*
6. e.
Assimilated before c, f, p ; e. g., oc-cid ere (ob+cadere) :
of-ferre, op-ponére.
7. pro = forth, forward; e.g., projice re (pro-Hjacere), cast forth,
[35" Before vowels, d is inserted; e.g., prod-esse (pro-Hesse).
8. prae = before; e.g. praece dére (prae+cedere), to go before, ts
surpass.
9 sub = under, from under; e.g., subdu cere, to draw from under
(a) Generally assimilated; e.g., sum-mov ere, sup-pon ere, &c
Sometimes sus-; e.g., sus-ci re, sus-tin ēre, &c.
(b)
p
&
tran over; g., transduce re,
=
across,
to
lead across
e.
10.
s
#" Trá, trans, trade re, tradu cere, tra

of
instead occurs
in
jic re.
ē
II. Adverbs Composition with other Words.

in
(800.)
né, privative force; g., néfas, wicked (ne-Hras);

é,
have
1,
e.
a
v
vés anus, insane (vé+sanus).

bené, well malé, ill; satis, enough; g., beneficium,
2.
e.
a
;
good deed; maleficium, satisfacére, satisfy
to
an evil deed;
(= do enough).
to
bis (and other numerals), twice (thrice), &c.: bicorpor, two-bod

3.
ted (bis-Hcorp-us).
III. Nouns and Adjectives Composition with other Words.

in
(801.)
[+* When adjective with another word,

or
noun compounded
is
a
the connecting vowel always short

is
i.
agri-cola (agr-Hcol.), husbandman.

a
arti-fex (art-Hac-), an artificer.
IV. Composition with other Words.

in
(802.) Verbs
None occur, except composition with face re; e.g., cale face re.
to in
hot; ate face

re
(calère-Hacere), (patere+facere),
to
p
make
lay open.
[[G" face
re
Observe that the vowel remains unchanged.]

in
a
V. Composition.
in
(803.) Common Vowel-changes

e.g., arrip d-H rap ere), conficére (con-i-fa
ér
into
(a
1.
a
e
i
cere), constituére (con-H statue re), &c.

into (more rarely); e.g., ascendère (ad-H scandere).
2.
a
into always); g., colligåre (con-Flegere), abst'

3.
(not
e.
e
nére (abs-H tenere), &c.

g.,
réquirére
i,
into occidére (ob-H caedere), (ré+

as
e.
4
quaerere).
READING LESSONS.
I.
GaLLia est omnis divisa! in partes tres.—Belgæ unam inco
funt ;* Aquitani alteram ; Celtæ tertiam.—Hi, ipsorum* linguâ*
C e nosträ* linguâ, G a lli.*
l t ae * appellantur ;•
Gallia est omnis divisa in partes tres ; qu a r u m unam inco

lunt Belgæ, alteram Aquitani, tertiam q u i • ipsorum linguâ
Celtæ, nostrâ Galli appellantur.
Hiomnes inter se differunt.*—Linguä, institutis,* legibus dif

ferunt.—Garumna? flumen Gallos ab Aquitanis dividit.—Ma
tröna flumen Gallos a Belgis dividit.—Horum omnium'° fortis
simi sunt Belgæ.—Ab humanitate! Provinciæ longe absunt.'*—
A cultui* Provinciæ longissime absunt.—Minime ad eos merca
tores'* commeant.—Quædam'° animos effeminant.'°—Quædam
ad effeminandos animos pertinent.”
Hiomnes lingua, institutis, legibus, inter se differunt.—Gallos
ab Aquitanis Garumna flumen, a Belgis Matröna e t Sequäna
dividit.—Horum omnium fortissimi sunt Belgæ, p r o p t e re a
qu o d a cultu a t qu e humanitate Provinciæ longissime ab
gunt, minime qu e ad eos mercatores sæpe commeant, a t q u e
ea, quæ ad effeminandos animos pertinent,'* i m p o r t a n t.*
Proximi sunt Germanis.*0—Germani trans Rhenum incolunt.

—Belgæ cum Germanis continenter* bellum gerunt.
1 435, c.—2 in-Hcolere.—5 716.—4 694, 2, R.—5 ad-Hpellare (obsolete),

799, 2, a.—6 167, d, 4.—7 798, !•*.—* 786, 2, instituere = in-Hstatuere,
803, 1.—9 225, a.—10 697, a.—ll 788, 1 (humanus), humanitas = refinement
—12 ab-Hsum, 799, 1.—13 cultus (civilization), from colere (cult-), 789.—
14 mercator, from mercari (mercat-), 788, 2, b.—ló Somethings.—i6 effeminare
(to make effeminate), ex-Hféminare, 799, 4, a : fèminare, from fèmina ^wom
am), 794, 1.—i7 tend to make minds effeminate, 739.—i* per-Htenere, 803,
3.—19 in-Hportare, 799, 5, b.—20 704, 4.—*i from continens (con-Htenere)
215, 2, b.
* Ipsc rum nnd nostra precede linguâ, instend of following

it,
or
because
each other, and therefore emphatic.
to
posed
READING LESSONS. 34I
1°roximi sunt Germanis, qui trans Rhenum incolunt, qui

b u s c u m ** continenter bellum gerunt.
II.
Helvetii quoque reliquos? Gallos virtute* præcedunt.4.—Fere
quotidianis præliis cum Germanis contendunt.—Aut^ suis finibus
Germanos prohibent,° aut ipsi in eorum finibus bellum gerunt.
Q u à* d e c a u s à* Helvetii quoque reliquos Gallos virtute
præcedunt, qu o d 9 fere quotidianis præliis cum Germanis con
tendunt, quum aut suis finibus eos prohibent, aut ipsi in eorum
finibus bellum gerunt.
Galli unam partem obtinent.!0—Unam partem Gallosii obti

nere dictum est.'*—Eä pars initium capit a flumine Rhödünö.
—Continetur Garumnâ flumine,° Oceano,^ finibus^ Belgarum.
—Attingit” ab Sequänis flumen Rhenum.—Vergit ad Septen
triones.—Belgæ ab extremisit Galliæ finibus oriuntur.—Perti
nent'° ad inferiorem partem fluminis Rheni. — Spectant* in
Septentriones et orientem!” solem.
E o r u m una pars, qu a mi* Gallos obtinere dictum est, ini
tium capit a flumine Rhodano ; continetur19 Garumna flumine,
Oceano, finibus Belgarum ; attingit e ti a m ab*o Sequanis et
Helvetiis flumen Rhenum ; vergit ad Septentriones. — Belgæ
ab extremis Galliæ finibus oriuntur ; pertinent ad inferiorem
partem fluminis Rheni ; spectant in Septentriones et orientem
solem.
Aquitania a Garumna flumine ad Pyrenæos montes pertinet.

--Una pars Oceani est ad*0 Hispaniam. — Aquitania ad eam
$ 125, II., b.
i Quo qu e neve 6egins a sentence.—2 from relinquere (reliqu-), 791, 1.
--3 718, in valour.—4 799, 8.—5 519, R. 4.—6 721.—7 89, II.—8 Qua de cau
sa=for which reason.—9 because.—10 ob-Htenere, 803, 3.—li 751.—2 751,
R. 2.—i3 716.—14 ad-Htangere, 799, 2, a, 803, 1.—10 78, II., b.—16 Pertinent
— they extend, per-Htenere.—i7 438, a.—18 759.—l9 is bounded.—- on the
side of or near.
* Spectant in Septentriones, &c. : they look into the north and the rising sun t
B.,
N.
lie
E.
l. they direction.
in
a
F
r
2
842 RÉADING LEssoNs.
partem Oceani, quæ est ad Hispaniam, pertinet.— Spectat inter

occasum*' solis et Septentriones.
Aquitania a Garumna flumine ad Pyrenaeos montes, et eam
vartem Oceani, qu æ est ad Hispaniam, pertinet; spectat* in
ter occasum solis et Septentriones.
III.
Orgetorix nobilis fuit. — Apud Helvetios nobilissimus fuit
Orgetorix.—Apud Helvetios longé ditissimus' fuit Orgetorix.—
Is regni cupiditate* inductus conjurationem* nobilitatis* fecit.—
Is civitati° persuadet, ut de finibus suis exeant.'—IDe finibus suis
exeunt.—Perfacile erat totius Galliæ imperio? potiri.—Perfacile
esse* (dixit), quum virtute omnibus præstarent,° totius Galliae
-
imperio potiri.
Apud Helvetios longe nobilissimus et ditissimus fuit Orget
orix.— Is, Marco Messalâ et Mar c o Pison e consul
ib u s,'' regni cupiditate inductus, conjurationem nobilitatis fecit,
e t civitati persuasit, ut de finibus suis cum omnibus copiis
exirent: perfacile esse (dixit), quum virtute omnibus
-
præs
tarent, totius Galliæ imperio potiri.
hoc facilius eis persuasit.—Un

Id facile eis persuadet.'*—Id
dique naturâ loci!” Helvetii continentur.—Unà ex parte conti
nentur flumine Rheno latissimo atque altissimo. — Alterâ ex
parte continentur monte Jurá altissimo
ex parte lacu ; tertiä
Lemanno et flumine Rhodano.— Flumen Rhenus agrum Hel
vetium a Germanis dividit.—Mons Jurà est inter Sequanos et
Helvetios.—Flumen Rhodanus provinciam nostram ab Helve
tiis dividit.
21 789,from occidere, ob-Hcadere.

1 371,R. 1.—2 from cupid-us, by 788, 1.—5 788, 3, con-Hjurare.—4 788, l.
— 704, 2: he persuades the state ; i. e., the citizems.—• ut exeant = to go
out of: subj. pres., 754 (ex+ire).—7 abl., 718.—* The sentence perfacile :
esse, &c., is in orat. obliqua; 769, a, applies.—9 799, 8.—10 458, b.—ll Why
is exirent in subj. imperf. ? 748.—l2 suadere, to recommend ; persuadere,

by
e.,
thoroughly, i. the country.

of
recommend persuade.—i3 the nature

qf
e.,
N.
looks between the setting the sum and the morth W. directiom
in
It
i.
*
a
EADING ESSONS. 343
Id hoc facilius eis persuadet, qu o d undique loci naturâ Hel

vetii continentur ; unâ ex parte, flumine Rheno latissimo atque
altissimo, qui agrum Helvetium a Germanis dividit ; alterâ ex
parte, monte Jurá altissimo, qui est inter Sequanos et Helve
tios ; tertiâ, lacu Lemanno et flumine Rhodano, qui provin
ciam nostram ab Helvetiis dividit.
Minus laté vagantur.—His rebus fit,** ut minus late vageiu

tur.10—Bellum inferunt.-—Bellum inferre” possunt. — Minus
facile bellum finitimisis inferre possunt.—His rebus fit, ut minus
facile bellum finitimis inferre possent.—Magno dolore afficie
bnntur.19—Bellandio erant cupidi.*
His rebus ut e t minus late vagarentur, et minus
fiebat,
facile finitimis bellum inferre possint.—Quâ de causa, homines
bellandi cupidi magno dolore afficiebantur.
IV.
Pro multitudine* hominum, angustos habebant fines.—Pro
gloria3 belli atque fortitudinis,* angustos habebant fines.—An e.,
gustos se* fines habere arbitrabantur.'—Hi fines) millia

(i.
passuum ducenta (CC.) patebant.'—Hi longitudinem? millia!

in
passuum ducenta quadraginta (XL.) patebant.

et
Pro multitudine hominum, et pro gloria belli

m
e
a
u
t
se °
atque fortitudinis, angustos

fines habere arbitrabantur, qui
in longitudinem millia passuum CCXL., lati tu
m
in
d
n
e
i
octoginta (CLXXX.) patebant.

et
centum
Ducti sunt.—Adducti? sunt.—Moti sunt.—Permotio sunt.

ad —
Auctoritate'' Orgetorigis adducti permoti sunt.—Quædam

et
proficiscendum'* pertinent.—Constituerunt*
ea
comparare.14—
Constituerunt jumenta se
et
carros emere.'°—Constituerunt
By these brought about.—l5 754, 2.—10 in-Hferre.—

14
circumstances
it
is
704, ad-Hfacere, 799, 2; 803, 1.—20 736.—2i cupêre, 791,

2.
731.—18 3.—19
i7
or,
For, view of.—: mult-us, 788, 4.—* reputation for war and cour
in
b.
i
age.—4 471.—5 from arbit-er, by 794, 3.—6 ertended.—7 712.—* 522,

to,
e.,
Ducti sunt= adducti sunt= they were led

they wrere led they
i.
9
vere induced.—lo Moti sunt= they were moved permoti sunt= they were
:
e.,
thoroughly moved, prevailed upon.—ii 788, 1.—12 487.— con-Hstatm.

i.
ere, 803, 1.—l4 con-Hparare, 799,

3,
b.—1° 731.
844 READING LES80NS.
mentes magnas facere,'° ut in itinere copia frumenti suppet

oret.”—Cum proximis civitatibus pacem et amicitiam'* con
firmant.
Hi s r e b u s adducti, e t auctoritate Orgetorigis permotu,
constituerunt, ea, qu æ 9 ad proficiscendum pertinérent, com
parare ; jumentorum et carrorum q u a m m ax i m u m n u -
sementes qu
;*'
m e r u m *° coemere maxim as** fácere,
ut
m
n
copia suppeteret; cum proximis civitatibus
in
itinere frumenti
pacem
et
amicitiam confirmare.
Biennium Helvetiis* satis erat.—Biennium sibi* Helvetii satis

esse duxerunt.**—Ad eas res conficiendas* biennium satis erat.
—Profectionem* lege confirmant.**—In tertium annum profec
tionem lege confirmant. — Ad eas res conficiendas* Orgetorix
deligitur.*—Is sibi legationem* suscepit.*'—In itinere per
eo
suadet Castico.—Casticus Catamantalédis erat filius, Sequänus.
—Pater Castici regnum Sequanis multos annos*' obtinuerat.
in
—Pater Castici senatu populi Romani amicus appellatus erat.

a
—Orgetorix Castico rersuadet,

ut
regnum in
civitate suâ occu
paret.* -
Ad eas res conficiendas biennium sibi satis esse drxerunt;

tertium annum profectionem lege confirmant. Ad eas res
in
'
conficiendas Orgetorix deligitur. legationem

ad
sibi
v
s
c
I
-
i
i
ta suscepit. itinere persuadet Castico, Catamantale
eo
In
e
s
t
ois filio, Sequano, uju pater regnum Sequanis multos

in
c
annos obtinuerat, et senatu populi Romani amicus appellatus

a
qu
ut
erat, regnum civitate sua occuparet, pater ante

in
°*
d
o
habuerat.
V.
Item Dumnorigi persuadet. — Dumnorix erat Aeduus. —
Dumnorix erat frater Divitiaci. — Dumnorix principatum!
in
e.,
make great soncings, Sub-Hpetere, 799

16
to
be to
sow much land.—17

i.
a,
neuter; suppeteret= might subjunc. by 754, 1.—l% 785,

9,
in
store
2.
:
great con-H emere,

as
—l9 759, Rem.—20 As possihle.—2 bug

to
number
a
buy up, 799, 3.—*• As great socings possible.—• 704,

as
together,
to
498, d.—** 788, 3.—37 Theyfir the departure

óy
reckoned.— law
•*
de-Hlegere,803, 3.—29 799,

•
9,
b.—30 712.—31 754.—32 759.

chief power, from princeps.
1
READING I,ESSONS. 345
civitate obtinebat. — Dumnorix plebi* acceptus* erat. — I)um.

norigi, ut idem conaretur persuadet,* eique filiam suam in
matrimonium dat.
Item qu e Dumnorigi Æduo, fratri Divitiaci, qui eo tem.
pore* principatum in civitate obtinebat, ac m a x i m é • plebi ac
ceptus erat, ut idem conaretur persuadet, eique filiam suam in
matrimonium dat.
Perfacile factu6 erat conata perficere.” — Ipse suæ civitatis

aemperium obtenturus erat.—Totius* Galliæ plurimum Helvetii
possunt.—Non est dubium quin plurimum Helvetii possint.9—
Ipse illis regnum conciliaturus'9 erat.—Ipse, suis copiis suoque
exercitu, illis regnum conciliaturus erat.
(Oblique Narration, 769.) ** Perfacile factu esse,” illis
p r o b at, ** conata perficere, p r o p t e r e a qu o d ipse suæ
civitatis iniperium obtenturus esset ; n o n esse dubium, quin
totius Galliæ plurimum Helvetii possent Se, suis copiis
;''
**
suoque exercitu, illis regna conciliaturum,''
fi
m
t.
n
c
o
a
r
Helvetii jam' se'* eam rem paratos esse arbitrantur.—
ad
Oppida sua omnia, numero duodecim,'* incendunt.—Vicos

ad
quadringentos incendunt.—Reliqua'* privata ædificia!”

ad
suos
incendunt.—Frumentum secum portaturi erant.—Frumentum
omne comburunt.—Domum'° reditionis” spes sublata'° est.—
omnia pericula subeunda'9 erant.
ad
Paratiores
jam
ad
eam rem paratos esse arbitrati sunt, oppida

bi
se
U
*°
omnia, duodecim, vicos quadringentos, reliqua

ad
ad
sua numero
privata ædificia incendunt frumentum omne, præ ter qu
d
o
;
secum portaturi erant, comburunt, ut, domum reditionis spe*

ad
sublata,* paratiores omnia pericula subeunda t.**

e
n
e
s
s
to
702, was acceptable the common people favourite).—3 ad-Hcapere,

(a
2
very easy thing ac

to
to
803, 1.—4 725.—5 376.—5 380.

It
was do.—7
a
complish, per-H facere, 803, 1.—8 Of the whole Gaul, the Helvetians
= of
are the most powerful.—9 754, 4.—lo 446.—li jam last.—* 751.—'°
in
at
—
number (amounting) relinquere.—l^ 801, ædes facere.--

to
14
twelve.
tollere. — sub-Hire, gerundive, 739.—
—
713, Rem. 2.—17 788,

16
18
19
3.
%0 whem.—2i 750.—22 754.
this instance, instead the per

of
as
Cæsar often uses the historical present,

in
*
per ad were üsed really the present, then con aretur

tuet
as
fect aorist.
to If
u
c s
by
be
748; but, the historical present, requires

a8
would have one

r,
it
past tense the subordinate sentence.

in
346 READING ESSONS.
VI.
Omnes res ad profectionem comparant.—Diem dicunt qua
die omnes conveniant.*—Is dies erat ante diem quintum Kalen
das* Aprilis, Lucio Pisone, Aulo Gabinio consulibus.—Is dies
erat a. d. V. Kal. Apr., L. Pisone, A. Gabinio Coss.
Omnibus rebus* ad profectionem comparatis, diem dicunt,
qua die ad ripa m Rhodani omnes conveniant: is dies erat
ante diem quintum Kalendas Aprilis, Lucio Pisone, Aulo Gabi
nio Consulibus.
Helvetii per provinciam nostram iter° facere conantur.—Id

Cæsari nuntiatum erat.—Caesari nuntiatum erat, eos per pro
vinciam nostram iter facere^ conari.7—Maturat ab urbe profi
cisci,° et magnis itineribus in Galliam contendit, et ad Genevarn
pervenit. — De ejus adventu* Helvetii certiores facti sunt.—
Legatos ad eum mittunt.—Helvetiis est in animo? sine ullo
maleficio'0 iter per provinciam facere ; aliud iter habent nullum ;
rogant, ut, Cæsaris voluntate, id facere liceat.!!
•
Cæsari qu u m id nuntiatum esset,'° eos per provinciam
nostram iter facere conari,7 maturat ab urbe proficisci, et quam
m ax i m i s p o t e s t itineribus, in Galliam u lt e r i o r e m con
-
tendit, et ad Genevam pervenit. Ubi de ejus adventu Hel
vetii certiores facti sunt, legatos ad eum mittunt, qui d i c e
r e n t,'* ** sibile esse in animo sine ullo maleficio iter per provin
ciam facere, p r o p t e re a qu o d aliud iter habeant nullum ;
rogare, ut ejus voluntate id sibi facere liceat.”
*
Lucius Cassius, consul, ab Helvetiis occisus erat. — Exer
citus'° Cassii ab Helvetiis pulsus'7 erat, et sub jugum missus.—
Eâ Cæsar memoriäi* tenebat.—Concedendum!9 non putabat.—
Facultas*' per provinciam itineris faciendi? non däta est.—
They appoint.—° con-Hvenire; subj. pres., 766.—5 782, 5.—4 750.—5 iter
facere= to make journey= to march.—6 731.—7 751.—8 advenire (advent-),
789.—9 468, b.—10 800, 2.—ll 754.—l2 757, A. 2.—13 historical present.
—14 761, 1.—1° oblique narration.—i6 exercere, 789.—i7 pellere.—18 me
e.,
moriä tenebat, held in memory, i. remembered.—i9 737 (esse understood,

qf
504, a).—20 power marching mrough, permission march through

or
to
facultas, 788, from facil-is, facio.—2i 496.

1,
READING LESSONS. 347
Homines inimico** animo ab injuria et maleficio non tem

perant.
qu o d memoria tenebat, L. Cassium consulem occi

Cæsar,
sum, exercitum qu e ejus ab Helvetiis pulsum et sub jugum
missum, concedendum non putabat ; n e qu e,* homines inim
ico animo, data facultate per provinciam itineris faciendj, tem
peraturos ab injuria** et maleficio, e x i s t i m ab at.
VII.
Hujus legationis IDivico princeps fuit.—IDivico, bello Cassi.
ita
ano,' dux Helvetiorum fuerat.—Is cum Cæsare egit.2—Hel.
eam partem ibunt, atque ibi
vetii erunt, ubi Caesar constitu
in
erit.*—Cæsar veteris incommodi* reminiscitur.£-—Cæsar pristinæ

virtutis? Helvetiorum reminiscitur.
ita
(Oblique Narration, present
time.7) cum Is Cæsare
git: fa
Si
t,$
populus Romanus cum Helvetiis
pacem
“
in a
a
c
í
ibi
eam partem ituros? atque futuros2 Helvetios, ubi eos
Cæsar atque esse sin bello per

;
v
n
r lu
r
r
o
u o
s
c
e
r t
t
it
v ti
sequi incommodi
p
et
veteris
m
t,10
u
a
n
c
e
e
s
r
r
e
s
í
í
populi Romani pristinæ virtutis Helvetiorum.

et
Hujus legationis Divico princeps fuit, qui bello Cassiano dux

cum Cæsare egit (obl. narr., past
ita
Is
Helvetiorum fuerat.
fa
Si
time) pacem populus Romanus cum Helvetiis

t,
“
r
c
e
e
:
eam partem ituros, atque ibi futuros Helvetios, ubi Caesar eos
co in
atque esse sin bello persequi

;
v
n
e u
e
o
a s
s
e
s
s
s
it
t
t
t
r i
r l
t i
p
veteris incommodi
et t,
et
m
u
r
v
r
c
e
r
e
e
s
s
i
i
populi Romani pristinæ virtutis Helvetiorum.”
722.—23 neque existimabat= thimk.—24 outrage.

he
nor did
2$
e.,
In
which Cassius had been the Roman gen

war.i.
in
the Cassiam
1
subj. by 766.—4
in.
as
eral.—2 IHe treated with Caesar follows.—5 803,

1
;
5;
c;
commodum, disaster, in-Hcommodus, 799, geni.

3,
con-Hmodus, 799,
by
a,
2.—5 ré-Hminiscor, stem memini, meno.--• vir, gen., 698,

of
tive 698,
a,
2.—7 Observe carefully the tenses this and the following paragraph.
in
ill -'0
If
—* the Roman people make peace.—9 484, 542, b.—ll 528

oe
w
b
348 READING LESSONS.
His Cæsar ita'* respondet.—Cæsäri

nihil dubitatiönisi datur.14
—Legáti Helvetii quasdam res commemoravérunt.!•—Eas res
Cæsar in memoria tenet.** — Eo'7 Cæsari minus dubitationis
datur, quod eas res, quas legati Helvetii commemoraverunt, in
memoria tenet.—Eas res graviter'* fert.'9—Eæ res non meritom
popüli Romäni accidérunt.*'—Eas res graviter fert, quod non
ulerito populi Romani acciderunt. — Eo** gravius fert, quo•
minus merito Populi Romani acciderunt.
ita
His Cæsar (oblique narration, present
**
n
d
e
o
r
e
s
t
time) Eo sibi minus dubitationis ri, quod eas res, quas
í d
“
a
:
legati
t,
Helvetii m memoria
m
a
n
n
o
v
r
r
c
:
t
t
atque gravius fe quo minus merito populi
eo
Romani
e,
r
r
t.''
d
a
m
r
c
c
é
•
ita
His Cæsar (oblique narration, past time)

p
n
d
e
o
r
s
d t
i
-
Eo sibi minus dubitationis quod eas rcs, quas legati
i,
**
t, a
r
Helvetii atque
eo
memoria
m
m
m
n
o
o
r
r
c
é
s
s
t
c
e
e
t
t
:
ferre, ci
ac
gravius quo minus merito populi Roinani
t.''
d
m
e
s
s
i
VIII.
ex
Helvetii postéro die' castra

eo
loco movent.—Ideia* Cæsar

facit.—Quas partes” hostes iter faciunt?*—Equitätum,*
in
omnem
præmittit.”—Hi vidébunt, quas partes hostes iter faciant.7—
in
Equitatus
ex
omni Provincia Æduis atque eorum sociis coac

et
tus* erat. — Hunc equitatum præmittit, qui videant,° quas

in
partes hostes iter faciant.*—Hi cupidiusio novissimum agmen

insequuntur.'*—Cum equitátu Helvetiörum proelium commit
qf
as
dubitare (dubitat-).—l To Cæsar nothing

3,
follows.—i6 788,
i2
—
no
given
=
doubt Cæsar has doubt. memorare (menacf).—

1°
con
is
memory, e., remembers.—7 On thig account Cæsar has less

in
holds
i6
i.
a.—l9 ferre graviter= bear heavily, in

2,
to
doubt, because.—l5 215,

be
to
dignant at.—20 716.—si By

=
1,
accidere ad-Hcädere, 803, happen.—*•

to
by
Observe the moods and tenses carefully

so
in
much.—23 how much.—24

this and the following paragraph oblique narration.
of
725.—2 150.—3 Into what parts (of the country)?—* 765.—b Equitare
1
cogere
=
{equitat:), 789.—6 795, 8.—7 766.—8 had bcen collected con-Hng;

;
e.,
ere.—9 who may see, sce, 761, 1.—0 too eagerly, adv., 376.—li novis
to
i.
e.,
agmen rank,
=
fimum the newest the rear rank.—l2 in-{-sequi

i.
READING LESS(jNS. 3j 9
tunt. — Aliéno* loco proelium committunt.—Pauci de nostris

cadunt.
idem Cæsar facit ;

Postero die castra ex eo loco movent:
equitatumque omnem a d n u m é 1 u m q u a tt u o r m u m, illi
q u e m ex omni provincia et Æduis atque eorum sociis coactum
h ab ò b at, præmittit, qui videant quas in partes hostes iter faci
ant.-—Q u i, cupidius novissimum agmen insecüti,'* alieno loco
cum equitatu Helvetiorum proelium committunt, et pauci de
nostris cadunt.
Hoc sublátile sunt Helvetii. — Quingentis equitibus

proelio
tantam multitudinem equitum propulérant.'°—Audacius'7 sub
sistère'° coepérunt.—Nonnunquam'° et*o proelio: nostros laces
sëre coeperunt.— Cæsar suos a proelio continebat.** — Hostem
rapinis,* pabulationibusque prohibère** volëbat. — Hoc satis
habébat in præsentia.**
Quo sublati Helvetii, qu o d quingentis equitibus
proelio
tantam multitudinem equitum propulerant, audacius subsistere,
nonnunquam et novissimo agmine proelio nostros lacessere coep
erunt.—Cæsar suos a proelio continebat, a c satis habebat in
præsentia hostem rapinis pabulationibusque*° prohibere.
IX.
Multa! antëhac tacuérat? Liscus. — Hæc oratiöne? Cæsíris
adductus propönit*. — Sunt nonnulli,* quorum auctoritas apud
plebem plurimum^ valet.—Hi privátim' plus possunt* quam ipsi
e.,
om
In a place not theirbien, i.

13 disadvantageous ground.—14 451, c.—
sub-Hlatus, irreg. perf.
of
tollere: the Helvetians vere elated.—i6 they had

15
driven qff, pro-Hpellere.—17 376.—lS halt, sub-+sistere inf. 731.—l9 non

to
;
e.,
by
+nunquam, not also.—° an assault.—**

to
mever, somnetimes.—20
i.
e.,
hold together, restrain.—• 721, from plumder and from foraging

to
i.
pl.
parties.—24 pro-Hhabére.—• acc. præsentia (tempora),

of
praesens;
in
for the present.—6 517,

a.
Many things, before this, Liscus had kept secret.—° tacëre, intrans
=
1
be
3,
silent trans keep secret.—8 788. orare (orat).—* pro-Hponere,

to to
to
;
e.,
set before, relate.— non-Hnullus, not none, some.—* plurimum

to
i.
avails very much (has very great vccight).— 215, 3.— plus pos.
= =
valet
8
e.,
annt cam more, have more power.

i.
G
ο
B50 hEADING LESSONS.
magistrátus.9—Hi seditiösa'" atque impröbat oratione multitu.

dinem deterrent.!•—Frumentum non confërunt.19—Hi multitu
dinem deterrent, ne frumentum conferant.'*—Ipsi quidem prin
cipátum Galliæ obtinére non possunt. — Satius'° est Gallörum
quam Romanörum imperia perferre.'°
Si
Helvetios superavérint17 Romäni, una!* cum reliqua Gallia
AEduis libertätem eripient.'9—IDubitare non debent, quin Roma
ni Æduis libertatem sint ereptüri.*'—Satius est si jam principa
tum Galliæ obtinere non possint, Gallorum quam Romanorum
imperia perferre.
Tum demum Liscus,* oratione Cæsaris adductus, quod antea
tacuerat proponit.—(Oratio obliqua): “ Esse nonnullos, quorum
auctoritas apud plebem plurimum valeat ; qui privatim plus
possint quam ipsi magistratus ; h o s seditiosa atque improba
oratione multitudinem deterrêre, ne frumentum conferant,
qu o d præstare debeant. Si jam principatum Galliæ obtinere
non possint, Gallorum quam Romanorum imperia perferre
satius esse, n e qu e dubitare debére, quim si Helvetios super
averint Romani, una cum reliqua Gallia Æduis libertatem sint
erepturi.”
X.
Hac oratiöne Ilisci, Dumnörix, Divitiaci frater, designabätur.

—Id Cæsar sentiébat.*—Pluribus præsentibus* eas res jactârit
nolébat. — Celeriter° concilium dimittit ; Liscum retinet. —
Quærit,” ex solo,” ea quæ in conventu* dixerat.—Dicit liberius?
atque audacius.9—Eädem secrétolo ab aliis quærit.—Repériti
aSSe Vea.
The magistrates themselves.—lo 791, 9 (seditio).—ll in-Hprobus, 799, 5.—

9
12 de-Hterrére.—i3 con-Hferre, contribute.—l* ne conferant, that they may

e.,
not contribute, i. deter them from contributing, 548, b.—l5 Satius, com
qf
var. satis, 376 better.—i6 per-H ferre, cmdure.—17 542, 2.—

to
b,
is
it
:
qf
they will vcrest libertyfrom the Aeduans, together with the rest Gaul.—
10 18
é-Hraperé, 803, 1.—0 754, 4.—2i T'hen, finally (then, and not till then).
to,
was alluded de-Hsignare.—2 was auare qf.—5 750, many being

i
e.,
many.—4 794, (jact-)

of
ac
in
2,
present, the presence

j
from
o
i.
a;
jactare fro discuss.—5 215, 2.—6 He inquires

=
to
and hence,
= to
to
toss
;
him alone.—8 789.—9 376.—10 privately.—m Hefinis

of
into.—7 ex solo
/the statem,vents) are true.
READING LESSONS. 35]
Ipse est Dumnörix,'* summa audacia,'° magna apud plebem

propter liberalitätem gratia,'* cupidus rerum'° movärum.—Com
p.üres annos'° portoria” reliquäque omnia Aeduorum vectigalia
habet.— Hæc vectigalia parvo pretio'° redemta sunt.'9—Vecti
galia*0 parvo pretio redemta habet, propterea quod, illo* licente,**
contra licëri* audet nemo. — His rebus suam rem familiärem
auxit.—His rebus facultätes** ad largiendum*° magnas compar
ävit.—Magnum numerum equitätüs suo sumptu*° semper alit.—
Magnum numerum equitatüs semper circum se habet.—Non
solum domi,* sed etiam apud finitimas civitates largiter* potest.
Cæsar hac oratione Lisci Dumnorigem, Divitiaci fratrem,
designäri sentiebat : sed, quod pluribus præsentibus eas res
jactari nolebat, celeriter
concilium Liscum retinet: dimittit,
quærit, ex solo, ea quæ in conventu dixerat. IDicit liberius
atque audacius. Eadem secreto ab aliis quærit ; reperit esse
vera: “ Ipsum esse Dumnorigem, summa audacia, magna apud
plebem propter liberalitatem gratia, cupidum rerum novarum :
complures annos portoria reliquaque omnia Æduorum vectigalia
parvo pretio redemta habere, propterea quod illo licente contra
liceri audeat nemo. His rebus e t suam rem familiarem aux
isse, et facultates ad largiendum
magnas comparasse : magnum
numerum equitatüs suo sumtu semper alére et circum se

habére: ne qu e solum domi, sed etiam apud finitimas civitates
largiter posse.”
XI. •
Ad has suspiciones certissimæ res accedébant.—Dumnorix
per fines Sequanórum Helvetios transduxérat.*—Obsides inter
eos dandos* curavérat.—Ea omnia jussü* Cæsäris fecérat.—Ea
12 Dumnoriæ is the very person, (a man) qf the highest audacity, &c.—

is 722.—14 wnfluence.—l5 698, b.—i6 712.—17 transit duties, custom duties.
—18 719. — 19 were contracted for. — 20 vectigalia . . . habet, he holds the
e.,
taaees contracted for at a lou: price ; i. holds them under very favour.
to a
nchen he bids.—2 liceor, licéri, bid.—° 731.

a,
able contract.—2 456,

Means for making largesses.—25 489.—26 suo sumptu,
at
—24 his own

Sumptus, 789, from sumere.—7 726, R., home.—** largiter
at
eæpense.
e.,
potest, cam largely,

he
he
has eaetensive poncer.

i.
=
most certaim (or undoubted) facts.—accedebant

=
certissimæ res
i
vere added ad-Hcedëre, intransitive.—2 trans-Hducere.—3 504, a.—4 789

;
trom jubere (juss-) by the command, 716.

:
352 READING ESSONS.
omnia injussu? Cæsaris et° civitatis fecerat.—Ea omnia inscien

tibus ipsis? fecerat.—Ea omnia n o n m o d o injussu Cæsaris et
civitatis, s e d e ti a m
inscientibus ipsis fecerat.—A magistratü*
Æduörum accusabátur.—Satis est caussæ,9 quare in eum ani
madvertat.'0-—Satis est caussæ, quare in euin civitátem animad
vertére jubeat.—Satis erat caussæ, quare in eum aut ipse ani
madvertéret, aut civitatem animadvertere jubéret.—Satis esse''
caussæ arbitrabátur.
Q u c o g n i t i s,'° qu u m ° ad has suspiciones

ibus rebus
oertissimæ res accedërent—qu o d per fines Sequanorum Hel
vetios transduxisset!4-—q u o d obsides inter eos dandos curasset
—q u o d ea omnia non modo injussu suo et civitatis, sed etiam
inscientibus ipsis, fecisset—q u o d a magistratu Aeduorum accu
sarétur ; satis esse caussæ arbitrabatur, quare in eum aut ipse
animadverteret, aut civitatem animadvertere juberet.
His omnibus rebus'° unum repugnábat.i6.—Divitiaci fratrisit

summum in populum Romänum studium'* cognoverat Cæsar.
—Divitiaci summam in se voluntátem cognoverat.—Divitiaci
egregiam fidem, justitiam,'9 temperantiam,'° cognoverat.—Dum
norigis supplicio$o Divitiaci animum offendet. — Ne? Divitiaci
animum offendat, verétur.—Ne** IDivitiaci animum offendéret,
verebätur.
His omnibus rebus unum repugnabat, qu o d Divitiaci fratris
summum in populum Romanum studium, summam in se vol
untatem, egregiam fidem, justitiam, temperantiam cognoverat:
nam ne ejus supplicio Divitiaci animum offenderet, verebatur.
5 without the command ; in-Hjussü.—6 The Englis} idiom demands or

instead of and : without the command of Cæsar or the state.—7 themselves
a e.,
it,
mot knowing without the knowledge

of
Cæsar and the AEduam

i.
government.—° By magistrate, 93, II., b.—9 697, b.—10

by — in
eum animadi
e.,
R.
vertere, animadvert upon him, punish him.

to
751, 2.—
to
ii
i.
inquiry,
b. e.,
Quibus rebus cognitis Which things being known

=
A,i.
*
had inquired into these things.—13 Since (seeing that), 757,

he
after
—l* transduxisset, curasset, &c., are subjunctives, because they express,
knowledge, but what he had heard from
or
not Cæsar's own sentiments

otbers certissimæ res accederent.—l% 704, To all these considerations one
:
(thing) Of his brother Divitiacus,

e.,
opposed itself.—i6 re-Hpugnare.—i7

i.
Dumnorix.—18 zeal.—l9 785. 2.—20 By the punishment of

of
the brother
the feelings
he he
ne
he
of
Dumnoria: will hurt Div.tiacus.—2i veretur

.
.
.
me
he
he
fears that shall.—** verebatur feared that should.

.
.
.
READING ESSON. 353
XII.
Uaesar graviter
in* Dumnorigem statuet.—Oivitiacus Cæsä.
rem complectitur.—Divitiacus multis* cum lacrymis Cæsarem
complectitur.—Obsecráre incipit ne* quid gravius* in* fratrem
statuat. — Scit Divitiacus illa esse vera. — Nemo ex eo% plus
quam Divitiacus doloris7 capit. — Divitiacus gratiä* plurimum
domi atque in reliqua Gallia poterat. — Dumnörix minimum9
propter adolescentiam poterat. — Dumnorix per Divitiacum
crevit."—His opibus ac nervis'* ad minuendam gratiam Divit
iaci utitur.—His opibus ad perniciem'* Divitiaci utitur.—Qui
bus opibus ac nervis non solum ad minuendam gratiam, sed
pene ad perniciem IDivitiaci utitur. — IDivitiacus tamen etiã
amore fraterno et existimationeio vulgi commovetur.7— Divit
iacus summum locum amicitiæ apud Cæsarem tenet.—Nemo
existimábit non ejus voluntate factum.!•—Ex hac re tötius Gal
liæ animi a Divitiaco avertentur.19
(IDirect Narration, Present Time.*) Scit Divitiacus illa esse

vera, n e c q u i s qua m ex eo plus quam ipse doloris capit.
p r o p t e r e a qu o d, qu u m ipse gratiâ plurimum domi atque
in reliqua Gallia, ille minimum propter adolescentiam posset,
per se crevit; quibus opibus ac nervis non solum ad minuendam
gratiam, sed pene ad perniciem ipsius utitur. Divitiacus tamen
et amore fraterno et existimatione vulgi commovetur, qu o d,
si • qu id fratri a C æ s a re a c ci d e rit, qu u m ** ipse
ta l e m locum amicitiæ apud eum teneat, nemo existimabit non
1 graviter statuet= will decide severely.—2 c ;ainst.—8 89, II.—4 548, a.

f quid gravius = anything more severe (than usual) : anything at all
by se.
e.,
vere.—6 from him, Dumnorix.—7 plus doloris, more pain, 697.—*

i.
his influence (popularity).—9 minimum poterat= had very little ponter.—

by
grew (in power).—li resources.—l2 sinervs, abl.

crescere: 716.—
io
for
diminishing the influence
of
739, Divitiacus.—i* 790, 1.—l5 517,

i3
c.
by
qf
—l6 existimâre, 788, existimatione vulgi the opinion the public,

=
3
:
strongly moved.—8 No one cill think

=
commovétur
is
—17 con-Hmovére
;
wcas not done vith his (Divitiacas's) consent.—l9 a-Hvertere fhe affec
it
all Gaul will turned away from him.—°° Observe carefully

of
be
tions
the following paragraphs direet and oblique
of
the moods and tenses

in
anything happen his rother from Cæsar.—22 quum

*f
narration.—2i
to
ipso teneat, seeing that

he
himself holds.
G
g
2
854 READING LESSONS.
ejus ovluntate factum ; qu a ex r e fi e t * uti totius Galliæ

animi ab eo avertantur.**
(Direct Narration, Past Time.) Sciebat Divitiacus illa esse

vera, nec quisquam ex eo plus quam ipse doloris capièbat, prop
terea quod, quum ipse gratia plurimum domi atque in reliqua
(3allia, ille minimum propter adolescentiam posset, per se crev
érat; quibus opibus ac nervis non solum ad minuendam grati
am, sed pæne ad perniciem ipsius utebátur. Divitiacus tamen
et amore fraterno et existimatione vulgi commovébätur, quod si
quid fratri a Cæsare gravius accidisset, quum ipse talem locum
amicitiæ apud eum tenéret, nemo erat existimatürus non ejus
voluntate factum, qua ex re futürum erat uti totius Galliæ
animi ab eo averterentur.
Divitiacus, multis cum lacrymis Cæsarem comploxus obse
crare incipit (oblique narration, present time), ** Ne quid gravius
in fratrem statuat; scire se, illa esse vera, nec quemquam ex eo
plus quam se doloris capère, propterea quod, quum ipse gratia
plurimum domi atque in reliqua Gallia, ille minimum propter
adolescentiam posset, per se crevérit; quibus opibus ac nervis
non solum ad minuendam gratiam, sed pæne ad perniciem suam
utätur : sese tamen et amore fraterno et existimatione vulgi
commovéri, quod, si quid ei gravius a Cæsare accidërit, quum
ipse eum locum amicitiæ apud eum teneat, neminem existima
turum non sua voluntate factum ; qua ex re futurum uti totius
Galliæ animi a se avertantur.''
Divitiacus multis cum lacrymis, Cæsarem complexus, obse

crare coepit (oblique narration, past time), ** Ne quid gravius in
fratrem statuéret ; scire se, illa esse vera, nec quemquam ex
eo plus quam se doloris capere, propterea quod, quum ipse
gratia plurimum domi atque in reliqua Gallia, ille minimum
propter adolescentiam posset, per se crevisset; quibus opibus
ac nervis non solum ad minuendam gratiam, sed pæne ad per
niciem suam uterétur : sese tamen et amore fraterno et exist
imatione vulgi commoveri, quod si quid ei a Cæsare gravius
accidisset, quum ipse eum locum amicitiæ apud eum teneret,
neminem existimaturum non sua voluntate factum ; qua . ex re
futurum, uti totius Galliæ animi a se averterentur.”
• from which thing it will result.—24 754. 2.

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY,
LAT IN. ENGLISH VOC A BU L.A.R.Y.
IF THE numbers refer to paragraphs. In verbs, the perfect and su
pine-stems are placed in brackets, immediately after the infinitive end
Ings. The declensions of nouns may be known by the genitive endings,
the conjugations of verbs by the infinitive endings.
A, ab, abs, prep. with abl., by, from.

Adduc-àre (addux-, adduct-),
to
lead
|
Abesse (abfu-, ab-Hesse), to be away to induce.
from, to be distant, to be absent. Adeo, adv., this point,
to
to
such
a
Abrog are (av-, at-), to abrogate. degree.
Abstin-ère (abstinu- abstent-, abs-H Adesse (adfu-, ad-i-esse), pres
be
to
tenere), to abstain from (with ent (with dat.).
abl.). Adhib-êre (adhibu-, adhibit-, ad-Hba
Abund-are (av-, at-), to abound (with bere), apply, employ, admit.
to
abl.).
Adhort-āri (at-), dep, exhort.
to
Ac, conj, and, as well as. Adjung-ère (adjunx-, adjunct-),
‘o
Acced-ère (access-, access-, ad-Hced join to.
3),
ere, 401, approach. Adjuv-are (adjāv-, adjút-),

to
to
assist.
Accid-ère (accid-, ad-H cadere), Admödum, adv., very.
to
happen. Admon-ère (admonu-, admonit-),

to
Accidit, impers., 583, happens. advise, admonish.
it
Accip-ère (io, accép-, accept-, 666,

is,
Adolescens, (adolescent) young

V., b), acceptus erat,
to
receive: 770am.
he
was popular,
ae,
or
acceptable. Adolescenti-a, youth.

Accurr-ère (accurr-, and accucurr-, Ador-are (av-, at-), adore, worship.
to
is,
accurs-, ad-i-currere),
to
run to, Advent-us, approach.

to
run up to. Adversus, adversum, prep. with

or
Accus-are (av-, at-), accus, against, towards.

to
accuse.
Acer, acris, acre, 105,
R.
sharp, AEdific-are (av-, at-).

to
1,
build.
spirited. AEdifici-um, building.
i,
Acerrime (superl. acriter), very AEdu-us,

of
AEduan (people
of
Gaul)
i,
spiritedly. Egens, (égent)

is,
107, poor.
ei,
Acies, AEger, gra, grum, sick.

of
line battle.
Acriter, adv., 217, sharply, spirit
is,
AEgritudo, (aegritudin) 339, sor

edly. row, affliction, sickness.
Acut-us, um, sharp, acute.
be
3,
AEgrot-are (av-, at-), sick.

to
Ad, prep. with accus., to, near. AEgyptus,

a,
25, AEgypt.
f.
i,
Add-ère (addid-, addit-, ad +dare,

is,
AEquor, (aequër) 327, sea.

c),
411, AEstas, (aestät) is, 293, summer.

to
add
358 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
is,
Alt-us, um, high, lofty, deep;
of
al
AEtas, (aetat) 293, age, time
i, a,
life.
is,
AEternitas, (aeternitat) 293, eter tum, the deep, the sea.
Amabilis, is, amiable.
e,
mity. 104,
AEtern-us, um, eternal; eter
a,
to
Am-ăre (av-, at-),
in
love.
ae,
Ambo,
o,
num, forever. both.
is,
Affectio, (affection) 293, affection. Ambul-áre (av-, at-), walk.
to
ae,
Amiciti-a, friendship.
to
Afferre (attul-, allat-, ad-i-ferre),
to,
bring, bring adduce. Amic-us, friend.
i,
Affic-ère (affec-, affect, ad-Hacere), Amitt-ère (amis-, amiss-),
to
lose.
affect, move, influence. Ample, adv., largely.
to
ae,
Afric-a, Africa. Amplius, comp. amplé, more, ar.
of
African-us, Africanus. ger, greater than.
i,
Ager, gri, 64, field. Ancill-a, ae, mand-servant.

do, act, drive;
ae, ae,
Ag-ère (eg-, act-), Angli-a, England.
to
Angusti
to
treat (as an ambassador). arum, defiles, 57,
R.
is,
Agmen, (agmin) 344, army on Angust-us,

a,
a,
um, narrow.
march, marching order; no Animadvent-ère (vert-, vers-), ani
or
in
vissimum agmen, the rear. mum-H ad-i-vertere), turn the
to
Agn-us, lamb. mind to, observe; with in,
i,
to
to
ae,
Agricol-a, m., husbandman. punish Dumnorigem
in
Caesar
;
ae,
Agricultur-a, agriculture. animadvertit, Caesar punishes

ae,
Agripp-a, Agrippa. Dumnoria.
is,
Aio, 609, say, say yes, affirm. Animal, (animal) 325, animal.
I
ae,
living
is,
Al-a, wing. Animans, (animant)
as
;
nourish, sup living being:
to
Al-ère (alu-, alt-), noun,

a
port, maintain. Anim-us, soul, mind.

i,
Alexander, -dri, Alexander. Ann-us, year.

i,
Alien-us, um, foreign, belonging

a,
Anser, (anser) 319, goose.

is
to another. Ante, prep. with accus., before.

Aliquando, some time, some day, Antehac, adv., before, before this.
at
at last. Antepon-ère (posu-, posit-), place

to
Aliquant-us,
a,
um, 184, somewhat before, prefer.

to
great aliquantum agri, pretty Antonin-us, Antonine.

i,
a
;
large piece ground. Antoni-us, Antony.

of
i,
Aliquis, quae, quid (quod), Aper ire II.),

5,
178, (aperu-, apert-, 427,

to
some one, something; aliquid novi, open.

Apert-us,
a,
something new, 180. um, open.

Aliter, otherwise. Apis, (Ap-)
is,
Apis, Egyptian deity.

Ali-us, ud, gen. alius, &c., R. Appell-are (av-, at-), call, name.
1,
a,
to
194,
Aprilis, mensis), m, 25,
a,
other, another. [of Gaul. (sc.

is
Allobroges, um, Allobroges, people April. [proach.

Allu-ere (allu-), Appropinqu-äre (av-, at-), ap
to
to
wash.
Alpes, ium, Alps, mountains between Apud, prep. with accus., among
,
-
te,
Gaul and Italy. apud with you (at your house)

Alter, um, gen. ius, 194, R. an. Ciceronem,
a,
apud
(i.
e.
Cicero
in
1,
other, the second (in series). his writings).

a
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 355
ae,
Aqu-a, water. Aut, conj, or.
ae,
Aquil-a, eagle. Autem, conj,315, but, moreover, also.
Aquitan-us, Aquitanian (people Auxili-um, assistance; auxilia, pl.,
of
i,
i,
Gaul). auxiliary troops.
is,
Arār, (Arār) Avar-us,
of
the Saone (river avaricious.
i,
-
Gaul). (avert-, avers-), turn,
to
Avert-ère
Ar-ăre (av-, at-), plough. away.
to
Arbitr-āri (at-), dep, judge, think. Avien-us,
to
Avienus.
i,
is,
is,
Arbor, (arbór) tree. f, Avis, (av) 300, bird.
Arcess-ère (arcessiv-, arcessit),
to
send for.
B.
ae,
Arethus-a, Arethusa. Barbar-us, barbarian, for.
a,
um,
Argent-um, silver. eign used barba
as
noun,
i,
a
a
;
Arid-um, ari rian. -
of
the sand (neuter
i,
um, dry). Beat-us,

a,
a,
dus. um, happy.
Ariovist-us, Ariovistus, German Beat-é, 215, happily.
1,
i,
ae,
chieftain. Belg-a, Belgian, people
of
Gaul.
a
is,
Aristides, (Aristid-) Aristides. - Bell-áre (av-, at-), wage war.
to
Arma, orum, arms. Bellicos-us,
a,
um, warlike.
Arm-áre (av-, at-), Bell-um, war.

i,
arm.
to
Arrip-ere (arripu-, arrept-, ad-Hrap Bené, adv., well, 215, R.
1,
of
ere), snatch up, Benefici-um, good deed, act
to
to
i,
seize.
kindness.
ae,
Arroganti-a, haughtiness, obsta

nacy, arrogance. Benign-us, um, kind, with dat.
a,
Ars, (art) is, 293, art. Besti-a, ae, beast, brute.

Asper, um, rough. Bib-ére (bib-, bibit-), drink.
to
a,
At, conj, but. Bienni-um, two years

of
space
i,
ae,
Athenae, arum, Athens. Bini, dist.,

a,
189, two apiece, two

Atheniensis, is, an Athenian. at time.
a
Atque, conj., and. Bis, 189, twice.
Atrox,
is,
Bonitas, (bonitat)
is,
(atróc) 107, fierce. 293, goodness.

Attent-e, adv., attentively. Bon-us, um, good; bona, neut. pl.,
a,
Attent-us,
a,
um, attentive. blessings, advantages.

Attic-a, ae, Attica. Bos, bovis, 351,
or
oc
2,
cow.
Atting-ăre (attig-, attact-), Brevis, is, 104, short.
e,
to
touch
on, border upon. Britanni-a, ae, Britain.
is,
Auctoritas, (auctorität) 293, au Britann-us, Briton.

i,
a
thority, influence. Brut-us, Brutus.

i,
Audacius, comp. audacter, 376,

of
C.
more boldly.
b),
Audacter, adv., boldly. Cad-ère (cecid-, cas-, 411, fall.

to
Aud-ère (ausus sum), Cadm-us, Cadmus.

to
a, i,
dare.
Aud-ire (audiv-, audit-), Caduc-us, um, frail.
to
hear.
b),
Aug-ăre (aux-, auct-), Caed-ère (cecid-, caes., 411, fril

to
increase.
to
August-us, Augustus. kill, cut down.

i,
is,
Aur-um, gold. Caesar, (Caesar Caesar

i.
360 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABUL.Alt.Y.
Caius, i, Caius. Christ us, Christ.
i,
is,
is,
Calamitas, (calamitat) calamity. Cicero, (Cicerón) Cicero,
is,
Calcar, (calcar) 325, spur. Cing-ère (cinx-, cinct.), gird, sur.
to
Camp-us, field, plain. round.
i,
is,
Can-is, (can) dog. Circa, prep. with acc., about, around.
c,
sing. Circiter, prep. with acc., about, near,
to
Cant-are (av-, at-),
Cant-us, üs, singing. circiter viginti, about twenty.
Cap-ere (cép-, capt.), Circum, prep. with accus., about,
to
take.
Captiv-us, captive, prisoner. around.
i,
Car-ére (caru-, 398), want, with Circumst-ăre (or circumsistère), cir
to
abl. surround,
1,
to
cumstét-, 391,
to
stand about
is,
Carmen, (carmin) 344, song.
a,
is,
Caro, (carn) 340, R., flesh. Citó, adv., quickly.

is,
Carthaginiensis, Carthagin Cit-us, um, quick, swift.
a,
a
is,
tan. Civis, (civ) citizen.
c,
is,
is, is,
Carthago, (Carthagin) Carthage. Civitas, (civitat) 293, state.
Carr-us, wagon. Clamor, (clamór) 319 noise, clam
a, i,
Car-us, um, dear. our.

Cassi-us, Cassius. Clar-us,
a,
um, illustrious.
i.
is,
Castell-um, fortress, tower. Classis, (class-) 300, fleet.
i,
Castic-us, Casticus. Claud-öre (claus-, claus-), shut.
to
i,
is,
Castra, orum, camp. Cliens, (client) m., dependant.
a
Cas-us, üs, accident, chance. Coel-um, firmament, heaven.
i,
Catamentales, edis, Catamentales, Coem-ère (coèm-, coempt-), bxy
to
proper name. up (con-i-emere).
ae,
Catilin-a, Catiline, proper name. Coen-ăre (av-, at-), sup.

in to
is,
Cato, (Catón) Cato. Caepi, used only perf tenses.
1
Caus-a, ae, cause, reason; abl, causa, begin, 611.
II,
b,
for Cog-ère (coég-, coact-), bring to

of
to
the sake 135, salutis

for
of
causa, the sake safety. gether, collect, compel.

Caut-us, Cogit-are (av-, at-),
a,
um, cautious. think.

to
Celebr-ăre (av-, at-), (cognov-, cognit-),

to
Cognosc-ère
to
celebrate.
learn, find out, know.
is,
Celer, (celer) 107, swift.

is,
Celeriter, adv., 215, swiftly. Cohors, (cohort) cohort, the

2,
293
b,
ae,
Celta, Celt, people tenth part legion.

), of
of
Gaul.
a
Centum, indecl., hundred. dep,

to
Cohort-ari (at encourage.

a
Cens-ère (censu-, cens-), think, Col-ère (colu-, cult-), cultivate,

to
to
judge, believe. serve, honour.

is,
Centurio, (centurion) centurion. Collig-ère (collèg-, collect-, con-Hle

Cern-ère (crev-, cret.), separate, gere),
to
to
collect.
decide, judge.
is,
Collis, (coll) m., 302, R., hill.

Cert-us,
to a,
um, certain certiorem Colloc-áre (av-, at-), place.

to
;
facere, make more certain, i.e., Colloqui-um, conference.

i,
to
is,
inform. Color, (colôr) 319, colour.

Cerv-us, stag. Columb-a, ae, dove. [burn up
i,
Ceteri, orum, the rest. Combur-ere (combuss,

to
combust-).
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY, 361
is,
Comes, 'comit) companion.
c,
Conferre (contul, collat), bring
to
|
to,
Comme ăre (av-, at-), go go
to
to
together, contribute.
and return.
Confic-ère (confec-, confect.), fin
to
(av-, at-),
to
Commemor-are mention, ish.
to call mind.
to
Confid-ère (confisus sum),
to
trust
Committ-ère (commis-, commiss-),
to
to,
to
confide in.
intrust to, with dative; praelium Confirm-are (av-, at-), confirm, es
to
committere, join battle.
to tablish, affirm, fic.
(commöv-, Conflu-ère (conflux-, conflux-),
to
Commov-ére commöt-), flow
to
move greatly, together.
to
excite.
Commun-ire (iv., fortify. Congreg-are (av-, at-), gather into
to
to
it
),
is,
Communis,
e,
104, common. flocks.

Commut-are (av-, at-), change. Congress-us, üs, meeting.
to
is,
Commutatio, (commutation) Conjic-ere (conjec-, conject-, con-Hja
change. cere, 416), hurl.
to
Compar-ăre (av-, at-), get together,
to
Conjung-ere (conjunx-, conjunct.),
to
procure. join together, unite.
Compell-ćre (compul-, compuls-, con Conjur-are (av-, at-), conspire,
to
+pellere), compel, drive on.
to
plot.
Comper-ire (comper-, compert-, 427,
is,
Conjuratio, (conjuratién) 333, R.,
V.), find out, discover.
to
conspiracy.
Complect-i (complex-), dep,
is,
Conjux, (conjug)
to
em
or
c,
husband
brace.
wife.
Compl-ère (complév-, complèt-, 395, Conscend-öre (conscend-, conscens-,
II.), fill up.
to
con-Hscandere, 309), climb up.

to
Complures, ium, 327, very many. (consciv-, conscit-),
to
Conscisc-Gre
Con-ari (at-), attempt, try. decree, determine
to
mortem sibi
;
Conat-um, attempt. consciscere, suicide,

to
i,
commit
Conced-ére (concess-, concess.), 555.
to
to,
grant, give way. Consci-us, privy

to
to.
a,
3/ield um, conscious,

Concess-us, us, grant. Conscrib-ère (conscrips-, conscript-),
Concili-are (av-, at-), gain an enrol, levy.
to
to
(for
other) Consent-ire (consens-,
to
consens-).
Concili-um, assembly, council. agree.
i,
Concit are (av-, at-), stir up, st

to
to
Consid-ére (consed-, consess-),

to
ercite. down, encamp.

to
Concupisc-ere (concupiv-), Consili-um,

to
desire. plan, judgment, coun

i,
Concurr-ere (concurr-, concurs-), sel, deliberation.

to
run together. Consistere (constit, costit-),

to
Condemn-are (av-, at-), condemn, stand, halt.

to
-
us,
us,
348. Conspect sight, beholding.

is,
Conditio, (condition) 333, R., con. Conspic-Ére (conspex-, conspect.),

to
dition.
.
.
of
- see, get sight

Conditor, (conditór) builder, found.
or is
or
Const-are (stit...stit- stat-), stand

to
er. [lead firing together. together,

to
halt.
Conduc-Ére (condux, conduct-), Constitu-āre (coustitu-, constittit.
H to
H
362 LATIN-ENGLISM VOCABULARY.
ap
i, is,
r.,
con-i-statuere), to place, fix, Cor, (cord) heart.
Corinth-us,
f,
point. Corinth.
Corniger,
a,
Consuesc-ère (consuev-, consuet-), to um, horned.
be accustomed. Corn-u, 111, horn, wing an army.
of
ae,
is,
Consuetudo, (consuetudin) 339, Coron-a, crown.
is,
custom, usage. Corpus, (corpèr)
b,
344, body.
is,
Consul, (constil) consul, chief ma Corrig-ère (correx-, correct-, con-i
gistrate
of
Rome. regere), correct, make straigkt.
to
Consul-ère (consulu-, consult-), Corv-us, crow.
to
i,
consult. Cras, adv., to-morrow.
Consult-um, decree. Crass-us, Crassus.
i,
i,
(consumps-, consumpt-,
to
Consum-ère Cre-are (av-, at-), create.
con-Hsumere), Creber, bra, brum, frequent.
to
consume.
Contemn-ère (contemps-, contempt-), Cred-ére (credid-, credit-), believe,
to
intrust, with dat.
to
despise.
Contempl-āri (at-), dep, contem Crep-āre (crepu-, crepit-, 387, IL),
to
-
chide, creak (as
to
Aplate. door).
a
Cresc-ère (crev-, crêt), grow.
to
Contend-öre (contend-, content-),
to
is,
Crimen, (crimin) 344,
a,
contend, strive after, hasten. crime.
i, is,
n.,
Content-us, Crus, (crur) leg.
a,
um, content, with abl.

Contin-ère (continu-, content-, con-H Cubicul-um, bed-cham?er.
is,
tenere), contain, restrain, hold Cubile, (cubil) 314, place
to
to
,
,
,
together. lie down.
is,
is,
Continens, (continent) Culmen, (culmin) 344,
a,
107, suc top, sum.
cessive, continued. mit.
üs ae,
Continenter, 215, continually. Culp-a, fault.

2,
b,
Contingit, impers., 580, happens. Cultus, (from colere), cultivation,

it
civilization, refinement.
is,
Continuatio, (continuation) 333,

R., continuance. Cum, prep, with abl., with cum,
;
conj, same
as
Contra, prep. with accus., against; quum, when.

Cunct-ari (at-), dep,
to
opposition to. delay.

in
adv.,
Cunct-us, um, all, the whole.
a,
Contrah-ère (contrax-, contract-, con

+trahere), Cup-ére (io, 199, cupiv-, cupit),
tc
draw together, col

to
lect. desire.
Convén-ire (conven-, convent, con-H Cupidé, adv, with desire, 215, (cu
1
venire), come together, meet,

pidus).
to
is,
agree. Cupiditas, (cupiditat) 293, desire

Cupid-us,
is,
a,
Convent-us, meeting, assembly. um (with gen.), desi.

rous, eager.
to
Convert-êre (convert-, convers-),

turn completely round. Cúr, adv, why.
ae,
Cur-a,
to
Convoc-are (av-, at-, con-i-vocare), care.

to
call together. Cur-ăre (av-, at-), take care,

to
see
tjoor-iri (coort- dep, that.
to
as
rise,
a
ae,
Storm. Curi-a, senate-house.

ae,
Copi-a, abundance; pl., copiae, Curr-üre (cucurr-, curs, 411, a), to

arum, troops, forces. *32.
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 36:
C rs-us as, course, running. Demum, adv., finally,
in at
last.
Denique, adv., last,
is,
guard,
at
short.
a,
Custos. (custod) 25,
is,
gua dian. Dens, (dent) m., 295, R. tooth.
1
Cyrus, Cyrus. Dens-us, um, thick, dense.
a,
i,
Depon-ère (deposu-, deposit-, de-H
D. ponere), lay
aside, put down.
to
Danubius, Danube (river). Deser-ère (deseru-, desert.), leave,
to
i,
D-&re (ded-, dat-), give. desert.
to
Dari-us, Darius, Persian king. Desert-um, desert.
i,
i,
a
De, prep. with abl. from, con Desil-ire (desilu-, desult-, de-Hsalire
cerning. De tertia vigilia, of leap down.
in
428),
to
or
(about, after) the third watch. Design-are (av-, at-), point
to
out,
debit-), owe allude to.
to
Deb-ère (debu-,
ought. Desper-ăre (av-, at-, de-Hsperare),
tr
Deced-ère (decess-, decess-, de-Hce despair.
is,
dere), go away, depart, retire. Desperatio, (desperatión) despair
to
Decem, indecl., ten. Deterr-ere (deterru-, deterrit-), de
to
Decern-ère (decrév-, decrét-, 407), ter, frighten from.
decree, determine. Deus, i, God, 62, R.
(av-, at-),
to
Decert-áre contend, Dic-ère (dix-, dict.), say, tell.
to
-
Jight.
is,
Dictio, (diction) 333, R., speak
Decet, impers, 583, decuit, be ing, pleading.
is
it
ei,
coming. Dies, day.

Decim-us,
a,
um, tenth. Differre (distul-, dilat, dis-Herre),
to
Ded-ère (dedid-, dedit-), surren differ, put off.
to
to
is,
der. Difficilis, (dis-Hacilis), difficult.

e
is,
R., sur
is,
Deditio, (dedition) 333, Dignitas, (dignitat) 293, dignity,

render. rank.
Dign-us, um, worthy, with
to
Deduc-ère (dedux-, deduct-),

a,
lead abl.
is,
away. Diligens, (diligent) careful, dili.

gent.
be
De-esse (defu-, de-Hesse), want

to
ing (with dat.), away. Diligenter, 215, carefully, dili.

be
2,
b,
to
de gently.
to
Defend-ère (defend-, defens-),

fend. Dilig-ère (dilex-, dilect, di-Hegere),
Defess-us, um (part defetisci,
of
a,
to
love (with esteem).

obsol.), wearied, worn out. Dimitt-êre (dimis-, dimiss-, di-Hmit.
Defic-ère (defèc-, +fa tere), send away, dismiss.
de
defect-,
to
cere), fail, wanting, with Dirip-ère (diripu-, dirept-, di-H ra.

be
to
to
dat. pere), plunder.

to
delight. Disced-ère (discess-, discess-, dis-i

to
Delect-ăre (av-, at-),

b),
cedere, 401, go away, de

3,
Del-ére (delêv-, delêt-),

to
destroy.
to
Deliber-ăre (av-, at-), part.

to
deliberate.
Delig-ère (deleg-, delect-, de le Disc-ère (didic-, 411, a),
to
learn.
+
gere), Discess-us, ús, departure.

to
choose.
ae,
Demetri-us, Demetrius (proper Disciplin-a, instruction, discipline

i,
name). Discipulus, scholar, pupil.

i,
364
of
Disert-us, a, um, fluent, eloquent. Druides, um, Druids, priests ar.
Dispiic-ère (displicu-, displicit-, dis cient Britain.
Dubit are (av-, at-), doubt, hesi
to
+placere), to displease, with dat.
Dispon-ère (disposu-, disposit-, dis-H tale.
is,
H.,
ponere), to place in different di Dubitatio, (dubitation) 333,
doubt.
rections, a range, dispose.
Dubi-us, um, doubtful.
a,
Disput are (av-, at-), to dispute, dis
(dux-, duct-), lead.
to
C?/88. Duc-ère
Dulcis, is,
e,
104, sweet.
Dissentire (dissens-, dissens-, dis-H
III.), Dum, conj., while, long as, until.
so
sentire, 427, to differ in
is,
Dumnorix, (Dumnorig) Dumno
opinion, dissent.
rta, proper name.
Disser-ere (disseru-, dissert-, 407), to
Duo, two, 194.
treat of discuss.
Duodecim, indecl., twelve.
Dissolv-ère (dissolv-, dissolut-, dis-H
Duplic-àre (av-, at-),
to
solvere), to dissolve. double.
intrans.,
to
Dist-are, to be distant, or apart (di-H. Dur-are (-av-, at-), endure
last; trans., harden.
to
stare).
Dur-us,
a,
um, hard.
Distribu-ere (distribu-, distribut-), to
is,
Dux, (duc) guide, com
divide or distribute among, 422. leader,
Ditissimus, superl. of dives. mander.
Diu, adv., long ; compar., diutius,
longer.
E.
Divers-us, a, um, different.
of
ex, prep. with abl., out
or
E
is,
R.
Dives, (divit) 371, rich.

1,
from.
is,
Divico, proper any
7,
Divico, (Divicón) Ecquis, interrog. pron., 178,
nanne. one
7
Divid-ère (divis-, divis-),

to
to
divide. Ed-ère, esse (ed-, es-. 601), eat.
or
Divin-us, um, divine. train, educate.

a,
Educ-àre (av-, at-),

to
Divitiac-us, Divitiacus, proper lead out.

to
Educ-ere (edux-, educt-),

i,
name. Effect-us, us, effect.

Divitiae, arum, 57, R., riches, wealth. Effemin-are (av-, at-, ex-Hemina),
to
to
Doc-ère (docu-, doct-), teach. effeminate, make womanish.

Docilis, is, 104, docile, teachable.
e,
Ego,
I,
120.
Dol-ere (dolu-, dolit.), grieve. um, excellent, remark

to
Egregi-us,
a,
319, grief, pain.

is,
Dolor, (dolór) able.

is,
Dol-us, fraud, deceit. Elegans, (elegant) 107, elegant.

i,
Dom are (domu, &mit, 387, II.), Eloquens, (eloquent) is, 107, elo
to
subdue. quent.
dwelling. Em-ère (€m-, empt.), buy.
to
Domicili-um,
i,
II,
or
to
of
Domin-us, master, house Emic-ăre (emicu-), 387, shine

i,
slaves. flash forth.

or
and us, 112, house, Enim, conj, for,

3,
Dom-us, 442,
e.
i
domum, divulge.
to
home; domi, home;

at
to
Enunti-are (av-, at-),

on
Eo, adv., there, place, that

to
one's house. that

by
Dorm ire (dormiv-, dormit.), account,

to
to so
sleep. much.
the same place.
is,
Draco, (dracón) 331, dragon. Eodem, adv,
**
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 365
ae,
Epistol-a, letter. Expedit, impers, 583, expedient.
is
it
is,
is,
Eques, (equit) horse soldier. Expeditio, (expedition) 333, R.,
Equester, tris, tre, 428, belonging military expedition.
a,
cavalry. Equestri praelio, Expell-ere (expul-, expuls-, ex-Hpel
in
to
a
cavalry.
of lere),
to
battle expel, drive out.
Equit-ăre (av-, at-), Expers, (expert)
on
of
is,
ride horse
to
107, devoid
back.
or
with gen, abl., 336.
Equitat-us, üs, cavalry. Expet-ère (expetiv-, expetit-),
to
Equ-us, horse. covet, desire earnestly.
i,
is,
Erip-ère (eripu-, erept, e-Hrapere), Explorator, (explorator) 319, scout
to
take away from, snatch away. Expon-ère (exposu-, exposit-, ex-H
Err-ăre (av-, at-,) err, wander. place out, set forth, ex
to
ponere),
to
Erump-ère (erüp-, erupt-), burst plain.
to
forth, sally out. Expugn-are (av-, at-, ex-Hpugnare),

Esse, be, 650; esse,
to
to
eat, see take by storm.
to
edere. Extra, prep. with accus, outside
of
Et, conj., and. Et—et, both—and. without.
Etenim, conj., for. Extrem-us, um, superl. exterus,
a,
of
Etiam, conj., also, even. 370, the last, outermost.
Etsi conj, although. Exur-ère (exuss-, exust-, ex-Hurere),
ae,
Europ-a, Europe. burn up.

to
Evoc-are (av-, at-, e-Hvocare),

to
call
out. F.
Ex, prep. with abl. See E. Faber, bri, artificer, workman.
Exced-ère (excess-, excess-, ex-Hce
ae,
Fabul-a, fable, story.

go
of.
dere), away, depart out Fac-ere (io, féc-, fact-), make, do.
to
to
Exclam-àre (av-, at-), cry out. Facilé, adv., easily.

to
Facilis,
is,
Excip-ère (excep-, except-, ex-Hca 104, easy.

e,
is,
pere), Facultas, (facultät) 293, power

of
to
receive.
Excit-are (av-, at-), raise, kindle, doing; hence means, resources.
to
excite. Facund-us,
a,
um, eloquent.
R., Fall-ere (fefell-, fals.),
is,
Excusatio,
to
(excusation) 333, deceive.

ae,
e.t.c.148e. Fam-a, rumour, fame.

is,
Exe-dere (exéd-, exes-, ex-Hedere), Fames, (fam) 300, hunger.

ae,
eat up, consume, corrode. Famili-a, family, gang

of
to
slaves.
Exempl-um, Familiaris, belonging the fami
to
e,
example.
i,
Exerc-ere (exercu-, exercit-), ex lia. Res familiaris, property.

to
ercise, practice. Fat-éri dep,

to
(fass-), confess.
Exercit-us, us, army. Fat-um, fate.
i,
Exigu-us, um, small. Favière (fav-, faut-, 395, v.), fa

to
a,
Ex-ire (exiv. and exi-, exit-), go vow?".

to
is,
out, depart. Felix, (felic) 104, happy.

Existim are think, judg Femin-a, ae, woman.
at
(av-,
to
),
Fer-a, wild
is,
be
Existimatio, (existimation) 83. ae, ust.
R., opinion. Fere, adv, almost.

|
Expect-are (av-, at-), Ferre (tul-, lat-, 596),

to
wait for. bear

to
H
2
H
366 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
Feroculus, a, um, surly. Fraen-um, bridle, 396; pl., freen:
i,
is,
Ferox, (feröc) 107, fierce. and fraena.
is,
Ferr-um, iron. Frater, (fratr)
i,
brother.
(av-, at-), Fratern-us, fraternal.
a,
Festin-are um,
to
hasten.
ei,
is,
Fid-es, faith. Fraus, (fraud) 293, fraud.
fa Frigus, (frigör)
as
pass.
is,
Fieri (fact-), 600, used
of
344,
b,
cold.
cere; made, Fruct-us, us, fruit.
be
ae, to
to
become.
Figur-a, figure. Frument-ari (frumentat-), dep,
to
ae,
Fili-a, daughter, dat. and abl. pl. collect corn.

filiabus. Frument-um, corn.
i,
Fili-us, R., Frustra, adv., vain.
in
son, 62,
2.
i,
ae,
flight.
is,
Fin-is, (fin) m., end, boundary; Fug-a,

fines, boundaries, territories. Fug-are rout, put
to
to
(av-, at-),
Finitim-us, um, neighbouring. jlight.
a,
is,
Firm-us, um, strong, firm. Fug-ax, (fugac) 107, fugitive,
a,
-
Fit, pres. indic. fleeting.
of
happens, fio,
it
fieri. Fug-ère (io, füg-, fugit),
to
flee.
is,
Flagiti-um, disgraceful crime, in Fulgur, (fulgür) 325, lightning.
i,
famy. pour out,
to
to
Fund-ere (füd-, füs-),
ae,
Flamm-a, flame. overthrow, discomfit.
is,
Fl-ere (flév-, flet-, 395, II.), Funditor, (funditor) 319, slinger
to
weep.
Futur-us,
a,
Flet-us, us, weeping. um, future.
is,
Flos, (flör)
b,
331, flower.
Fluct-us, üs, wave. G.
is,
Flumen, (flumin) 344, Galb-a, ae, Galba.

a,
river.
Fluvi-us, river. Galli-a, ae, Gaul.
i,
is,
treaty, Gallin-a, ae, hen.

b,
Foedus, (foedèr) 344,

league. Gall-us, Gaul.
i,
a
ae,
Foli-um, leaf. Garumn-a, Garonne (river).

i,
is,
Fons, (font) m, 293, R., fountain. Gaud-öre (gavisus sum),

to
rejoice.
Foris, (for) is, 300, door; used most Gaudi-um, joy.
i,
Gener,
ly
plur., fores. son-in-law.

in
i,
ae,
Form-a, form. Genev-a, ae, Geneva.

is,
(av-, at-), fear, Gens, (gent) 293, nation.

be
Formid-are
to
is,
afraid of Genus, (gener)

to b,
344, race, class

Formos-us, carry on,
a,
um, handsome. Gerčre (gess-, gest-),

Forsitan, adv., perhaps. gerere bellum, carry on war.
to
by
Forte, adv., Germann-us, German.

i,
chance.
a
Fort-is, is, Gladi-us,

e,
107, brave. sword.

a, ae, i,
Fortiter, 215, bravely. Glori-a, glory.

2,
b,
is,
Fortitudo, (fortitudin) 339, forti Graec-us, um, Greek.

is,
tude, courage. Grando, (grandin) 339, hail.

ae,
Fortun-a,
ae,
fortune. Grati-a, influence, favour, popu

Fortunat-us, larity.
a,
um, fortunate.
"
For-um, forum. Gratul-āri (gratulat-), dep,

to
i,
con
Foss-t, ae, ditch. gratulate,
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABUL.A. R.Y. 367
Grat-us, a, um, agreeable.
I.
is,
Gravis, Ibi,
e,
heavy, severe. adv., there.
Graviter, heavily, disagreea
adv., Idem, eaden, idem, the same, 150.
ble; graviter fert, indignant
he
Idone-us, um, fit, suitable.
a,
is
at. Idus, iduum (4th declen.), the Ides.
Gregatim, adv.,
in
flocks. 112,
2.
Gubern-are (av, at-),
a, ae,
steer, direct, Ignavi-a,
to
indolence, cowardice.
govern. Ignav-us, um, indolent, cowardly.
pi
is,
is,
Gubernator, (gubernator) 319, Ignis, (ign) m., 302, R., fire.
lot, governor.
ae,
Ignomini-a, disgrace, ignominy.
Ignor-are (av-, at-), ignorant.
be
to
H.
is,
Ignoratio, (ignoration) 333, R.,
-
Hab-êre (habu-, habit.), have, hold, ignorance.
to
esteem. Ille, illa, illud, this, that, 158.

is,
Hannibal, (Hannibal)
is,
Hannibal. Imago, (imagin) 339, image.
Haud, adv., not.
is,
Imber, (imbr)
of
320, shower
-
rawn.
Helveti-us, Helvetian.
i,
is,
Immemor, (immemor)
a
107, un
Herb-a, ae, herb.
mindful, with gen.
Hercyni-us, um, Hercynian; Her
a,
Immens-us, um, immense.
a,
cynia sylva, the Hercynian forest. Immortalis, is,
e,
104, immortal.
Heri, adv., yesterday. Impediment-um, hinderance; im
i,
Hibern-a, orum, winter-quarters. pedimenta, pl., the baggage
an
of
ae,
Hiberni-a, Ireland. army.

-
Hic, haec, hoc, this, 156. Imped-ire (iv., it'), hinder, im to
Hiem-are (av-, at-),
to
winter. pede
is,
Hiems, (hiem) 293, winter. Impend-ère, hang over.

to
is,
Hirundo, (hirundin) 339, swallow. Imper-are (av-,

at
to
),
command,
ae,
Hispani-a, Spain. with dat.

Hispan-us, Spaniard.
is,
Imperator, (imperatör)
i,
319, com
a
ae,
Histori-a, history. mander, general.

Hodie, adv., to-day. Imperi-um,
i,
command.
Homer-us, Homer. Impetr-ăre (av-, at-),
i,
accomplish,
to
Homo, (homin) is, m., man. effect, obtain.

Honest-e, adv., honourably. Impet-us, üs, onset, attack; impetum
Honest-us,
a,
um, honourable. facere,

to
make an attack.
Honor, (honór) is, 319, honour. Impié, adv,215, *mpiously.
1,
Hor-a, ae, hour. Impi-us, um, impious.

a,
Horati-us, Horace. Impl-ère (implév-, implet),

i,
fill up.
to
exhort, dep. Implor-are (av-, at-),

to
Hort-ari (hortat.), implore.

to
Hort-us, garden. Impon-ère (imposu-, imposit, in-h

i,
c, is,
Hospes, (hospit) ponere, 407), place upon.

to
to in
guest, host.
or
c,
is,
Hostis, (host) enemy. Import are (av-, at-), bring tn.

Human-us,
a,
um, human. #mport.

is,
Humanitas, (humanität) 293, cul. Improb-us, um, wicked, dishonest

a,
tivation, refinement, humanity. In, prep. with acc., into, against

(Jumilis, is, with abl., in, among,
e,
107, low.
36S LAT IN-ENGLISH WOCABULARY.
is,
Incend-&re (incend-, incens-), to set Insciens, (inscient) 107, not know.
to,
fire burn ing.
to
|
Incert-us, doubtful, uncer. lnsect-um,
a,
um,
i,
insect.
tain. Insequ-i (insecut-), dep., pursue.
to
Incip-ère (io, incép-, incept.), Insidi-ae, arum, 57, R., swares, am.
to
be.
gin. bush.
| |
Incol-a, inhabitant.
ae, Instig-are (av-, at-), instigate.
to
Incol-ere (incolu-, incult.), dwell in. Institut-um, plan, usage.
purpose,
i.
inhabit. Instru-ere (instrux-, instruct-, in-t
Incommod-um, struere), draw up
i,
inconvenience.
ar
to
in
battle
li:Credibilis, is,
e,
104, incredible ray.

Increp-àre (increpu-, increpit-, 390), Insula, island.
ac,
to chide. Intellig-ère
|
(intellex-, intellect-),
to
Incus-àre (av-, at-),
to
blame. perceive, understand.

Inde, adv., thence.
Intent-us, um, intent, bent upon.
a,
|
Indici-um, private information. Inter, prep. with accus., between
a, i,
Indign-us, um, unworthy. among.

Induc-ère (indux-, induct-), lead Interced-ère (intercess-, intercess.'
to
to, induce. to intervene.

|
by
Indulg-ère (induls-, indult.), with Interdiu, adv., day.
dat, indulge. Interdum, adv., sometimes.
to
Ineptiae, arum, 57, R., folly. Inter-esse (interfu-), among,
no to
be
to
ae,
Inerti-a, idleness. differ; nihil interest, makes
it
is,
Infans, (infant) infant;

|
c,
(in-H difference. -
fari, that cannot speak).
is,
Interfector, (interfectör) 319
is,
Inferior, (inferiör)
of
comp. infe slayer.

rus, 370, inferior, lower. Interfic-àre (interféc-, interfect-,
in
Inferre (intul-, illat-, in-Herre),
to
ter-Hacere), slay, kill.

in to
bring upon; bellum alicui inferre, Interim, adv., the mean while.
to wage war upon any one. Interitus, us, perishing, destruction,
Ingeni-um, talent. death.
i,
is,
Ingens, (ingent) 107, great, enor Interregn-um, interreign.

i,
ongs.
777 Interreg-are (av-, at-), ask, inter.
to
ae,
Inimiciti-a, enmity. rogate.

Inimic-us, um, hostile, unfriendly, -
a,
Intu-éri (intuit-), dep.,

to
look upon.
with dat.
Inven ire (invén-, invent-), find,
to
Initi-um, beginning. liscover.

i,
ae,
Injuria, injury, outrage. Invoc-are (av-, at-), call upon, in

to
Injust us, um, unjust.

a,
voke.
is,
Innocens, (innocent) 107, inno Ipse,

ae, a,
um, 159, self.

cent. Ir-a, anger.
Innocenti-a,
ae,
ae, innocence. Iracundi-a, wrathfulness, wrath.

Innumerabilis, is,
e,
104, innumer Ire (iv., it.), 605, go.

to
able. Irrump-ère (irrüp-, irrupt, in-Hrum

is,
Inops, (inop) 107, poor. pere), break into.

to
Inquam. say; inquit, says Is, ea, id, this, that, he, she,
it,
he, 610. 153

I
369
lste a, ud, that, 157. Lac-us, us, lake.
Ita, adv., so, thus.
is,
Lapis, (lapid)
3,
295, stone.
ae,
Italia, Italy. Largiri (it-), dep, give largess,
to
*
is,
n.,
Iter, (itiner) journey, way, bribe, 515.
to
*marck.
largely;
2,
Larg—iter, adv., 215,
b,
J. largiter potest, can largely,
he
-
i.e., quite powerful.
he
is
Jac-ère (jéc-, jact.), cast, hurl.
to
Lat-e, adv, 215, widely (lat-us,
1,
Jact are (av-,
),
at
to
discuss.
Ja: um, dart.
wide).
i,
Latin-us, Latin.
a,
um,
Jam, adv., now, already.
is,
Latitudo, (latitudin) 340, breadth
Jan-us, Janus.
i,
l
(from latus, broad).
Jub-ère (juss-, juss-), order.
to
Latius, adv., more widely (compar

Jucund-us, um, pleasant.
a,
late, 376).
of
is,
Judex, (judic) 306, judge.
is,
Latro, (latron)
a,
331, robber.
Judic-ire (av-, at-), judge.
to
Lat-us, um, broad, wide.
a,
Judici-um, trial, judgment.
i,
praise.
to
Laud-àre (āv-, at-),
ae,
Jugurth-a, Jugurtha.
is,
Laus, (laud) 293, praise.
Jug-um, yoke.
i,
is,
Legatio, (legation) 333, R., em.
Jument-um,
of
beast burden.
i,
bassy.
Jung-Ére (junx-, junct.), join.
to
Legat-us, i, lieutenant, ambassador.

f,
is,
Juno, (Junön) Juno (goddess),
a),
Lég-ère (lég-, lect-,
to
416, read.
Jupiter, Jovis, 351, Jupiter. is,
Legio, (legion) 333, R., legion.
Jura,
ae,
Jura
of
(mountain east Lemann-us, Lake Leman, G.
or
i,
Gaul). 7teča.
Jur-áre (av-, at-),
to
swear.
is,
Leo, (leon) 333, lion.

Jus, (jūr) 344, law, right.
is
is,
Lepus. (lepör) m, 345, 4,

hare.
Juss-us, üs, command.
Lev-gre (av-, at-), lighten, alle
to
ae,
Justiti-a, jo'stice.
via!e.
Just us, um, just.
a,
is,
Lex, (leg 293, law.

Juv-are (juv-, jūt),
)
help.
to
Libenter, adv, willingly, gladly.

is,
Juvenis, youth.
Liber, libri, 64, book.
a
is,
Juventus, (juventut) 293, youth.

is,
Liberalitas, (liberalitat) 293, lib

Juxta, prep. with acc., near.
eral, ty.
K. Liber-o, 215, freely liber
1,
(from
Kalend-ae, arum, Kalends. free).
Liber-i, orum, 65, R., children.
L.
is,
Liber-tas, (libertat) 293, freedom

-
Labienus, Labienus, one liberty.

of
Cae
i,
lieutenant-generals. Libet, 583, libebat, libuit, libitum

or
sar's
is,
Labor. (labor) 319, labour, toil. est, impers., agreeable,

is
it
it
Labor are (av-, at-), labour.

to
pleases, suits.
it
is,
Lac, (lact) 346, milk. Lic-éri (licit), dep,

it-, 2,
bid money,
to
to
Lacess-ère (iv., 406, III., b), price.

to
offer
a
provoke, harass. Licet, licuit, licitum est, all »w

it
is
Lacrym-a,
e,
tear ed, lawful, one must, 583.

is
it
37 () LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY,
Lili-uin, i, lily. Massilia,ae, Marseilles.
2),
(f, 25,
ae, ae,
Lingu-a, lax guage. Mater, (matr) mother.
i, is
Litter-a, the alpha Matrimonium, matrimony.
of
letter (as
ae,
bet); litter-ae, arum (pl.), Matrona, the Marne,
of
letter, river
a
a
i.e., an epistle. Gaul.
is,
Littus, (littor)
b,
344,
to
shore. Matur-ăre (av-, at-), hasten.
Livi-us, Livy,
i, i, Roman historian. Maxim-é (adv., 376), most, most
a
Loc-us, pl., and 309, place. greatly, the highest degree.
a,
in
i
Long-e, adv., 215, far, long (long Maxim-us, magnus,
of
a,
um (sup.
1,
:
us.) 370), greatest.
I),
(longitudin) is, me;
of
Longitudo, 339, Me (acc. and abl. ego,
II,
b).
length: (longus.) mecum, with me (125,
ae,
Long-us, um, long. Medicin-a, medicine.
a,
Loqu-i (locút-), dep, Mediterrane-us, Mediterra
a,
speak. um,
to
Lubet. See libet. mean (medi-us-Herr-a).

Medi-us,
a,
Luct-us, us, grief. um, middle.
Meli-us, adv. (376), better.
3,
Lud-ére (lūs-, lùs-, 401, b),

to
play. - Memini (defect., 611), remember;
I
sport, game, play. meminisse,
to
Lud-us, remember.
i,ae,
ae,
Lun-a, moon. Memori-a, memory; memoria te
Lup-us, nère,
in
i,
to memory,
wolf, hold re.
to
is,
Lux, (luc) 293, light. *member.
f,
Mens, (ment) mind. is,
M. Mercatór, (mercatór (319), mer
is
Macul-àre (av-, at-), stain. chant.
to
Magis, adv., more. Meridi-es, (m., 115), mid-day,

ei
Magister, tri (64), master, teacher. 72007.

-
Magistrat-us, us, magistrate. Merit-um, merit, desert.

i, i,
a
Magnanimus, um (magn-us-Hani Metall-um,

a,
metal.
mus), high-spirited, magnani Met-ère (messu-, mess-, 666, II, b),
%2020s. reap.
to
.
Magnitudo, (magnitudin) Met-iri dep,

to
(340), (mens-), measure.

is
VI,
a),
extent, greatness. Metu-ère (metu-, 666, fear.

to
Magnus, um, great; comp., ma Me-us,

a,
a,
um (122), my, mine.

jor, greater. Mic-are (micu-, 664, II.), glitter
to
Malé, adv. (215, R.), badly. shine.

1,
Maleficium, (800, 2), evil deed, Migrare (av, migrate.

is, at
to
),
i
crime. Miles, (mi'it) soldier.

willing, Mille (sing indecl., pl. millia, ium),
to
to
Malle (592),
be
more
prefer; perf, malui. thousand.
a, ae,
Målum, evil, misfortune. Minerv-a, Minerva

i,
III.,
of
Man-ère (mans-, mans-), 665, Minim-us, um, least (superl.

to remain. parvus, 370).
2),
Manus, (f, hand, band Minor 358, less (compar. of

üs
112, (minus),
parvus, 370).
of
soldiers.
Mare, (mar) (314), seu Minu-ère (minu-, minut-), diminish
to
is
a, is,
is,
Mirabil-is, Natio, (nation) 333, R., nation.
e,
wonderful.
Mirific-us, um, causing wonder, Natur-a, ae, nature.
is,
astonishing (mir-us+facere). Naval-e, (naval) 314, dock-yard.
a
is,
Miser, um (77, b), miserable, Navigatio, (navigation) R.,
a,
333,
wretched. navigation, voyage.
is,
Miseret (impers., 579, a), one paties; Nav-is, (nav) 300, ship.
me miseret, pity. Né, interrogative particle, 135, II.,
a.
I
Mitig-are (av-, at-), mitigate. Né, adv, not, used imperatively
to
b),
Mitt-ére (mis-, miss-, 401, 534, conj, that not, 548,
3,
to
b.
a
,
send. Nec, conj., nor.
Mod-us, measure, manner. Neg-ăre (av-, ät),
i,
to
deny, refuse.
|
Moenia, ium (used only pl.), walls. Neglig-ère (neglex-, neglect-, 666,
in
a),
Moeror, (319), sadness. V.,
is
to
(moerór) neglect.
Negligens, (negligent) 107, neg
is,
Mon-ère (monu-, monit-), to advise, -
warn, remind. ligent.
Negoti-um, matter, business.
to
Monstr-ăre (av-, at-),
i,
show.
Mord-ère (momord-, mors-, 395, IV.), Nemo, (nemin) is, no one.
c,
bite, champ. Neque, conj, neither, nor, 515.
to
Mor-i, and mor-iri (mort-), dep., Nequidem, adv., not even, 217; al
to
die. ways by the words

separated
Mortal-is, is,
is, e,
mortal. which have the emphasis; e.g.,

Mors, (mort) 293, death. ne Socrates quidem, not even Soc
is,
Mos, (mör)
1,
b,
331, custom, man Trates.

7ter. Nervi-us, (people
of
Nervian
i,
a
Mot-us, is, motion, moving. Gaul).

Mov-ère (möv-, mót-, 395, V.), Nerv-us, sinew.
i,
to
720te. (iv., it-), ignorant, not

to
be
Nesc-ire
is,
Mülier, (mülier) (f), woman.

to
know (ne-Hscire).
is,
Multitudo, (multitudin) mul

of
340, Neuter, tra, trum, 194,
1,
neither
titude. the two.
Mult-us, um, much, many.
i, a,
to
Nidific-are (āv-, at-),

build nest
a
Mund-us, world. (nidus-l-facere).

Mun-ire (iv., it-), fortify. Niger, nigra, nigrum, 77,
to
a,
black.
is,
Nihil,
n.,
Munitio, (munition) 333, R., forti indecl., nothing.

fication. Nimi-us,
a,
um, too much.

is,
Munus, (muner) and nix-), dep.,

3,
344, Nit-i (nis-

b,
office,
to
strive.
gift. Nisi, conj., unless,
if
not.
Murus, wall. Nobilis, is,
e,
noble, illustrious.
i,
is,
Nobilitas,
to
Mut-are (āv-, at-), change. (nobilitat) 293, nobil.

ty.
N. hurt, with
Noc-ère (nocu-, nocit-),
to
Nam, conj., for. dat.

to by
Nasc-i (nat.), dep, born, spring Noctu, adv., night:

to
be
Nolle, nolui, unwilling, 592.

be
from.
is,
Nat-ăre (av-, ät), Nomen, (nomin)

a,
344,
to
swim. name.
Naut-a, (m.!, sailor Nón, adv., not
ae
372 LATIN - ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
is,
Nonne, interrogative particle (ex
m.
Occidens, (occident) (sol un:
pects answer yes). derstood), west.
Nonnullus, a, um, some ; nonnulli, (occid-, occas-, ca
+
Occid-ere ob
some (persons). dere), fall,set, die.
to
Nonnunquam, adv., sometimes. Occid-ère (occid-, occis-, ob-H cab
Non-us, a, um, ninth. dere), slay, kill.
to
Nos, we, 120. Occup-are (āv-, at-),
to
seize, take
Nosc-ere (nov-, not-), to learn, know.
of.
possession
Noster, tra, trum, 122, our. Oceanus, ocean.
i,
Növ-i (gen. of novus), news, 174 (vo Octavus,
a,
um, eighth.
cab.). Octoginta (indecl.), eighty
Növ-i, defective, I know, 611; no
ae,
Octoni, eight each, eight
at
a,
a
visse, to know. time, 197.
Novissimus, a, um (superl. of no Ocul-us, eye.
i,
vus), newest, latest; novissimum Odi hate; odisse,
to
(defect., 611),
I
agmen, the rear-rank. hate.
Odi-um,
is,
Novitas, 293, novelty hatred.
i,
(novitat)
(novus). Offend-ère (offend-, offens-, ob-Hen
Nov-us, dere),
a,
um, new.
to
offend.
for
is,
Nox, (noct) 293, night. Olim, adv, once upon time,
a
is,
Nub-es, (nuo) 300, cloud. merly.

Nud-us, Omnino, adv, altogether,
a, a,
um, naked.
in
all.
is,
Nullus, um, gen. nullius, Omnis, all, every, the whole;

e,
dat.
nulli, 194,
1,
no one, none. omnis res, the whole affair.

is,
Num (interrog. particle), whether Onus, (oner) 344, burden, load.b,

ae,
(expects the answer no, 174). Oper-a, toil, labour.

Numa, (m.), Numa. Oportet (impers., oportebat,
ae
583),
Numer-us, number. oportuit, behooves, one ought.
i,
it
Oppidan-us, belonging
of
Nunti-are (āv-, āt-),

or
announce.
a,
um,
to
Nunti-us, town, townsman.

to
messenger.
a a
i,
a
a
Nunquam, adv., never. Oppid-um, town.

i,
ob
Ruptiae, arum, 57, R., marriage. Opprim-ère (oppress-, oppress-,

a
Nutrix, (nutric)
is,
293, nurse. +premere), repress, crush.

to
Oppugn-ăre (āv-, at-), attack, be

to
O. siege (ob-Hpugnare).
Ops, opis, 293, power; opes, resour
of
Ob (prep. with acc.),

on
account
Obaeratus,
a,
um, debtor. ces, means.

a
to to
Obscur-ăre (āv-, at-), Optim-us, best (superl.

of
obscure.
a,
um,
Obsecr-ăre (av-, at-), beseech. bonus).
is,
Obses, (obsid) (c), hostage. Opulens, (opulent) rich, opu

is
107,
Obstring-ére (obstrinx-, obstrict), lent.
to
is,
bind: ob-Hstringere. Opus, (oper)

b,
344, work.
Obtin-ère (obtinu-, obtent-), hold, Oracul-um, oracle.
i,
to
maintain 3b-Henère. Or-are (av-, at-), pray, beg, beseech.

to
is, :
is,
Occas-us, setting, e.g., the sun; Oratio, (oration) 333, R., oration
of
occast solis sunset, 118, II, speech.

c.
is,
Pax,
is,
Urator, (oratór) 319, orator. (pac) 293, peace.
Orb-is, (orb) (m., 302, R.), orb, cir
to
Pecc-are (av-, ät-), san.
is
cle; orbis terrarum, the world. Peccat-uum, sin.
i,
ae,
Ordo, (ordin) (m., 340, exc.), order. Pecuni-a, money.
is
is,
is,
Orgetorix, (Orgetorig) Orgetorix, Pedes, (pedit) 306, foot-soldier.
b),
Helvetian chieftain. Pell-ére (pepúl-, puls-, 411,
to
a
is,
Origo, (origin) 339, origin. drive, rout, expel, defeat.
is,
Or-iri (ort-), dep., rise. Pellis, (pell) 300, hide, skin.
to to
Orn-are (av-, at-), adorn. Pend-öre (pepend-, pens-, 666, IV.,
Ornatus, um, adorned, part or a), weigh, pay.
a,
of
to
Ilare. Pene, adv., almost.
ae,
"Ostend-ère (ostend-, ostens-, ob-H Peninsul-a, peninsula (pene-Hin
tendere), sula).
to
show.
Ostent-are (av-, at-), vaunt. Per (prep. with accus.), through,
to
during.
P.
is,
Perdives, (perdivit-) 107, very
is,
Pabulatio, (pabulation) 333, R., rich.

foddering, foraging. Perduc-&re (perdux-, perduct-, per+
Paene, adv., almost. ducere), lead through, bring
to
Pag-us, village, canton. along.
i,
is,
Perfacilis, very easy.
is,
Palus, (palud)
e,
293, marsh.
Parãre (av-, at-), prepare. Perferre (pertül-, perlat-, per+ferre),
to
Parat-us, prepared, ready convey, bear through.

to
a,
um,
parare). Perfic-ère (perfec-, perfect-, per+fa
of
(part, pass
Parc-ere (peperc-, pars- and parcit-, cere), accomplish, finish, bring
to
IV., pass.
to
666, b), spare, with dat.

to
Par-ere (paru-), with dat., obey. Perfring-ère (perfreg-, perfract-, per

to
+frangere), break through.

is,
Pars, (part) 293, part.

to
ae,
Perfug-a, -
ae,
Parsimonia, parsimony, frugal. deserter.

-
-
ty. Perg-ére (perrex-, perrect-), go

to
Parv-us, um, small, little. on, go straight.

a,
Pericul-um, danger.
is,
Pastor, (pastor)
i,
319, shepherd.
father; patres, Per-ire (peri-, perit-, per+*ve),
is,
Pater, (patr)
to
um,
patricians perish.
of
Rome.
Peritus, um, skilful, skilled
a,
in
Pat-êre (patü-), open, extend.

be
to
Pat-i. (pass-), dep., suffer. (with gen.).

to
Patienter, adv., 215, patiently. Permóv-ère (permöv-, permöt-),

to
2,
b,
move thoroughly,
ae,
induce
to
Patienti-a, patience, endurance.

Pernici-es, ei, destruction
is,
Paucitas. (paucitat) 293, fewness.

ae,
Perpauci,
ae,
a,
Pauci, very few.

few.
a
Perpetu-us, um, perpetual.

a,
Paullisper, adv., for little while.

a
Paullo, adv., little; paullo longius, Perrump-ere (perrup-, perrupt-, per

a
+rumpere), break through.

to
little too far.

a
Pers-a, ae, Persian.

is,
Pauper, (pauper) poor.

a
107,
pov Persequ-i (persecut-, per+sequi
is,
Paupertas, (paupertat) 293,

\
erty. dep, follow after, pursue

to
II
374 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
Persever-are (av-, at-), to persevere. Plerumque, adv, for the most part.
ae,
Persolv-ere (persclv-, persolut-, per Plum-a, feather.
+solvere), to pay up, pay in full; Plurim-us, um (superl. multus),
a,
of
poenas persolvere, to suffer full most, very many.
punishment. Plurimum, adv., very much.
in
the
Perspic-ere (perspex-, perspect.), to highest degree.
observe, get sight of see plainly. Pocul-um, cup.
i,
per
ae,
Persuad-ère (persuas-, persuas-), to Poen-a, punishment; poenas
persuade, convince. solvere, pay the full penalty.
Perterr-ére (perterru-, perterrit), to Poenitet (impers., 579), poenituit,
it
frighten thoroughly. repents; me poenitet, repent.
I
Pertin-ère (pertinu-, per+tenere), to Poet-a, (m.), poet.
ae
to,
reach, belong Pompeius, Pompey.
i,
extend to.
Perturb-are (āv-, ät), disturb, con posit-), place,
to
Pon-ère (posu-,
to
castra ponere, pitch the camp.
to
found.
1),
Pervén-ire (vén-, vent.), arrive at, Pons, (pont) (m., 295, bridge.
to
is
come to. Popul-ari (at-), dep., plunder, lay
to
3),
Pes, (ped) (m, 295, foot; pe. waste.

is
dem referre, Popul-us,

to
draw back the people.
i,
ae,
foot, Port-a, gate.
to
retreat.
Pet-ère (petiv-, petit-), carry.
to
to
seek, aim Port-are (av-, at-),
at, strive after. Port-tis, is, harbour.
Petr-a, ae, rock. Portori-um, tax, customs duty.
i,
is,
Phalanx, (phalang) 293, phalanx.
to
Posc-ère (pop.osc-, 411, a), demand
Pharsalus, Pharsalus,
in
town (admits two accusatives).

i,
Thessaly. Posse, potui, able, can, 587.

be
to
Philosoph-ari (at-), dep., philoso Possessio, (possessión) 333, R., is,

to
phize. possession.
Piget (impers., 579, a), piguit, (posséd-, possess-),
to
Possid-ére
it
grieves, pains, disgusts; am possess.

I
Pil-um, javelin. [grieved at. Post, prep. with acc., after, behind.
i,
Pisc-is, (pisc) (m., 302, R.), fish. Postea, adv., afterward.

is
Pius, um, pious. Poster-us, um, after; postero die,

a,
a,
Plac-ère (placü-, placit.), on the day after, the next day.

on
to
please
(with dat.). Postguam, adv., after that.
Placet (impers., 584, a), placuit, Postul-are (av-, at-),
to
demand.
it
is,
pleases; Caesari placuit, Caesar Potens, (potent) 107, powerful.

is,
determined. Potestas, (potestät) 293, power.

Placid-us, um, calm, placid. Pot-iri dep, with gen, abl,
or
(it-),
a,
ae,
Plant-a, plant.
of
acquire, get possession

to
Plan-us, um, level, plain. Prae (prep. with abl.), before.

a,
is,
Plato, (Platön)
af
Plato. praebit),
to
Praeb-ère (praebu-,
is,
Plebs, (pleb) 293, common: people. ford.

Plen-us, um, full. (cess, cess.), go
be
a,
to
Praeced-ere
Plerique, pleraeque, pleraque, most, fore, excel.
the greater part.
is,
Praeceps, (praecipit) 107, headlong

is,
Praeceptor. (praeceptor) teacher, Pro (prep. with abl.), before, for,
in
a
preceptor. view of
prove.
to
Praecept-um, precept. Prob-āre (av-, at-),
i,
is,
(cép-,
cept-, prae ca Prob-itas, (probität)
+
Praecip-ère 293, honesty.
Prob-us,
a,
pere), command, enjoin. um, honest.
to
b),
3,
to
Praeclar-us,
a,
um, illustrious. Proced-ère (cess-, cess-, 401,
is,
Praeco, (praecön) herald. advance, go forward.
ae,
ae,
Praed-a, booty, prey. Procell-a, tempest.

Praed-ari (at-), dep, plunder, get Procurr-ère (curr-, curs-, pro-H cur
to
booty. rere), run forward.
to
(av-, at-), to profit, with
to
Praedic-are declare. Prod-esse (pro-Hesse),
is,
Praedo, (praedón) pirate. dat.

prefui, Proelium, fight.
to
Praeesse, over, com:

be
battle,
i,
is,
mand (prae+esse), with dat. Profectio, (profection) 333, R.,
Praeferre (til, lat-), prefer. setting out, departure.
to
Praefic-ère (fee-, fect-, prae-Hacere), Proficisc-i (profect-), dep,
to
set out,
place ove, depart.
to
Praemitt-ère (inis-, miss-), send be Prohib-ère (prohibu, prohibit-, pro-i

to
fore. habère), restrain, keep off.
to
Praemi-um, ward. Projic-ère (jéc-, ject-, pro-Hjacere),
or r,
i,
ae,
Praenunti-a, praenuncia, har throw forward, throw.

to
binger. Prope (prep. with acc.), near, nigh

adv, especially. propius, nearer; proxime,
to
Praesertim,
;
Praesidi-um, garrison, defence. Twearest.

i,
pel
is,
Praestans, (praestant) 107, excel Propell-ère (pul-, puls-, pro-H

tent. lere), drive on, drive away.
(stit-, stit-), stand be. Proper-Kre (av-, at.), hasten.
to
Praest-are
Prepińqū
a,
fore, excel. um, near to, related

Praeter, prep. with acc., besides, ex prop
to
as
uus (used noun),

a
;
cept. relation.
it, praeter-H
i-,
Praeter-ire (iv. and Propius. See prope.

ire, 605, 2), pass by. Propon-ère (posu-, posit-, pro-H po
to
is,
Praetor, (praetór) praetor (Roman nere), set before, propose.

to
a
magistrate). Propter (prep. with accus.), ac

on
Preti-um, price, reward. count of

i,
is,
Prex, (prec) 293, prayer. Propterea, adv, therefore; propte.

Primus, mm, first.
a,
rea quod, because, for the reason

is,
Princeps, (princip) 107, chief (used that.

only
as
noun). Propuls-are (āv-, at-), ward aff,

to
a
Principat-tis, üs, chieftainship, chief avert, repel.

authority. Prorsus, adv, straight on, truly, pre
Principi-um, beginning, principle. cisely.
i,
Pristin-us, Prosequ-i (prosecut-), dep., pursue.

a,
um, ancient, former.

to
Privatim, adv., privately. Proverbi-um, proverb.

i,
ae,
Privat-us, um, private. Providenti-a, Providence (pre-t

a,
Priusquam, adv, before that. vidēre).

376 LATIN-ENGLISH vocaBULARY.
a, ae,
Provinci-a, province. Quidem, adv., indeed.
Proxim-us, um (superl., 371), next. Quilibet, quaelibet, quodlibet, any
nearest. one, any you please, 178,
2.
Ptolemaeus, Ptolemy. Quin, conj, but that, that not, 558,
i,
b
Pudet (impers, 579, a), puduit, Quindecim, indecl., fifteen.
it
shames, one
ae,
ashamed. Quingent-i,
is
a,
five hundred.
ae,
girl.
t
Puell-a, Quinque, indecl., five.
Puer, boy. Quint-us,
be a,
um, fifth.
i.
Pugn-are (āv-, at-), fight. Quire, able, 606.
to
to
to is,
Pulvis, (pulver) 331,
b,
dust. Quis, quae, quid, interrog., who,
Pun-ire (iv-, it-), punish. which, what 170.
?
Put are think, Quisnam, quanam, quidnam? pray
at
(av-, suppose,
),
to
reckon. who what 171.
?
Pyrenaei (montes), the Pyrenees, Quispiam, quaepiam, quodpiam, quid
mountains between Gaul and piam, somebod, some, 178,
4
Spain. Quisquam, quicquam,
or
quodguam,
any, any one, 178,
3.
Q. Quisque, quaeque, quodgue, quid
ae,
Quadringenti, four hundred. que, each, every one. 178,

a,
6.
Quisquis, whoever, whatever, 637,
3.
(quaesiv-, quaesit-),
to
Quaer-ère seek,
ask, inquire into. Quivis, any one you please, 178,
2.
is,
Qualis, what kind; talis— Quó, adv., whither, which direc

of
e,
in
qualis, such—as, 184. tion
?
Quam, conj., than. Quo, conj, the end that, that,
so
a. to
Quamdiu, adv., how long. that, 558,
£
Quamvis, conj., although. Quod, conj., because.
Quando, adv., when. Quod, rel, pron. ncut. qui.
of
Quantus, um, how grea/, 184. Quominus, that the less, that not, af.
a,
Quantuscunque, -ulnCun hindering, &c., 558,

of
ter verbs
que, however great, 184. Quondam, adv., formerly, c.
at
one
Quasi, adv, time.
if
a, as
ae,
Quatern-i, four four Quoniam, conj., since, because.

at
apicce,
time, 189. Quoque, conj., also.
a
Quattuor, indecl., four. Quot, many, how many

so
184.
?
Que, conj., and, 517, Quotannis, adv., yearly.

a.
Queo, Quotidian-us, um, daily.

a,
am able, 606.
I
Quot-us, quota
a,
Quer-i (quest-), complain. um, what one

to
Qui, quae, quod, who, which, what, hora, what o'clock

7
164. Qaum, conj., when, since, 56.

Quia, conj., because.
Quid, neut. quis, used interrog., R.
of
adv., why? Rapin-a, rapine, plunder.

as
what
e,
?
Uluicunque, whosoever, 164, R. Ratio, (ration)

is,
333, R., reason,

Quidam, quaedam, quoddam, quid- manner, plan.
or
dam, certain one; plur., some, Rauracus, people

of
Rauracian
a
i,
a
Gaul.
1.
178.
i
is,
Rebellic, (rebellión) 333, R., re Reper-ire (reper-, repert, 427, V.)
bellion. find out,
to
to
discover.
Repet-ère (repetiv- and repeti-, re.
3,
to
Reced-ère (cess-, cess-, 401, b),
petit-), demand back,
to
give way, retreat.
to
ask
Recip-ère (cép-, cept-, re-Hcapere,
io,
again
416, back, Repugn-are at-, re-Hpugnare)
to
199), receive av-,
c,
recipere,
se
take oppose, resist.
to
take back
Jo
; Res, rei, thing; res novae (pl.), rev
one's self back, go back.
1, to
Rect-é, adv., 215, rightly. olution res familiaris, private
;
Redd €re (reddid-, reddit-, re-Hidare), property.
Rescind-ere (rescid-, resciss-),
c),
IV., cut
re
to
666, give back, return,
down,
in
pieces.
to
store. cut
Redintegräre (av-, at-), Resist-ère (restit-, restit-). 390, in
to
renew.
trans, halt, stop; with dat,
to
redempt-, re-H
to
Redim-ère (redém-,
emere), buy back, redeem, farm resist.
to
(as revenues). Respond-ère (respond-, respons-, 665,

333, R., return
IV.),
to
answer.
is,
Reditio, (redition)
Respublic-a, reipublicae, 351, re
3,
(redire).
public, state.
Reduc-ère (dux-, duct-, re-Hiducere),
is,
bring, bring back. Ret-e, (ret) 312, net.
to
Referre (retül-, relat-, re--ferre), Retin-ère (retinu-, retent-, re-He

to
nere), restrain, hold back, re

to
bring back, draw back; pedem

to
referre, tain.
to
retreat.
in (revert, revers, 422),
to
Réfert, matters, concerns, Revert-êre
it
it
it
terests, 584, turn back, return.

d.
Revert-i (revers-), dep., return. to

(féc-, fect-, re-Hacere),
to
Refic-ère
Revoc-are (av-, at-), call back, re.
to
renew, rebuild.
Reg-ère (rex-, rect-) rule. call.
to
-
Rex, (reg) king
ae,
Regin-a, queen. (m.),

is
Regn-are (av-, at-), reign. Rhen-us, Rhine (river)

i,
to
ae,
Regn-um, kingdom, royal power. Rhetoric-a, rhetoric.

i,
Relinqu-ère (reliqu-, relict-), Rhodan-us, Rhone (river).

to
i,
leave.
Reliqui-se, arum, 57, R., remains, Rid-ère (ris-, ris-), laugh.
to
te,
Rip-a,
of
Tremnant. bank river.

a
Reliqu-us, um, remaining. Ris-us, üs, laughter.

a,
is,
a,
Reminisc-i (dep.), remember (with Robur, (robor) 344, strength.

to
Rog-ăre (av-, at-), ask.

to
gen.).
re Roman-us, um, Roman; Roma
a,
(remöv-, remót.),
to
Remóv-ère
as
7move. nus (used noun), Roman.

a
Romul-us, Romulus.
bring back
to
i,
Renunti-are (av-, at-),

word, report. Ros-a, ae, rose.
a
Repell-ćre (repül-, repuls-, re-i-pel Rot-a, ae, wheel.

Ruber, bra, brum, 77,
a,
lere), repel, drive back. red.

to
is,
ro
Repente, adv., suddenly. Rumor, (rumör) 319, rumour,

Repentin-us, um, sudden; repen port.
a,
tina res, the sudden occurrence. Rursus, adv, backward, again.

12
I
378 I/ATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
is,
8. Senex, (sen) 107, old, old man.
is,
Sacer, cra, crum, 77, a, sacred. Mons Senectus, (senectat) 293, old age
ae,
Sacer, the Sacred Mount; sacra, Sen-i,
at
a,
six each. six time
a
orum, sacred rites. distrib., 189.
ae,
Saepe, adv., often. Sententi-a, opinion.
ae,
cruelty. feel, thank
to
Saeviti-8, Sent-ire (sens-, sens.),
Sagittari-us, archer. perceive.
Sagunt-um, i, i, Saguntum, Separ-are (av-, at-), separate.
to
town
in
a
Spain. Septem, indecl., seven.
Salt-ăre (av-, at-), September, bris (m.), September.
to
dance.
is,
Salus, (salut) 293, safety. Septentrion-es, um, the north, the

Salv-us, seven stars composing Ursa Major
a,
um, safe.
San-ăre (av-, at-), heal, cure. Septim-us,
a,
um, seventh.
to
Sanct-us,
a,
um, sacred. Septuaginta, indecl., seventy.
ae,
Sanguis, (sanguin) (m.), blood. Sequan-a, Seine (river).
is
is,
Sapiens, (sapient) 107, wise, Sequan-us, Sequanian (people
of
a
i,
wise man. Gaul).
Sapienter, 215, wisely. Sequ-i (secut-), dep,
2,
b,
follow.
to
ae,
Sapienti-a, wisdom. sow plant.
to
Ser-ère (sêv-, sāt-),
is,
Satis, adv., enough. Sermo, (sermön) 331, speech.
Satius, comp. satis; satius est,
of
to
Serv are (av-, at-), keep, preservc.
it
Serv-us,
as
better. slave.
i,
ae,
is,
Schol-a, school. Severitas, (severität) 293, sever
ae,
Scienti-a, science, knowledge. $ty.

Scind-ère (scid-, sciss-), cut, cut Sex, indecl., six.
to
down. Sext-us,
a,
um, sixth.
is,
Scipio (Scipión) Scipio. Si, conj,

if.
Sc-ire (sciv-, scit.), know. Sic, adv., so, thus.

to
Scrib-êre (scrips-, script-), Sicut, conj, as, just as.

so
to
write.
is,
is,
Scriptor, (scriptor) 319, writer. Sidus, (sider) 344, star, con

b,
Se, acc. sui, 142. stellation.

of
Sign-um, standard, signal.

to
Seced-ère (secess-, secess-), se

is, i,
Simil-is, 104, like (with gen.

or
cede.
e,
Secretö, adv., secretly, privately. dat.).

Secund-us, um, second, following. Simul, adv, together,
at
a,
the same
Sed, but. time; simulac, simulatgue,
as
soon
Sed-ère (sêd-, sess-, 394, V.), sit,
to
CzS.
sit down. Sin, conj, but

if
Seditios-us, Sine, prep. with abl., without.

a,
um, seditious.
is,
Semel, adv., once; semel atque ite Sitis, (sit) 300, thirst.
rum. once and again. Socer, 65, R., father-in-law.
i,
is,
is,
Sementis, (sement) sowing (of Societas, (societät) 293, society

a
corn). fellowship.
Semper, adv., always. Soci-us, companion, ally.
i,
is,
'Sempitern-us, Socrates, (Socrat)

a,
um, eternal. Socrates.

is,
Senat-u-s, üs, senat'. Sól, (S61) the Sun.

Sölum, adv., only; non so um—sed pericula subeunda for
ad
dergo;
etiam, not only—but also. wndergoing perils.
Sol-us, a, um, gen, solius, 194, R. 1, Subitó, adv, suddenly.
alone. Subjic-ère (subjec-, subject, sub-i
Somn-us, i, sleep. jacere), throw under,
to
to
throw
Sordid-us, a, um, sordid, mean. wp.
is,
Soror, (sorór) Sublatus, um, part tollere, ela.
of
sister.
a,
Sors, (sort) is,
293, lot. ted, puffed up, taken away.
Spati-um, space, opportunity; spa Subsist-ère (substit-), stand still,
to
i,
tium arma capiendi. time for ta to halt.

king up arms, 492,
a.
Subsidi-um, assustance,
i,
reserve
a
ei,
Species,
of
appearance. troops.
Spect-áre (av-, at-), look, look at. (people
of
to
Suev-us, Suevian
i,
a
Spes, ei, hope. Germany).
Splendid-us, um, brilliant, splen
a,
Sufferre (sustül-, sublat, sub-i-ferre),

did.
to
bear, sustain.
is,
Splendor, (splendör) 319, splen Sui, reflex. pron., 142, himself, her.
dour, glare. self, &c.
St-are (stet-, stät-, 387, III.), stand. Sum,
to
I am. (See esse.)
b),
Statim, adv., immediately. Sum-ère (sumps-, sumpt-, 401,
4,
is,
Statio, (station) 333, R., station, to take.

-
post. Summ-us, um (superl. superus,
of
a,
Statu-ère (statü-, statüt-), appoint,
of
thing
to
highest, top
in
370),
;
Jix, on top
of
decide. summo monte, the the
ae,
Stell-a, star. mountain.

Stipendi-um, tribute, tax. Sumpt-us, tis, expense; sumptu suó,
i,
his own expense.

a,
um, tributary.
at
Stipendiari-us,
Stoicus, Stoic. Super-áre (av-, at-),
to
overcome.
i,
a
String-ère (strinx-, strict), Superior, oris (compar. superus,

of
draw
to
(as sword). 370), higher.

a
Studiosé, 215, 2ealously, studi Suppet-ère (suppetiv and suppeti

1,
in
ously. suppetit-), hand,

to
at
be
be
to
Studi-um, zeal, study, desire. store.

i, ae,
Stultiti-a, folly. Supplici-um, punishment.

i,
Stult-us, um, foolish stultus, Suscip-ère (suscep-, suscept-, sub-i

a,
a
;
capere),
to
fool. undertake.
is,
Suad-öre (suas-, suas-), advise, Suspicio, (suspición) 333, R., sus

to
to
persuade. picion.
Suav-is, is, 104, sweet. Sustin-ère (sustinu-, sustent-, sub-;
e,
tenère),
to,
to
Sub, prep. with acc., up under; sustain.

Suus, um, one's own, 143.
a,
with abl., under.

under,
be
Subesse (sub-Hesse),
to
to
be near.
T.
Tac-ère (tacu-, tacit.), intrans,
to
(subég-,
be
Subig ére subact-, sub-H

silent; trans,
to
agere), keep secret.

to
subdue.
Sub-ire (iv-, it-), go under, un Taodet, pertaesum est (impers 576),
to
to
380 LATIN-ENGLISII VOCA BULARY.
Timor, (timór)
is, is,
it wearies,it disgusts; me taedet, 319, fear.
I am disgusted. Tiro, (tiron) 107, inexperienced.

Talis, is, e, 184, such. 7"art".
Tam, adv., so. Toler-are (av-, at-),
to
endure.
Tamen, conj., nevertheless. Toll-ćre sustul-, sublat-), lift
to
ww.
Tang-ere (tetig-, tact-, 411), to take away.
Tot, many, 184.
so
touch.
Tanquam, adv., as, like. Tot-us, R.
a,
um, gen. Ius, 194,
i.
Tantum, so much (neut. of tantus); whole, all.
is,
tantum auri, so much gold, 186. Trabs, (trab) beam, 293.
Tant-us, a, um, 184, so great. Trad-ere (tradid, tradit.),
to
surrent
Tard-àre (av-, at-), to delay. der.
by
Taur-us, i, bull.
ae,
Tragul-a, dart (used the
a
Tel-um, i, weapon, dart. Gauls).
Temeré, adv., rashly. Trah-ère (trax-, tract-, 401, 2),
to
is,
Temeritas, (temerität) 293, rash draw.

7tess. Trajic-ère (trajec-, traject), transit.,
Temper-àre (av-, at-), to
convey over; intrans.,
or
refrain
to
throw
ab
from injuria temperare, to cross over.

to
;
refrain from outrage. Tranquill-iter, adv., calmly, tran

ae,
Temperanti-a, temperance. quilly tranquillus, tran

2,
(215,
is,
Tempestas, (tempestät) 293, storm, quil).

tempest. Transduc-ère (transdux-, transduct-)
Templ-um, temple; templum
de
to lead across.
i,
marmcre, temple
of
marble, mar (iv., it-). pass
or
Trans-ire
to
cross
ble temple. over.
is,
Tempus, (tempór)
b,
344,
to
time. Transn-ăre (āv-, at-), swim across

is,
Tenax, (tenac) 107, tenacious, Tredecim, indecl., thirteen.

firm. Tres, tria, 194, three.
Tener, um, 77, Tribun-us,
a,
b,
tender. tribune.
i,
Ten-ère (tenu-, tent-), hold. Triginta, thirty.

to
Terg-um, Triplex, (triplic)

is,
107, triple, three

i,
back.
ae,
Terni, (distrib., 189), three apiece, fold.

a
three at time. Tripartito, adv.,

a
in
three divisions
ae,
ae,
Terr-a, earth terra marique, by Tristiti-a, sadness.

;
-
land and sea. Tu, thou, 130.
Terr-ère (terru-, territ-), terrify. Tullus Hostilius, Tullus Hostilius.
to
Terti-us, Tum, adv., then.

a,
um, third.
Tiberi-us, Tiberius. Turbo, (turbin) (m, 340), whirl
i,
is
is,
Themistocles, (Themistocl) The wind.

is,
Turp-is,
e,
?nistocles. 104, base.
Zu Turpiter, adv., 215,

a,
Tigurinus pagus, the canton basely.

of
2,
-
is,
rich. Turris, (turr) 302, tow 3r.

Tim-ère (timu-), fear. Tut-us,
a, a,
um, safe.
to
Timid-us, um, tinid. Tu-us,

a,
um, thy, thine, 134

LATIN-ENGLISH vocaBULARY. 38]
U. Veh-ère (vex-, vect) carry drive
to
Ubi, adv., where, when. Vehementer, adv., vehemently, 215,
Ubinam? where in the world? 297, d.
2,
b.
Ull-us, a, um, gen. ius, 194, 1, any. Vel, conj, or, 519,
2.
Ulterior, ius (compar. of ultra, 371), Velle, volui, 592, wish,
be
to
to
able.
is,
farther. Velox, (velóc) 107, swift.
is,
Ultro, adv., of one's own accord. Venator, (venator) hunter.
dep,
is,
Ulysses, (Ulyss)
to
Ulysses. Vener-āri (at-), revere,
to
ae,
Umbr-a, shade, shadow. venerate.

Una, adv., together. Venetus,
a,
um, Venetian.
ae,
Unde, adv., whence. Veni-a, pardon.
Undecim, indecl., eleven. Vén-ire (ven-, vent, 426, IV.],
to
Undique, adv, from all sides. conte.
Univers-us, um, universal, Vent-us,
a,
the wind.
i,
n.,
whole. Ver, spring
is,
-
(ver) 325,
Unquam, adv., ever. Verber-are (av-, at-), flog
to
Un-us, um, gen. unius, 194, one. Verb-um, word.
a,
i,
Unusquisque, 178, Ver-eri (verit), dep,
6,
each one. fear.
to
Verg-ère (vers-), incline, tend.
is,
Urbs, (urb) 293, city.
to
far
as
Usque, adv, usque ad, Vero, conj, but, truly, certainly, 173
as
;
is,
even up to. Verres, (Verr) Verres.
b),
or
Ut, uti, conj., that, 546. Vert-êre (vert-, vers-, 421, turn,
to
Ver-us,
a,
Uter, utra, utrum, 194, which um, true.

of
the
two. Versus, prep. with acc., towards.
Ut-i (ús-), dep. (with abl., 316, R.), Vester, tra, trum, your, 134.
to
Veteran-us,
a,
use, employ um, veteran.

is,
Vetus, (veter) 2,
is,
Util-is,
R.
108, old.
e,
104, useful.
Utinam, conj., would that, that, Vexill-um, standard.
i,
O
ae,
528. Vi-a, way; Via Sacra, the Sacred

Utrum, conj, whether; utrum—an, Way, street Rome.
in
a
ae,
whether—or. Victori-a, victory.

Uxor, (uxor) (f), wife. Vic-us, village.
i,
is
Vid-ère (vid-, vis-, 394, V.), see;

to
V. videri, pass., seem, appear

to
ae,
re Vigilanti-a, vigilance.
to
Vac-àre (av-, at-), empty,

be
to
main unoccupied. Vigil-are (av-, at-),

to
watch.
ae,
Vag-āri (vagat-), dep, wander. Vigili-a, watch; de tertia vigilia.

to
Val-ere (valu.), avail; plurimum after the third watch

or
to
about
valet, most powerful. Viginti, indecl., twenty.
is
Valid-us, um, strong. Vil-is,

is,
a,
e,
104, cheap, vile.

Valdé, adv., greatly, very much. Vinc-ère (vic-, vict-), conquer.
to
is,
Valetudo, (valetudin) 339, health. Vincul-um, bond.

i,
is,
Vall-um, rampart. Vindex, (vindic) avenger.

i,
Vast-ăre (av-, at-), lay Vin-um, wine.

i,
to
waste.
Vast-us, violate lay waste.
a,
um, vast. Viol-are (av-, at-)

to
[ute.
Vir,
is,
Vectigal, (vectigal) 325 tax, trib man.

i,
S82 LATIN-ENGLISH voCABULARY.
Virgili-us, i, Virgil. Vol-are (av-, at-), fly.
to
is,
Virgo, (virgin) 339, virgin. Volo, wish. (See velle.)
I
Viriliter,
is,
adv., manly, courageously. Voluntas, (voluntat) 293, will,
is,
Virtus, (virtut) 293, valour, vir wish.
is,
tue. Voluptas, (voluptat) 293, pleas.
vi,
Vis, vim, strength, force;
2,
301, *7"e.
pl., vires, ium. Volv-ère (volv-, volūt-), roll
to
ae,
Wit-a, life. Vos, you, 130.
n., is,
Vox,
to
Vit-are (av-, at-), shun, avoid (voc) 293, voice.
Viti-um,
R.
Vulg-us, 62,
i,
vice.
1,
i,
the commox
Viv-ère (vix-, vict-)
to
live. people.
Wix, adv., scarcely.
to
Vulner-àre (av-, at- wound.
Vocare Vulnus, (vulner)
to
(av-, at-),
b,
call. 344, wound.
is
ENGLISH-LATIN WOCABULARY,
ENGLISH - LATIN VOCABULAR Y.
A. Aid, auxilium, aid, adjuvare
to
i;
is,
Abili$y, facultas, (facultat) 293. 390.
Able (to be), posse, quire (queo). Alarm, perturbàre.
.
Abode, domicilium, All, omnis,
e;
cunctus, um; ali
a,
in
i.
Abound, abundáre. adv., omnino.

About, circiter (concerning); de, abl. is), licet, 583.
(it
Allowed
-
Abrogate, abrogáre. Ally, socius,
i.
Absent (to be), abesse. Almost, fere pene, adv.
;
Abstain from, abstinëre (abstinu-, Alone, solus, 194, R. unus
1
;
abstent-). Already, jam, adv.
Accuse, incusáre. Also, etiam, adv.
Accustomed (to be), consuescére Altogether, omnino, adv.
(suev-, suet-). Although, quamvis, conj.
Acquit, absolvêre, 421, Always, semper.
a.
Act, agere. Ambassador, legatus,
i.
kindness, beneficium, Ambush, insidiæ, 57, R.
of
Act
i.
Add, addére, 411, Amiable, amabilis,

c,
*»
104.
c.
Admire, mirári, admiràri (dep.). Among, inter (with acc.).

Admonish, monére. Ancients (the), veteres; pl. vetus,
of
Adore, adoráre. old.
Adorn, ornâre. And, et, que, ac, atque and not,
;
Advice, consilium, neque.

i.
Advise, monére, admonére. Anger, ira,

oe.
Aeduam, Æduus, Animal, animal, 326.

i.
Affair, res, 117. Ammounce, nuntiáre.

Affectiom, affectio, 333, B. Answer, respondère.
Affirm, confirmare. Antony, Antonius,
i.
Afford, præbére, 527. Any, ullus, um, 194,

R.
any
a,
1
;
de
After, post (with accus.); (with one, an?/ yow please, &c. See 178.
abl.). Apart (to be), distare.
After that, postquam. Apiece, use the distrib. numerals, 189
Again, rursus iterum, adv. Apply, adhibēre (u-, it-).
;
Against, contra; adversus (with ac Appoint, constituére, 421,

; a.
cus.); against Cicero, ap

üs
Cicero Approach, adventus,

in
to
er. proach, appropinquáre accedëre

:
is,
Age (time life), ætas, Archer, sagittarius,

of
(aetat) 293
i
Agrse, conseutire, 427, III. Arise (as storm) cooriri (cocrt-),

a
Agreeaüle, gratus, dep.

a,
um (with dat.)
;
agreeable, libet, lubet, 583. Arm, armâre.

or
is
i
K
K
386 EN GLISH-LAT IN VOCABUL AR Y.
77,
Arms, arma, orum. Beautiful, pulcher, chra, chrum,
a
Army, exercitus, ūs. Because, conj., quod, quia, prɔpterea
quod.
Arrange, disponěre, 406, b.
is), decet, 583.
(it
Arrival, adventus, ūs. Becoming
is,
Arrive at, pervenire, 427, IV. Bed, cubile, (cubil) 312 bcd
,
Art, ars, (art) chamber, cubiculum,
is,
i.
293.
Artificer, faber, fabri, 77, Before,prep., ante (acc.) adv., an.
a.
;
As, conj., ut; as, what kind, qua tea; before that, antequam.
of
Beg, rogare, orare.
to,
as
lis, far usque;
as
as
184
;
c;
Begin, incipěre, 416, begin,
soon as, simulatque,
I
coepi, 611.
Ashamed (one is), pudet, 579.
Ask, rogare, postuláre. Beginning, initium,
i.
Assemble, convenire, 427, IV. Behold, spectáre.
Assist, adjuváre, 390. Behooves (it), oportet, 583.
Belgian, Belga,
æ.
Assistance, auxilium,
i.
is,
Believe, creděre, 411,
c.
Association, societas, (societát)
Assure, confirmăre. Belong, pertinēre, 394,
I.
[293.
Benevolent, benevolus,
a,
um.
at
At, ad, apud home, domi

at
;
;
length, demum. Benevolence, benevolentia, æ.

Athenian, Atheniensis, is. Beseech, obsecrăre.
Athens, Athenæ, arum. Besiege, oppugnăre.
Best, optimus,
ūs
a,
um, 370.
Attack (noun), impetus, (verb),
·
oppugnāre. recipere, 418

se
Betake one's self,
a
is,
Austerity, severitas, (severität) Better, melior, 370.

293. Between, inter.
Auxiliaries, auxilia, orum. Bind, obstringere.
Avail, valēre. Bird, avis (avis), 300.
Avaricious, avarus, Bit, frænum, pl., and
a,
i;
396
i.
Avoid, vităre. Bile, mordēre, 395, IV.

Await, expectăre. Black, niger, gra, grum, 77,
a
Blame, incusáre, vituperàre.

Back, tergum, Blood, sanguis, (sangủin) (m.).
is
i.
is,
Bad, malus, um, improbus, um,

a,
Blooming, florens, (florent)

a,
107
Badly,
R.
malě, adv., 215, Boast, prædicăre.

is,
Band (of men), manus, ūs. Bɔdy, corpus, (corpor) 344

Barbarian, barbarus, Bond, vinculum,
i.
i.
Base, turpis, basely, turpi Book, liber, bri.

a. e,
104
;
ter, 215, Booty, præda,

æ.
2,
Battle, prælium, Born (to be), nasci (nat), dep.

i.
Be, esse; among, interesse, 174; Boundary, finis, (fin) (m.).

be
is
wanting, de Boy, puer,

be
be
over, præesse
i.
;
esse, with dat. Brave, fortis, bravely, fortiter

e
;
is,
Beam, trabs, (trab) 215,

2.
293.
is,
Bear (verb), ferre, 596. Bravery, virtus, (virtut) 293

Break through, perfringěre (page
of
Beast, bestia, beast burden,

æ
;
275); perrumpěre, 666, V.,

a.
jumentum,
i
ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULAR Y. 387
is,
Bridge, pons, (pont) Censure, incusãre.
R.
295,
1.
Bring, ducére, agère; bring back, re Centurion, centurio, (centurión)
is.
ducére; bring back word, renun Certain, certus, tim;
a,
certain
a
tiare bring pass, perficére; one, quidam, 178.
to
:
bring together, cogére, 416, Certainly, adv, certé: profecto, vero.
b.
Britain, Britannia, ae; Briton, Bri Chain, vinculum,
i.
tannus, i. Change (noun), commutatio, (com
Broad, latus, mutation) is; (verb), mutare, com
a,
um.
Brother, frater, (fratr) is. mutare.
Ruild, dificare; build nest, nidi Champ, mordère, 395, IV.
a
a
ficare. Chide, increpare, 390.

Bull, taurus, Chief, princeps, (princip)
is,
i.
107.
Burn, incendère; burn up, exurére, Child, infans, (infant)
is,
107; chil
545. dren, liberi, orum.
Burden, onus, (oner) is, 344. Choose, deligère, 666, V.,
a.
Burst into, irrumpère, 666, W., Christ, Christus,
a.
i.
Business, negotium, Cicero, Cicero, (Cicerón)
is.
i.
But, sed, autem.
is,
Citadel, arx, (arc) 293.
Buy, emére; buy up, coemère. Citizen, civis, (civ)
is,
25,
c,
a.
By, prep. with abl.,
is,
City, urbs, (urb)
or
ab, 93,
2.
293.
a
By night, noctu, adv. Cloud, nubes, (nub) 300; cloud
is
dust, vis pulveris.
of
C. Cohort, cohors, (cohort)
is,
293.
Cold, frigidus, um; (noun), frigus,
a,
Caesar, Caesar, (Caesar) is.

Call, vocare;
is,
name, appellare; (frigor)

to
344.
be
called, nominari, appellări. Collect, colligere (leg-, lect-); co

to
Call together, convocare. gere (coeg-, coact-); collect corn,

Call-upon, invocãre. frumentari, dep.; collect into
Camp, castra, orum. flock, congregåre. a
is,
(to
Colour, color, (colôr)

be
Can able), posse, 587; can 319.

I
*ot, non possum, nequeo. Come, venire, 427, IV.; come near,
Captive, captivus, appropinquare; come to, perve.
i.
nire;
ae;
Care (noun), cura, (verb), curăre. come together, convenire

Carefully, diligenter, studiose. Coming, adventus, us.
Carry, portare, vehére; carry on, Command, imperare, with dat.
gerére, 401, Commander, imperator, (imperatór,
a.
4,
Carthage, Carthago, (Carthagin) is, 319.

is.
Cassius, Cassius, Commit, committére; commit sui.

i.
Casticus, Casticus, cide, mortem sibi consciscère.

i.
Common, communis,
e,
Catiline, Catilina,
ae.
104.
is,
Cause, causa, ae. Common-people,plebs, (pleb) 293

i,
Cautious, cautus, Companion, socius, comes, (ca.

a,
um.
is.
Cavalry, equitatus, us; belonging mit)

Compel, cogére, 416,
e,
cavalry, equestris,
b.
to
104
Celebrate celebrăre. Complain, queri (quest) dep
Celt, Celta, ae. Complete, conficére.
.
388 ENGLISH-LATIN WOCABUL.A.R.Y.
Concerning (prep with abl.), de. Cut
to
pieces, caedere, 411,
b.
Concerns (it), interest, refert, 584, d. Cyrus, Cyrus,
i.
Condemn, damnare, condemnăre,
348. D.
Conference, colloquium, i. Daily, adj, quotidianus, um; adu
a,
Confess, fatéri, dep. quotidie.
Confines, fines, pl. of finis. Dance, saltăre.
Conflict, congressus, üs. Danger, periculum,
i. i.
Confirm, confirmare. Danube, Danubius,
Confound, perturbare. Dare, audère (ansus sum).
Dart, telum, pilum,
i.;
Congratulate, gratulari, dep.
i.
Daughter, filia,
ae.
Conquer, vincere (vic-, vict-); supe
ei,
by
răre. Day, dies, 116, R., day;
in
is,
Conqueror, victor, (victor) 319. terdiu, adv.; to-day, hodie, adv
Conspiracy, conjuratio, (conjuration) Dragon, draco, (dracón)
is.
is, 333, R. Dead, mortuus,
a,
um.
Consul, consul, (constil) Dear, carus,
a,
is.
um.
-
is,
Consult, consulère (consulu-, con Death, mors, (mort) 293.
sult-). Deceive, fallère (fefell-, fals-)
Contemplate, contemplári, dep. Decide on, statuére.

Contend, contendère. Decree (verb), decernère (decrev-,
decrèt-); (noun), decretum,
i.;
Content, contentus,
a,
um (with abl). de
of
Continuous, continens, (continent) cree the senate, senatus consul

is, 107. tum.
Deep, altus,
a,
Continuance, continuatio, (continua um.

Defeat, pellère, 411,
is.
tión)
b.
Corn, frumentum, Defend, defendère, 421,

i.
Council, concilium, Defence, munitio, 333.

i. i.
Counsel, consilium, Defender, vindex, (vindic)

is,
306.
Course, cursus, tis. Defiles, angustiae, arum, 57, R.
Covetous, cupidus, Delay, cunctari (dep.); active,
a,
um. tar.
Cow, vacca, ae. dare (to retard).
Cowardice, ignavia,
ae.
Deliberate, deliberăre.
Creak, crepare, 390. Delight, deleetäre.
Create, creare. Delight (with), libenter, adv.
is,
Crime, crimen, (crimin) 344, Demand, poscère, 411, postulare,

a.
a
;
Cross over, transire, trajicere. imperare, 390; demand back, ra.

Crow, corvus, petère.
i.
Crown, corona, ae. Deny, negāre.

Cry out, exclamare. Depart, discedère, 401,
3,
b.
Cultivation, cultus, us; humanitas. Depart out

of
excedère.
Cup, poculum, Departure, discessus, tis.
i.
Cure, sanāre.
is,
Dependant, cliens, (client)

c
is,
Custom, mos, (mor) 331, Descend, descendère.

b.
Cut down, rescindére (rescid-, re Desert, deserére, 406, desert.

a
a
;
sciss-). desertum,
i.
ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABUL.A.R.Y.
is,
Deserter. perfuga, ae Door, foris, (for) 300.
Desire, cupiditas, (cupidität) is, Double, duplicare.
(verb), cupère (io): studium, i. Doubt, dubitäre.
Desirous, cupidus, a, um, Doubtful, incertus, lulius.
ut
a,
.
Despair (verb), desperáre; (noun), a, ulm.
desperatio, 333, R. Dove, columba,
ae
Despise, spernère, 406, III., a con 4:
);
Draw, trahére (trax-, du:
t,
temnére. cère (dux-, duct-); drew up, in
Destroy, delère, 394, II.
2;
struère, 401, sword,
as
draw
a
Destruction, interitus, us. stringere, 401; draw out, educére.
Determine, constituére, statuére. Dread, formidāre.
Devoid, expers, 336. Drive, agère; drive back, lepellere,
Die, moriri, or mori (mortu-), dep. drive on, together, mpelle1e.
or
c.
Druids, Druides, um, pl.
(it
Difference makes no), nihil -inter

est, nihil refert.
is,
Duty, munus, (muner) 344.
Different, diversus, um; alius, 194,
a,
R. E.
1.
e;
Difficult, difficilis, Each, quisque, 178;
e,
104. omnis, exe

is,
Dignity, dignitas, (dignitat) the two, uterque.

of
293.
Diligence, diligentia,
ae.
Eagle, aquila,
ae
Diligent, diligens, (diligent) 107; Earth, terra,

ae
is
diligently, adv., diligenter. Easily, facile (adv.).

Diminish, minuère, diminuére. East, Oriens.
e;
Direct (of ship), gubernare. Easy, facilis, very easy, perfacili.

a
Disagree, dissentire, 427, III. Educate, educare.

Egypt, Egyptus, (f).
ae.
Discipline, disciplina,
i
Discomfit, fugare. Eighty, octoginta.

Discover, invenire, 427, IV. Eloquent, facundus, um; disertus,
a,
Discourse, disserére (disseru-, dis um; eloquens,

a,
107.
sert-). Embark (upon), conscendère, 309

Discretion, consilium, Embrace, amplecti (amplex-), dep.
i.
Dismiss, dimittére (mis-, miss-).

is,
Emperor, imperator, (imperator)

Displease, displicére (displicu-, dis 3.19.
plicit.), with dat, 161, Employ, uti dep, with abl.

R.
(us-),
Dispute, disputäre. adhibére.
Dissolve, dissolvère, 421, End, finis,
a.
(fin) (m.).
is
Distant (to be), distăre. Endeavour, conári (conat-), dep.

Distribute, distribuère, 406, ar Endure, durare; bear, tolerare
to
a
;
is,
range, disponére, Enemy, hostis, (host)

c
District, pagus, Enjoin upon, praecipère

i.
Duvide, dividére, 401, Enmity, inimicitia,

ae.
3,
dwide
a
;
among, distribuere, 423, Enough, satis, adv.

c.
Divulge, enuntiare. Enrol, conscribére.

Do, agère, facére. Entreat, rogåre.
Equanimity (with),
is,
Dock-yard, navale, (naval) 312. aequo animo.

is,
Dog, canis (can) Erect, communire.

K.
2
K.
3:)0 ENGLISH-LATIN WOCABUL ARY.
Err, errare. Fidelity, fides, ei.

Especially, adv., praesertim. Field, ager, gri.
is,
Establish, confirmare. Fierce, ferox, (feroc) 107: atrox
is,
Eternity, aeternitas,(aeternitat) 293. 107.
Pifth, quintus,
to,
a,
Even up usque ad. um
Ever, unquam. Pight, pugnare.
ae.
Figure, figura,
a,
Everlasting, semphernus, um.
Every, omnis, 104. e, Full, implére; fill up, complere
Evil, malum, 395, II.
i.
Evil-deed, maleficium, Pinally, denique, adv.

i. i.
Example, exemplum, Find, invenire, 427, IV.; find out,
Excel, praestare (praestit-), with dat. reperire, 427, V.
Excellent, praeclarus, um; praes Find fault with, incusare.
a,
tans, 107. Finish, conficére.

Excite, excitäre. Fire, ignis, (ign) (m.).
is
Firmament, coelum,
R.
Excuse, excusatio, 333,
i.
First, primus,
a,
Exercise, exercère. um.
Exhort, hortari, Pish, piscis, (pisc) (m.).
is
dep.
Fit for, idoneus, um, with dat.
a,
is), expedit, 583.
(it
Expedient
Expel, expellère. Five, quinque; five time, quini.
at
a
Expense, sumptus, us; 189.
at
his own
expense, sumptu sud. Flag, vexillum, i.
Eye, oculus, Flame, flamma, ae.
i.
Flec, fugère (io), 416, is, c.

F. Fleet, classis, (class) 300.
Flesh, caro, (carn) (f).
ae.
Fable, fabula,
is
Flight, fuga,
ae.
Faith, fides, ei.

Flock, grex, (greg) (m.); flocks,
in
Fail, deficére.
is
Fall, cadère, 411, gregatim, adv.

b.
Fame, fama, ae. Flog, verberàre.

Flow, fluére; flow together, conflu
ae.
Family slaves, familia,

of
2,
Far, longe, adv. ère, 401, 422.

is,
(as revenues), redimère. Flower, flos, (flör) 331,

b.
Farm
Farmer, agricola. Fly, volare.
Follow sequi (secut-), dep.
i. is.
Father, pater, (patr)

Father-in-law, socer, Folly, stultitia, ae; ineptiae, arum.
57, R.
Fault, culpa,
i,
ae; peccatum, find

stultus,
i.;
Fool, stultus, foolish,

a.
fault with, culpare, incusáre.

venia, ae; (verb), favère, unn.
Favour,
V. Foot, pes, (ped) (m.).
is
395,
is.
Foot-soldier, pedes, (pedit)

is,
Fear, timor, (timor) 319; (verb),

timére, metuére. For, conj., en:In, etenim; for my
Feather, pluma, sake, mea cause.
ae
1;
Fell (cut down), caedere, 413, [+". Force, vis, vim,

vi.
301, forces
per
ae,
very few, (troops), copiae, arum, 57,

a.
Eew, paux,
a
pauci, Foreign, alienus,

a,
um.
ENGLISH-LATIN WOCABULARY. 391
go ae.
Glory, gloria,
ae.
Forest, sylva,
Forever, Go, ire, 605; straight, pergère;
in
aeternum.
or go
b,
3,
Forget, oblivisci, with gen. go away, discedère, 401,
go
Form, forma, ae. Jorward, procedère; forth,
is.
Fortification, munitio, (munition) out, exire.
Portify, munire. Goad, concitäre.
R.
God, Deus,
3.
Fortunate, fortunatus,
a,
um. 62,
i,
Fortune, fortuna, Gold, aurum,
ae
a, i.
Forum, forum, Good, bonus, um; good deed, ben.
i.
Pour, quattuor; four apiece, 189. eficium; good-will, voluntas, 293

Founder, conditor, 319. Govern, gubernare.
3,
Grant (verb),
co
Fountain, re, 401,
b
fons, (font)
is
(m.).
Frail, dăre: (noun), eSSuS, us.
e,
fragilis, 104.
Great, magnus,
Free from (to be), carére, 348.
Friend, amicus,
i.
Greatly, vaíde.
ae.
Friendship, amicitia,
Greatness, magnitudo, 339.
Frighten, terrére; frighten com
-
a,
pletely, perterrère.
Greek, Graecus, um.
Grief, moeror, 319; luctus, üs, 113,
N
From, de; from every side, undi
a,
que, adv.; from my boyhood, Grieve, dolère, grieves one, piget,
it
a
puero. 579.
is,
Guardian, custos, (custod)
c,
Frugality, parsimonia,
ae
Fruit, fructus, 25,

a.
üs.
is,
Guest, hospes, (hospit) 25,
a.
c,
Full, plenus,
a,
um, 348,
b.
is.
Guide, dux, (duc)
a,
Future, futurus, um.
G.
H.
is,
Galba, Galba, ae. Hail, grando, (grandin) 339

Halt, consistere.
Gain, potiri, 209; gain for another,
Hand, manus, (f).
ús
conciliare.
is.
Game, ludus, Hannibal, Hannibal, (Hannibal)

i.
Happen, accidére; happens, ac,

it
Garden, hortus,
i.
cidit, 580.
Garrison, praesidium,
i.
Gate, porta, Happily, beaté.

ae
um; felix,
a,
Gather, colligēre, 416, Happy, beatus, 107

b.
Gaul, Gallia, ae; the Gauls, Galli, Harass, lacessère, 406, III.,
b.
ae.
Orunn. Harbinger, praenuntia,

General, imperator, 319. Harbour, portus, üs.
Hard, durus,
a,
German, Germanus, um.

a,
um.
conspicére (conspex-, Hasten, festinäre, contendère.
of
Get sight
conspect-). Hate (to), odisse, 611
Hatred, odium,
i.
Gift, donum,
i.
Girl, Have, habère (habu-, habit-). have

ae.
puella,
book, est mihi liber, 125.
III.
a
Give, dăre, 387,

He, is, hic, ille.
Give largess, largiri (it-), dep.
10
Headlong, praeceps, (praecipit)

is
Glane, splendor, 319.

392 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY.
Heal, sanare.
I.
I,
Health, valetudo, 339. ego, 120.
Hear, audire. Ides, Idus, iduum (f).
If,
si.
Heart, cor, (cord) is (n.).
Heaven, coelum, i. Ignorance, ignoratio, 339
"g
Heavy, gravis, e, 104. Ignorant, ignarms, um;
be
to
a
ignorare, nescire.
of
Help, auxilium, i. norant
Helvetian, Helvetius, a, um. Illustrious, clarus, um; præcle
a,
Herald, praeco, (praecon) rus, a, um.
is.
Herb, herba, ae. Image, imago, 339.
Hesitate, dubitäre. Immediately, statim.
High, altus, um; higher, superior, Immense, immensus,
a,
a,
um.
Immortal, immortalis,
e,
superus, 370.
of
comp. 104
Hill, collis, (m.). Impious, impius, um,
a,
is
Hillock, tumulus, Implore, implorare.

i.
In, prep.,
in,
Hinder, impedire, prohibère. with abl.
-
His, suus, um: ejus. Incessant, continens
a,
is
(continent)
ae.
History, historia, 107.

Hold, tenère, obtinére: hold back, Increase, augère (aux-, auct-).
retinére. Incredible, incredibilis,
e,
104.
Home (at), domi, gen. Indeed, quidem.
of
domus.
Honest, probus, Indolence, inertia, ae; ignavia,
a,
ae
um.
Honour, honor, 319; (verb), colère Indolent, ignavus,
a,
um.
(colu-, cult-). Induce, inducére, adducère
Honourable, honestus, Indulge, indulgére, dat.
a,
um.
is,
Hope, spes, ei. Infant, infans, (infant)
c.
Horn, cornu, 112. Influence, auctoritas.
Horned, corniger, Inform any one, aliquem certioren
a,
um, 77,
b.
Horse, equus, facere.

i.
ae.
Horse-soldier, eques, (equit) Inhabitant, incola,

is.
Injure. violare.
is,
Hostage, obses, (obsid) 25,

c,
a.
Hour, Injury, injuria,

ae.
hora, ae; incommodum

i
ae.
House, domus, (f), Innocence, innocentia,

us
112,
3.
and
i
Household, familia, ae. Insect, insectum,

i.
How great, how many pro (prep. with abl.).

of
quantus, Instead
?
186, obs.; however great, quan Instigate, instigare.

tuscunque, 184; how long, quam In the mean time, interea.
diu, adv. interests, interest.
It
Humanity, humanitas, (humanitat) Intrust, committére (witn "4t.).

is, 293. - Invoke, invocãre.
Ge.
is,
Hunger, fames, (fam) 300. Ireland, Hibernia,

Hurl, conjicere, 416, (conjéc-, con Iron, ferrum,
i.
c
ject-). Island, insula, ae,

Hurt, Italy, Italia,
ae.
nocére.
Itself, 159.
ENGLISH-LATIN WOCABULARY, 393
J. Leap down, desilire, 428.

Javelin, telum, i;
ae.
tragula, Learn, discère, 411, cognoscère.
a
Join, jungère (junx-, junct-); join Leave, relinquére.
is,
R.
together, conjungère. Legion, legio, (legion) 333,
Journey, iter, (itiner) (n.). Letter, epistola, ae; litterae, arum,
is
Junior, junior, 370. 58, N.
Jupiter, 351. Level, planus, um; aequus,
a,
a,
um.
Just, justus, um; just many, Levy, conscribére.
so
a,
totidem. Lieutenant, legatus,
i.
ae.
Justice, justitia, Lightning, fulgur, (fulgur)
is,
325,
Life, vita,
ae.
-
K. Like, similis,
e,
104 (with dat.).
Keep, tenère, servare.
ei.
battle, acies,
of
Line
Kind, benignus, um, with dat.: Lion,
a,
is.
leo, (leon)
suavis,
e,
335. Literature, litterae, arum, 57, R.

Kindle, excitáre. Little, parvus,
a,
um.
King, rex, (reg) Live, vivére.
is.
Kingdom, regnum, Living being, animans, (animant)

i.
-
Kill, interficére, 390.
occidére, is.
Know, scire, noscère, 525; cognos Lofty, altus,
a,
um.
cère: not know, nescire. Long,
to
longus, um; adv., longe;

a,
a
ae.
Knowledge, scientia, long time, diu.

Look at, intuéri, dep.
L. Lose, amittére, perdère.
is,
Labour (noun), labor, 319; (verb), Lot, sors, (sort) 293.

laborare. Love (verb), amare, diligère; (noun),
Lamb, agnus, amor, 319.
i.
Land, terra, by lând and sea, terra Low, humilis,

e,
104.
marique. Lycurgus, Lycurgus.
Language, lingua, se: sermo, 331.
Large, magnus, M.
a,
um.
Last (to), durāre. Magnanimous, magnanimus,
a,
um,
Latin, Latinus, Maid-servant, ancilla, ae.
a,
um.
Laugh, ridere; laughter, risus, üs. Maintain, alère.
Law, jus, (jur) (n.). Make, facére, 199; make war, bel.
is
is), licet. lare; make war upon, bellum in.

(it
Lawful
Lay aside, deponère. 406, ferre, with dat. make an attack,
b.
Lay waste, populari (at-), dep. impetum facere.

Lead, ducére (dux-, duct-); lead Maker, faber, bri.
back, reducére; lead out, edu Maltreat, violare.
cére; lead together, conducére; Man, homo, vir.
across, transducóre, Many, multus,
or
a,
lead over um.

113, II. Marble, marmor, 325.
Leader, dux, (duc) Master (of school), magister, tri,
is.
(of
Leaf, folium, slaves), herus, dominus.
i.
is,
League foedus, (foeder) 344. Matters (it), interest, refert, 583

394 ENGLIS-LATIN VOCABULARY.
finitimus,
a,
Measure, metiri, 206. Neighbouring, um
proximus,
a,
Medicine, medicina, æ. um.
Mediterrameam, Mediterraneus, a, Neither, conj. — mor, nec—neque
ur neither (of two), neuter, tra, trum,
Meet, convenire. 194, R.
1.
is.
Memory, memoria, æ. Net, rete, (ret)
Merchant, mercator, 319. Never, nunquam (adv.).
Messenger, nuntius, i. Nevertheless, tamen, conj.
Neu, novus,
a,
Metal, metallum, i. um.
posterus, um, 118; proxi
a,
ei.
Mid-day, meridies, Neaet,
Middle, medius, mus, 371.

a,
um.
is,
Migrate, migráre. Night, nox, (noct) 293.
Mile, millia (passuum), 191, b.
Nine, novem.
Ninth,
a,
Military command, imperium, i. nonus, um.
Milk, lac, (lact) Nobility, nobilitas, (nobilitat)
is
(n.). 293
is
Noble, nobilis,
e,
Mind, mens, (ment) (£); ani 104.
is
is,
mus, Nobody, nemo, (nemin)
c
i.
Mine, meus, Noise, clamor, 319.

a,
um.
one, nullus, um, 194, R.
a,
æ.
Minerva, Minerva, No
l
Miserable, miser, um, 77, Not, nön with imper., né.
a,
b.
Mitigate, mitigare. Nothing, nihil.

Moderation, modus, Notice, (see) conspicére.
i.
Nourish, alére.
æ.
Money, pecunia,
is,
Moon, luna, Novelty, novitas, (novitat) 293.
æ.
More, plus, pluris adv., magis. November, November, bris.

a, e, :
is,
Mortal, mortalis, 104. Nurse, nutrix, (nutric) 293
|
Most, plurimus, um; most men,

O.
plerique, 195.
Oath, jusjurandum, 351,
4.
Mountain, mons, (mont)

is
(m.).
Move, movére. Obey, parère (with dat.).
|
Much, multus, um; much money, Obscure, obscurare.

a,
magna pecunia. Obtain booty, prædári (dep.)

|
Multitude, multitudo, 339. Obviously, prorsus.

My, Ocean, oceanus,
a,
meus, um
i.
Qf, de.
|
N. Qf one's owm accord, ultro

|
is,
Naked, nudus, Old, vetus, (veter) 107.

a,
um.
Old man, senex.
is,
Name, nomen, (nomin) 344,

a
;
mame, nomináre. Old age, semectus, 293.

to
on
the
of,
Narrow, angustus, On other side trans (acc.);

a,
um.
'
a, qf,
gens, 293. ob, with acc.

R.
Nation, natio, 333, account

;
One, unus, um, 194,

to 1.
Nature, natura,
æ.
um; open, apo

R.
Opem, apertus,
a,
Navigation, navigatio, 333,

|
rire.
to,
Near, prope, juxta nearest prox-

;
B.
imus, Opinion, opinio, 333, sentem

a,
um.
;
tia,
æ.
Neglect, negligère.
ENGLISH-LATIN WOCABULARY. 395
gerund in Placid, placidus,
a,
Opportunity of (with um.
gen.), spatium, i. Plain, planus, um; aequus,
a,
um,
a,
Oracle, oraculum, i. plain, aequor, 327.
a
Oration, oratio, 333, R. Plan, consilium,
i.
Orator, orator, 319. Plant, planta, ae; plant, serère.
to
Order, ordo, (ordin) is (m.); to or Plato, Plato, 334.
R.
der, jubére. Pleading, dictio, 333,
Pleasant, jucundus,
a,
is.
Orgetorix, Orgetorix, (Orgetorig) um.
Origin, origo, 339. Please, placére (with dat.); pleas
it
es, placet, 583.
R.
Other, alius, ud, 194,
a,
1.
is,
Otherwise, aliter. Pleasure, voluptas, (tat) 293.
Ought (one), oportet, 583 Plough, arare.
Our, noster, tra, trum. Plunder, diripére: praedari, dep., 491
Poet, poeta,
ex
or
of
ae
Out
e,
(abl.). (m.).
Overcome, superare. Pompey, Pompeius,
i.
Ox, bos, 351, Poor, égens, inops, pauper,
2.
107.
Port, portus, üs.
P. Post, statio, 333, R.
Pain, dolor, 319. potiri (with
of
Possess one's self
Paltry, vilis, gen. or
e,
104. abl.).
vi,
1;
Pardon, venia, ae. Power, vis, vim, 301, potestas,
is,
Parents, parentes, ium. (tat) 293.
to is,
Part, pars, (part)
is.
Powerful, potens, (potent) 107.
is,
Pass, iter facére, 210. Praise, laus, (laud) 293; praise,
Passage, iter, (itiner) laudāre.
is
(n.).
prex.
ae.
Patience, patientia, Prayers, preces, um, pl.

of
Patiently, patienter, adv. Precept, praeceptum,
i.
Pay, pendère. Preceptor, praeceptor, 319.

is,
Peace, pax, (pac) Precious, carus,

a,
293. um.
ae.
Peninsula, peninsula, Prefer, anteponére.

People, populus, Prepare, parare.
i.
Perceive, animadvertère.
Present (to be), adesse; interesse
Perchance, forsitan, forte, adv. 267.
Persian, Persa, ae. Preserve, servare; preserve modera
Persuade, suadére, persuadére. tion, modum habère.
Phalanx, phalanx, (phalang)
is.
Preside over, praeesse.

Philosopher, philosophus, Prevail upon, permovére.
i.
Philosophize, philosophari, dep. Prevent, prohibère, obstare.

Pilot, gubernator, 319. Principle, principium,
i.
Pious, pius, Prisoner, captivus,

a,
um.
i.
Pirate, praedo, 335. Private wiformation, indicium,

i.
Pity, miserére; pity, me miserêt, Proceed, pergère, 447.

I
579. Proclaimer, praeco, 331,

a.
Procure, comparăre.
i,
Place, locus, pl., place,

a:
and
to
i
Promise, fides, ei; spon

to
ponére. promise,
Place into, imponére dère, 395, IV.

396 ENGL.S Hi-LATIN WOCABULARY.
IZemain, manère.
ae,
Property, res familiaris: familia,
Providence, Providentia, Remains, reliquiae, arum, 57, R.
Be
Remove, removëre.
ae.
Province, provincia,
Renew, renovare: redintegrüre.
ae.
Prudence, prudentia,
Repair, reficére.
is,
Prudent, prudens, (prudent) 107.
Ptolemy, Ptolemaeus, Repel, propulsäre (ward off).
i.
Punish, punire. Repent, poonitère; repent, me pag
I
Punishment, poena, supplici nitet, 579.
ae:
um, Repress, opprimère.
i.
Pursue, persequi (dep). Reprove, increpare.

Republic, respublica, 351,
3.
Put-to-flight, fugare: dāre
in
fugam.
Resist, resistère, with dat.
Pyrences, Pyrenaei (montes).
ae. Restrain, retinére.
Pythagoras, Pythagoras,
Retreat, recedere.
Q. Return (restore), reddére; (go back),
revertère, or reverti.
ae.
Queen, regina,
Revenue, vectigal, (vectigal) is.
Quickly, cito, adv.
Revere, venerare.
R. Revoke, revocare, abrogare.
Reward, praemium,
is,
Race, genus, (gener) 344; gens,
i.
Rhine, Rhenus,
is.
i.
(gent)
Rhetoric, rhetorica,
is, ae
Rain, imber, bris.
Raise, tollère: excitáre. Rich, dives, (divit) 107.
Rank, ordo, (ordin) Riches, divitiae, arum,57, R.
(m.).
is
Rapidly, celeriter, adv. Ride (on horseback), equitare.

Rashly, temere. Right, jus, (jur) is; rightly, jure
jus): recte, adv.
is,
of
Rashness, temeritas, (temeritat) (abl.

293. Rise, oriri, dep.
River, fluvius,
i,
Reach, pervenire. flumen, (flumin) is

Robber, latro, 331,
a.
Read, legére.
ae.
Reap, metére. Rock, petra,

Reason, ratio, 333, R. IRoll, volvere.
Roman, Romanus,
a,
Rebellion, rebellio, 333, R. um.

Recall, revocare. Rome, Roma, ae.
re Rose, rosa,
ae
Receive, accipére; receive back,

cipère. Rouse up, excitàre.
Reckon, ducére. Rout, fugăre, pellère: fundére, 416,
a
ae.
Recollection, memoria, Royal-power, regnum,

i.
Red, ruber, bra, brum, 77, Rule, regére: imperäre, with dat.
a.
Refrain, temperare. Run, currère.

Refuse, recusare.
S.
i,
Reign, regnum, reign, regnare.

to
Sacred, sanctus, um: sacer, cra,

a,
Rejoice, gaudère.
Relate, narrare: commemorare crum; sacred rites, sacra, orum;
Relieve, levăre. Sacred Way, Via Sacra, Sacred
Mount, Mons Sacer.
R.
Religion, religio, 333,

ENGLISH-LATIN WOCABULARY. 39":
Sadness, tristitia, moeror, 319. Sharp, acutus,
a,
ae: um.
Safe, salvus, a, um; tutus, a, um. Sharply acriter, adv.
G"
is,
Safety, salus, (salut) 293. Shine, micare, 389, shine forth
Sailor, nauta,
ae.
elmlcăre.
of,
Sake-for the sake causa, abl., Ship, navis, 300.
135, II.,
is,
Shore, littus, (littor)
b.
344.
id; Short, brevis,
is,
Same, very same,
e,
ea, the 104.
idem, 150. Show, monstrare, ostendére; (noun)
Sand, aridum, i. species, ei.
Say, dicére; say, aio, inquam. Shower, imber, bris.
I
Scarcely, vix. Shun, vitare.

Scatter, spargère. Shut, claudère.
Scholar, discipulus, Sick, aeger, gra, grum.
i.
ae.
School, schola, Sign, signum,
i.
Scout, explorator, 319. Sight, conspectus, us; sight
in
of
Sea, mare, 312; aequor, 325. conspectu.N.
Secede, secedere. Silent (to be), tacère.
Second, secundus, Silver, argentum,
a,
um.
i.
to,
Sedition, seditio, 333, R. Similar similis (dat.).
Sin, peccatum, sin, peccare,
i,
See, vidēre; (notice), conspicére.
to
Seek, quaerére. Since, quum, quoniam.
Seize, occupare; seize up, arripère. Sing, cantãre.
Self, ipse. Singing, cantus, tis.
Senate, senatus, us. Sister, soror, (soror) is (f).
Sit, sedère, 394, V.
ae.
Senate-house, curia,
Senator, senator, 319. Six, sex; sixth, sextus, a,
um
Send, mittére; send away, dimit Slave, servus,
i.
tére; send for, arcessère. Slay, occidére, interficére.

Slayer, interfector, 319.
is,
Senior, senior, (senior) 107 (comp.

i,
senex), 370. Sleep, somnus, sleep, dormire.

of
to
Separate, separare: dividère. Slinger, funditor, 319.

Small, parvus,
a,
Sepulchre, sepulchrum, um.

i. i.
Sequanian, Sequanus, Snatch up, arripére.

Serve (worship), colère. So, ita, tam; great, tantus;
so
st
Set (as heavenly bodies), occidére. long, tamdiu; many, tot

so
forth, expo Socrates, Socrates,

set
Set out, proficisci;

is
is. .
nère; set up, proponére. Soldier, miles, (milit)

Setting (of heavenly bodies), occa Some (persons), nonnulli.
ali
sus, us. Somebody, some, 178; some one,

Seven, septem; seventh, septimus, quis.
a, unm. Sometimes, interdum, nonnunquam
Seventy, septuaginta. Somewhat great, aliquantus, 184
Severe, gravis, Son, filius,

e,
i.
104.
Son-in-law, gener,
is,
Severity, severitas, (severität)

i.
293. Song, carman, 344,

a.
Shadow, umbra, Soul, animus,

e.
i.
L
1.
898 ENGLISH-I.ATIN VOCABULARY.
Spain, Hispania, æ. Surrender, deditio, 333, R..

Spaniard, Hispanus, i. ' Surround, circumvenire circum
;
Spare, parcère (dat.). stàre, 391 cingère, 401,
2.
;
Sparta Sparta, æ. Sure, certus,
a,
um.
Speak, dicëre, loqui.
H.
Suspicion, suspicio, 333,
Speech, sermo, 331. Sustain, sustinére.
Spend, consumère. Swallow, hirundo. 339.
Spiritedly, acriter. Sueet, dulcis,
e,
104.
Splendid, splendidus, a, um. Swift, celer, velox, 107.
Spoil, præda, æ. Swiftly, celeriter, 217.
Spur, calcar, 325. Suim, natâre swim across, trans.
;
Stag, cervus, i. mâre. -
Stain, maculáre. Suord, gladius,
i.
Stand, stare ; stand in the way, ob Syracuse, Syracusæ, arum.
stäre.
Standard, signum, i. T.
is,
Star, sidus, (sider) 344 stel Take, sumére take away, eripére,
;
;
la, æ. take back, recipére take captive.
qf, ;
State, civitas, (civitát) respubli capère take care curáre take
is
;
;
ca, 351, by storm, expugnàre take poe

3.
;
Station, statio, 333, R.; station, of,
to
session occupâre.
constituére, collocâre. Talent, ingenium,
i.
Stímulate, inducére. Tame, domâre.
Stir up, instigáre. Teach, docére.
Stoic, Stoicus, Teacher, magister, trt.
i.
æ.
Stone, lapis, (lapid) (m.). Tear, lacryma,

is
Stormy, turbidus, Tell, dicëre, nuntiáre.

a,
um
Strange, novus, Tempest, procella, tempestas.
a,
i. æ
um.
:
Strength, vis, 301 robur, 344. Temple, templum,

;
is,
Strengthen, confirmare. Tenacious, tenax, (tenac) 107

Temder, tener,
a,
Strive after, persequi, 206. um.

Strong, validus, Tent, pellis, 322.
a,
um.
Strong desire, cupiditas, 293. Tenth, decimus,
a,
um.
Study, studium, Terrify, terrère.
i.
Subdue, subigére. Territory, finis (m.).

Succour, subsidium, Tham, quam.
i.
is,
Such, talis, That

e,
184. (pron.), ille, iste.

Sudden, repentinus, That, conj., order that, ut; that
in
a,
um.
Sudoeenly, subito, adv. not, ne.
-
Sufficiently, satis. Themselves, sui, 142.

qf
Them, tum, adv.

is, æ.
Sum muoney, pecunia,

Summer, æstas, (æstat) 293. There, ibi.
'I'hick;$tensus, um,
a,
Sum, sol, (söl) (m.).

is
Sup, Thime, tuus,

a,
cænãre. um.
Superior, superior, oris. Thing, res, rei; this thing, hoc,
Support, alére. these things, hæc.
I.NGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 399
Thimk, putäre, cogitáre, existimare, U.

sentire, censóre. Ulysses, Ulysses,
is.
Third, tertius, a, um Uncertain, incertus,
a,
um.
Thirst, sitis, 300. Under, sub, prep., 323.
'I'hörteem, tredecim. Understand, intelligere.
Thirty, triginta. Undertake, suscipére.
Thés, hic, hæc, hoc. Unfriendly, inimicus,
a,
um.
I'hither, eo. Unjust, injustus,
a,
um.
Three, tres, ia. Unless, nisi (conj.).
qf,
I'hrough, per (prep. with acc.). Unmindful immemor witl;
(
I'hrow, jacére ; throw before, pro gen.).
jicëre. - Until, donec, dum (conj.).
Thumder (verb), tonäre. uti, dep. abl,
üs
to
Use, usus, wse,
.
Thus, ita. 316,
b.
Thy, tuus, a, um. Useful, utilis,
e,
104.
Tiber, Tiberis, is.
V.
is,
Time, tempus, (tempör) 344.

Timid, timidus, Vacant (to be), vacáre.
a,
um.
To,
ad
(prep. with acc.). Vain—in vain, frustra (adv.).
is,
To-day, hodie. Valour, virtus, (virtüt) 293.
Together, una (adv.). Value, pretium, value, æsti
to
i•
Toil, labor, 319 opera,
ae.
märe.
:
To-morrow, cras (adv.). Vast, vastus,

a,
um.
Tongue, lingua, Vaunt, ostentáre.
æ.
Too much, nimius,

is a,
um. Vehemently, vehementer (adv.)

Tooth, dens, (dent) (m.). Venetiam, Venetus,
i.
of,
Top summus, 297,

a.
Very, valde, admodum verg easy

;
Touch, tangère touch upon, attin perfacilis, very few, perpauci

;
e
;
gère. verg mear, proximus.

Tower, turris, 300: castellum, Více, vitium,
i.
i.
Town, oppidum, Victory, victoria,

i.
Townsman, oppidanus, Vile, vilis,

e,
104.
is, i.
Treaty, fædus, (foeder) 344. Village, vicus,

i.
Tree, arbor, (arbor) (f.). Violate, violáre.

is
Trial, judicium, Virgin, virgo, 339.

i.
Tribune, tribunus,
is,
Virtue, virtus, (virtüt)

i.
293
Tributary, stipendiarius, um, Virtuous, probus,
a,
is, a,
um.
Tribute, stipendium, Voice, vox, (vöc) 293.
i.
True, verus,
a,
um. Vow, spondére, 395, IV.

Truce, indutiæ, arum, 57, R.
C
«.
Trust to, credére (with dat.).

Turbid, tnrbidus,
g.,
a,
(e.
um. Wage war), gerére bellum,
CO
:
Turn, vertére. inferre.

Twenty, viginti. Wagon, carrus,
i.
Tuno-a-piece, bini, 189. Waitfor, expectare.

400 pngLisH-LATIN vocABULARY,
is,
Walk, ambuláre. Wise, sapiens, sapient) 107
*
Wall, murus, i ; walls, moenia, um. wisely, sapienter.
Wander, vagari, erráre. Wish, velle, cupére.
VVan/, carêre, 348. With, cum (prep., abl.).
Without, sine (prep., abl)
be
to
(to
Wanting be), deesse, 267,
;
b.
War, bellum, without, carêre.
i.
Warlike, bellicosus, Withstand, resistère, 390.
a,
um.
JVarn, monére. Wolf, lupus,
i.
Woman, femina, mulier, (f.).
is
te
Wash, alluére.
;
jI'aich, ncatching, vigilia, Wonder at, admirári, dep.
to
oe
;
Wonderful, mirabilis,
e,
watch, vigiláre. 104.
VVood (a), sylva,
æ.
VVater, aqua, æ.
Word, verbum, word brought,
is
Wave, fluctus, üs.
i;
ae;
Way, via, make (their) vay,

muntiatum est.
to
is,
iter facere. Work, opus, (oper) 344.
Wearied, defessus, World, mundus, orbis terrarum.
a,
um.
i:
Worse, pejus, adv. worst, pessi
of,
Wear taedet, 579.

y
;
JVeep, flére. mus, 370.
Well (to be), valére. Worship, colère, adoráre.

Worthy, dignus, um (with abl).
a,
West, Occidens.
VVould-that, utinam, 526.
(in
What number)? quotus vehat

!
is,
quid interest? Wound, vulnus, (vulner)
to
the difference 344
is
;
?
When, quum (conj.). wound, vulnerare.

Wretched, miser, 77,
b.
Whence, unde (adv.).
Whether, num, 174 utrum. VVritc, scribére.
:
Where, ubi (adv.). Writer, scriptor, 319.

P. 194,
1.
the tuo, uter,

of
Which X.
Whirlwind, turbo, (turbin) (m).
is
quis, Xenophon, Xenophon, (Xenophont)

Who, qui, quæ, quod vcho
?
;
S.
quæ, quid Y.
?
JVhole, omnis, universus, um;

a,
Year, annus, adv.

e
;
totus, um cunctus, 441.

a,
Yearly, quotannis,
;
i.
Why car? Yes, immo.

?
VVicked, improbus,
a,
um. Yesterday, heri.

Vide, latus, um videly, laté
a,
Yet, tamen.
;
;
more videly, latius. Yoke, jugum,

i.
VVill beast, fera, æ.

Young-man, juvenis. (m.) ade
is
JVind, ventus,
i.
lescens.
Wällängly, libenter. You, vos (sing., tu).
VVine, vinum, Your, vester, tra, trum, 134.
i.
Wing, ala,
æ.
is,
youth, juventus, (juventüt)
°)
203
is,
(hyem) 293;
to
VVinter, hyems, a. See goung ^nam.

qointer, hiemäre wvnter-quarters,
;
hiberna, orum (pl.). Z.

Wisdom, sapientia, 2eal, studium,
i.
æ
EXAMINATION QUESTIONS.
WHAT is a monosyllable? a dissyllable? a polysyllable? (8.-What is

inflection ?—What is the inflection of nouns called ! of verbs 7 (21, 2 R.)—
Name the vowels: the liquids : the c-sounds : p-sounds : t-sounds : double
consonants: diphthongs, (23.)—Repeat the general rules of quantity, (24.)
-Repeat the general rules of gender, (25, a.)
Has the Latin any article? (27.)—What is the stem of a noun? (30.).
How many cases of nouns are there ! (31.)—What is the use of the nomi
native the vocative 7 the genitive 2 (33.)—How many declensions ?—How
distinguished ? (34)-Give nom., voc., and gen, endings of 1st decl. (nom.
and voc., á short ; abl., a long).—What is the gender of 1st decl.? (36,
c.)
its
you put the unemphatic gen.
do
Where (After noun, 38, a.)—The

its
b.)
emphatic (Before noun, 38,

2
the predicate? (41.)—What
an
What the subject
of
sentence
is
is
active verb transitive? intransitive (42)—What does the infinitive

7
express the indicative (43.)—What does the present tense express

7
7
the imperfect the future? (44.)—What the infinitive-ending of 1st
is
7
?–How person
3d
do
conj. you find the stem

of
verb (45.)—Give the

a
endings the indicative, (46.)—Are the personal pronouns necessarily

of
used Latin (47 R.)—Where do you put the subject nominative

in
in
a
7
sentence (48, II.)

1
What the direct object

of
the case (51.)—Give the accusative-end

is
ings position for the object accusative? (53, II.)

of
of
1st decl. (52.)—Rule
What does the dative express (54): the ablative (55.)—Give the
1
R.
case-endings complete, 1st decl. (618): quantity final syllables (618,

of
gender position II,

of
1): a): for

its R.
(618, rule for remote object (58,

2)
*
:
preposition and noun (58, II., b.)

2d
Case endings, decl., masc. (61)—Nañ8 the feminine nouns

of
2d
decl.
(alvus, cólus, humus, van –What nouns have for vocative-ending?
i
you render
do
R.
motion, how Latin

in
2.)—When im
it
to
(62,
1
(63, £35'.)
What decl. reject the endings

2d
of
é? (64)—Which
is
of
nouns and
L
2
L
402 EXAMINATION QUESTIONS.
these retain the é in the oblique cases 7 (65, R.)—What case is used with
words of aboa nding and wanting 7 (66, II., a.)
Case-endings, 2d decl., neut. (68.) -Short final syllables in 2d decl. (ús,

tim, à).–Long final syllables is, os).—What
(i,
o,
&, the infinitive-end
is
ing person endings, indic. present:
2d
3d
verbs, conj. (70.)–Give the
of
7
imperfect: future, (71.)
the endings adjectives

(76.)—What adjectives reject
of
Give
of
Class
I.
the endings put the unemphatic adjective
is
do
and (77.)—Where é you
?
II., you put the adjective belonging
do
78 to
(78, a.)—Where
in
sentence
a
noun which governs the genitive (B. ore the genitive,
in
another
a
7
II., b.)
pers, endings esse, indic. (79) syntax for predi

3d
of
of
Give the rule
b.) :
cate noun (80, a): for predicate adjective, (81,
Infinitive-ending, conj. (83.)—Indic., pers. endings, present: im

3d
3d
perfect: future, (84.)--Infinitive-ending, 4th conj (86.)—Indic. 3d pers.,
present: imperfect: future, (87.)—Where you put the adjective be
do
longing governed by preposition II.)

to
noun (89,
a
a
What syllable pers. pass. ending, indic.? (90.)—In putting

3d
forms the
active sentence into the passive form, what changes occur (93, II.)
an
When the preposition omitted (93, II., R.) !

is
Case-endings, the gender

3d
of
decl. (98.)—What most nouns which

is
sermo: urbs: lex.

to
adds form the nom. (99.)—Decline

7
ad
R.
the gender al, ar, e? 2.)—Endings

of
of
What
in
nouns (102,
of is
jectives brévis. adjectives

2d
class (104.)—Decline (105.)—What

1
used with adjec

R.
of
lake instead (105, 2.)—What

in
abl. case
or is
é
?
i
advantage disadvantage
of
of
or
tives likeness unlikeness? (106,

7
II.,
c.)
What'adjectives form Class III.? (107.)—Decline félix. (108.)—Which

sing,
b.)
R.
ending participles
do
ns take
i7
in
or
(108,
in
1,
abl.
é
What nouns belong

4th decl. (110.)—Give the case-endings, masc.
to
R.
quantity final syllables, 4th decl. (621,

of
neut. (111) fem.

1)
(-11)
:
2.)—What nouns take ub üs abl. plur. (621,

R.
of
in
nouns 4th decl. (621,

7
4.)
R.
3.)—Decline tis, (112, 3.)—What does mi mean

m
(112,
6
d
d
5
syntax for verbs compounded with trans, (113, IL., a.)—Is trans
of
Rule
ever repeated
?
What nouns belong 5th decl. (114.)—Case-endings, 5th

to
decl. (116.)
1
?
long when short (116, R.)-What

ei
of
When 5th
in
is
the nouns
e
7
EXAMINATION QUESTIONS. 403
decl. have plur. couplete 7 (117, R.)—Time when is put in what case ?
II.,
c.)
(118,
Decline ego, (120.)—wVhat the adj. personal pron. 1st pers. sing.
of
is
1st pers. plur. 1st pers. endings, 1st
act, indic. pres conj,
of
(122.)–Give
?
ent: imperfect: future.—Also, pass. present: imperfect: future. (123.)–
What case used with esse denote the possessor (125, II., a.)—Is
to
is
?
cum prefixed the personal pronouns (125, II., b.)
or
to
suffixed
?
What are the 1st person endings, act. and pass., for 2d conj, indic.
present imperfect? future conj. (127.)
3d
(126.)—The same for
1
?
Fourth, (128.)
Decline tu, (130.)—What are the pers. endings, 1st conj, act, and
2d
pass., indic. present? imperfect? future? (131.)—The same for
2d
conj.
pers. (134.)—How
2d
(133.)—What are the possessive pronouns né
of
is
1
II, sentence? (135, II.,
b.)
causa placed
in
used? (135, a.)—Where
is
a
pers. endings verbs,
2d
3d
What conj., act. and pass., indic
of
are the
pres. imperfect? future (136.)—The same for 4th conj (137.)
7
Decline the reflexive pronoun sui, (142.)—What the adjective-personal

is
pronoun pers. (143.)—What case does imper are govern (147.)

3d
of
?
?
Why (149.)—Decline is, ea, id,

so
are demonstrative pronouns called

?
(150.)—Inflect esse, pres., imperf, and fut. indic. (151.)-Distinguish

suus and ejus, (153)—What the 1st person?
of
the demonstrative
is
2d
3d
of
of
(156): (157): (158.)

1
Decline qui, (164)—Syntax

b.)
the relative, (167,

of
Decline quis, (170.)—How the answer yes given (173.)—What an

is
swer does num expect? (175,

b.)
Name the seven indefinite pronouns, (178.)—How are indef pronouns

-
wsed with genitive (180, a.)
a
Name the correlative pronouns, (184.)—Give the Latin for much gold
‘186, a): for much money (186, a).—Distinguish tantum and tantus,
1186, obs.)
all
Repeat the first twelve numerals four classes, (189.)–Give the

in
or
space, (191.)
of
rule for accus. time
Decline unus, duo, and tres, (194.)—What words are declined like
unius long
R.
unws 1.)—'s the penult

or
(194,
of
short
/
?
Inflect cap &re in pres., imperf, and fut. indic. (199.)
What are deponent verbs? (206.)—How are they conjugated ? (Ans.

like passives.)
How do you form derivative adverbs from adjectives of Class I. ? (215,
II.
1): of Class (215, 2.)—What the general position
of
the adverb
in
is
?
sentence (218, a.)—Where fer placed (218, b.)—How equi
is
is
n
é
a
1
c.)
dem used? (218,
What prepositions govern the accus
or
of
ablat. (223.)–Give the rule
1
apposition, (225, a.)
Give the person-endings, pres. indic, act. tense-stem connecting.
:
vowel 1st conj. 2d: 3d 4th, (234.)
:
Imperfect tense, person-endings: tense-stem, four conj's. connecting

vowel, (237.)—Future tense, 1st and conj., person-endings: tense
2d
stems: connecting-vowels (238): and 4th conj, fut, person-ending:
3d
tense-stem connecting-vowel, (240.)

:
Passive-endings, (243.)—Apparent irregularities, viz., 1st pers. pres.

pers. sing pres. conj, pers, sing.
3d
2d
2d
2d
indic. conj., 1st and fut.,
:
(244.)
- Quantity.—Monosyllables ending vowel (247, a.): excep

of
Rules
in
a
tions. Monosyllables ending consonant: exceptions, (247. b.)—

in
a
Quantity
of
in of
of
final (248): final (249) final (250): final (201):

a
o
e
i
:
final, (252.)—Final syllables ending

of
consonant, (253.)—F.r.8.1 as,

u
es, os: exceptions, (254.)-Final and us: exceptions, (255.)—i:10.1 case

is
verbs, (258.)—Penults perf tense, (259.)—Adjectives

in of
in of
of
nouns (257)
:
idus, icus: us: ilis, bilis,

in
in
(260.)
What are the tenses for action completed? (262): their endings? (263.)
—Give the perf, pluperf, and fut. perf esse, (264.)—Distinguish perf
of
pres from perf aorist, (265.)—What case

do
the compounds esse with

of
b.)
prepositions govern (267,

?
perf stem formed 1st conj.

of
of
How
of
most verbs
in
2d 4.1.1
is
perf mare, monére, audire,

of
(270.)—Give (271.)
a
How perf stem formed 3d conj. (276.)—Euphonic

of
of
most verbs
is
(277.)
(1)
rules: k-sound before

s,
(2) before (3) t-sound before

b
s
s
:
What answer does nonne expect? (280)—How the pluperf former

is
"
the fut. perf. (283.)

?
EXAMINATION QUESTIONS. 405
Name the six classes of nouns of 3d decl. (291.)—Euphonic rules, (292.)

-How do you express “on the top of the mountain” in Latin 7 (297.)
Decline J up ter: Bos: Res publica: Jusjurandum, (351.)
Repeat the rules of gender, 3d decl., from nominative formation, with

the exceptions under each, (355.)
Comparison of Adjectives.—What is the compar, ending 1 (357.)– If the
stem ends in a vowel, how is the compar. formed ? (357, R.)—Syn:ax of

compar., when quam is omitted, (360,
c.)
er
Superl, ending, (363.)—Stems add what ending (364.)—Stems
in
b.)
what ending (365.)—What used with superlatives? (367,
in
is
case
l,
Compare bonus, alus, magnus, multus, parvus, senex, juve

m
nis, exterus, ferus, superus, post erus, t270.)—Comp. dives

in
be ne volus.
Are adverbs compared ?–How (376.)

!
the supine (377.)—Form supine-stem, 1st conj.
in 2d
3d
What 4th,
is
:
(378.)—How supine um used (379.)—How supine used
is
in
is
u
?
?
(380.)—Name the supines which are use, (381.)—What
in
in
common
u
case answers the question whither (383.)

?
four ways forming perf stem, 1st conj.

of
What are the (387.)—How

1
you form perf.

do
many verbs does each class contain (387.)—How

7
pluperf, fut. perf.

or
of
these verbs (388.)

1
five ways forming the perf stem, 2d conj. (394.)—

of
What are the

?
How many verbs (395.j—What rules euphonv

of
does each class contain

c.) 7
applied here III.,

be
(395,
a,
to
b,
are
!
Name the six ways forming the perf stem,

3d
of
conj. (400.)—What
euphony applied forming perf
of
of
of
rules stems verbs

in
to
are be 1st
class (401, &c.)
1,
1
3d
class form perf. stem" (406): verbs

of
2d
How class?—
a of
do verbs
by
c.)
In
what sense often used Caesar! (408,

is
d
4th class form perf stem

do
How
of
verbs (411.)—What vowel chan.

?
ges must be observed here (411, c.)--Give the rule for verbs de
a,
of
b,
?
manding (413, 1): for ve-hs sparing 4.)—What the perf

of
(413,
of
is
adéré (413, [+"

of
cae dé1
&
1
)
How do verbs of 5th class form perf stem ? (416.)--Form the perf.
c.)
stems of the io verbs in (416, c).—What is said of the praenomen ? (418,
*
perf stem
do
of
How verbs 6th class form (421.)—What cases are
7
distribu re? (423,
c.)
ased after
è
-
*
What are the five ways forming the perf stem 4th conj.
of
(426.}
in
7
How many verbs does each class contain (427.)—How
of
the manner
is
7
action expressed
an
Latin (428, a.)
in
How are the passivetenses for completed action formed (431.)—How
?
the perf part formed (432, b.)—How inflected (432, a.)—Inflect
is
it
is
?
?
the perf, pluperf, and fut perf pass maré, (433.)—How the perf
of
is
á
pass. part. sometimes used with est? (435,
c.)
How many participles are there Latin, act. and pass. (438.)—Give
in
?
the endings the present part. act, the four conjugations, (439, a.)—
of
How declined (440.)—Has the Latin any active part. in

express
to
is
it
complete action? (None, excepting deponent verbs, 440, b.)—What
a,
in
the part
of
the use discourse? (442, c.)—Give the words whick

in
in
is
or
cannot stand first clause sentence, (442, c.)

in
a
How the fut, part. act. formed (445.)—Inflect the periphrastic pres.
is
past, and fut. maré, (446.)—Give the rule for the use the fut part.
of
of
á
with verbs motion, (448.)

of
How the perf. pass.

part formed (451, a.)—How inflected
is
is
it
?
?
deponent verbs use the perf part form (451, c.)—What

do
(451, b.)—How
7
the place where? (453, a): the place whence? (453, b);
of
of
or
the case
is
place
c.)
the whither (453,

?
When the part. used the ablative with noun? (456.)—How

in
of is
is
a
the want perf act, part, supplied Latin (457.)—Can noun be

in
a
a
7
the ablative absolute with another noun? (Yes: 458.)

in
used
How does the infin. express action (465.)—Give the infin. forms, act
?
and pass., all the conjugations, (466.)—Give the rule for the comple.
in
xnentary infin. (468, a.)
Name the classes of verbs which take after them the accus. and infin.
changi English sentences commencing with
of
(471.)—Give the method

hat into the Latin accus. and infin. 3.)
1,
2,
(472,
the perf infin. pass. (478.)—When the accus.

of
Give the formation

is
used with this infin, with what does its part. agree (478.)
?
How the infin, fut, act formed? (482): the infin, fut pass. (483)
is
EXAMINATION QUESTICNS. 407
Under what form does the gerund express the action of the verb 7 (487
a.)—How is the gerund-stem formed ? (487, b.)—How the cases of the ge.
rund ! (487, c.)—What rules apply to the cases of the infin, and gerund?
(489.)—ls the infin. or the accus. ger, used with a preposition ? (489, R.)--.
What case does the ger. govern ? (490.)
How does the gerundive express the action of a verb 1 (495, a.)—How
are its cases formed ? (495, b.)—How is it used
(496.)—When must the
?
gerundive be used instead of the gerund?—When may it be so used ?
(496, R.)—After what verbs does the gerundive express a purpose or cb
ject? (498, #".)
What does the gerundive in the nom. neut. with esse express 7 (501
a.)—What does it express when used with esse as a verbal adjective?
(502.)—What is the case of the person in both these constructions ?
(The dative.)
How does imper. mood express the action of the verb 7 (507.)—What is
not with the imper. ? (510, Rule.)
When is a sentence compound? (513, a.)—Give an example of a prin

cipal sentence: of a subordinate sentence, (513, c.)—Give solue of the
classes of subordinate sentences, (514, a, &c.)
Repeat the copulative conjunctions, (515.)—How are et and que used?

(517, a): ac? (517, b.)—What does et followed by another et mean?
(517, c.)—What is the Latin for again and again? for not only—but
also? (517, d.)
Name the disjunctive conjunctions, (519.)—What does aut indicate 7

vel? (519, R.2.)—How is ve used ? (519, R. 3.)—What do these
1 and
conj. mean when repeated ? (519, R. 4.)—Give the adversatives, (520.)--
b.)
What does sed express? (522, a): autem? (522,
How does the subjunc. mood express affirmation? (524.)—Inflect subjunc

pres. esse, (525.)—Inflect subjunc. pres. act. and pass. ām aré,
of
of
ön éré, géré, au dire,

ré
b.)—How maywish be expressed

in
m
(526,
be a
Latin? (528, a.)—How may softened command expressed (528, b.)—

a
you express direct question when doubt implied? (528,

c.)
do
How
is
a
Inflect subjunc. perf esse, (531.)—How regular verbs form subjunc

do
of
perf act. (532, 1): subjunc. perf pass. (532, 2.)—Inflect the subjunc.
1
perf act. and pass āmaré, néré, régéré, audiré, (532, 3.)—How
of
m
6
the subjunc. perf used imperatively? (534, a.)—How may supposed

is
be a
expressed (534, b.)—How may express.

be
case softened assertion

a
?
ed? (534, c)—What interrogative sentences take the subjunc.? (534,

e.)
How is the subjunc. imperf formed? (537.)—Repeat the paradigm
b.)
(538.)—How is the subjunc. pluperf act, and pass. formed ? (539, a and
–Give the paradigm, (539, c.)—Repeat the conditional conjunctions, (540,
a.)—What conditional sentence (540, b.)—In conditional sentences
is
a
or
you express
do
an
how real condition possible condition unreal
a
a
1
?
an
present time impossible condition past
or
impossible unreal
in
in
1
time (542, Rule.)—Can the perf pluperf indic. ever be used with
or
b,
!
si? (No.)
Inflect posse subjunc. pres. imperf: perf. pluperf (545.)—State

of in
:
the composition poss e.—Repeat the final conjunctions, (546.)—How
is
purpose aim expressed English Latin (548, a.)—How
or
how an
in
in
is
7
7
object provided against introduced English? how
be
Latin (543,
to
in in
in
purpose expressed Latin by
be
an
or
v.)—Can aim infin. (No

a
)
Give the primary tenses the Latin verb: the historical, (551,
2,
a,
of
b.)
-—What the rule for the succession tenses? (551, 3.)—How result of
is
is
a
expressed English how Latin (553, a.)—What the rule for ut
in
in
is
7
7
b.)
signifying that (553,

?
fut, subjunc supplied

of
How the want Latin (556.)—Give the

in
is
7
a
does quo express

paradigm, periph. conj. subjunc. (556.)—When pur
a
pose instead ut? (558, quin neg
of
a.)—In what sense used (1) after

is
?
ative sentences? (2) after non dubito, &c. (558, b.)—When quo.
is
?
minus used preference

c.)
ne? (558,
in
to
What quum (561.)—What

of
are the two uses the first use called?

is
?
the second (561.) —When quum followed by the indic.? (563, a.)
is
7
When quum temporal followed by the imperf pluperf subjunc.?

c.) or
is
(563, b.)—What the rule for quum causal (563,

is
When the rel. pronoun followed by the subjunc.? (566.)—Give the

is
subjunc. ex
to
rel. sentence, (568, d.)—Is the rel.

of
ule for the use

in
in a
press purpose very common Caesar? (Yes.)

a
In
what two ways may we relate the words

of
another? (571.)—What
of
called (571.)—What kinds sentences are introduced

is in
or is
each method
?
atio obliqua (Either principal

or
subordinate.)—What mood
7
used principal sentences oratio obliqua (574, a): subordinate

in
in
in
b.)
sentences (574,
!
What are impersonal verbs? (577.)—Give the classes impersonals

of
(578.)—What impersonals are followed by the accus

of
the arson and

he gen, (579, a.)
of
the cause
?
ExAMINATION QUESTIONS. 409
Give the rule for ö portet and decet (584, a): for place t (584, b).
for lice t and libet (584, c): for interest and réfert (584, d).
State the composition of possum, and repeat the paradigm, (587.)
Give the composition of nôlo and malo, and repeat the paradigms
(592.)—Give the three rules for velle, no lle, and mall e, in (594).
Repeat the paradigm of irregular forms of ferre, (596.)—How are the

remaining tenses formed ? (596, b.)—What is the meaning of fé runt?
b.)
598,
Of what verb does fieri form the pass..? (600.)—How are the tenses
(600 j–Give the paradigm.—What the quantity fieri
of
formed
is
in
?
!
i
of
(600, R.)—What forms dere are similar esse (601.)—
of
to
those
e
?
Give the paradigm.—What the quantity es, from ess e? es, from
of
of
is
de re? (601, R.)

e
What conjugation does ire follow (605.)—Give the paradigm.—What

2
compounds? 2.)—How are queo and queo con

of
said (605,
1,
the
is
n
e
jugated (606.)
?
Inflect aio (609): quam novi

in
you distinguish
do
(610): (611).—How
aio quam
in
of
of
b,
(613,
of
between the use and £35".)—What foim
7
pi
coe used with pass. infin. (613, 3."

is
c
?
MM
T#i
in
N
E
E
B00KS FOR SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES,
TUDLISHED BY
?IARPER & BROTHERS, NEW YORK.

-*.*.*veneeeeee
Abbott's Illustrated Histories,

Suitable for Reading Books in Schools. Illuminated Title
pages and numerous Engravings. 16mo, Muslin, 60 cents
each; Muslin, gilt edges, 75 cents each.
Cleopatra.-Josephine—Madame Roland.—Xerxes.—Cyrus,
—Darius.—Alexander.—Hannibal.—Julius Caesar.—Alfred.—
William the Conqueror.—Queen Elizabeth.—Mary Queen of
Scots-Charles I.-Charles II.—Maria Antoinette.—Romulus.
–Pyrrhus.—Nero.
Abercrombie on the Intellectual Powers,

Essay on the Intellectual Powers. Inquiries concerning the
Intellectual Powers and the Investigation of Truth. With
Questions. 18mo, Muslin, 45 cents; Half Bound, 50 cents.
Abercrombie on the Moral Feelings,

The l’hilosophy of the Moral Feelings. With Questions.
18mo, Muslin, 40 cents; Half Bound, 50 cents.
Alison's Essay on Taste,

Essay on the Nature and Principles of Taste. With Correc
--- -
tions and Improvements, by ABRAHAM MILLs. 12mo, Muslin,
75 cents.
Andrews's Latin-English Lexicon,

Founded on the larger German-Latin Lexicon of Dr. WILLIAM
FREUND. With Additions and Corrections from the Lexicons
of Gesner, Facciolati, Scheller, Georges, &e Royal 8vo,
Sheep, $500.
anthon's Classical Dictionary,

Containing an Account of the Principal Proper Names men
tioned in Ancient Authors, and intended to elucidate all the
important Points connected with the Geography, History, Bi,
ography, Mythology, and Fine Arts of the Greeks and Romans.
together with an Account of the Coins, Weights, and Measures
of the Ancients, with Tabular Values of the same. Royal 8vo
Sheep extra, $400.
Anthon's Latin-English Dictionary,

A Latin-English and English-Latin Dictionary, for the use of
Schools. Chiefly from the Lexicons of Freund, Georges, and
Waltschmidt. Small 4to, Sheep, $200.
e BookS FOR SCHOOLS AND COLLEGEs.
Anthon's Classical Series,

atin Lessons, Latin Grammar, Part I. Containing the most in
portant Parts of the Grammar of the Latin Language, togethe.
with appropriate Exercises in the Translating and Writing of
Latin. 12mo, Sheep extra, 75 cents.
Latin Prose Composition, Latin Grammar, Part II.,

An Introduc;
tion to Latin Prose Composition, with a complete Course o
Exercises, illustrative of all the important Principles of Latif
Syntax. 12mo, Sheep extra, 75 cents.
A KEY to the Above is published, which may be obtained by
Teachers. 12mo, Half Sheep, 50 cents.
Zumpt's Latin Grammar, From the ninth Edition of the Original,

adapted to the use of English Students. By LEONHARD
SCHMITz, Ph.D. Corrected and enlarged. 12mo, Sheep extra,
75 cents.
An ABRIDGMENT of the Above. 12mo, Sheep extra, 50 cents.
Latin Prosody and Metre. From the best Authorities, Ancient and
Modern. 12mo, Sheep extra, 75 cents.
Latin Versification. In a Series of Progressive Exercises, including

Specimens of Translation from English and German Poetry
into Latin Verse. 12mo, Sheep extra, 75 cents.
A Key to the Above is published, which may be obtained by
Teachers. 12mo, Haif Sheep, 50 cents.
taesar's Commentaries on the Gallic War, and the First Book of the
£
Greek l'araphrase; with English Notes, Critical and Expiana
Plans of Battles, Sieges, &c., and Ilistorical, Geograph
ical, and Archaeological Indexes. Map, l'ortrait, &c. 12ino.
Sheep extra, $100. -
re AEmeid of Virgil. With English Notes, Critical and Explana.

tory, a Metrical Clavis, and an IIistorical, Geographical, and
Mythological Index. Portrait and many illustrations, 12mo,
Sheep extra, $125.
Eclogues and Georgics of Virgil. With English Notes, Critical and

Explanatory. 12mo, Sheep extra, $1 25.
Ballust's Jugurthine War and Conspiracy of Catiline, with an En.

#lish Commentary, and Geographical and IIistorical Indexes.
New Edition, corrected and enlarged.
- Portrait. 12mo, Sheep
extra, 75 cents.
The Works of Horace. With English Notes, Critical and Explana:

Wory. A new Edition, corrected and enlarged, with Excursions
relative to the Vines and Vineyards of the Ancients; a Life
of Horace, &c. 12mo, Sheep extra, $125.
'icer Select Orations. With English Notes, Critical and Explan
atorv, and Historical, Geographical, and Legal Indexes." An
* improved Edition. Portrait :2mo, Sheep extra, $100,
isookS FOR SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES. 3
Anthon's Classical Series, continued.

£icero de Senectute, De Amicitia, and Paradoxa, and the Life of
Atticus by Nepos. With English Notes, Critical and Explan
atory. 12-mo, Sheep extra, 75 cents.
Cicero's Tusculan Disputations. With English Notes, Critical and

Explanatory. 12mo, Sheep extra, $1 00.
The Germania and Agricola, and also Selections from the Annals
of Tacitus. With English Notes, Critical and Explanatory.-
12mo, Sheep extra, $100.
tornelius Nepos, Cornelii Nepotis Vitae Imperatorum Excellentium.

With English Notes, &c. 12mo, Sheep extra, $100.
Terence, Terentii Comoedise, with English Notes, Metrical Tables,
and an Essay on the Scanning of Terence, &c. 12mo, Sheep
extra. (In press.)
First Greek Lessons, Containing the most important Parts of the
Grammar of the Greek Language, together with appropriate
Exercises in the Translating and Writing of Greek; for the use
of Beginners. 12mo, Sheep extra, 75 cents.
Greek Prose Composition,
II.
Greek Lessons, Part An Introduc
to
tion Greek Prose Composition, with complete Course
of
a
all
Exercises illustrative the important Principles

of
of
Greek
Syntax. 12mo, Sheep extra,
75
cents.
of
Grammar the Greek Language. For the use

of
Schools and Col.

leges. 12mo, Sheep extra, 75 cents.
New Greek Grammar, From the German Kühner, Matthiae,
of
4
Buttmann, Rost, and Thiersch;

to
which are appended Re

on
marks
of
the Prouunciation the Greek Language, and Chro

nological Tables explanatory
of
the same 12mo, Sheep extra,

75 cents.
Sreek Prosody
of of of
and Metre. For the use Schools and Colleges;

together with the Choral Scanning the Prometheus Vinctus
of
AEschylus, and GEdipus Tyrannus Sophocles,

to
which are
on
appended Remarks the Indo-Germanic Analegies. 12me,

75
Sheep extra, cents.
Greek Reader, Principally from the German

of
Jacobs. With
A
English Notes, Critical and Explanatory,

to
Metrical Index
a
Homer and Anacreon, and copious Lexicon. 12mo, Sheep

a
extra, $100.
Homer, The First Six Books Homer's Iliad,
of
to
which are, *P.

pended English Notes, Critical and Explanatory, Metrical In
a
aex, and Homeric Glossary. New' and enlarged Edition.

12mo, Sheep extra, $125.
The Anabasis with English Notes, Critical and £

of
xenophon,
planatory, Map arranged according and best Au
of to
the latest
a
thorities, and 12mo, Sheep

of
Plan the Battle Cunaza

a
extra. $125.
4 BooKS FOR SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES.
Anthon's Classical Series, continued.

Xenophon's Memorabilia of Socrates, From, the Text of Kühner
With Explanatory Notes, &c., by D. B. HickIE, LL.D. First
American Edition, corrected and enlarged. 12mo, Sheep ex
tra, $100.
Manual of Roman Antiquities. From the most recent German

Works. With a Description of the City of Rome, &c. 12mo,
Sheep extra, 87% cents.
Minual of Greek Literature. With a Critical History of the Greek

Language. 12mo, Sheep extra, $100.
Manual of Greek Antiquities. From the best and most recent

Sources. 12mo, Sheep extra, 87% cents.
Manual of Greek and Roman Mythology, 12mo, Sheep extra.
II,
Latin Syntax, Latin Lessons, Part Containing Latin Syntax,
on
with Reading Lessons, and Exercises double translation,
in
12mo, Sheep extra. (Uniform with
of
the basis Kühner's

Latin Lessons, Part I.)
Ovid, Selections from the Metamorphoses Ovid. With English
of
Notes, Critical and Explanatory. 12mo, (In press.)
Euripides. The Hecuba, Hippolytus, Medea, and Bacchae Eurip.
of
ides. With English Notes, Critical and Explanatory. 12mo,
(In press.)
Juvenal, With English Notes Critical
of
The Satires Juvenal.

and Explanatory. (In press.)
Bigelow the Useful Arts,
on
Connection with the Applications

of
considered Science
in
$1
With numerous Engravings. vols. 12mo, Muslin, 50.

2
Boucharlat's Mechanics,
An Elementary Treatise
on
Mechanics. Translated from the

French, with Additions and Emendations, by Prof. Edward
H.
CourTENAY. Plates. 8vo, Sheep extra, $2.25.
Boyd's Eclectic Moral Philosophy;

prepared for Literary Institutions and general Use. 12mo,
N
Muslin, 75 cents.
Boyd's Rhetoric and Criticism,

Rhetoric and Literary Criticism with copious
of
Elements
Practical Exercises and Examples. Including, also, succinct
a
History the English Language, and

of
of
British and American

Literature, from the earliest
to
the present Times. On the

Basis of the recent Works of ALEXANDER REID and R. CUNNELL;
"yith large Additions from other Sources. 12mo, Half Bound,
cents. -
0
Rooks FOR SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES. 5
Brande's Encyclopedia.
A Dictionary of Science, Literature, and Art; comprising the
History, Description, and Scientific Principles of every Branch
of Human Knowledge; with the Derivation and Definition of
all the Terms in general use. Illustrated by numerous En
£
gravings on Wood. 8vo, Sheep ex-ra, $400.
£urke on the Sublinie and Beautiful,

* Essay on the Sublime and Beautiful. A Philosophical
into the Origin of our Ideas of the Sublime and the Beautiful.
With an Introductory Discourse concerning Taste. Edited by
ABRAHAM MILLS. 12mo, Muslin, 75 cents.
Buttmann's Greek Grammar,

A Greek Grammar, for the use of High Schools and Universi
ties. Revised and enlarged by ALExANDER BUTTMANN. Trans.
lated from the 18th German Edition, by Edward RobiNsoN,
D.D., LL.D. 8vo, Sheep extra, $200.
Campbell's Philosophy of Rhetoric,

Revised Edition. 12mo, Muslin, $1 25.
Cicero's Orator,
Cicero's Three Dialogues on the Orator. Translated into En
glish, by W. GUTHRIE. Revised and Corrected, with Notes.
18mo, Muslin, 45 cents.
Clark's Elements of Algebra.

Embracing, also, the Theory and Application of Logarithms;
together with an Appendix, containing Infinite Series, the
General Theory of Equations, and the most approved Methods
of resolving the higher Equations. 8vo, Sheep extra, $100.
Comte's Philosophy of Mathematics,

Translated from the Cours de Philosophie Positive, by W. M.
GILLESPIE, A.M. 8vo, Muslin, $125.
Crabb's Synonyms,
English Synonyms explained. With copious Illustrations and
Explanations, drawn from the best -Writers. 8vo, Sheep ex
tra, $200.
Dickens's Child's History of England.

2 vols, or 1, 16mo, Muslin, $100.
Bocharty's Arithmetic,
12mo, Sheep extra. (In press.)
D0Charty's Institutes of Algebra,

Being the First Part of a Course of Mathematics, designed for
the use of Schools, Academies, and Colleges. 12mo, Sheep ex
tra, 75 cents.
Qs aper's Text-book on Chemistry,

Or Carefully revised, with
the use of Schools and Colleges.
Additions. With 300 Illustrations. 12mo, Sheep, 75 cents.
i Books FOR SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES.
}}raper's Text-book on Natural Philosophy,

for the use of Schools and Colleges. Containing the most ra
cent Discoveries and Facts, compiled from the best Authorities.
With nearly 400 Illustrations. 12mo, Sheep extra, 75 cents.
Draper's Chemical Organization of Plants,
A Treatise on the Forces which produce the Organization of
Plants. With an Appendix, containing several Memoirs on
Capillary Attraction, Electricity, and the Chemical Action of
Light. Engravings. 4to, Muslin, $2 50.
Duff's Book-keeping.
The North American Accountant: embracing Single and Double
Entry Book-keeping, practically adapted to the Inland and
all
Maritime Commerce of the United States. Exemplifying
Modern Improvements the Science, with new and certain
in
a
detecting Errors and proving the Ledger.
of
Method Embrac
ing improved Plan
an
Instruction. Complete Two Parts.

of
in
75
8vo, School Edition, Half Sheep, cents; Mercantile Edition,
Muslin, $1 50.
Findlay's Classical Atlas,

Illustrate Ancient Geography.
to
Comprised Maps.
25
in
showing the various Divisions
of
the World
as
to
known the
Ancients. With an Index of the Ancient and Modern Names
8vo, Half Bound, $3.25.
Fowler's English Language,

its
its
With History Origin and
of
in
Elements
and Forms.
a
Development, and full Grammar. Designed for use Col.

in
a
leges and Schools. 8vo, Muslin, $1.50; Sheep extra, $1.75.
History Greece,
of
Goldsmith's
by
Abridged by the Author. “Ameri

of
Edited the Author

45
can Popular Lessons.” 18mo, Half Sheep, cents.
£
History Rome,
of
Goldsmith's
Abridged by the Author. Edited by
H.
W. HERBERT. 18mo,
45
Half Sheep, cents.
Geology,
of
Gray's and Adams's Elements

75
ngravings. 12mo, Sheep extra, cents.
Gray's Elements
of
Natural
High
as
I5esigned Text-book for Academies, Schools, and

a
by
Colleges. Illustrated 360 Wood-cuts. 12mo, Sheep extra,

75 cents.
GriSC0m's Animal Mechanism

and Physiology; being plain and familiar Exposition
of
the
a
the Human System. Designed for

of
Structure and Functions

45
Families and Schools. Engravings. 18mo: Muslin, centa;

50
Half Sheep, cents.

BOOKS FOR SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES. 7
Hackley's Algebra.
A Treatise on Algebra. 8vo, Sheep extra, $150. A School
and College Edition, 8vo, Muslin, $1.00.
Hackley's Geometry.
An Elementary Course of Geometry, for the use of Schools and
Colleges. 8vo, Sheep extra, 75 cents.
Hale's History of the United States,

from their first Settlement as Colonies to the Close of the Ad.
ministration of Mr. Madison in 1817. 2 vols. 18mo, Muslin,
90 cents.
Harper's Statistical Gazetteer of the World,

particularly describing the United States of America, Canada,
New Brunswick, and Nova Scotia. By J. CALVIN SMITH,
Il.
by
lustrated Seven Maps. 8vo, $500.
Harper's Map
of
the United States and Canada.

Showing the Canals, Rail-roads, and principal Stage Routes.
By SAMUEL BREESE, A.M. On Rollers, States traced,
$2
00;
States colored, $2 00; States colored and bordered, $2 25;
Counties colored, $250.
Harper's New York Class-book,
Comprising Outlines the Geography and History
of
of
New
York; Biographical Notices Eminent Individuals; Sketches
of
Scenery and Natural History; Accounts Public Institu

of
of
By
Arranged Reading-book for Schcols.
as
tions. WILLIAM
a
Russell. 12mo, Sheep extra, $100.
Harrison's Latin Grammar,

An Exposition
of
of
of
some the Laws the Latin Grammar.

75
12mo, Sheep extra, cents.
Haswell's Engineering,
Engineers and Mehanics' Pocket-book, containing United
and Foreign Weights and Measures; Tables
of
States Areas
Circles, Circular Segments, and Zones
of
and Circumferences
Circle; Squares and Cubes, Square and Cube Roots;
of
a
Lengths Circular and Semi-elliptic Arcs; and Rules Arith

of
of
Surfaces and Solids; the Mechanicai

of
metic. Mensuration
Powers; Geometry, Trigonometry, Gravity, Strength Ma
of
terials, Water Wheels, liydraulics, Hydrostatics, Pneumatics,

Statics, Dynamics, Gunner, Heat, Winding Engines. Tonnage,
Shot, shells, &c. Steam and the Steam Fngine; Combustion,
Water, Gunpowder, Cables and Anchors, Fuel, Air, Guns, &c.,
&c., Tables the Weights Metals. Pipes, &c.
of
of
Miscellane.
ous Notes, Dimensions Steamers, Mills, Motion
of
of
in
Bodies
Fluids, Orthography Technical Terms, &c,. &c. Eighth
of
lighteenth Thousand. With Additions,

an
Edition 12mo,
1
Pocket-book form, $125.
Hazen's Popular Technology;

or, Professions and Trades. Illustrated by Engravings.
81
75
18mo, Half Sheep, cents; vols., Muslin,

90
cents.
2
8
Henry's History of
Door(S FOR
£
SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES.
Epitome of the History of Philosophy. Being the Work adopt

by the University of France for Instruction in the Colleges
and IIigh Schools.
lin, 90 cents.
Translated from the French, with Addi
tions, and a Continuation of the History. 2 vols. 18mo, Mus
'Herschel's Natural Philosophy.

A Preliminary Discourse on the Study of Natural Philosophy
#ano's Elements of Chemistry;

including the most recent Discoveries, and Applications of the
Science to Medicine and Pharmacy, and to the Arts. Edited
by John W. DRAPLR, M.D. With about 250 Woodcuts. 8vo,
Muslin, $1.50; Sheep extra, $1 75.
Heightley's History of England
from the earliest Period to 1839. ‘with Notes, &c., by an
American. 5 vols. 18mo, Muslin, $2 25.
Lee's Elements of Geology,

for Popular Use; containing a Description of the Geological
Formations and Mineral Resources of the United States. En
gravings. 18mo, Ilalf Sheep, 50 cents.
Lewis's Platonio Theology,

Plato contra Atheos. I lato against the Atheists; or, the Tenth
Book of the Dialogue on Laws, accompanied with Critical
Notes, and followed by extended Dissertations on some of the
main Points of the Platonic Philosophy and Theology, espe
cially as compared with the IIoly Scriptures. 12mo, Muslin,
$1 50.
Liddell and Scott's Greek-English Lexicon

teased on the German Work of FRANCIS PAssow. with Cor
rections and Additions, and the Insertion, in Alphabetical Or
der, of the Proper Names occurring in the principal Greek
Authors, by HENRY DRIsLER, M.A. Royal 8vo, Sheep extra,
$500.
L00mis's Illathematical Series.
Eiements cf Algebra. For the use of Beginners. 12mo, Sheep ex
tra, 62% cents.
Treatise on Algebra, 8vo, Sheep extra, $100.
Elements of Geometry and Conic Sections, 8vo, Sheep extra, 75

cents.
*:
Introduction to Practical Astronomy, 8vo, Sheep extra. (In press.)
The Recent Progress of Astronomy, especially in the United States.

12mo, Muslin, $100.
Plane and Spherical Trigonometry, 8vo, Sheep extra,

BookS FOR SCHOOLS AND COLLEGE S. 9
Loomis's Mathematical Series, continued,

Tables of Logarithms of Numbers, and of Sines and Tangents for
every Ten Seconds of the Quadrant. 8vo, Sheep extra, $100.
The Trigonometry and Tables, bound together, may be
had for $1 50.
Analytical Geometry and Calculus, 8vo, Sheep extra, $150.
Lowry's Universal Atlas,

Constructed and Engraved from the most recent Authorities.
Quarto, Half Roan, $600.
Mahan's System of Intellectual Philosophy.

Mrs. Markham's History of France,

from the Conquest of Gaul by Julius Caesar to the Reign of
Louis Philippe. With Conversations at the End of each
Chapter. For the use of Young Persons. Edited by JAcob
ABBorT. 12mo, Muslin, $100.
Maury's Principles of Eloquence,

With an Introduction, by Bishop PoTTER. 18mo, Muslin, 45
cents.
I/IGClintock's Classical Series,

A First Book in Latin, Containing Grammar Exercises, and Wo.
cabularies, on the Method of constant Imitation and Repeti.
tion. With Summaries of Etymology and Syntax. 12mo,
Sheep extra, 75 cents.
A Second Book in Latin, Containing Syntax, and Reading Les

sons selected from Caesar and Cicero, with Imitative Exercises,
Notes, and a full Vocabulary. Forming a sufficient Latin
-
Reader. 12mo, Sheep extra, 75 cents.
A First Book in Greek, Containing a full View of the Forms of

Words, with Vocabularies and copious Exercises, on the Meth
od of constant Imitation and Repetition. 12mo, Sheep extra,
75 cents.
A Second Book in Greek, Containing a Syntax, with Reading Les

sons in Prose; Prosody, and Reading Lessons in Verse. Form
ing a sufficient Greek Reader. With Notes and copious Wo.
cabulary. 12mo, Sheep extra, 75 cents.
McQueen's The Orator's Touchstone;

or, Eloquence Simplified. Embracing a comprehensive System
of Instruction for the Improvement ofthe Voice, and for ad
vancement in the general Art of Public Speaking 12mo,
Muslin, 75 cents.
Mill's Logic,
Ratiocinative and Inductive; being a connected View of the
Principles of Evidence and the Methods of Scientific Investi
gation. 8vo, Muslin, $1 50.
HARPER'S NEW CLASSICAL LIBRARY,
Reprinted from “Bohn's Classical Library.” Comprising Litera

Translations of the principal Greek and Latin Authors.
The works which it is proposed to issue are reprint's from “BoHN's

CLAssical LIBRARY,” brought out uniform with the English edition,
and comprising faithful translations of the principal Greek and
Latin classics.
Each work will be given without abridgment, and will include

short suggestive notes, adapted to the comprehension as well as
the actual wants of the student. Copious and accurate indexes
will be appended to every translation. No version will be adopted
by
its
without ample and thorough revision, correcting errors the
lights modern research, and placing level with the pres
on
of
it
a
ent improved state philological learning.
of
The following Volumes will by others

be
as
as
succeeded fast
they can got ready.
be
C/ESAR, Complete, with the Alexan WATSON'S XENOPHON. The An

drian, African, and Spanish Wars, lit ahasis and Memorabilia of Socrates.
erally translated. With Notes, and With Geographical Commentary by
a
12mo, Muslin,
H,
very copious Index. W A.INswort Esq. 12mo, Mus

F.
75 cents. lin, 75 cents.
DAVIDSON'S VIRGIL. Revised by BUCKLEY'S HOMER'S ILIAD.

12:no, Musl.n, 7.5 cents.
T. 12mo, Muslin,
13
A.
UCKLEY. 73
cents. DALE'S THUCYDiDES. 12mo, Mus
lin, 75 cents (Bohn's Edition, vols.
2
SMART's HoRAcE.
by
T
Revised $1 75.
A. BUCKLEY. 12mo, Muslin, 75 cents.
cARY'S HERODoTUs. Complete
WATSON'S SALLUST, FLORUs, With Index. 12mo,
in
one Volume.
and VELLEl US PATERCULUS. Muslin, 75 cents.
-
12mo, Muslin, 75 cents. SOPHOCLES. The Oxford Transla

by
tion, revised BUCKLEY. 12mo,

EDMOND'S CIC ERO. Cicero's Of.
-
Muslin, 75 cents.
fices, Old Age, Frendship, Scipio's
Re
an
Dream, Paradoxes, &c. 12mo, Mus AESCHYLUS. By Oxonian.

lin, 75 cents. vised by BUCKLEY. 12mo, Muslin, 75
cents. With an Anpendix containing
YoNGE's CiCERO. The Orations all of Hermann's Emendations, trans.
by
the Text-Books used

in
contained
in
lated and explained BURG Es. (Not

the Schools and Colleges 12mo,
of
America. contained Bohn's Volume.)

in
12mo, Muslin, Muslin.

75
cents.
MAYHEW'S WONDERS OF SCIENCE. The Wonders Science; or,

of
Young Humphry Davy (the Cornish Apothecary's Boy, who taught himself
Natural Philosophy, and eventually became President the Royal Seciety).
of
Wonderful Boy written for Boys. By HENRY MAYHEw, An

of
The Life
a
“The Peasant-Boy Philosopher.”

of
thor 16mo, Muslin.

|| ||

McClintock First Book in Latin PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

McClintock First Book in Latin PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

A first book in Latin : containing grammar, exercises, and vocabularies,

on the method of constant imitation and repetition / by John M'Clintock

Public Domain, Google-digitized

We have determined this work to be in the public domain,

GRAMMAR, EXERCISES, AND WOCABULARIES,

CONSTANT IMITATION AND REPETITION.

HA RPER & B R O TH E R S, PUBLISH E R S.

By HARPER & Brothers,

This book is designed, as the title-page states, to

the mental discipline gained acquiring them.

thoroughly acquired with

out the outlay much labour and time.

pronounced visionary and chimerical.

mental cultivation. Labour and pain are not neces to

from poor striplings like blood from the nose,

The grammar language cannot

until the language itself least partially acquired.

The vernacular may learned, far

guage may learned, but never thoroughly,

with grammatical aids.

grammar intended for beginners should

formed altogether differently from one intended for

the higher classes, both in the distribution of the mat.

logical form nor grammatical principle should pre

orally and writing, from the very first lesson.

The all-important rule practice, the acqui

sition language, imitation and repetition. This

good teachers have known

elementary books heretofore.

selected from pure authors, say,

The pupil’s ear should

prosody learned and applied possible.

should strictly enforced the teacher.

rangement words, should made familiar

pupil by constant practice. more

the idiom, and according the arrangement

We have aimed to combine the advantages of con

* The summary of rules, with the exceptions, will found

two pages only, viz.,

Lessons lxii.-lxix., and

ficult for beginners.

within the capacity any student ordinary indus

any book the kind,

oral instruction, the teacher pronouncing first the

Latin sentences distinctly, and requiring the pupil to

the quantities are marked (in Part all syllableg

except those which the general rules apply, we

require the pupil observe quantity his pronun

ciation from the very beginning,

(Part III.), which contains,

necessary learned by heart, will found

very convenient. After the student has passed

through Parts and II., he will find little difficulty

modes instruction, and especially

use OLLENDoRFF's method

had prepared series books the same principle,

we used them our own classes for some time, with

revising them for republication. They

our purpose many respects,

were found unsuited

and we therefore formed the design preparing an

entirely new series, adapted American

The first now presented